GY30 2029 3_OS_MFT_and_OS_MVT_TCAM_Logic_Release_21.0_Jul72 3 OS MFT And MVT TCAM Logic Release 21.0 Jul72
GY30-2029-3_OS_MFT_and_OS_MVT_TCAM_Logic_Release_21.0_Jul72 GY30-2029-3_OS_MFT_and_OS_MVT_TCAM_Logic_Release_21.0_Jul72
User Manual: GY30-2029-3_OS_MFT_and_OS_MVT_TCAM_Logic_Release_21.0_Jul72
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 723
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
GY30·2029·3
Systems
OS/MFT and OS/MVT
TeAM Logic
Program No. 360S-CQ-S48
OS Release No. 21.0
Preface
The Organization and Use of the TCAM Program Logic Manual section of
this book defines the audience for which this program logic manual was intended,
explains how the book is organized, and suggests how the reader might best
familiarize himself with its contents. In order to understand the logic of TCAM,
the reader must have a general understanding of the System/360 Operating
System. In addition, the following prerequisite publications are applicable:
. as
.
TCAM Concepts and Facilities, Order No. GC30-2022, to gain
familiarity with the overall concepts and structure of TCAM.
as TCAM Programmer's Guide, Order No. GC30-2024, to learn how to
construct and modify a TCAM MCP and a TCAM-compatible application
program.
The as TCAM User's Guide, Order No. GC30-2025, provides supplementary
debugging information.
The as System Control Blocks publication, Order 'No. GC28-6628, provides
corequisite information on system control blocks that are used by TCAM.
Fourth Edition (July 1972)
This publication is a major revision of, and obsoltes, GY30-2029-2; it provides function support
of Component Release 4 of TCAM, and maintenance support of TCAM contained in Release
21.0 of OS.
Significant new material has been added throughout, and existing material has been changed
extensively; therefore, no vertical lines or bullets appear in the margins, and the manual should
be reread in its entirety.
The contents of this publication are subject to change from time to time. Changes will be
reflected in periodically updated editions. Before using this publication, consult the latest
System/360 SRL Newsletter, GN20-0360, for the editions that are applicable and current.
Requests for copies of IBM publications should be made to your IBM representative or to the
IBM branch office serving your locality.
A form is provided at the back of this publication for your comments. If the form is missing,
comments may be addressed to IBM Corporation, Publications Center, Dept. E01, P. O. Box
12275, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27709. Comments become the property of
IBM.
©
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1971, 1972
Summary of Changes
This complete revision of the OS TCAM Logic publication obsoletes the previous
edition, GY30-2029-2. In this edition the method of operation text and charts are
replaced by revised and improved method of operation charts and text. The
Executable TCAM Modules Microfiche Directory has been replaced because of
changes in the method of operation chart identification and for operator control
and TOTE on-line test. Additional data area layouts are included for TOTE.
This revised edition also incorporates information on the following TeAM
support:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
2790 Data Communications System
3270 Information Display System
3670 Brokerage Terminal
7770 enhancements
disk error handling
general poll for 2260 and 3270
reverse interrupt (RVI)
TOTE II On-Line Test (OLT)
TSO ITeAM mixed environment
iii
Contents
Organization and Use of the TCAM Program Logic Manual .
Section 1: Introduction . . . .
System Generation . . . . . .
TCAM Macro Definitions
TCAM Resident Modules
TCAM Support Modules .
TCAM Transient Modules
System Nucleus Modules .
The Message Control Program in the System .
Assembling and Linkage Editing a Message Control Program
Execution of a Message Control Program . . . . . . . . .
The Application Program in the System . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembling and Linkage Editing an Application Program
Execution of an Application Program . . .
Relationship of the OS Dispatcher to TCAM .
Selected Options . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Control . . . . . . . . .
Application Program Processing .
Line Queuing Options . .
Message Queuing Options
Logging . . . . . . . . . .
Checkpoint/Restart .. .
TCAM as a Start able Procedure
Error Recovery Procedures
Subtask Trace. . . . . . . . . .
Cross-Reference Table . . . . .
TCAM in a Multiprocessing Environment
Time Sharing Option . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Poll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teleprocessing On-Line Test Executive (TOTE)
Configuration Data Set . . . . . .
TOTE Requirements . . . . . . .
Abnormal Termination Recovery
Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts
..
The TCAM Dispatcher . . . . . . .
Elements, Queues, and Subtasks .
The Ready Queue . . . . . .
Principle of Tpost and Twait
Buffer Management . . . . . .
Queue Management . . . . . .
Nonreusable Disk Queuing.
Reusable Disk Queuing. . .
Main-Storage Queuing . . .
Main-Storage Queuing with Disk Backup
Special Queuing Considerations . . . . . . .
Section 3: Method of Operation . . . . . . . . . .
A.
At.
A2-t.
A2-2.
A2-3.
A3.
A4.
B.
B 1-1.
BI-2.
Method of Operation Introduction . . .
Method of Operation Charts Overview .
Defining the System/Network . . . . .
Executing INTRO . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening the Message Queues Data Set.
Opening the Checkpoint Data Set
Opening the Line Group Data Set .
Executing READY . . . . . . . . .
Initializing the Application Program
Controlling the TCAM System . . .
Dispatching Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher
Queuing Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher ..
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
to
to
to
11
11
12
12
12
13
13
13
15
17
18
22
22
34
35
35
36
38
39
42
43
44
48
50
54
60
62
66
68
71
v
B2. Functions of AQCTL SVC 102 .
C.
Processing the Messages . . . . .
C 1-1.1. Starting a Receive Operation
C 1-1.2. ST ARTMH for a Receive Operation
CI-1.3. Incoming MH Processing
CI-1.4. FORWARD Processing .
CI-2.
Disk Queuing . . . . . . .
C 1-3.1. Starting a Send Operation
CI-3.2. STARTMH for a Send Operation.
CI-3.3 Outgoing MH Processing . . . . .
C2-1. Data Flow: MCP to Application Program
C2-2. Data Flow: Application Program to MCP
C3-1. Application Program/Operator Control Interface.
C3-2. Application Program Network Controt .
D.
Checkpointing/Restarting the System
DI-I. Environment Checkpoint . . . . . . . .
DI-2. Incident Checkpoint: MH Request .. .
DI-3. Incident Checkpoint: Operator Control Request
DI-4. Application Program Checkpoint Request
D2. Restart............
E.
Closing the System/Network . . .
EI. MCP Termination . . . . . . . . .
E2. Application Program Termination
vi
72
76
78
80
82
88
90
92
96
98
.102
.106
· 108
.110
· 112
· 114
· 115
· 116
· 117
· 122
· 124
· 126
· 130
Section 4:
Program Organization . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executable TCAM Modules Microfiche Directory . . .
Non-Executable TCAM Modules Microfiche Directory
Macro Linkage Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operat-or Control Command Linkage Charts .
ERP Linkage Charts
BSC ERP .
Flowcharts . . . . .
· 133
.134
.184
· 187
.241
.245
.247
.250
Section S: Data Area Layouts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linkages from a TCAM Buffer Prefix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linkage among Storage Areas in the MCP and an Application Program
Address Vector Table . . .
Access Method Work Area
Buffer Prefix . . . . . . .
Channel Program Block .
Checkpoint Disk Records
Checkpoint Elements ..
Checkpoint Work Areas.
Command Input Buffer .
Common Buffer Data Area Prefix
Common Buffer Master QCB . .
Concentrator Data Ready Queue
Concentrator Device ID Table
Data Control Block . . .
Data Event Control Block . . .
Data Extent Block . . . . . . .
Data Extent Block for Application Programs .
Device Characteristics Table
Disk Data Area. . . . .
Element Request Block
Invitation List .. .
I/O Blocks . . . . . . .
Line Control Block . . .
On-Line Test Control Block .
Operator Control Address Vector Table
Option Characteristics Table . . . .
Option Table . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OS I/O Device Characteristics Table
Process Control Block . . . . . . . .
.395
.397
.399
.401
.423
.429
.433
.437
.447
.449
.455
.461
.463
.457
.465
.467
.477
.479
.483
.485
.487
.489
.491
.495
.503
· 511
· 531
.537
.539
· 541
.543
Process Entry Work Area . . . .
Queue Control Block . . . . . . .
Queue Control Block Extension .
Resource Control Block .
Special Characters Table
Station Control Block
Subtask Control Block
Terminal Table . . . .
Termname Table .. .
Test Event Control Block
TOTE Resource Control Block
TSO TSINPUT Control Block.
.547
. 551
. 557
.559
.561
.563
.571
.573
.581
.583
.587
.591
Section 6: Diagnostic Aids . . .
SCB Error Word Usage by Module
LCB Status Byte Usage by Module
Table of Message Origins . . . . .
Register Usage Conventions in TCAM
TCAM Service Aids . . . . . . . . . .
.597
.597
.599
.601
.613
.617
Appendix A: List of TCAM Modules by Library
SYSI.L1NKLIB .
SYSI.MACLIB ..
SYS 1. NUCLEUS.
SYSI.SVCLIB ..
SYS I. TELCMLlB
.621
.621
.623
.627
.627
.630
Appendix B: TCAM Queues and QCBs .
TCAM Queues
TCAM QCBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.635
.635
.637
Appendix C: List of Relative Priorities in TCAM
.641
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Programs and TP Operation Codes .
.645
Glossary.
.683
Index ..
.693
Figures
I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Physical Organization of TCAM
TCAM QCB Linkage . . . . .
Priority of Subtasks on a QCB .
Passing Elements to a QCB . . .
Linkage from the Ready Queue to Subtask Code
Pointers during a Ready Queue Update . . . .
Unit Control Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buffer Units Chained to Form Logical Buffers.
Effect of an ERB on Buffer Unit Linkage . . .
Assignment of Disk Message Queues Data Set Relative Record Numbers
across Three Volumes . . . . . . . .
Disk Queuing a Three-Unit Buffer . . . . .. .
Disk Queuing an Eight-Unit Buffer . . . . . .
Disk Queuing the Second Buffer of a Message.
Disk Queuing a One-Unit Message . . •
Disk Queuing Pointers . . . . . . . . .
Example of Two Queue-Back Chains ..
Disk Queuing-FIFO and FEFO Pointers .
Zones for Servicing and Updating a Reusable Disk
Message Queues Data Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.4
14
14
15
16
17
19
20
21
23
25
26
27
28
29
30
33
35
vii
Organization and Use of the TeAM Program Logic Manual
This publication covers the internal logic of the IBM System/360 as Telecommunications Access Method (TCAM). The TCAM PLM is directed to the IBM
program system representatives and system engineers who provide program
maintenance and who need information on the internal organization of TCAM.
Section I. the Introduction. provides general information that is basic to an
understanding of TCAM. This information places TCAM in the proper perspective to the operating system (aS).
Section 2 describes the Basic TCA M Concepts. These should be understood
before approaching the specifics of the internal logic. Concepts described are the
TCAM Dispatcher. buffer management. and queue management.
Section 3. the Method of Operation section. describes the functional flow of each
operation in the TCAM system. The method of operation diagrams present the
internal logic of a basic TeAM system without relying on extensive textual
descriptions. The diagrams provide four kinds of information:
o
o
o
o
Basic function (provided in the picture area).
Module interfaces (shown as input to and output from the function being
performed in the picture).
Procedures that support the function (description provided).
Pointers into the listings and flowcharts (cross-references provided with the
description to lead to the proper routine. method of operation chart. flowchart.
or listing).
Section 4 covers program organization and operation of TCAM. This information is provided in a series of tables that describe the functions of the various
TCAM modules. Also included are:
o
o
o
o
Charts of message handling macros. parameter lists. and the module linkages
and functions that result from each TCAM macro coded.
Tables of operator control commands and the action of the system as a result of
each command.
Tables of error recovery procedures to trace and record I/O errors.
Flowcharts of some TCAM modules to show line and queue control. The
flowchart identification is the same as the last two characters of the module
name. When multiple flowcharts are necessary for a module. these two or three
characters are followed by a dash and then a number (HM I-I). In addition.
duplicate identifications are assigned to these flowcharts to facilitate off-page
linkage.
Section 5 is a composite of the data areas used by TCAM. Each description
includes the purpose. internal references. allocation. and initialization information.
Both a visual and a tabular description of the DSECT for each area are also given.
Section 6 contains tables of information to aid in debugging and analyzing the
activity of TCAM.
The seventh section consists of information. in four appendixes. to aid in the use
of TCAM: a list of TCAM queues and QCBs. a list of TCAM modules by library.
a list of TCAM relative priorities. and the TCAM channel programs.
Organization and
U~e
of the TC AM Progrmn Logic Manual
(This page left blank intentionally)
2
OS TCAM PLM
Section 1: Introduction
TCAM is a component of the IBM System/360 Operating System. The primary
purpose of TCAM is to provide a high-level access method to communicate with
telecommunications equipment while maintaining the greatest possible device
independence. In addition to supporting the transfer of data (messages) between
both local and remote terminals and the system, TCAM provides a flexible
message control language that can be used to direct the processing of the data. By
using the TCAM macro instructions, installation-oriented message control is
achieved.
TCAM operates under OS MFT or MVT in System/360 Model 40 or larger
processors. The minimum main-storage requirement is 128K bytes. In addition to
the system timer and normal OS requirements, TCAM requires a 2701, 2702, or
2703 on a multiplexer channel (unless only the 7770 or 2260 Local terminals are
used, in which case the 7770 or 2848 is attached to the channel). Secondary
storage for libraries and main or secondary storage for queuing are also required.
This section describes the various parts of TCAM and explains what they are,
where they come from, how they get into the system, their relationships to each
other, and how they pass control back and forth.
Figure 1 shows the steps necessary to begin processing in the TCAM environment.
System Generation
When TCAM is called for during a system generation procedure (by the
ACSMETH=TCAM operand in the DATAMGT system generation macro
instruction), the TCAM modules are included in four libraries: SYS I.MACLIB,
SYS 1. TELCMLIB, SYS I.SVCLIB, and SYS I.LINKLIB. An Attention routine
and a Type I SVC module (the AQCTL SVC 102 routine) are incorporated in the
Supervisor Nucleus (SYSl.NUCLEUS). There is an entry in the SVC table in the
nucleus for Type 4 SVC 104 TOPCTL, which is resident in SYS l.SVCLIB. Using
these modules, the user can assemble, linkage edit, and execute TCAM message
control and application programs.
TCAM Macro Definitions
The operating system macro definition library (SYSl.MACLIB) includes the
macro definitions necessary for the assembly of TCAM message control and
application programs.
TCAM Resident Modules
When performing a system generation to include TCAM, the user must define a
special library area named SYSl.TELCMLIB. During the generation run, modules that can later be linkage edited with message control and application program object modules are copied from SYSl.CQ548 into SYSl.TELCMLIB. In
this publication, these modules are defined as the TCAM resident modules.
Appendix A contains a list of the modules in SYS 1. TELCMLIB.
Section I: Introduction
3
:
:
Appl ication
Source Program
System Generation
Macro Instructions
Message Control
Source Program
I
IOS/36O Starter System 1
I
System Residence
:
:
:
:
'
,
:
:
:
Ii'
:
SYS1. MACLIB
f---Assembler
1-
I nc Iudes a II TCAM
Macro Definitions
Assembler
SYSl. TELCMLlB
r-
All TCAM Resident Modules
to be Linked with User
1 - Object Modules
Linkage Editor
Linkage Editor
SYS1. SVCLlB
Includes all TCAM Support
Modules Loaded by OPEN/
~ and all OPEN/CLOSE/and
ERP Modules
User Code and
GET /PUT Linkages
Macro Linkage
and User Code
MH Resident Routines
SYS1. LlNKLlB
Status Changing
Resident Routines
L..-.
Includes TCAM Transient
Modules
I
Job Scheduler
IJL
•
Mai n Storage
N
Supervisor Nucleus
!Attention-RoutineiAQCTL SVC Module
Partition
I:r
N
:=-
~
Partition
2
Partition
1
Partition
0
Figu're 1. Physical Organization of TCAM
4
OS TCAM PLM
Appl
or other
Program 2
D.
_",.~" ••
GET/pUT Modules
Application Program 1
GET/PUT Modules
Message Control Program
Any Attached Subtasks
Job
heduler
1
TCAM Support Modules
During the system generation run, all modules that are loaded into main storage by
the various system open executors, and the TCAM open and close executors are
copied from SYSl.CQ548 into SYSl.SVCLIB. The TCAM Dispatcher, the
Command Scheduler, the Type IV SVC modules, and the Error Recovery Procedure routines are also placed in SYS l.SVCLIB. In this publication, these modules
are defined as TCAM support modules. Appendix A contains a list of the TCAM
support modules in SYSl.SVCLIB.
The Error Recovery Procedure routines and the TCAM Open and Close routines
can, at the option of the user at system generation, be resident or transient during
program execution. In either case, these routines reside in SYSl.SVCLIB.
TCAM Transient Modules
At system generation time, modules that can be called into main storage for a
limited length of time during the execution of a TCAM message control or application program are copied from SYSl.CQ548 into SYSl.LINKLIB. In this
publication, these modules are defined as TCAM transient modules. Appendix A
contains a list of the modules in SYSl.LINKLIB.
The Operator Control, Checkpoint, and On-line Test routines stored in
SYS I.LINKLIB can optionally be specified to be resident during program execution. However, in this publication they are defined as transient modules.
System Nucleus Modules
At system generation time, the Attention routine and the AQCTL SVC 102
routine (a Type I SVC) are copied from SYSl.CQ548 into SYS1.NUCLEUS. In
this publication these two modules are defined as the system nucleus modules.
The Message Control Program in the System
Assembling and Linkage Editing a Message Control Program
The user codes the TCAM macro instructions necessary to design a Message
Control Program. When these instructions are entered for assembly, the output of
this assembly includes: several tables and control blocks, linkages to TCAM
resident and support routines, Message Handler (MH) macro instruction expansions, and any user-written routines that were included.
The assembled object module is then linkage edited to include the desired resident
routines from SYSl.TELCMLIB. These resident routines are the MCP routines
used to process header information, to translate from one transmission code to
another, to direct messages to the proper lines and queues, to manage system
resources, etc.
The resulting load module is stored in a system library to be loaded for execution.
Execution of a Message Control Program
The TCAM Message Control Program (MCP) is normally executed as the
highest-priority task in the highest-priority partition or region in the system. The
as Initiator/Terminator routine loads and transfers control to the MCP. The first
TCAM macro instruction executed must be INTRa. The initial functions of
INTRa are to establish the TCAM address vector table (AVT), address ability
and entry linkages for the MCP, the cross-reference table, the channel program
block (CPB) pool, the buffer unit pool, and main-storage queues. INTRa also
Section I: Introduction
5
attaches the Operator Control, FE Common Write, and On-line Test tasks and
enables the user to override some INTRa parameters through the system console.
The MCP runs under the control of the as task management routines. It is
scheduled and dispatched according to the priorities included in the task control
block (TCB) in the partition in which it is being executed.
The Application Program in the System
Assembling and Linkage Editing an Application Program
A TCAM application program processes messages obtained from a TCAM MCP.
The application program can run in a partition or region different from the MCP,
or it can run as an attached task in the same partition or region.
An application program needs only the OPEN, CLOSE, GET, and PUT macro
instructions and some data set definition macro instructions. No resident routines
need to be linkage edited with the object module. However, the user may wish to
write application programs that use the following macro instructions to examine
and modify the status of the MCP:
• CHECK
• CKREQ
• ICOPY
• ICHNG
• MCOUNT
• POINT
• QRESET
• TCHNG
• TCOPY
• TPDATE
When any of these macro instructions are used, the linkage editor includes the
corresponding resident modules in the load module. The load module is stored in
a system library from which it is loaded for execution.
Execution of an Application Program
It is possible to run an MCP with no application program, but one or more application programs are usually being executed asynchronously with the MCP.
In most cases an application program is loaded into the next highest-priority
partition to the MCP. However, application programs may also be executed in the
same partition as the MCP after being brought in by the system ATTACH facility.
Application programs, like the MCP, run under the control of the as task management routines. They are scheduled and dispatched according to the priorities
indicated in the task control blocks (TCBs) for the partitions in which they are
being run.
The primary difference between a TCAM application program and any other
processing program is the requirement for and the implementation of interpartition communication.
The various macro instructions that can be used in an application program are as
follows:
6
OS TCAM PLM
1. TCOPY, ICOPY, QCOPY, and TPDATE. The corresponding resident
routine for each of these macro instructions copies the requested information
from the MCP partition, using address pointers stored in the AVT and in the
terminal table. These tables are located by the communications vector table
(CVT).
2. All other macro instructions. The routines invoked by the remaining macro
instructions cause SVC Type I interruptions to the supervisory routines.
A module within a partition can move data or control information from another
partition into its own partition; however, that module must use an SVC either to
move data from its own partition into another partition or to move data within
another partition.
Relationship of the OS Dispatcher to TeAM
The operating system (OS) gains control from the TCAM task when the TCAM
MCP has no work to perform and issues an OS WAIT macro. When OS gains
control, it examines all the ready tasks in the system and passes control to the one
with the highest priority.
When a TCAM appendage has work for the MCP, it invokes the OS Post routine
by branching to an entry point to pest the MCP event control block (ECB). This
indicates to the OS Dispatcher that the MCP now has work to do and is vying for
control of the system. OS can pass control to the TCAM task when it is the
highest-priority task that is ready to be activated. TCAM resumes execution at
the instruction following the WAIT that gave control to OS.
TCAM posts the ECBs for its attached tasks when they are to be activated. When
TCAM subsequently issues a WAIT, the attached tasks can vie to gain control
from OS.
Selected Options
TCAM has certain optional features available. These features are optional in one
of three possible ways:
1. Some of the functions of the feature are optional.
2. The presence or absence of the feature itself is optional.
3. The feature may be either resident or transient.
The following sections discuss each of the optional features of TCAM.
Operator CtMtroi
The TCAM Operator Control facility provides a way for the user to dynamically
examine or alter the status of his telecommunications network. A detailed description of the functions of this facility is included in the Operator Control
section of the OS TeAM Programmer's Guide, Order No. GC30-2024.
The TCAM user specifies at SYSGEN time whether he wants the Operator
Control facility in his system to be supported by resident or transient routines.
The control module of the Operator Control facility is always resident. If the user
indicates that he wants the operator control support routines to be transient, these
routines are called in whenever they are needed. If the routines are specified to be
resident, they are all present in the system at all times.
ApplicfltifJn Program Processing
The application program services of TCAM enable a programmer to process
messages from a telecommunications network with the same macro instructions
Section I: Introduction
7
that he uses for local input/ output devices. Because the TCAM MCP performs
the I/O operations, a completely device-independent application program can be
written. The programmer need not be concerned with the time and devicedependent aspects of the telecommunications environment.
A TCAM MCP can operate in the system without an application program or
programs. However, if the user wishes to examine and process the data coming in
from his terminals to a greater extent than is allowed by the macro instructions of
the MCP, he must use one or more application programs. The macros specific to
application programs are discussed in detail in the OS TCAM Programmer's
Guide, Order No. GC30-2024.
Line Queuing Options
The TCAM user has the option of queuing either by line or by terminal, as
specified in the TERMINAL macro for each terminal or group of terminals.
Queuing by terminal is required for buffered terminals and for dial lines. Since
queuing by terminal requires one destination QCB per terminal rather than one
per line group, this method requires more main-storage' space.
Message Queuing Options
There are three types of queuing for messages:
• Main-storage queuing
• Reusable disk queuing
• Nonreusable disk queuing
The message queues may be maintained by anyone of the three methods or by a
combination of main-storage queuing with backup on either reusable or nonreusable disk.
In an MCP there are at most two message queues data sets: reusable disk with or
without main-storage queues, and nonreusable disk with or without main-storage
queues. The user specifies the type of queuing for a given data set by coding
specified keyword operands of the macros that build the terminal table. The way
in which the types of queuing are specified is discussed in detail in the OS TCAM
Programmer's Guide, Order No. GC30-2024. The way that the various queuing
types function is discussed under Queue Management in the Basic TCAM
Concepts section of this publication.
Logging
The logging option allows the user to maintain a record of incoming or outgoing
message traffic on a sequential medium. Message segments or full messages, as
determined by the placement of LOG macros in an MH, are placed on an output
device. The various types of logs and the corresponding MH subgroups in which a
LOG macro appears, are:
1. Incoming header segments only (lnheader)
2. All incoming segments (Inbuffer)
3. Complete incoming messages (lnmessage)
4. Outgoing header segments only (Outheader)
5. All outgoing segments (Outbuffer)
6. Complete outgoing messages (Outmessage)
Checkpoint! Restart
Checkpoint/Restart is provided as an optional facility for the TCAM MCP at
user-specified intervals (every 30 seconds to 65,535 seconds). By using the
TCAM Checkpoint/Restart facility for the MCP and other TCAM facilities, such
8
OS TCAM PLM
as sequence numbers, an effective restart can be accomplished in an application
program.
The checkpoint routines store tables and other control information necessary for a
restart subsequent to a system failure or normal closedown. Restart of the TCAM
job after a system failure is accomplished by initial program loading (IPL) the
system again (if necessary), and loading the TCAM MCP. TCAM reinitializes the
tables and pointers from the latest checkpoint record on the disk (unless CY is
specified on the STARTUP parameter of the INTRO macro to suppress continuation start-up). After a system failure, the STARTUP=C or STARTUP=W
operand on the INTRO macro causes TCAM to perform a continuation restart
with a scan of the message queues. If STARTUP=WY is specified, a continuation
restart with no message queues scan is performed.
After a normal closedown, TCAM can either reconstruct the environment that
existed before closedown (a warm restart) or it can reinitialize the system (a cold
restart). A warm restart is specified by STARTUP= Won INTRO; a cold restart
is specified by STARTUP=C.
To include the Checkpoint/Restart facility in an MCP, the user has only to
specify an OPEN for the checkpoint data set. As a result of this, the Checkpoint
Executor is attached in the same region as the MCP. The other checkpoint
modules can be either resident or transient, depending on what the user specifies
at SYSGEN time.
TeAM as a Startable Procedure
The user has the option of starting a TCAM MCP or application program either
by JCL in the system input device or by the START operator command at the
system console. If the START command is to be used, the JCL for the MCP and
the different TCAM problem programs must be cataloged on SYS 1.PROCLIB
under individual procedure names. The user may then enter START and the
procname for the program he wants, and job management immediately fetches the
JCL at the procname and starts the program.
Error Recovery Procedures
The Error Recovery Procedure (ERP) routines are designed to diagnose and
recover, if possible, from line errors occurring during a telecommunications
operation. The error routines provide the following:
• Automatic retry of all errors not involving data transfer. Data transfer errors
are also handled by the EOB/ETB Handling subtask, if specified in the MH.
• Automatic retry of text errors during a receive operation when the data is still
available; that is, the PCI Appendage has not tposted the buffers containing the
data following the last good EOB/ETB.
• Statistical recording of all terminal errors.
• Error messages to the primary TCAM operator console for all permanent
errors.
The ERP routines are optional in that they may be either resident or transient.
The user specifies this option at SYSGEN time.
Subtask Trace
The Subtask Trace facility maintains a time-sequential table of the dispatching
activity of the TCAM Dispatcher. Each time the Dispatcher activates a subtask, it
completes an entry in the subtask trace table.
Section I: Introduction
9
The presence of the Sub task Trace facility in the TeAM system is determined by
the DTRACE operand of the INTRO macro in the MCP. If the operand is coded
DTRACE=O, the facility is not included. If the operand is coded with a numerical
value, that value determines the number of four-word entries reserved for the
subtask trace table.
The format of the subtask trace table is shown in the OS TCAM User's Guide,
Order No. GC30-2025.
Cross-Reference Table
The TCAM cross-reference table is formatted if the CROSSRF=integer operand
of the INTRO macro is assembled with a nonzero value. The numerical value of
integer determines the number of four-word entries reserved for this table. Each
time that a line is successfully opened, the Line Group Open routine (IGG01940)
completes an entry in the table.
The format of the cross-reference table is shown in the OS TCAM User's Guide.
Order No. GC30-2025.
TCAM in a Multiprocessing Environment
TCAM operating in a multiprocessing environment increases throughput, availability, and flexibility. All TCAM appendages and SVC 102 cause the TCAM task
to become ineligible to be dispatched in order to prevent TCAM disabled code
from modifying TCAM control blocks while enabled TCAM code is executing.
These modules set a flag in the TCAM TCB to indicate that the task is not eligible
to be dispatched and then call the OS Task Removal routine. When the Task
Removal routine issues an external interrupt to lock the other CPU, the other
CPU loops on the lock. When the TCAM module completes its functions, it
resets the TCB flag and zeros the lock before exiting. The other CPU then
obtains the lock and dispatches the task of the highest priority on its ready queue.
To prevent two enabled tasks from attempting to enqueue/dequeue on the same
resource at the same time, each task issues a test-and-set instruction on a specific
byte in the QCB before referring to the queue. The byte must be equal to zero
before the task can update the queue, and the task must reset the byte to zero
after completing the update.
Time Sharing Option
TCAM provides terminal support for the Time Sharing Option (TSO) under MVT
when this option is requested on the INTRO macro. There are special macros to
generate an MCP with MH routines to handle TSO messages. TCAM also
supports application programs that are run under TSO in the foreground region.
If the TSO option is specified, TCAM provides a conversational approach to
terminal support-this includes support of the transmit and receive interrupt
features, modifications to the scheduling of I/O operations, and editing of the
data in TSO messages to make the data compatible with disk or tape.
TCAM and the TSO control program run in different partitions. Modified
message flow allows TCAM to route the messages to the TSO region.
TCAM support for TSO also includes the ability to use 1050s and 2741s on the
same dial line, the ability to simulate receive interrupts when they are not a
feature of the hardware, and the ability to have the transmission code dynamically
determined.
10
OS TeAM PLM
In a mixed environment, time-sharing supported terminals can be shared by
time-sharing applications and message-switching applications.
General Poll
Three types of polling are available for device invitation. The most common is
specific poll, which invites each device to transmit. The next most common is the
Auto Poll feature, which uses 2702-2703' hardware to perform specific polling
without I/O interruption or CPU uitlization. The general poll is desired for a
remote cluster of devices. It allows any device, if ready, to transmit without a
specific invitation.
General poll is ~ remote input technique in which special invitation characters are
sent to a 2260 or 3270 device control unit to solicit transmission of data from all
attached devices that are ready to send. General poll may be conducted with
programmed poll or Auto Poll, both of which invite each individual device to send.
General poll begins with transmission of the invitation characters. If a positive
response is received, TCAM determines the identity of the device terminal
originating the transmission message and puts this information in LCBTTCIN.
An entire message is read from one device until an ETX is received. Each device
can send only one message at a poll. When the ETX is entered a complete
message has been received, and all buffers are tposted to the Message Handler,
and the message is processed.
Standard scheduling is performed as for any receive operation on a multipoint line.
To receive the next message from the control unit, TCAM begins a new input
operation; however, invitation characters are not re-sent (as in programmed poll
or Auto Poll); the next message is read. This cycle continues until the device
control unit indicates, by sending an EOT, there is no more data to be sent.
General poll may also be terminated by the receipt by the control unit of a response other than an ACK, NAK, or ENQ.
No interruptions are allowed during general poll except for conversational processing. Once the EOT is received, TCAM either transmits or polls the next entry
in the invitation list. The user should be aware of the time constraints of the
hardware involved.
Teleprocessing On-Line Test Executive (TOTE)
The Teleprocessing On-Line Test Executive (TOTE) is an attached subtask of
TCAM, designed to control the selection, loading, and execution of on-line tests
(OLTs). The on-line test function consists of three parts: TOTE, an on-line
device configurator, and the individual teleprocessing device tests (OLTs). TOTE
is the interface between TCAM and the on-line tests.
The individual OLTs are intended to diagnose hardware errors, verify repairs,
verify engineering changes, and test devices. TOTE conveys messages to the user
about the test, schedules and controls the test, and prompts the user when requested or when an error in the format of a Test Request Message (TRM) is
detected. The OLTs are transient and reside in a library On a system direct access
device.
Test selection is achieved by entering a Test Request Message (TRM) from a
TCAM station, operator control terminal, or the system console. Test results are
sent to the terminal controlling the test, unless an alternate printer is designated as
a parameter or the option field of a TRM.
Section 1: Introduction
11
Configuration Data Set
TOTE also allows the user to enter changes to configuration data stored in a
Configuration Data Set (CDS). The configuration data set contains descriptive
data about the I/O units attached to the system: this includes telephone numbers,
what devices are attached to which channel addresses, the features installed, and
any other data the OL Ts might need to test all the equipment installed in a
particular location.
After the data set is generated it may be dynamically altered by answering questions presented by configuration request messages (CRMs). A CRM can be
entered from either the system console (through the operator control facility) or a
TCAM station.
TOTE Requirements
The following requirements must be met before executing TOTE:
• The TCAM operator control facility must be initialized.
• The OL T modules must have been placed in a library.
• The configuration data set must have been built by a stand-alone, on-line test,
support program (SOSP).
• The terminals must be represented in the TCAM JCL by a DO card.
The following requirements must be met before executing a device test:
• The devices and communications lines used or tested must have been configured.
• The devices used as the control terminal or alternate printer for the OL T, as
well as the devices to be tested, must be on opened communication lines.
• The communication lines to be tested must have been opened.
All I/O for the OLTs is done by the EXIO macro. Upon receiving this request,
TOTE usually builds an lOB using the data in the parameter list passed with the
request. This request is linked to the test DCB, an ECB, a DEB, and the OL TCB.
When all these blocks are properly prepared, an EXCP macro initiates the channel
program.
Abnormal Termination Recovery
There is an entry point in the TOTE resident module (IEDQW A) that is entered
at OL T ABEND. This module will set a flag to indicate that areas used by the
OL T are to be cleaned up or freed when the control module next gains control.
The flag also indicates that the OLT has terminated, and the reason for the
termination is displayed on the system console.
All lines and terminals allocated to the OLT are returned to the state in which
they were found when the OL T was started; normal TCAM operations are
resumed.
12
OS TeAM PLM
Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts
This section discusses each of the three basic concepts that influence the control
and functions of TCAM. The first concept, the method by which the TCAM
Dispatcher manages the TCAM resources, determines the flow of control among
the TCAM subtasks. The second and third concepts are the management of the
queues and of the buffers, respectively. An understanding of these three concepts
will help to clarify the charts in the Method of Operation section of this publication.
The TCAM Dispatcher
The TCAM Dispatcher is the control module of the TCAM system. The primary
purpose of this module is to allocate and schedule system resources. The following sections describe how the TCAM Dispatcher allocates and schedules the
system resources, for example, CPU processing time, main storage, I/O paths, and
elements (primarily buffers and lines). The key to the mechanism is the ready
queue, through which a resource is allocated to a subtask.
The mechanisms of allocation are the twait and tpost functions performed by the
TCAM subtasks. A twait schedules a subtask to be activated when a specific
resource is available; a tpost passes an available resource to the ready queue. The
actual implementation of twait and tpost are not exclusive functions of the subtasks; rather, the subtasks return to specific entry points in the TCAM Dispatcher
to indicate the status of the resource. Dispatching is the process of providing a
routine with an element and giving the routine control to handle the element.
Elements, Queues, and Subtasks
The physical resources of the system are composed of elements (for example, the
buffer pool, a resource, is broken into individual buffers, the elements) with each
element represented by a resource control block (RCB). An RCB is an 8-byte
prefix to an element. The first four bytes are a pointer to the queue control block
(QCB) that the element is to be associated with; the last four bytes contain a
priority byte and a link field.
There is at least one subtask that works with every type of element in the system.
Each subtask is represented by a subtask control block (STeB), which contains
the data necessary to activate the subtask it represents.
The elements, and the subtasks that operate on these elements, are associated with
one another by a third control block, the queue control block (QCB). Thus, a
QCB has a pointer to the chain of elements under its control and a pointer to the
chain of STCBs for the sub tasks waiting to operate on these elements. The chains
are referred to as queues. Figure 2 illustrates the linkage of these queues to a
QCB.
Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts
13
QCB
Figure 2. TCAM QCB Linkage
When a subtask needs an element, it can do one of two things: (1) request an
element from the OCB that handles that particular element by tposting a request
element to that OCB, or (2) insert its STCB into the STCB chain of the OCB to
twait for the element. When the element is available, the subtask is dispatched.
When a subtask has finished using an element, it gives (tposts) the element to the
appropriate OCB. The TCAM Dispatcher gives this element to the first (highestpriority) subtask in the STCB chain of the OCB. In this case, subtask A in Figure
3 is dispatched. The subtask associated with STCB B in Figure 3 can be dispatched if subtask A indicates to the TCAM Dispatcher that it does not need to
process the element. The STCB chain ends with a permanent STCB. STCB G in
Figure 3 remains the last STCB in the chain. STCB C might point to a routine
that does nothing more than chain elements into the OCB element chain. Subtask
C has a lower priority than any other subtask that might use the element and,
therefore, is dispatched only if each of the higher-priority sub tasks bypasses
processing.
Na elements available
QCB
Figure 3. Priority of Sub tasks on a QCB
Figure 4 demonstrates the linkage when an element processed by subtask X is
tposted to the OCB and placed on the element chain by subtask C. Subtask C can
place the element in the OCB element chain only if subtask A and subtask B do
not need the element and pass it down the chain to subtask C.
14
OS TeAM PLM
Subtask X
QCB
Figure 4. Passing Elements to a QCB
The Ready Queue
The previous discussion points out that sub tasks gain control from the TCAM
Dispatcher depending on:
1. The availability of elements, and
2. The priority of the STCB for the subtask.
The TCAM Message Control Program is responsible for allocating CPU processing time to the various tasks under its control; it does so by using the ready queue.
The ready queue is a chain of elements that represent all the work to be done in
the TCAM system. The work to be done is represented by the various elements
(RCBs) that appear on the ready queue in priority order. The purpose of the
ready queue is to ensure that all elements are processed and dispatched with
respect to priority and without one impacting the resources of another.
To support dispatching while enabled for interruption, TCAM actually uses two
ready queues. One is designated to be used by disabled appendages or by the
disabled AQCTL SVC 102 routine for tposting elements, while the other is used
by enabled routines. Although the two ready queues are not managed by the same
technique, each is a ready queue because it contains elements (RCBs) to be
processed by the various subtasks.
TCAM manages the disabled ready queue by the first-in-first-out (FIFO) technique. The queue itself consists of two words: a one-word pointer to the first and a
one-word pointer to the last element on the queue. Disabled appendages place an
element (RCB) on the disabled ready queue by linking the new element to the
element pointed to by the second word of the queue and by then updating the
second word to point to the new element.
Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts
15
TCAM manages the enabled ready queue by the priority-FIFO technique. The
TCAM Dispatcher has the responsibility for merging the disabled into the enabled
ready queue just before dispatching. The enabled ready queue handles dispatching, and unless specified otherwise, it is the one usually referred to as the ready
queue.
The TCAM Dispatcher manages the ready queue by executing the sub task associated with the highest-priority element on its chain. Since the element has an RCB
as its prefix, the Dispatcher can refer to the correct QCB in order to pass control
to the first subtask represented in the STCB chain of the QCB. The subtask
processes the element and then returns control to the TCAM Dispatcher, which
can then examine the next element on the ready queue. Figure 5 illustrates the
chain of linkage from the ready queue to a subtask when an element is on the
ready queue.
Ready Queue
Element
QCB
t
Element Chain
Priol ity
Elements
link
STCB
t
STCB A
Key
Element A
Key
QCB
Pliolity
Link
t
Link
Priority
STCS S
Key
Element B
Key
QCB
t
Priority
P, iOi ity
link
link
1\.1L ___ .___ _
_
Subtask Code
Figure 5. Linkage from the Ready Queue to Subtask Code
When the Dispatcher gains control it removes the highest-priority element from
the ready queue by placing the address of the element in register 1. The Dispatcher then inserts the link field of the element in the ready queue to point to the next
element. When there are no elements for the ready queue, it points to the
"dummy last element" in the A VT (A VTDELEM). This element has a priority of
zero. Figure 6 demonstrates the change in linkage between the ready queue and
its elements during an update of the ready queue by the Dispatcher.
16
OS TCAM PLM
Register 1
Ready Queue
Element
l'
""
""-
""
Element A
" "-
"
QCB
Priority
Link
""
LEGEND
- - - i.... Original Linkage
==::> Data movement to update the ready queue
-
Key
- - . . Linkage after ready queue update
"",
"-
l'
Element B
"-
------------
Key
QCB
Priority
Link
l'
Figure 6. Pointers during a Ready Queue Update
Principle of Tpost and Twait
The technique of passing an element from one queue to another queue is called
tposting. When the subtask that an STCB points to finishes processing an element
and wishes to allow another routine to process that same element, the subtask
tposts the element to the second routine. The subtask achieves the tpost by
placing in the RCB of the element a pointer to the QCB that controls the STCB
for the new routine, and then returning to the TCAM Dispatcher with an indication that the element is to be placed on the ready queue.
The second technique for handling resources is called twaiting. When a subtask
needs elements to process, it returns control to the TeAM Dispatcher indicating
that it has finished the processing that it can do at this time. The twait is implemented by the TCAM Dispatcher. The Dispatcher places the STCB for this
subtask in the STCB chain of the QCB to which the resource that the subtask
needs to complete processing will be tposted. When an STCB is in the STCB
chain of a QCB and the subtask for that STCB does not have control, the subtask
is twaiting.
When an application program needs either to place an element on the disabled
ready queue, to post an event control block (ECB) as complete, or to move data
from one partition to another, a special technique is used. This technique is
performed by the AQCTL SVC 102 routine, which uses pointers in the AVT to
refer to the disabled ready queue. Since AQCTL is a resident Type I SVC, the
actual processing occurs in the OS Supervisor, out of the control of either the
application program or the MCP.
Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts
17
Buffer Management
The TCAM network has one buffer unit pool that contains buffer units of one
size. These buffer units are the basic building blocks from which buffers are
constructed. Henceforth, in this publication unit refers to a buffer unit.
Messages entering a TCAM network are placed in buffers, which are user-defined
areas of main storage used for handling, queuing, and transferring message
segments between all lines and queuing media. (A message segment is that
portion of a message contained in one buffer.) A buffer has two parts, one that
contains control information (the buffer prefix) and the other that contains all or
part of the message. Buffers must be at least 35 bytes long, and may be no longer
than 65,535 bytes.
The size of a unit is specified in the UNITSZ= operand of the INTRO macro of
an MCP, and the number of units in the buffer unit pool is equal to the sum of the
numbers specified by the LNUNITS and MSUNITS operands of INTRO. For
internal management purposes, TCAM adds 12 bytes as a prefix to the userspecified unit size. These 12 bytes are called a unit control area. Thus, if a user
defines a unit size of 60 bytes (UNITSZ=60), the size of the unit is actually 72
bytes.
The size of a buffer for a line group is specified by the BUFSIZE= operand of the
DCB macro for a line group data set. All buffers used by a given line group are
the same size, but each line group may use buffers that differ in size from those
assigned to other line groups. (The buffer size can be overridden on a terminal
basis for send operations by using the BUFSIZE= operand of the TERMINAL
macro.)
TCAM constructs buffers by linking together the number of units necessary to
create a buffer that contains a number of usable bytes equal to or greater than
that specified by the BUFSIZE= operand of the DCB macro for a given line
group. (The 12 bytes added to each unit by TCAM are not considered in defining
the size of the buffer; the user should consider only the number of bytes he
specified in the UNITSZ= operand of INTRO.) For example, if UNITSZ:=60 in
the INTRO macro and BUFSIZE= 120 in a line group DCB macro are specified,
TCAM links together two units in building each buffer for that line group.
There are two types of buffers-header buffers and text buffers. A header buffer
contains all or part of a message header. A text buffer contains message text
only.
A buffer prefix is a control area contained within each buffer of the system. The
user must allow room for the buffer prefix in defining his buffers. TeAM fills the
buffer prefix area with buffer control information.
There are two kinds of buffer prefix. The first-buffer prefix is 30 bytes long and
is contained within the first buffer of a message. Any subsequent-buffer prefix is
23 bytes long and is contained within all buffers after the first.
18
OS TeAM PLM
Thus, there are two kinds of control areas associated with buffers: the 12-byte
unit control area associated with each buffer unit and assigned automatically by
TCAM, and the 30-byte or 23-byte buffer prefix assigned to each buffer by
TCAM in an area defined by the user. Each unit must be big enough to contain a
header prefix plus three bytes of message text (35 bytes) and may be no larger
than 255 bytes. A subsequent buffer contains more bytes of actual message than
the first buffer, since a subsequent-buffer prefix is 7 bytes shorter than the
first-buffer prefix.
The 12-byte unit control area that TCAM assigns to each unit is used to manage
multi-unit buffers. This control area has different functions dependent on the
status of its buffer. It may contain pointers, be used as an RCB, or be used to
generate a channel program. The initial format of this 12-byte area is defined in
Figure 7.
Offset
o
4
Key
QCB
address
B
Address of the first
un it of the nex t
logical buffer that
is qssigned
Address of the next
unit of this buffer
Figure 7. Unit Control Area
Figure 8 shows how two buffers assigned to a line group look at the time of an
initial request if the user specifies the following:
INTRO
DCB
UNITSZ=60
BUFSIZE= 1OO,BUFIN = 2
In Figure 8, each buffer consists of two units linked together by the pointer in the
third word of the 12-byte unit control area. The two buffers are linked together
by the second word of the 12-byte unit control area. Note that in this situation
the first eight bytes of the unit control area of the first unit in each buffer is
functioning as an RCB.
When the user's program requests and obtains buffers, they look like the ones in
Figure 8. However, when a line is ready to read or write, the function of the
12-byte control area changes. TCAM then uses the area to contain the channel
program that operates on the unit. TCAM places a CCW in each RCB field, and
the pointer in the third word becomes a TIC to the next unit. The 30-byte prefix
contains a count of the number of units in a logical buffer; this indicates where
one buffer stops and another starts.
To tpost a buffer, TCAM places only the first unit of that buffer on the ready
queue. All other units can be located through the chain created in the TIC field of
the unit control area.
Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts
19
Buffer 1
-
12 Bytes
r
l,Init Control Area
11
Nex\ll
Buffer
30 Bytes
30 Byt8$
30-byte Prefix
Message Header and/ar Text
Next
Unit
\
Buffer 2
40 Bytes
12 Byt8$
MHsage Header and/or Text
Unit Control Area
I l
20 Bytes
Unused
0
~
12 Bytes
Unit Control Area
J [t
0
37 Bytes
23 Bytes
23-byte Prefix
Message Header and/or Text
Next
Unit
\
40 Bytes
12 Bytes
Unit Control Area
I I
M8$sage Header and/or Text
20 Bytes
Unused
0
Figure 8. Buffer Units Chained to Form Buffers
TCAM uses an element request block (ERB) to make requests for buffers for a
line group. Initial requests for buffers for a line are ma!ie when a scheduler tposts
its ERB, which contains the number of buffers requested, to the buffer request
QCB for a receive operation, or to the disk I/O QCB for a send operation.
Subsequent requests for buffers are handled by the TCAM Program-Controlled
Interruption (PCI) Appendage. When the PCI= operand of the DCB for a line
group is coded to allow program-controlled interruption, a PCI may occur during
the filling or emptying of the first and each subsequent buffer assigned to that line
group. When the PCI is received, the PCI Appendage gains control.
When PCI==A is coded on the DCB macro and the first interruption occurs, PCI
Appendage assigns to the line group a number of buffers equal to the difference
between the maximum number assigned to the line group (specified by the
BUFMAX= operand of the DCB) and the number initially assigned to the line
group (specified by the BUPIN == operand of the line group DCB for a receiving
operation and by the BUFOUT= operand for a sending operation). On subsequent PCIs, the appendage deallocates the buffer immediately preceding the one
being filled or emptied and requests a new buffer in order to keep the number of
buffers assigned to the line group equal to that specified by the BUFMAX=
operand. (For a sending operation, the buffer units are returned by the buffer
return QCB to the buffer unit pool-the element chain of the buffer request
QCB; for a receiving operation, the buffer is sent to the Message Handler for the
line group for that DCB.)
20
QS TCAM PLM
When PCI=R is coded, the appendage de allocates the previous buffer when the
second and subsequent PCls occur, but makes' no requests for additional buffers.
If program-controlled interruptions are not permitted (PCI=N) or additional
allocation is not allowed (PCI=R), the number of buffers assigned must be
sufficient to handle the entire transmission, since no new buffers are allocated
until the transmission is complete. If PCI=N, there is no de allocation of buffers
until the transmission is complete.
Figure 9 shows the result of tposting an ERB with a count of three to the buffer
request QCB. The ERB chain of the LCB points to the first buffer. This figure
demonstrates the change in linkage after units have been transferred from the
buffer unit pool to form a buffer chain off the requesting ERB. The physical
location of the units in main storage does not change-the various pointers are
changed to reflect the new organization.
Buffer Request OCB
Control Area
'\
Link
t
Buffer Unit Pool
Unit
t Element Chain
Key
\
STCB Chain
\
\
\
I
\
I '-
\I
,
\ I
,
,...--_ _.-----'-_ _ _ _----., \ I
\1
L-.-.---L--_
ERB
t
Key
/
OCB
/
//
Priority
Status
03
Link
t
Chain
---
03
---
--- --- ----------
~
/\
\
\
\
\\
\
\
\
\
"-
" '"
1----.. Etc.
LEGEND
--.
Linkage before ERB is serviced
_ - -.
Linkage after ERB is serviced
Figure 9. Effect of an ERB on Buffer Unit Linkage
Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts
21
Queue Management
The incoming group of an MH performs user-specified functions in a buffer that
contains a message segment. After these functions are completed, the segment is
tposted to a destination QCB, which represents a line, terminal, or application
program.
Each destination QCB in a TCAM MCP is assigned to one or more specific
message queues data sets. When a buffer is tposted to its destination QCB, it is
placed on the appropriate message queue in the associated message queues data
set to wait its turn to be sent to the specified destination.
The message queues data set to which a message segment is to be directed may be
in main storage or on a direct-access storage device. Each message queue within a
data set contains segments that are to be transmitted on a certain line or to a
certain terminal, or that are to be processed in a specific application program.
TCAM supports five types of queuing to a message queues data set:
•
•
•
•
•
Nonreusable disk queuing
Reusable disk queuing
Main-storage queuing
Main-storage queuing with nonreusable disk backup
Main-storage queuing with reusable disk backup
The following sections discuss the functions of these types of queuing.
Nonreusable Disk Queuing
Queuing a message on a direct-access storage device is referred to in this publication as disk queuing. The fields A VTNADDR and A VTRADDR in the A VT
contain the index to the nonreusable and reusable disk relative record numbers,
respectively, of the next record to be assigned.
In nonreusable disk queuing, the Destination Scheduler initiates a closedown when
a user-specified percentage of the disk message queues data set has been filled. If,
before the closedown is completed, there are more messages in the system than
the data set has room to accommodate, TCAM issues an ABEND.
The EXCP Driver routine assigns disk relative addresses across the volumes of a
multivolume disk message queues data set in such a way that the next relative
record address after the last record on a track is on a different volume. The
routine numbers all the records for a given track consecutively before assigning
addresses on a track of a different volume. In addition, the routine numbers all
the tracks of a cylinder before assigning addresses on a different cylinder. Figure
10 illustrates the disk record numbering scheme for a data set that has four
records per track on three volumes.
At MCP assembly or restart time, each destination QCB is assigned a unique
relative record number for the first buffer segment tposted to it. As a result, when
the first message enters the TCAM system, the A VT value is one greater than the
total number of destination QCBs.
The Destination Scheduler stores the address to be used for the first unit of the
first buffer of the next message received in the QCBDNHDR field of the destination QCB-this is referred to as the next-message location. The routine stores the
address for the first unit of the next buffer of the current message in the
SCBNTXT field of the SCB-this is referred to as the next-buffer location.
22
OS TeAM PLM
Volume 1
Volume 2
Volume 3
12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23
,,
/
"
/
/
/
,,
,,
/
/
/
/
,,
,,
/
/
/
,"
/
,,
Cylinder
Track
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
2
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
3
36
37
38
3.9
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
4
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
5
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
6
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
7
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
8
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
9
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
0
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
1
132 ...
1
Relative Record Number
Relative Record Number
Relative Record Number
Figure 10. Assignment of Disk Message Queues Data Set Relative Record Numbers Across
Three Volumes
The principle of assigning next-message and next-buffer values allows queuing
ahead on the disk. Records for buffer units are assigned before the buffer is
received.
In the example in Figure 11, there are five possible destinations. For each of
these, the MCP assembly has preassigned record addresses (marked A through E)
with relative record addresses zero to four. The applicable code for this example
is:
INTRO UNITSZ= 100
LINEA
DCB
BUFSIZE=300,PCI=(A,A)
LINEC
DCB
BUFSIZE=800,PCI=(A,A)
Three messages arrive in the following order:
1. 500 characters-from Line A to Line D
2. 3000 characters-from Line C to Line B
3. 30 characters-from Line A to Line B
Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts
23
Figure 11 shows the situation in which TCAM reads a buffer (the first buffer of
the first message) from line A. The 30-byte prefix contains the information that
this message is to be sent to line D. The message segment consists of three units
(since BUFSIZE=300 and UNITSZ=100) and does not contain an end-ofmessage (EOM) indicator. The Destination Scheduler assigns the first unit of this
header buffer to the preassigned location for destination D, record 3. The
Scheduler then preassigns the next-message location for destination D to the next
available disk location at record 5, and places a pointer to record 5 in the prefix of
the buffer that will start in disk record 3. The Scheduler then assigns two additional units to the next available disk locations at records 6 and 7. The Scheduler
inserts a pointer to the first of these records in the prefix of the buffer that will
start in disk record 3.
Since the 300-byte buffer does not contain an EOM indicator, the Destination
Scheduler preassigns a record number (8) for the first unit of the next buffer to
arrive for this message. The Scheduler places a pointer to record 8 in the prefix of
the buffer that will start in disk record 3. The records are actually written after
the three pointers are included in the prefix of record 3. Figure 11 shows the
records and pointers after they are written on disk.
In this queuing scheme the additional records are always contiguous, and the first
unit of a subsequent buffer of a message is always contiguous to the last unit of
the previous buffer.
In Figure 12 the first buffer of the 3000-byte message from line C for line B is
queued. The buffer consists of eight units since BUFSIZE for line C is 800 bytes.
The Destination Scheduler places the first unit of the message in the preassigned
slot for destination line B. The scheduler then preassigns a location for the first
unit of the next message for li~e B to record 9, the next available disk location.
The scheduler places the additional records (units) for the current message
segment in disk locations 10 through 16. Since this buffer does not contain an
EOM indicator, the scheduler preassigns the next-buffer location to record 17.
In Figure 13, the second buffer of the message for line D is queued. This is a
three-unit buffer with an EOM character in t;he last unit. The DestinationScheduler places the first unit in the next-buffer slot of line D at record 8 and places the
two additional records in the next available disk locations, records 18 and 19. No
preassignment for the next-buffer location is made because of the EOM character
in this buffer. The scheduler preassigned the next-message slot for line D to
record 5 when the first buffer of this message was queued (see Figure 11).
In Figure 14, the 30-byte message from line A to line B is queued. Since this
message is contained within a single unit, only that unit must be written on disk.
The Destination Scheduler places this unit in the preassigned next-message
location for destination B, record 9. No next-buffer location needs to be preassigned, but the scheduler changes the next-message location for line B to disk
record 20. The next available disk location is now record 21.
Figures 11 through 14 do not illustrate all the disk record pointers. However,
Figure 15 shows the pointers mentioned above, as well as the pointers from each
subsequent buffer of a message-to the first buffer of the message. These pointers
are the base for the queue-back chain to be discussed next.
24
OS TeAM PLM
Unit
Control
Area
30-Byte
Prefix
Relative Record
Unit
Control
Ar
---
Conventions Used:
Necessary supporting functional flow
c:]
( I
c=J
TCAM control flow
""'"'"
________>
LEGEND:
""m,,,, """'00.' fl~
__________ J,
...
--------- -'"
...
..>
,"
========::::::>
Optional functional flow
Data areas
MCP or Application
Program Macros
Opo- Co.,""
Area referred to or filled with
data
• • • • • • • • • • Optional supporting functional flow
SVCnnn
:>
--------...,,.~
------------+-
System control flow
Linkage
Previous linkage
""lvl,.,
J
,3
r
Inclusive areas
Exclusive areas
Method of Operation Introduction
Item
Description
1. The left area of the diagram contains the input required to perform a given function. This input can be data areas, registers, parameter
lists, and the like. When more than one field in a data area is refered to, the fields are illustrated schematically, rather than
contiguously. Contiguity is shown when possible. In like manner, these fields are represented sequentially whenever possible.
2. The central area of the diagram contains the processing steps required to perform a given function. The numbering of these steps does
not necessarily indicate sequence, as some steps are executed concurrently. In some instances, processing steps are further subdivided
into substeps, indicated by lowercase alphabets.
The information in this processing area is presented on a high level; see the accompanying extended descripti~n for each diagram for
more detailed information. The numbers associated with the processing steps correspond to the numbers in the extended description
section.
3. The right area of the diagram contains the output resulting from the processing step. Just as with the input, the output can be in the
form of data areas, parameter lists, addresses in registers, and the like. The same conventions are applicable to both input and output.
4. When input is for a particular sub step of processing, the data flow arrow from the input area penetrates the processing box. When
input is for an entire step, the arrow does not penetrate the box.
Note: Sometimes the input to or output from a particular step will be represented in a detailed manner the first time, while
subsequent references to the same input or output will be less detailed.
w
~
o·
..,::s
rs::
~
[
o
....
o
I·
::s
..,
1.0
~
II
o
(IJ
Controlling the TCAM System
~s::
1
2
The TCAM Dispatcher
AQCTL SVC 102
"I:j
~
j
11
•
Defining the System/Network
1
2
3
4
Executing INTRD
Opening the Data Sets
Executing READY
Initializing the
Application Program
~
Processing the Message
~
1
/
I
I
,
~
I
I
I
I
MCP/Application
Program
Interface
,.,
\
I
I
,
I
\.'
3
/'
,'\,
",
2
~
MCP Processing
I
I
'"
Application Program
Processing
Legend:
_____. . . , ) -
------_ ...... ,
-------'.".'
' ...
, ;>
P"""'Y
fu""',o~' ,,~
••
••
Optional functIonal flow
1
2
Necessary supporting
functional flow
......... =
••
••
Optional supporting
functional flow
Checkpoint
Restart
..
Closing the System/Network
1
2
MCP Termination
Application Program
Termination
Method of Operation Charts Overview
~
~
o·
::I
w
s::
a
&:o
....,
o
'0
~
o·~::I
-"'"
A.
DEFINING THE SYSTEM/NETWORK shows the operations that must be performed before TCAM can be activated. These
operations include defining and initializing control blocks and work areas, and opening data sets. Once this is done, TCAM is
ready to process a message.
B.
CONTROLLING THE TCAM SYSTEM describes the TCAM dispatcher and SVC 102 as tools used by the message control
program (MCP) to process a message. Control passes from the MCP to the TCAM dispatcher and/or SVC 102 as their
functions are needed.
C.
PROCESSING A MESSAGE traces a message through the receiving, queuing, and sending functions. Application-program
message processing is shown as an optional subset of MCP message processing.
D.
CHECKPOINTING/RESTARTING THE SYSTEM describes the TCAM option that provides recovery from a system failure or
restart after normal closedown. If checkpoint/restart is activated, it receives control from and passes control back to the
message processing routines.
E.
CLOSING THE SYSTEM/NETWORK describes the MCP closedown, and if application programs are active, their closedown.
This is the last function performed in the TCAM system.
.,..
to.)
o
til
11
DEFINING THE SYSTEM/NETWORK
~
"1:1
~
•
•o
Opening the Data Sets
Executing INTRO
•
Message Queues Data Set
Checkpoint Data Set
. . Line Group Data Set
(2 parts)
,--,
•I'" ' r·...
.~
•
===>-
Legend:
P"""'Y
_____ .1,
f"",do~1
fl _
,
-----,...,,"
>
= Optional functional flow
........ ,
"7-
,~'
Initializing the
Application Program (2 parts)
•
Executing RfADY
Chart A Defining the System/Network
g>
!.
w
~
[
o....
o
a
'"
o·::s
.-.w
Description
Chart No.
Executing INTRO
describes using the parameters from the INTRO macro to define and initialize
data areas and to create buffers and trace tables.
Al
Opening the Data Sets
Message Queues Data Set
A2-I
Checkpoint Data Set
A2-2
Line Group Data Set
A2-3
Application Program Data Set
A3
Executing READY
describes building a parameter list for the TCAM dispatcher and activating the
ready queues and destination queues.
A4
.j>o.
.j>o.
Chart
0
CVT
IZl
Al Executing INTRO
11
r
o-,l
~
s:::
"1:1
~
~
rh~nnDt:: 1'n
t
Initialize the MCP
a
b
AVT field
Determine if TCAM is
already in the system
INTRO key word
Override the INTRO
parameters
C Update the
2
AVT
Scramble the password
I
Regsoter 0
Register 1
i
Scrambled password
DTRACE
for MCP security
3
Obtain main storage for
and format the buffers,
trace areas, CPBs,
COMMBUF master QCB,
STCBs and data areas
4 a
Check and update
references to the
5
I
la
OLTEST
Termonal Table
I
Termname Table
I
ITTl
TT2
TT3
TT4
Get main storage for
the termname table
b
CIB
CKREOS
LNUNITS
CROSSRF
terminal table
Attach the operator
control, TOTE, and FE
Comwrite tasks
.~-
CPR CDS
CPINTVL
COMMBUF ~&w
1
COMWR ITE::' ,~~... r
KEYLEN t
UNITSZ ~
LNUNITS l
MSUNITS ~
INTVAL
DLQ
TOPMSG
STARTUP
RESTART
MSMIN
MSMAX
MSUNITS
CPB
Chart Al Executing INTRO--Description (1 of 2)
Description
1.
If CVT + 240 (CVTAQAVT) is nonzero, the MCP is already in the
Routine
Register Usage
IEDQOA
Rl
R15
system. Return to IEDQOA with an error return code of 4; otherwise,
continue processing.
~
()
::to
o
::s
w
I
....o
o
l
::s
.j>.
0.
I-AVT address
O-return code
1b
Check for valid keywords and parameters. Keywords that may be
changed are STARTUP, LNUNITS, MSUNITS, KEYLEN, RESTART,
UNITSZ, CPINTVL, CONTROL, PRIMARY, INTVAL, PASSWRD,
CKREQS, CPB, CPRCDS, CROSSRF, COMWRTE, TRACE,
DTRACE, CIB, MSMIN, MSMAX, DLQ, OLTEST, and TOPMSG.
1c
Store the requested keyword parameters in the A VT. Return to
IEDQOA with a return code of 0 indicating successful completion.
2
Get the password from AVTP ASWD (eight bytes) and rearrange the
characters of the password.
IEDQE6
RO and RIO-scrambled
password
3
Get main storage for and initialize the following areas, as requested:
Main-storage message queues data set
Channel program blocks
Trace tables
Cross-reference table
Line buffers
COMMBUF Master QCB
STCBs
Data areas
Return to IEDQOA with a return code of X'OO' for successful, or X'OS'
for unsuccessful, completion of the GETMAIN operation.
IEDQOA
Rl
R14
R15
I-AVT address
O-IEDQOA address
O-return code
(This page left blank intentionally)
46
OS TeAM PLM
Chart Al Executing INTRO-Description (2 of 2)
Description
4a
Get main storage for the termname table and store the table address in
AVTRNMPT. Sort the termname table entries into collating sequence.
Recalculate the termname table offsets for distribution, cascade, and
invitation lists that refer to specific entries in the table, and for alternate
destinations.
4b
If requested, store the offsets of the primary operator control terminal in
AVTOPCON and the offset of the dead-letter queue in AVTDLQX. If
Routine
Register Usage
IEDQOA
RI
RI5
I-AVT address
O-return code
RI5
O-return code
the dead-letter queue is specified as a TSO terminal, issue an error
message and place zeros in AVTDLQX. The following return codes are
set before returning to IEDQOA:
X'OO'-routine executed successfully
X'12'-insufficient main storage available for GETMAIN macro
X'16'-terminal definition error
X'20'-primary operator control terminal definition error
5
Attach the following tasks:
Operator control task-address in AVTOPECA
TOTE (Terminal On-Line Test Executive)-address in AVTOLECA
COMWRITE (FE Common Write )-address in A VTCWECA
Load the following routines, if requested on the INTRO macro:
System delay subtask (IEDQHI), if the system delay interval
(AVTINTVL)is not equal to zero.
Operator Awareness Message Router (IEDQNX), if the system console
is not the primary operator control terminal. Place its address in
AVTNX.
-
g'
~
o·
::t
w
3:
~
::>"
8-
o
....,
o
Io·
::t
~
-...l
-
-
-_ .. __ .. _
..
_-
------
--
-
---
---
--
--
IEDQOA
-
--
....
00
Chart A2-1 Opening the Message Queues Data Set
o
til
1 Find the number of
~;s::
extents on this data set
'1:1
~
2 Obtain main storage for
and initialize the DEB
and any DEB extents
DEB
3 Initialize one lOB for
each extent
SYS1. SVClI B
4
DCBOPTCD
SYS1.SVCLlB
AVT
I
:
I I
Load the TCAM
dispatcher
5 a Load the EXCP
:>
driver, the
reusabi Iity-copy
subtask, and the
Checkpoint Channel
End appendage
b Load the Disk End
appendage
I
DEB
Chart A2-1 Opening the Message Queues Data Set-Description
Description
Determine the number of extents from the DS1NOEPV field of the
DSCB. DSCBs are built by the system open routines before TCAM
open.
IGG01931
R1
I-DSCB address
2
Issue a GETMAIN macro for main storage (from subpool 234) for the
DEB and any DEB extents. Initialize the following DEB fields:
DEBTCBAD-TCB address for this DEB
DEBDEBAD-next DEB address
DEBNMEXT-number of DEB extents
DEBDCBAD-address of DCB associated with this DEB
DEBUCBAD-address of UCB associated with this data set
IGG01930
R1
I-DEB address
3
Build the lOBs in the line control blocks (LCBs). Initialize LCBECBPT
with the ECB address and LCBDCBPT with the DCB address. Update
the AVTIOBR field (address of a series of lOBs-reusable disk queuing) and A VTIOBN field (address of a series of 10Bs- nonreusable
disk queuing).
IGG01931
4
Load the the TCAM dispatcher from SYSl.SVCLIB (IGG019RB or, if
the DTRACE= value is greater than zero, IGG019RO). Place the
TCAM dispatcher address into A VTEA. Place a pointer to the AVT
address at CVT +240.
IGG01934
5a
If the DCBOPTCD field is X'01' (OPTCD=R), load the reusabilitycopy subtask. If DCBOPTCD is X'02' (OPTCD=L), determine if the
MSUNITS= value is not equal to zero (AVTTOTNC:#=O). Load the
reusability-copy subtask in AVTIA. If the DCBOPTCD field is X'20'
(OPTCD=C), indicating a checkpoint DCB, the open routine loads the
Checkpoint Channel End appendage (IGG019RA); the number of
pages occupied by the appendage is placed in the high-order byte of the
appendage address field (DEBCEA).
~
::s
.."
is:
o
"0
o·~::s
01>-
\0
Register Usage
1
a.o
["
o
...,
Routine
5b
If the AVTCPBNO field (the CPB= value from the INTRO macro) in
thethe AVT is equal to 1, load the Disk End appendage for a single CPB
(IGG019RK); otherwise, load the Disk End appendage (IGG019R2).
Both modules contain the Start I/O appendage for disk .
u.
o
Chart A2-2 Opening the Checkpoint Data Set
o
AVT
rn
(i
AVT
~
)
"1:1
~
>11
Obtain main storage for
the checkpoint work area
SYS1.SVCLlB
DEB
~====>l2 Obtain the Checkpoint
Disk End appendage
AVT
Checkpoint Work Area
1
>13
Initialize the checkpoint
work area
CKPIOB
(40 bytes)
CKPCCWS
(32 bytes)
.Jo---v'I4 Determine the disposition:
AVT
P .---... --
1100
OISP=NEW
'1
i>
a Cold restart
• determine the size of the
checkpoint records and
the number of disk records
required to contain the
environment record.
//00
OISP= OLD
INTRO
STARTUP=
1
C
lf CY
1100
OISP=OLO
INTRO
STARTUP=
• initialize the checkpoint
data set.
[w]
WY
~=~i~>b
Warm restart
transfer control to Checkpoint/
Restart
Chart A2-2 Opening the Checkpoint Data Set-Description (1 of 2)
Description
1
'..,::s
I
o
....,
o
"CI
S!i
g.
::s
u.
.....
Use AVTNCKPR and AVTCPRCD to calculate the storage needed for
a checkpoint work area.
A VTNCKPR-maximum decimal number of destination queues
(obtained from the CKREQ parameter of the INTRO macro) in use at
any time for application programs using a CKREQ macro.
AVTCPRCD-number of environment records (obtained from the
CPRCDS= parameter of the INTRO macro) to be retained in a checkpoint data set at anyone time.
Issue a GETMAIN macro to obtain the necessary main storage and
place the address of the work area into AVTCKGET.
For error conditions, IGG01941 sends an error message to the system
console, sets AVTCKGET to zero, and passes control to the next module in the where-to-go table.
Error conditions:
• Insufficient main storage for GETMAIN
• Disk II0 error while reading the control record of a checkpoint data
set.
2
Load the Checkpoint Disk End appendage from SYSl.SVCLIB. Calculate the amount of main-storage occupied by the appendage and place
that value in the high-order byte of DEBCEA.
3
Get the address of the work area from A VTCKGET and build a 40-byte
lOB beginning at CKPIOB. Build a 32-byte channel program beginning
atCKPCCWS.
Routine
Register Usage
IGG01941
R2
R8
R9
R15
O-checkpoint work
area address
I-address of current
entry in
where-to-go table
O-address of next
entry
I-AVT address
O-return code
~
Chart A2-2
o
~
-
-
the Checkpoint Data Set-Description (2 of 2)
Description
I'll
~
Openin~
4
Determine the type of start or restart necessary by examining the following fields:
Normal or abnormal closedown-checkpoint disk record +0
(CKPFLAGS)
Disposition-JFCB+S7 (JFCBIND2)
X'40'-OLD data set
X'SO'-MOD data set
X'CO'-NEW data set
Startup-AVT + 1052 (AVTBIT3)
C-cold restart
W-wann restart
Perform the restart necessary according to the following input specifications:
DISP=NEW
XCTL to the Checkpoint Disk Allocation routine.
DISP=OLD, S=C, normal closedown
XCTL to the Checkpoint Disk Allocation routine.
DISP=OLD, S=C, abnormal closedown
XCTL to the checkpoint/restart modules and scan the message queues.
DISP=OLD, S=CY, normal closedown
XCTL to the Checkpoint Disk Allocation TOutine.
DISP=OLD, S=CY, abnormal closedown
XCTL to the Checkpoint Disk Allocation TOutine.
Routine
Register Usage
I
Chart A2-2 Opening the Checkpoint Data Set-Description (2 of 2) Continued
Description
U'l
(1)
o·::s~
w
a=
~
[
o
....,
o
'0
~.::s
v.
w
4.
Scan the TCAM tables to determine the size of the environment record
and the number of disk records needed to contain it.
Calculate the number of each type of checkpoint record that will fill one
track of the checkpoint data set. Use the device type index from the
UCBTYP field of the UCB and the I/O device table (address at
CVTZDTAB) to calculate the number of tracks in the checkpoint data
set.
Use the maximum number of priority QCBs to be used for anyone
application program destination QCB plus the length of the longest
option area for any terminal entry to calculate the length of a CKREQ
record.
The length of an incident record is equal to the length of the longest
option area or the length of the operator control data area, whichever is
greater.
DISP=OLD, S=W, normal closedown
XCTL to the checkpoint/restart modules and do not scan the message
queues.
DISP=OLD, S=W, abnormal closedown
XCTL to the checkpoint/restart modules and scan the message queues.
DISP=OLD, S=WY, normal closedown
XCTL to the checkpoint/restart modules and do not scan the message
queues.
DISP=OLD, S=WY, abnormal closedown
XCTL to the checkpoint/restart modules and do not scan the message
queues.
4b
Format the checkpoint data set. The number of environment records is
at AVT+681 (AVTCPRCD); the number of CKREQ records is at
AVT +453 (AVTNCKPR). There is one control record, and the remainder of the disk space is used for incident records.
Routine
IGG01949
Register Usage
,
I
01
.j>.
oen
Chart A2·3 Opening the Line Group Data Set (Part 1 of 2)
1
Initialize the line group:
, / / DO
TIOT
a Determine the number
~
of lines in the line
group
~
."
~
b Obtain main storage for
and initialize a DEB
UCB
c
Initialize channel programs
for the device
d Obtain main storage for
and initialize an LCB for
each line
e
Place the send scheduler
STCB in the STCB chain
of the destination QCB
and of the LCB
DCB
LCB
Chart A2-3 Opening the Line Group Data Set-Description (1 of 2)
Description
1a
Examine the TIOEWTCT field of the task I/O table to determine the
number of lines in this line group.
IGG01935
1b
Issue a GETMAIN macro to get storage from subpool 234 for the DEB.
Initialize the DEBUCBAD field with the UCB address from the TIOT
(TIOEFSRT). UCBORSV is the address of the DEB for the first user
on the queue for this device.
Determine the size of the LCB. If this is the first OPEN for the line
group, transfer control to IGG01932. If not the first OPEN, continue.
IGG01936
1c
Use the information from the UCBTYP fields of the UCBs to build
channel programs for each line in the line group.
1d
Issue a GETMAIN macro to get an LCB for each line in the line group.
Divide the LCB area into individual LCBs, and put the lOB address
(LCB+32) into DCBIOBAD.
18
Place the Send scheduler STCB in the STCB chain of the destination
QCB. If send priority is specified, move the Send scheduler STCB into
the STCB chain of the LCB. SCBDESTQ is the address of the destination QCB and QCBSTCHN is the address of the first element in the
STCB chain.
_
~
8-.
o
::s
w
..
:s::
g
"'....,o"
o
~
~
o·::s
U\
U\
Routine
. . _---
--
------
-------
Register Usage
R2
R13
IGG01936
IGG01937
--
I~urrent
DCB
address
O-total number
of CCWs
0\
'"
Chart A2-3 Opening the Line Group Data Set (Part 2 of 2)
o
rn
SCB
f Set up an SCB for each dial
AVT
~;s::
LCB
1 (cont'd)
line
"tj
~
Cross-Reference Table Entry
9 Initialize any cross-reference
table entries
SYS1.SVCLlB
2
:::>I
I
Load the following and
store their addresses
AVT
a The TCAM dispatcher
b The appropriate send
and receive schedulers
UCB
1I1
C
The Start-Up Message
routine
d The PCI appendage
and the appropriate
line end appendages
Terminal Table
e
3
lCBCONCT (X'SO')
t-----v'1
The special characters
table
Start I/O on each line in
the line group
4 Ascertain that each line
is ready
DCB
t
V'-'D ' " ' ' ' ' ' '
UCB
Chart A2-3 Opening the Line Group-Description (2 of 2)
Description
Routine
1f
Build and initialize SCBs for dial terminals using the address of the
current SCB from LCBSCBA and the address of the SCB directory from
LCBSCBDA.
IGG01936
19
Each time a line is successfully opened, complete the next entry in the
cross-reference table. AVTCRSRF contains the address of the crossreference control table. There is a 4-word entry in the cross-reference
table for each open line.
IGG01948
2a
If the TCAM dispatcher has not previously been loaded, load the appro-
IGG01939
Register Usage
R9
I-AVT address
R9
I-A VT address
priate version (IGG019RB or IGG019RO) from SYSl.SVCLIB. Place
the address of the TCAM dispatcher into AVTEA. If the I/O supervisor loads the TCAM dispatcher, it also places a pointer to the AVT
address at CVT +240. If the TCAM dispatcher has already been loaded,
update the use count in the contents directory.
~
g.
::s
w
s::
~
gIl-
o....,
o
1
o
::s
VI
-.l
2b
Load the Send and Receive schedulers that are appropriate for this
TCAM system and store their addresses in the AVT:
AVTHA-address of the Receive scheduler
AVTHD-address of the Send scheduler
AVTR 1-address of the Dial scheduler
AVTHB-address of the Buffer scheduler
AVT + 588-address of the Local Receive scheduler
AVT2260L-address of the 2260 Local Receive scheduler
IGG01939
IGG01940
2c
Load the Start-Up Message routine (IGG019R6) and place its address
into A VTSUPPT.
IGG01939
2d
Load the PCI appendage (IGG019RN). Store its address in DEBPCIA.
Also load one of the following line end appendages:
QT AM-compatible system-IEDQKE
BSC lines-IEDQKB
leased and start-stop lines with no TSO
start-stop lines-IEDQKD
Fields used for this operation are:
AVT ADEBR-address of the DEBEOEA field for reusable disk
message queues data sets.
A VT ADEBN-address of the DEBEOEA field for nonreusable disk
message queues data sets.
DEBEOEA-address of the End-of-Extent appendage
DEBPCIA-address of the PCI appendage
DEBEXCEA-address of the Abnormal End appendage
IGG01940
(This page left blank intentionally)
58
OS TeAM PLM
Chart A2-3 Opening the Line Group-Description (2 of 2) Continued
Routine
Description
2e
Vse information from the VCB and the terminal entry to load the special
characters table (SCT) from SYS1.SVCUB. VCBDTI is an index into
the device table and TRMCHCIN is an index into the device characteristics table. Store the SCT address in DCBSCTAD.
3
Issue an EXCP macro (SVC 0) to start I/O on each line.
4
Issue the TIME macro. Test the LCBTSTSW byte for X'80' (successful
initial I/O operation) in the LCB for each line. If the initial I/O is not
complete, determine whether 28 seconds have elapsed since the EXCP
macro was issued. Continue checking for I/O completion until either 28
seconds have elapsed or until LCBTSTSW =X'80' indicating I/O completion. At the end of 28 seconds when I/O completion has not occurred, write a message to the system console to identify the line that has
not been successfully opened.
-
~
g.
!:'
w
~
~
5"
~
o
....,
o
'1j
R
o·
!:'
til
\0
--
---
-
-----
IGG01948
Register Usage
C\
o
Chart A3 Executing READY
o
til
(i
AVT
>
AVT
~}J~
1 Attach the checkpoint
i!::
executor subtask
"'I:j
~
2 Place a checkpoint
request element on
the enabled ready
queue
Enabled Ready Queue
Operator Control A VT
3 Put all the incident
Operator Control A VT
records in the
operator control
work area
4 Process the records
AVT
m.~
5 Place appropriate
destination queues
on the time delay
queue
6 Determine if there
is enough main
storage for TOTE
to execute
7 Create a parameter
AVT
I
AVT
list for the TeAM
dispatcher
8 Indicate completion
of READY execution
I
Jt~llllljllljlllj!l~l~:l;l~l~lllllIllllllll\ll\
r
AVTREADN
X'OS'
Chart A3 Executing READY-Description
Description
1
If A VTCKGET (address of the checkpoint work area) is zero, there is
an open checkpoint DCB. After all incident records are processed, issue
a FREEMAIN macro for the I/O buffer, then issue an ATTACH macro
to bring the checkpoint executor into the same system partition as the
MCP. Store the address of the checkpoint TCB in AVTCKTCB.
2
A VTREADY is the enabled ready queue. Place a pointer to the checkpoint request element (AVTCKELE) in the dispatcher save area
(AVTSAVE2+ 24) so that the element is on the ready queue. Place a
pointer to AVTCKELE in QCBELCHN. As a result of this, the TCAM
dispatcher will take an environment checkpoint when it is activated.
3
Get the address of the operator control work area from AVTOCGET.
Move each incident record, except those for start- or stopline, into the
operator control work area (OPCCKERB). (The stop- and start-line
incident records are processed during a restart procedure at checkpoint
open-see Chart D2.)
4
Once an incident record is in the operator control work area (starting at
OPCCKERB in the operator control AVT), post the operator control
ECB complete and wait for IGCOII0D to process the post request.
5
Put any destination QCB that specified a nonzero value for the
CLOCK= or the CINTVL= operand on the time delay queue
(AVTTIMQ).
6
If on-line test is specified, determine (by a GETMAIN) whether there is
enough main storage available for the test functions to be performed. If
there is not enough main storage for the minimum requirements of the
test function, the MCP abnormally terminates. If there is enough for
minimum requirements, but not as much as requested, issue a warning
WTO message (IED094I).
7
Put the address of A VTSA VE2 into register 1 as the pointer to a parameter list for the TCAM dispatcher .
8
Turn on the "READY completed" bit (AVTREADN) in the AVT (at
AVTBITl).
til
CD
~
o·
::;
~
Routine
Register Usage
IEDQND
R13
3::
CD
;.
o
c:>-
O
...,
o
'0
CD
OJ
g.
::;
0"1
-
-
I-AVT address
~
~
o
is:
Chart A4 Initializing the Application Program (Part 1 of 2)
=
e::r~!~~~;~t~i~~:~~:~
~
1 Perform validity checking
~
a Check for an active
MCP
Termname Table
b Check for a valid
application program
DCB/process entry
relationship
2
Access
Work
Establish linkage
between the application
program and the MCP
a Obtain main storage
for and initialize the
DEB and the access
method work area
b Activate the
Open/Close subtask
C
Obtain main storage
for and initialize
the lCB, SCB, and
process entry work
area
f:~:;;;~;;~:;:~~:;:~:;:~:E:~:~:~:~:~:~::::::::::::;::::=:::::::!:!:
Terminal Table
~~;~;~;~~~~$~f~~~f~:~:~:~:~:~~:E:~:~E:;~:~~:~:~~~:~E~i~:~~~
TRMSTAI
mm:;:;:~:~:~:::~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
AVT
DCB
:~::::::::~::::::(::J
;
:> d ;c~:~~~:r appropriate
e Post the application
program ECB
complete
Application Program ECB
od
Chart A4 Initializing the Application Program-Description (1 of 2)
Routine
Register Usage
A pointer at CVT + 240 points to the AVT address. This pointer is a
nonzero value when a TCAM MCP is present. If it is zero, set the
"unsuccessful open" flag in the DCB and exit to IGG01933.
IGG01946
R5
1b
Check the QNAME from the JFCB (JFCBDSNM) against the termname table entries for application programs, by using the Binary Search
routine. If the QNAME is invalid or not found, exit to IGG01933 for
error processing.
IEDQA1
IGG01933
2a
Issue a GETMAIN macro to obtain main storage for the DEB and the
access method work area. Put the DEB address into the DCB at
DCBDEBAD and put the access method work area address into the
DEB at DEBTAMWA. Initialize the access method work area and link
it to the DEB. Enqueue the DEB on the application-program TCB DEB
chain. Put the address of the DEB into DCBDEBAD.
IGG01946
2b
Use SVC 102 to tpost a special element to the open! close subtask.
Then issue aWAIT macro to allow time for the open! close subtask to
execute. The SVC 102 parameter lists are shown on Chart B2.
2c
Issue a GETMAIN macro to obtain main storage for the LCB, process
entry work area, and one or more SCBs. Place the LCB address into the
process entry work area at PEWALCB. The address of the process
entry work area is located in the TRMSTAT field of the process entry.
Store the SCB address in LCBSCBA.
Description
1a
IEDQEU
-
U'l
g.'"
::t
w
a::
'"go.
o
.....
o
't:I
~
~
o·
::t
0\
W
-~
R7
I-first entry in
DCB parameter list
I-address of current
entry in DCB
parameter list
R15
O-return code
~
Chart A4 Initializing the Application Program (Part 2 of 2)
o
3 Complete the open for
{I.I
~
an input DCB
~
Buffer-Unit Pool
AVT
Buffer-Unit Pool
a Request buffer units
for a message if it is
complete
X'SO' = complete
X'7F'
= incomplete
b If not a complete
message, move the
GET scheduler STCB
from the read-ahead
queue to the destination queue
Application Program
DeB
MACRF=L
C
If this is locate mode,
get space for the work
area
DCB
4 Return to the system open
routine
:"\\;r{~:J
Chart A4 Initializing the Application Program-Description (2 of 2)
Description
2d
Routine
Determine which scheduler to load from the MACRF = field of the
DCB, load the scheduler, and link the STCB for that scheduler to the
destination QCB for this application program. Set a "good-open" flag in
the process entry.
A VTEW-address of the GET scheduler
A VTEC-address of the PUT scheduler
A VTEZ-address of the GET FIFO scheduler
AVTE7-address of the Retrieve scheduler
2e
Issue a POST macro to post the application program ECB complete by
turning on bit 1 of the first byte of the ECB.
3.
If this is a receive operation, inspect the destination QCB for a complete
message. If there is a complete message, tpost the ERB to the disk I/O
,
QCB in the MCP.
3b
If there is not a complete message, move the Get scheduler STCB from
the read-ahead QCB to the application program destination QCB.
3c
If locate mode is specified (MACRF=L), issue a GETMAIN macro to
obtain main storage for a work area. Also, store the address of the work
area in DEBLCMWA.
4
Ul
(1)
s:l.
O·
::I
w
~
(1)
g
p.
o
....,
o
"0
S!l
!'!
O·
::I
0\
Vl
The system Open routine sets a "successful open"
(DCBOFLGS=X'lO') flag in the DCB for this application program.
Register Usage
IGG01947
0\
0\
o
Vl
~s::
II
CONTROLLING THE TCAM SYSTEM
'"<:j
~
•
The Dispatcher
••
Dispatching functions
of the TCAM Dispatcher
Queuing Functions of
the TeAM Dispatcher
legend:
•••••••tl~ = Necessary supporting
functional flow
•
Functions of AQCTL SVC 102
Chart B Controlling the TCAM System
Description
Chart No.
The Dispatcher
Dispatching Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher
Bl-l
Queuing Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher
Bl-2
Functions of AQCTL SVC 102
• Moving data across partition boundaries
• Posting ECBS in other tasks
• Tposting elements to the TCAM disabled
ready queue
• Flagging TCBs for application programs
as eligible or not eligible for swapping
L ___or rollout
w
o·~
:;
w
s:
CD
SO
c:>.
o
-,
o
'0
~
~
o·
:;
0\
-l
0\
00
Chart 81-1
Dispatching Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher
Enabled Ready Queue
'l:l~~:l:::!:l:l:*l:l~:l:t@t~
o
Ul
>-3
&?
~
'"'CI
Reg 1
+
element x
element
~
Reg 1
1 Put the element on
AVT
Enabled Ready Queue
AVT
Disabled Ready Queue
the enabled ready
queue by priority
2 Merge any elements
[+ ---J ------------ ,
~
Disabled Ready Queue
from the disabled
ready queue onto
the enabled ready
queue by priority
Reg 1
Enabled
Enabled
3 Remove the highestpriority element'
from the ready
queue
STCB
4 Activate the associated
subtask
')
Chart Bl-1 Dispatching Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher-Description
Description
1
Examine the elements on the enabled ready queue. The enabled ready
queue is at AVTREADY and points to the first element on the queue.
Insert element X (pointed to by register 1) ahead of the first element
found that has a lower priority than element X. Chain element X onto
the ready queue by moving the link field of the element already on the
ready queue to the link field of element X. Then put the contents of
register 1 in the link field of the element that was already on the ready
queue.
2
Use the procedure described above to merge any elements from the
disabled ready queue onto the enabled ready queue, (the disabled ready
QCB is at AVTREADD). The only difference is that the first word of
the disabled ready queue, rather than register 1, points to the first element to be merged. The link field of the last element on the disabled
ready queue contains zero. After the merge, the first word of the disabled ready queue contains zero and the second word contains the address of the last element merged.
3
Check the RECBPRI field for the highest-priority element. Put the
address of the highest-priority element on the enabled ready queue into
register 1. After removing the element, put the link field of the element
now pointed to by register 1 on the ready queue and then examine the
next element on the ready queue. The last element on the ready queue is
always at AVTDELM; this is referred to as the "dummy last element."
--
Ul
(I>
&.
o
::l
V>
~
(I>
g
0.
o
..,
o
'C
(I>
~
O·
::l
C7I
\Q
-
-----_
..
_-
-
-
-
-
-_ .. _ - - - - - - - -
-
Routine
Register Usage
IGG019RB or
IGG019RO
Rl
I-address of last
RCB dispatched
.
--
-----_ .. -
--- -
~
Chart B 1-1 Dispatching Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher-Description Continued
oVl
~
a::
."
~
Description
4
The STCBVTO field (the first byte of an STCB) serves as an index to
indicate which subtask gains control. If this field contains X'OO', the
TCAM dispatcher issues aWAIT macro because there are no elements
to process. An STCBVTO value of X'02' indicates that the element to
be processed is for an attached task (operator control, on-line test, or
FE Common Write). In this case, the TCAM dispatcher links the element to the element chain of the QCB for the attached task and posts
the ECB for the task as complete. This allows the attached task to
directly compete for system resources when TCAM issues aWAIT
macro. When the STCBVTO value is neither X'OO' nor X'02', the
TCAMdispatcher computes the subtask entry point according to the
following STCBVTO values:
X'04'-the subtask follows a 2-byte STCB
X'06'-the subtask follows a 4-byte STCB
X'08'-the subtask follows a 6-byte STCB
X'OA'-the subtask follows an 8-byte STCB
If the STCBVTO value is greater than X'OA', the TCAM dispatcher uses
the STCBVTO value as an index into the list of scheduler addresses at
A VTDISP to activate the associated subtask. The following STCBVTO
values activate the indicated subtasks:
X'OC' -Leased Receive scheduler
X'OE'-Send scheduler
X'lO'-GET scheduler
X'12'-PUT scheduler
X'14'-GET FIFO scheduler
X'16'-Log scheduler
X'18'-Dial Receive scheduler
X'IA'-Buffered Terminal scheduler
X' 1C'-Retrieve scheduler
X'IE'-Local Receive scheduler
X'20'-Concentrator Send Scheduler
X'26'-COMMBUF Send Scheduler
Note: If a subtask is activated without an element to process, its
STCB is tposted to the ready queue with the correct STCBVTO
value and the next three bytes containing the address of
A VTREAD Y-8.
Routine
Register Usage
Chart 81-2
Queuing Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher
READY
Macro
Expansion
TCAM Dispatcher
IGG019RB
Occur only during the first
pass through the dispatcher
Entry Point
DSPDISP
DSPLIST
DSPCHAIN
• The subtask
• Add the
• Add the
returni ng to
elements
elements
the dispatcher
whose
that are
has no elements
addresses
chained
to add to the
are in a
together
ready queue.
parameter
to the
list pOinted
ready
to by register
queue;
1 to the
the first
ready queue.
element
The hlghIS pOinted
order byte
to by
of the last
register 1.
pointer
The link
contains
field of
X'SO'to
the last
indicate the
item In
end of the
the chain
chain.
contains
AI
X'XXOOOOOO'
DSPWAIT
• Process an
element
from the
element
chain of
the QCB.
If no
element is
present,
the subtask
twaits for an
RCB to be
posted to
the element
chain.
[
Save the user's registers in AVTSAVE1 of the AVT.
Retrieve the data in AVTSAVE2 of the AVT and store it for
dispatcher use.
Perform action according to the entry pOint designated by the
returning subtask:
DSPBYPAS
DSPDLETE
• Process
immediately
the next
STCB in
the STCB
chain of
the QCB
being
examined.
• Delete the
Start-Up
Message
routine.
AI
• Perform
the
DSPCHAII\I
entry point
function.
DSPTSTQ
DSPUNAV
DSPPRIO
DSPLIFO
(DSPTSTQR)
(DSPUNAVR)
(DSPPRIOR)
(DSPLIFOR)
• Tpost one • Determine
• Remove
element to
if the
the returning
the ready
returning
subtask's
queue.
subtask's
STCB
Register 1
STCB IS
from the
contains
twaitlng In
QCB chain
the address
the STCB
it IS In.
of the
chain of a
•
Place the
element
QCB pointed
removed
(RCB) to
to by register
STCB in
be tposted.
3. If It IS
the STCB
not, chain
chain of a
the STCB
AI
QCB
Into that
pOinted to
QCB's STCB
by register 3.
chain. If It IS,
continue
RJ
processing.
• Place the
RCB
pointed to
by register
1 i['to a
chain
pOinted to
by register
7. Place
the RCB
• Place the
RCB
pointed to
by register
1 into the
first spot
In a chain
pointed
to by
register 7.
DSPPOST
(DSPPOSTR)
leo
inthe
chain by
Priority.
R~'
RCB
'-
"\
Ch:: '\ )
7!/
y-
Vl
ao·'"
::I
V>
E:
~
g
o
...,
~
o
'"C
~
~
o·
::I
,....
-.J
•
If the returning subtask did not have an "R"
as the last letter of ItS name, process Ing
continues through the dispatcher, otherwise,
control passes to the returning subtask once
the queue management functions are complete.
IR'
)~
~
~'
R7
/"
~
Chart 82 Functions of AQCTL SVC 102
o
til
~
'"I:j
~
1 Check validity of
the calling task,
and build appropriate parameter
list for the request
Parameter List
2 Depending on the
code in the first
byte of the parameter list, perform
one of the following:
Reg 11
X'OO'
J. ~~~~~iO~
~ .1
-
1 ~,;, 1
t ~;;D
:>a
Mov~ ,data across ,
partition boundaries
: >b Post ECB complete
c Post Rollout/Rollin
ECB complete
d Chain element on
disabled ready
queue
= eligible
X'SO' = Ineligible
"T :. :'~1:
= eligible
= ineligible
U;?l
X'01'
X'02'
h
/:.
".
Code
X 'SO'
X '00'
t
e
ECB
TCB
I f _;;;~
........
!>
Flag issuing
application
program task
for rollout
:>
f for swapping
Flag issuing TSO task
Chart B2 Functions of AQCTL SVC 102-Description
Description
1
2a
First byte = X'08': move data across partitions. The first word of the
parameter list contains the address of the data to be moved. The second
word contains the address of the target field of the move, and the third
word contains the address of a halfword that has the length (in bytes) of
the data field.
2b
If the value is X'20', post the TSO or standard task ECB complete. For
a TSO task, branch to the time-sharing interface program where the task
is flagged either eligible or ineligible for swapping.
-~
~
Cl>
o·~::s
w
s::
;.
Cl>
oQ.
o...,
o
'tl
~
~
o·
::s
.....
w
If SVC 102 is issued when there is not an active MCP in the system
(CVT+240 is zero), the requested action is not performed and the
AQCTL SVC 102 routine sets an error return code of X'04'. Get the
pointer to the current TCB address from CVTTCBP and determine if
the current TCB address is equal to the TCB address of one of the
following tasks:
A VTTCB-TCAM message control program
PCBTCBAD-TCAM application program
AVTOCTCB-operator control
AVTCKTCB-checkpoint/ restart
AVTOLTCB-TOTE (On-Line Test)
A VTCWTCB-COMWRITE (FE Common Write)
Any task attached by a valid task
Set an error return code of X'08' if the TCB for the calling task is not
valid, and return. Build a three-word list of parameters needed to perform a function. X'80' is always the first byte of the third word.
~-
-
----
-
Routine
Register Usage
IEDQEB
R1
I-input parameter
list
I-CVT address
I-return address
R3
R14
-------
---
-
-
-
--
------
------------~
(This page left blank intentionally)
74
OS TeAM PLM
Chart B2 FUnctions of AQCTL SVC l02-Description (Continued)
Description
2c
IZl
'"
~
O·
::l
w
~
~
5p.
o....,
o
'0
'"~
o·
::l
-...l
(J1
If the value is X'40', post the ECB complete for a task that is eligible for
rollout. For a task that is currently rolled out, set TCBTRM bit 4
(TCBTCPP)to indicate that a post is pending. The ECB is posted by
turning on bit 1 of the first byte. The low-order three bytes of the first
word contain the ECB address. The second word contains the TCB
address for the task being posted. Word three contains the address of
the DEB associated with the ECB being posted.
Check the ECB to be posted for validity. Get the Post routine
(IEAQSY50) special entry address (IEAOPTOl) from the CVT
(CVTOPTOl) and execute it.
2d
First byte = X'04' (alone or X'OC'): post the element to the disabled
ready queue, A VTREADD is the disabled ready queue. QCBELCHN
points to the element chain. Post the MCP ECB complete.
2e
First byte = X'OI' or X'80': flag the application program either eligible
or ineligible for rollout, respectively.
If X'80', the SVC 102 routine sets TCBNROC to a nonzero hexadecimal digit. If X'OI', the SVC 102 routine sets TCBNROC to X'OO'.
2f
First byte = X'02' or X'lO': flag the TSO program either eligible or
ineligible for swapping, respectively. Turn bit 0 of TCBTSFLG on if
eligible for swapping or off if ineligible.
Note: If more than one bit in the action code byte is turned on,
the AQCTL SVC 102 routine performs the actions specified for
each bit. The combinations of the bits used, however, must be
compatible, so that the parameter list satisfies all the requirements.
Routine
Register Usage
-
-.J
0\
o
tI.l
iii
PROCESSING THE MESSAGES
~
~
"'d
~
•
MCP Processing
o
I- - - - - ';-',
GET/READ"';
RECEIVING THE MESSAGE
..
--- -, "
1
Starting a Receive Operation
,_,'''l. ____ _
2
STARTMH for a Receive
Operation
"
3
Incoming MH Processing
(2 parts)
4
FORWARD Processing
.......r----
•
MCP/Application
Program Interface
o
•
I- -- -./'...... ...
Data Flow: MCP
to Application
Program (2 parts)
Data Flow: Application Program to
... "
----~
'"
Application Program
Processing
•
...)
"
o
,"",----
•
KpUT/WRITE
" . . .r----
MCP
Application Program/
Operator Control
Interface
Application Program
Network Control
Q
•
QUEUING THE MESSAGE
1
•
Disk Queuing
v
SENDING THE MESSAGE
______>'
Legend:
1
Starting a Send Operation
2
STARTMH for a Send
Operation
3
Outgoing MH Processing
(2 parts)
P"m_, '"",,""",1
---_..../',
---,.../
>
fI~
~ OPtional functional flow
Chart C Processing the Message
Ul
~
~
o·
:::t
w
~
~
g-
o.
o
....,
o
'0
~
!!?.
o·:::t
-.J
-.J
Description
Chart No.
Message Control Processing
Receiving the Message:
Starting a Receive Operation
describes the buffering and polling functions necessary to receive a message.
Cl-1.1
STARTMH for a Receive Operation
Cl-1.2
Incoming MH Processing
Cl-1.3
FORWARD Processing
describes placing the message on the destination queue.
Cl-1.4
Queuing the Message
describes reusable and non-reusable disk queuing.
Cl-2
Sending the Message:
Starting a Send Operation
describes the buffering and addressing functions necessary to send a message.
Cl-3.1
STARTMH for a Send Operation
Cl-3.2
Outgoing MH Processing
Cl-3.3
MCP / Application Program Interface:
Data Flow: MCP to Application Program
describes the processes that occur when a GET or READ macro is encountered
in an application program.
C2-1
Data Flow: Application Program to MCP
describes the processes that occur when a PUT or WRITE macro is encountered
in an application program.
C2-2
Application Program Message Processing:
Application Program/Operator Control Interface
describes the processes whereby a user enters operator control commands from
his application program, defined as a secondary operator control station.
C3-1
Application Program Network Control
describes the functions for dynamically controlling the telecommunications
network through macro instructions issued in an application program .
C3-2
-.I
00
Chart C1-1_1 Starting a Receive Operation
B
LCBERBQB
o
ri'l
Q
AVT
":I~Il~i~1~111~1~1~1~1~1~UI1~U@
Enabled Ready Queue
. . t*+:::::::;::::::::::::::;:::::::::::::::::::,
~
1
"I;j
~
Gain control of the
line
2 a
Obtain buffer units
for the incoming
message
b Remove the requested
number of buffer units
from the buffer-unit
pool and allocate them
to this line for the
receive operation
C
Build a channel
program in the buffer
unit control area of
each buffer
LCB
d Prepare to poll the
appropriate terminal
3
Build an initial contact
channel program to poll
the current entry in the
invitation list
4 Poll the terminal
LCB
;::;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;f:0»'1
. {response to polling
STARTMH QCB
DCB
111111/111111111
5
Schedule the buffers to
be processed by the
message handler
I
Chart C 1-1.1 Starting a Receive Operation-Description
Description
1
The Receive scheduler gains control when an LCB tposted to itself is on
top of the ready queue. AVTREADY is the enabled ready queue and
points to the LCB.
2a
Tpost the ERB to the buffer request QCB (AVTBFREB) to obtain
buffer units for the incoming message.
2b
For initial, application program, operator control, and first-PCI requests,
get the requested number of buffer units from the buffer-unit pool and
put the address of the first buffer unit into LCBFSBFR.
For subsequent PCI requests, chain the ERB by priority into the element
chain of the buffer return QCB (AVTBFRTB).
2c
Build Read CCWs in the first two words of each unit and TIC CCWs in
the third word. Chain the units together into one contiguous channel
program.
2d
Tpost the ERB to the activate-I/O generator QCB (IEDQKA) to poll
the terminal. A VT ACTIB contains the address of this QCB.
3
A VTCSTCS points to the beginning of the device characteristics table
and TRMCHCIN is an index into the table to the current entry. Build a
channel program based on the device characteristics table entry for the
device to be polled. Build the channel program in the channel program
area (LCBCPA). Issue the SIO command, to initiate polling. Issue an
EXCP macro to start the channel program to receive the message on the
line.
Routine
R,egister Usage
IGG019R3
Rl
I-LCB address
RI
I-LCB address
I-AVT address
IEDQGA
IEDQKA
R13
I
w
$1-
o·
::l
4
If bit 4 in LCBST AT2 is zero, the response to polling was positive, if
LCBSTAT2 is X'08' the response to polling was negative. LCBSTATl
(X'02') indicates that the line is receiving.
5
Tpost the buffers to the STARTMH QCB. If PCI=N, the entire message buffer string is tposted to MH. If PCI=A or R, individual buffers
are tposted. DCBMH is the address of the Message Handler for this line
group. LCBFSBFR points to the chain of buffers to be assigned.
PRFQCBA is the QCB address when the buffer is an element.
w
s:
R 1 I-buffer address
CD
[
o....,
o
'"0
~
~
o·
::l
-.l
'"
IGG019RO or
IGG019RN
Rl
R4
I-request element
address
I-DCB address
00
o
Chart C1·1.2 STARTMH for a Receive Operation
AVT
olZ>
...,
1 Trace the flow of
n
>
:;::::
buffers, if required
"tj
~
AVT
STARTMH
aCB
2
Process the buffer
Buffer Prefix
::::::::;::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
a
Header buffer:
b Text buffer
•
Register 0
o or negative value
Buffer Prefix
:;:;:;::::::t~:~:~:~:;::::::::~:~:~:
~l~1~~~1~MM1itj~j
DCBRESER
:>I
LCB
DCB
Buffer Prefix
SCB
3 Exit to the message
handler
Chart Cl-1.2 STARTMH for a Receive Operation-Description
Description
1
2a
Note: If EOBIETB processing is specified on the STARTMH
macro, the EOBI ETB handling subtask gains control before the
STARTMH subtask.
IEDQBT
If the A VTFE30 field is not zero, the ST ARTMH subtask gets the
address of the Buffer Trace Dump routine (IEDQFE30) from the
A VTFE30 field and links to that routine to trace the flow of buffers.
IEDQAA
Place the address of the buffer just tposted to the STARTMH QCB in
the AVTADBUF field of the AVT. Initialize the PRFSRCE field from
LCBLNENT. Clear the PRFISEQ, SCBPRI, and SCBBKFCT fields to
zeros. Initialiie the scan pointer (PRFSCAN) to point to the last byte in
the-prefix or, if reserve characters are used, to the last reserve character.
~
,-
-
til
'"
~
o·
::l
w
a::
g-'"
c:>.
o
....,
o
~
....
~
o·
::l
00
Routine
,
2b
If PRFSTATI is X'80', indicating a subsequent or text buffer, initialize
the'prefix origin field (PRFSRCE) from LCBLNENT. Put the number
of reserve characters (from DCBRESER) into LCBSIZE. Initialize the
scan pointer (PRFSCAN) to point to the last byte of the prefix or, if
reserve characters are used, to the last reserve character.
3
For a normal exit, register 0 will contain zeros; for a multiple-bufferheader condition, register 0 will contain a negative value. Compute the
MH entry address and examine register O. If it contains a negative
value, the subtask exits to the MH with a condition code of 4; otherwise,
the subtask determines from the LCB whether the line is sending or
receiving and exits to the MH with a condition code of 1 or 8, respectively.
Register Usage
R7
R15
I-ST ARTMH QCB
address
O-entry point
in STARTMH
subtask
00
IV
o
CI'.l
>-l
n
;;>
~
."
~
Chart C1-1.3 Incoming MH Processing (Part 1 of 3)
Parameter List for
each Macro
.I~§~~~~~~~[~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~m~~:
I
STARTMH
~
I:~:~:;:::::;:;:::::~:~:::~:r::::~;:::::::~:~:~~::~::::~:;:::~l
-_._.... .......... .
_
...
1 Execute STARTMH
...
d~~;~;*;m;~~;~~~;~;~;~~~m~~~~~~~;I~~m~~~~~~~~;;;;~~j
INBLOCK
I:l:l:l:l@::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~:~:::~:::::~:~M
2
c
Set up and execute
INBLOCK macro
MSGTYPE,
PATH,
SETSCAN
I=====::::~=~:>
Function selection
(
CODE,
DATETlME,
MSGEDIT
t====:::::=~:>
Message editing
c
FORWARD,
ORIGIN,
SEQUENCE
/
c
r
(
FORWARD,
INITIATE,
PRIORITY,
COMMBUF
CHECKPT,
COUNTER,
LOG
J
;:>
~====:::=~:>
-:>
B
Validity checking
Message routing
E
E
E
0 0 0
2,TXT A-A M
t=====:~~:>
Record keeping
B-,.,TXT
E
o
3 ,TXT B
LOCK,
LOCOPT,
MSGLlMIT,
UNLOCK
r-----..,.r----,O> System control
TERRSET
t=======:::==::::>
B B,
I
HOR B~- B
,TXT
Error handling
M A-A M
E
E
o
0
B B
B B I
(This page left blank intentionally)
Section 3: Method of Operation
83
00
./>.
Chart Cl-l.3 Incoming MH Processing (Part 2 of 3)
o
(/l
-l
n
>
3
~
."
r
~
AVT
Perform any Inheader
proceSSing
MSGTYPE,
PATH,
SETSCAN
F unction selection
CODE,
DATETIME,
MSGEDIT
Message editing
FORWARD,
ORIGIN,
SEQUENCE
FORWARD,
INITIATE,
PRIORITY,
COMMBUF
CHECKPT,
COUNTER,
LOG
Validity checking
Message routing
Record keeping
System control
TERRSET
Error handling
Perform Inbuffer
processing
PATH
F unction selection
Subsequent
buffer
Start of text
CODE,
MSGEDIT
Message editing
CHECKPT,
COUNTER
LOG
Record keeping
CUTOF F,
LOCOPT
System control
CUTOFF,
TERRSET
Error handling
Chart C1-1.3 Incoming MH Processing-Description (1 of 2)
Description
Routine
Register Usage
I
I
1
See Chart C1-1.2
I
2
3-4
The MSGEDIT, MSGFORM, and SETEOM macros in the inblock
subgroup generate a hold queue. This queue holds data that cannot be
processed with the current buffer. The held data is inserted in the next
buffer tposted to this MH from the same transmission. This allows
contiguous processing. (All macros coded in INBLOCK, except
SETEOM, are handled as explained in #3 below; SETEOM is shown in
the Macro Linkage Charts in the Program Organization section.)
MH macro expansions link to functional MH routines through the User
Interface routine (IEDQUI). The User Interface routine finds the
address of the current buffer in the AVT ADBUF field of the AVT, the
address of the LCB in the PRFLCB field of the buffer prefix, and the
address of the current SCB in the LCBSCBA field of the LCB.
PRFDEST is the termname table offset for the destination of the message and PRFST AT1 is a status byte.
The address of the functional MH routine for the macro expansion is
found as follows. The AVTMSGS field of the AVT contains the address
of the MH VCON table. To this value the User Interface routine adds
an index value obtained from the first byte of the input parameter list.
The resulting address is placed in register 12.
The macros listed, together with their parameter lists and linkages, are
shown in the Program Organization section.
--
til
(D
~
C·
::I
w
:::
(D
;.
8o
....,
o
'0
(D
etc·
::I
00
VI
---
-
I
I
!
lED QUI
R1
I-parameter list
address
00
0'1
Chart Cl·1.3 Incoming MH Processing (Part 3 of 3)
o
Ul
;: ~:~:~:~:~:~:~:; ~;i i; ;: :~:;~:~:;
rr71
~;:::
"C
~
5 Determine if this is the
Buffer Prefix
X'FD'
J
~~~i~~!~~~~f::~~~~~~~~;~~~~:;~~~~:~f:~i
last buffer of the
message
Destination
aCB
Buffer
Disposition
aCB
or
6 Perform inmessage
processing
CHECKPT,
LOG
CANCELMG,
ERRORMSG,
HOLD,
MSGGEN,
REDIRECT
a
Record keeping (
b Error handling
,
SLOWPOLL
Buffer Prefix
Additional unit,
if required for
the error message
RCB
7 Return unused buffers
and free the line
II +0
Chart Cl-1.3 Incoming MH Processing-Description (2 of 2)
Description
.
o
....,
o
'"...
(I)
~
o·
::;
00
-l
Register Usage
Routine
5
Bit 6 of the buffer prefix status byte (PRFSTATl) indicates whether
this is the last buffer of a message. If this byte contains X'02'
(PRFNLSTN), this is not the last buffer. X'FD' (PRFNLSTF) identifies the last buffer of a message. If the buffer is not the final buffer of
the message, or if the logical end-of-message indicator is not set in the
buffer prefix (PRFITCPN), place the destination QCB address (from
SCBDESTQ) in the first word of the buffer. If the buffer is the final
buffer, or if the logical end-of-message indicator is set, put the address
of the buffer disposition QCB in the first word of the buffer.
IEDQA4
6
When the last segment of a message has been received and processed by
the MH up to the inmessage subgroup, the buffer disposition subtask
executes the macro expansions for each macro in the inmessage subgroup. The macros listed, together with their parameter lists and linkages, are shown in the Program Organization section.
IEDQBD
7
When an INEND macro expansion is detected, the buffer disposition
subtask checks for distribution list, multiple routing, and checkpoint
requests.lf any of these functions have been requested, the appropriate
subtask receives control through a tpost.
The controlling subtask returns unused buffers to the buffer return QCB
and frees the line by tposting the LCB to itself.
The controlling subtask then tposts the buffer to the destination QCB
through the DSPCHAIN entry point in the TCAM dispatcher. This
activates the Destination scheduler, which places the Send scheduler
STCB in the destination LCB. (For concentrator devices, the Send
scheduler STCB goes on the element chain of the concentrator data
ready queue. The concentrator Send scheduler STCB is put on the
STCB chain of the destination LCB.) The appropriate scheduler (Send,
Receive, or GET) is whichever STCB is first in the STCB chain of the
LCB.
IEDQBD
IGG019RB
-
-
--
-
gg
Chart C1-1.4 FORWARD Processing
otil
Termname Table
~
Parameter
List
1 Determine if the buffer
is to be processed by
FORWARD
~
Buffer Prefix
Terminal
Tables
2
Find the destination
name, offset, or address,
and convert this to the
terminal table address
Buffer Prefix
Termname Table
SGB
3 Set up the destination
QCB
Chart Cl-l.4 FORWARD Processing-Description
Description
1
Routine
Register Usage
If the buffer is zero-length, TSO, or recalled text, or if the line is in
extended lock mode, the buffer is not to be processed by the Forward
routine. Return to the calling routine. Branch to IEDQAE, IEDQAI, or
IEDQAl, depending on the input parameter list. (See the Macro
Linkage Charts in the Program Organization section for details on the
input parameter lists for the FORWARD macro.)
IEDQA5
Rl
IEDQAE-Return, in register 15, the destination address from the
option field.
IEDQAE
IEDQAI-Return, in register 15, a negative 4 if this is a multiple-buffer
header or if the EOA string is not found.
IEDQAI
IEDQAI-Return, in register 15, the offset to the termname table
entry. If the terminal name is not found, return X'OO'.
IEDQAl
Place the address of the terminal table entry in register 1.
IEDQTNT
R6
I-parameter list
address
l-current buffer
address
!
2
Use PRFDEST (the termname table offset) and AVTRNMPT (address
of the termname table) to find the terminal table entry.
3
Get the address of the QCB (TRMDESTQ) from the terminal table
entry and place it into the SCBDESTQ field.
!
----------
&'
2-.
o
::s
w
3:
[
o
...,
o
l
::s
co
'"
IEDQAV
- - _ .. _--
I
-
--
-
!
:g
Chart C1-2 Disk Queuing
ov.J
SCB
~
.." X'10' = reusable
X'20' = nonreusable
1 Locate the priority QCB
for the destination of the
message
"0:1
~
+40
2 Allocate disk queuing
AVT
AVT
space for the current
message and the next
message
+1152
--,
+1176
Disk Message Queues
Data Set
C]JJ
3 Write message to disk
queues
AVT
a Get one CPB for each
Buffer Units for
the message
I
".Jl:i:~::~~!!¥:~!':::ililil:'
QCB
portion
unit
~MeS~ge
portion
1m
b Build CCWs in t h e '
CPBs
Reus or
nonreus
Disk
•
......1
~
:
0/
....... : ..
",:.:"
.::.:.,:': ~...
C
Write the message on
the disk message queues
data set
====~::======SIO
I
I
QCBREUS or
QCBNREUS
Chart Cl-2 Disk Queuing-Description
,
~
~
g"
~
~
[
o
.....
o
Io·
::s
\0
Description
Locate the priority QCB (begins at QCB+40) for which the buffer is to
be written on the message queues data set. This address is at
SCBDESTQ. Check QCBDSFLG for X'lO'-reusable disk queuing or
X'20'-nonreusable disk queuing.
2
Store the disk address for the first unit of the message header. Indicate
the location of the first unit of the next message to be received. Update
the index to the disk address to point to the next relative record number
(that is, the next message segment). Assign contiguous relative record
numbers to the remaining units in the message segment, and update the
index in the A VT to keep track of the number of units in the message.
Assign the next-buffer location only if this is a multi-buffer message.
Update the index to the next available location on the disk.
3a
Write the message to disk. Issue a GETMAIN macro for the CPB pool
and store its address in AVTFCPB. There is one CPB for each buffer
unit.
3b
Build channel programs with the CPBs to write the message on the disk
message queues data set. Update the FEFO pointer in the QCB.
3c
The address in the CCW in the CPB points to the disk buffer unit
(CPBXREA) that contains the data. All CCWs may not be present in
each CPB; only those necessary to locate the MBBCCHHR for the
record are present. Issue an SIO instruction to write the message on the
disk message queues data set.
Note: Figures 11 through 15 illustrate the queuing functions of the
Destination scheduler.
Routine
Register Usage
IEDQHM2
Rl
Rl3
IGGOl9QE
IGGOl9RC
I--current buffer
address
I-AVT address
\0
N
Chart C1-3.1 Starting a Send Operation
o
til
STCB chain
Destination aCB
~
1 Gain control of the line
."
~
I
LCB
....
fS~
,,"'
2 Request number of
buffers required for the
message
DCB
a
b Locate the record
of the message to
be sent
3 Obtain and initialize
the necessary CPBs
to begin the disk
read operation
4 Move the data from
the CPB units to the
buffer units
AVT
(Ef~§:;~:~~~:E~~§~_
_I
5 Address the terminal
to start the I/O
operation
Sending
or
receiving
response to
polling
Buffer Units
Initialize the LCB
for sending
aCB
AVT
I
6 Begin MH processing
I
SCB
.....
tii
"'?'ml1
CPBs
.....r::
Chart Cl-3.1 Starting a Send Operation-Description
Description
1
An LCB tposted to itself on top of the ready queue indicates that a line
is free. A send operation can be initiated when the Send scheduler
STCB has top priority in the STCB chain of the LCB. At open time, the
Send scheduler STCB is on the STCB chain of the destination QCB to
await a full message. Use QCBSTCHN (a pointer to the STCB chain)
and QCBRELLN (the relative line number) to find the Send scheduler
STCB. When a message is available, move the Send scheduler STCB to
the STCB chain of the LCB. LCBSTCBA points to the STCB chain.
The Send scheduler STCB remains on the LCB until there is no message
to send. At this time, move the Send scheduler STCB to the STCB chain
of the destination QCB.
For concentrator support: When Concentrator Send Scheduler STCB is
on top of the LCB STCB chain, the concentrator Send scheduler gains
control to process the STCBs on the element chain of the concentrator
data ready queue.
2.
Tpost the ERB to the disk I/O QCB to request buffers. Get the number
of buffer units assigned for send operations for each line from
DCBBUFOU. Put the address of the buffer units into LCBERBCH.
Routine
Register Usage
IGG019R4
Rl
I-LCB address
I
I
2b
Use QCBFFEFO to locate the first message to be received and put the
message address into SCBSCHDR.
IGG019R4 or
IGG019RN
R7
RlO
I-QCB address
I-DCB address
I
!
-
~
~
g'
w
~
gP-
o
...,
o
'0
~.
i:!
\CO
w
(This page left blank intentionally)
94
OS TeAM PLM
Chart Ci-3.1 Starting a Send Operation-Description (Continued)
Description
w
~
ci"
::s
..,
::
'"
;.
8o
..,
o
'"
~
~
o·
::s
\Q
'"
Routine
Register Usage
IEDQFA
IGG019RC
3
Obtain the number of CPBs needed by dividing the size of a buffer
(DCBBUFSI) by the size of a unit (AVTKEYLE) and multiplying the
result (the number of units per buffer) by the number of buffers
(DCBBUFOU). AVTFCPB is the address of the CPB free pool. Build
read data CCWs, set sector, and seek and search CCWs in the CPBs,
and chain them together. All CPB CCWs may not be present in each
CPB; only those necessary to reach the MBBCCHHR of the desired
record are present. LCBSTART points to the CPB chain.
4
Chain the completed CPBs onto the chain (at A VTDKAPQ) of CPBs to IEDQFA
IGG019R2
be processed by CPB cleanup. Tpost the CPB cleanup QCB to itself.
This notifies IEDQFA that the disk I/O operation is complete. Effectively the data is being moved, but in reality the pointer to the buffer units
(LCBFSBFR) is changed to point to the chain of CPB units that contain
data, and the empty buffer units are returned to the buffer-unit pool.
5
After the required number of buffers are filled, tpost the ERB to the
activate-I/O generator, which builds the channel programs to address
the terminal and issues the Start I/O instruction. PRFQCBA points to
theactivate-I/O generator QCB.
IEDQKA
IGG0192E
6
The LCBSENDN bit on indicates a send operation and the LCBNEGRP
bit off indicates a positive response. After a positive response to addressing, tpost the buffer to the STARTMH QCB to begin processing
the message through the message handler. (PRFQCBA now points to
the STARTMH QCB.) If the response to addressing is negative, tpost a
zero-length buffer to the message handler. This indicates an error
condition.
IGG019RO
Rl
I-lOB address
I
\0
0\
C1-3_2 STARTMH for a Send Operation
AVT
o
~
1 Trace the flow of the
Q
;s::
buffers, if required
'1:j
~
AVT
2 Process the buffer
..• :( QCBSDFFO
Register 1
I+TerminaITableE~trY-J
Buffer Prefix
SCB
:;:t:::::::::::;:::::;:::::::::::::::::
Buffer Prefix
a Header buffer
:M::;;:::!:!:!:::::::::::!:::::::;:;
LCB
LCB
[;00]
DCB
b Text buffer
Buffer Prefix
Register 0
o or negative value
l
>:
j
Exit to the message
handler
J
Chart Cl-3.2 STARTMH for a Send Operation-Description
Description
1
Routine
Note: If EOB/ETB processing is specified on the STARTMH
macro, the EO B / ETB handling subtask gains control before the
STARTMH subtask.
IEDQBT
If the A VTFE30 field is not zero, the STARTMH subtask gets the
IEDQAA
address of the Buffer Trace Dump routine (IEDQFE30) from the
A VTFE30 field and links to that routine to trace the flow of buffers.
Register Usage
Rl
R6
It 13
CIl
CD
::;
O·
::I
w
::::
CD
;.
o
c:>-
...,
O
o
'0
~
'g."
::I
\Q
~
28
LCBFSBFR points to the first buffer on the buffer chain and the first
word in the buffer prefix (PRFQCBA) points to the STARTMH QCB.
Place the address of the buffer just tposted to the ST ARTMH QCB in
the AVTADBUF field of the AVT. For output header buffers, update
the FEFO pointer in the destination QCB (QCBFFEFO) with the
FEFO pointer at SCBFEFO, and turn off the "currently sending" flag in
the QCB (QCBSDFFO).
Put the number of reserve characters in the buffer (from PRFSCAN)
into the LCBSIZE field of the LCB. Initialize the scan pointer
(PRFSCAN) to point to the last byte of the prefix or, if reserve characters are present, to the last reserve character. Put the termname table
entry address into PRFDEST.
2b
Get the number of reserve characters from DCBRESER. Set the reserve
characters count in LCBSIZE to zero, and initialize the scan pointer
(PRFSCAN) to point to the last byte in the prefix.
3
For a normal exit, register 0 will contain zeros; for a multiple-bufferheader condition, register 0 will contain a negative value. Compute the
Message Handler entry address and examine register O. If register 0
contains a negative value, exit to the MH with a condition code of 4;
otherwise, determine from the LCB whether the line is sending or receiving, and exit to the MH with a condition code of 1 or 8, respectively.
I-address of the
termname table entry
I-address of the
buffer
I-address of the save
area in the A VT
i
\0
00
Chart C1-3.3 Outgoing MH Processing (Part 1 of 2)
o
Ul
~
1 Execute STARTMH
>
AVT
~
Buffer Prefix
"I:l
~
2 Perform outheader
MSGTYPE,
PATH,
SETSCAN,
TY
CODE, DATETIME,
MSGEDIT,
I
MSGFORM,
SEQUENCE
processing
F unction selection
......... Message editing
CHECKPT,
COUNTER,
LOG
Record keeping
LOCOPT,
MSGLlMIT,
SCREEN,
SETEOF
System control
SLOWPOLL,
TERRSET
Error handling
3 Perform outbuffer
processing
PATH
CODE,
MSGEDIT
Function selection
Subsequent
buffer
Message editing
Start of
text
CHECKPT,
COUNTER,
LOG
Record keeping
LOCOPT
System control
TERRSET
Error handling
Chart Cl-3.3 Outgoing MH Processing-Description (1 of 2)
Description
Vl
"
~
O·
::;
w
s::
~
::r
o
P-
....,
O
o
"d
"
~.
o
::;
\0
\0
1
See Chart Cl-3.2.
2
MH macro expansions link to functional MH routines through the User
Interface routine (IEDQUl). The User Interface routine finds the
address of the current buffer in the A VT field A VT ADBUF, the address
of the LCB in the buffer prefix field PRFLCB, and the address of the
current SCB in the LCBSCBA field of the LCB. The PRFTIC field of
the buffer prefix points to the next buffer unit of the message.
The User Interface routine finds the address of the functional routine for
the macro expansion as follows. The A VTMSGS field of the A VT
contains the address of the MH VCON table. To this value, the User
Interface routine adds an index value obtained from the first byte of the
input parameter list. The routine then places the resulting address in
register 12.
The macros lis'ted, together with their parameter lists and linkages, are
shown in the Macro Linkage Charts in the Program Organization
section.
3
The functions of the macros in the outbuffer subgroup are initiated in
the same way as in the outheader subgroup. See the description in item
2, above.
Routine
Register Usage
lED QUI
R1
I-address of
parameter list
I
o
o
Chart C1·3.3 Outgoing MH Processing (Part 2 of 2)
Perform outmessage
processing
a Check for an application=:;::=====;;;;:L.,
program buffer
o
III
~a::
~
see
""'D"I~
:
>b Check
for a zero· length
buffer and return any
empty units to the
buffer·unit pool
C
Send the message
Chart Cl-3.3 Outgoing MH Processing-Description (2 of 2)
Routine
Description
r.
o
::l
w
~
g
Q.
o....,
o
"CI
~
~.
o
::l
o
Usage
IEDQA4
4a
Examine the QCBFLAG field of the destination QCB (pointed to by the
SCBDESTQ field of the SCB). If QCBFLAG contains a value of X'02',
indicating that the QCB is for a process entry, tpost the buffer to the
read-ahead QCB. The address of the read-ahead QCB is in the
PERAQCB field in the process entry work area.
4b
If the buffer has an indicated length of zero, tpost it to the buffer disposition QCB by branching to the DSPPOST entry point in the TCAM
dispatcher. If the buffer does not have a length of zero, remove all units
that do not contain data from the end of the buffer. Wben the last
empty unit is found, update the PRFNBUNT field of the buffer prefix to
indicate only the number of units that contain data. The chain of empty
units is now considered a separate buffer. The PRFNBUNT field of the
first empty unit contains a count of the number of empty units in the
chain. Place the address of the buffer return QCB (AVTBFRTB) in the
first word of the first empty unit (PRFQCBA) and tpost the buffer.
4c
Build Read/Write and TIC CCWs in the first three words of each unit.
Include the buffer in the channel program for the line. Issue an I/O
interrupt, send the message, and tpost the buffer to the buffer disposition QCB.
IEDQGT
4d
After the last segment of a message has been sent and processed by the
MH up to the outmessage subgroup, the buffer disposition subtask
executes the macro expansions for each macro in the outmessage subgroup. The macros listed, together with their parameter lists and linkages, are shown in the Macro Linkage Charts in the Program
Organization section.
IEDQBD
5
When an OUTEND macro is detected, return any unused buffers to the
buffer-unit pool by tposting them to the buffer return QCB
(AVTBFRTB). Mark as serviced the message that was just sent by
making the first six bytes of the unit the data portion of the disk record
(disk data record) and putting X'40' in the DATFLAGS field of the disk
data area.
-
Rf~gister
-
-
-- ---
-
------
R6
O-address of the
buffer
o
Chart C2-1
IV
Data Flow: MCP to Application
Program (Part 1 of 2)
1 Prepare data for transfer
o
;:j
Buffer Chai n
Ul
from the MCP to the
application-program
work area
s::>
PEWA
"'t:1
~
1
a Build a special element
for the applicationprogram buffer
X'FD'I
ERB
il~_l~imli~!i
AVT
LCBERBOB
b Prepare to obtain
buffer units for the
application program
message
DECB
C Put the application
program message in the
buffers and place them on
the read-ahead queue
~I
~==:::=>d
PEWA
EJ
DCB
e
Prepare for outgoing
message processing
Indicate that buffers are
ready to be read by the
application program
Disk I/O
OCB
PEWA
.·8
Chart C2-1 Data Flow: MCP to an Application Program-Description (1 of 2)
Description
1
When a buffer of a message is tposted to the destination QCB for an
application program, determine (PRFSTATl=X'FD') if this is the last
buffer of the message. If it is not, return control to the TCAM dispatcher.
IEDQHM
1.
Build a special element for the application-program buffer and tpost it to
the read-ahead QCB (PERAQCB) in the process entry work area.
IEDQEW
1b
A VTREADY points to the first in a chain of elements on the ready
queue. When it points to the special element just built, tpost an ERB
(with a count of the required buffers for the last message) to the disk
I/O QCB. Set the PEWAFLG to X'80' to indicate that the ERB has
been tposted to the disk I/O QCB.
1c
Read the message from the message queues data set into the buffers, and
chain the full buffers off the ERB element chain. Tpost the full element
chain to the read-ahead QCB.
IEDQFA
1d
Put the buffers on the pre-MH queue. If the MHOK flag in PEW AFLG
is on (X'02'), tpost the first message on the pre-MH queue (PECBUF)
to the STARTMH QCB, and tum off the MHOK flag.
IEDQEW
18
If a buffer has just been tposted to the STARTMH QCB, post the
application-program GET/READ ECB (GWAECB in the access method work area) as complete to indicate that the buffers are ready to be
read. This allows the application program to gain control when the MCP
enters a wait state.
g~.
..,
==
['"
o
....
o
't:I
o·~
='
-..,
o
Routine
Register Usage
......
.,..o
Chart C2·' Data Flow: MCP to Application Program (Part 2 of 2)
chain of empty buffers
o
I;n
1 (cont'd)
f Return any unused
rs
~
"tI
buffers to the
buffer-unit pool
READ
~
2 Transfer data from
the MCP to the
application program
mK«{~~%;%%ft1
I
:
>a Read buffers into
the applicationprogram work area
until: all available
buffers are read,
the application program
work area is full, or an
EOM buffer is
encountered
Access Method Work Area
X'Fl' 1st Segment
X'F2' EOM-Last Segment
X'F3' Entire Message
X'4Q' Intermediate Segment
8
DEB
~~~!:::~!~t::::::~
,.:.:.".,••••••••:.:.:.:&••:.:.:.:.:,
! >b
Indicate the number
of buffers read
Access Method
Work Area
~1~1!1~I@imJ
V-
C
~:~~I:~i~c;~;u~ET
or READ, pass
control to the next
sequential instruction
in the application
program
GET
READ
C
Register 15
X'QQ'
]
Chart C2-1 Data Flow: MCP to an Application Program-Description (2 of 2)
Description
w
$l.
15'
~
w
:s::
(I)
~
s:>o
..,
o
'"~
~
15'
~
.....
o
'"
Routine
Register Usage
RO
1f
Tpost the empty buffers to the buffer return QCB (AVTBFRTB), If
one of the buffers was an EOM, tpost the buffers from the pre-MH
queue to the STARTMH QCB, up to an EOM. At EOM, turn on the
MHOKflag.
2a
When a GET or READ macro is issued in an application program, read
data from buffers on the element chain of the read-ahead QCB into an
application-program work area. The work area contents descriptor byte
(PWACTL) contains a value indicating whether the message read into
the application-program work area is the first, intermediate, or last
segment of the message. The size of the application-program work area
is indicated in the GW ASOW A field of the access method work area.
When an EOM buffer is encountered, set the PW AFLG field of the
access method work area to X'80', and turn on the MHOK flag in
PEW AFLG tq indicate to the GET scheduler that a complete message
has been read by the application program. The outgoing MH in the
MCP can then begin to process a new message.
IGG019RG
2b
DEBT AMW A contains the address of the access method work area.
Build a buffer return element (GWAELEM) in the access method work
area that contains the number of buffers emptied. Using the AQCTL
SVC 102 routine, tpost this element to the read-ahead QCB
(PERAQCB).
IGG019RG
IEDQEB
2c
When a buffer containing an end-of-file indicator in its prefix is encountered, branch to the user-specified EODAD address. If the SETEOF
condition is not present, control is not passed to the next user-coded
instruction in the application program until the user request is completely satisfied. The G WASTAT field of the access method work area
points to the status indicators for a GET/READ operation. After
successful completion of a GET operation, place X'OO' into register 15;
for a READ operation, place a X'7F' completion code in the DECB.
IGG019RG
--
--
.. -
---
-
_
..
_-
------
---
---
-
--
--- - - -
--
-- ---
I-address of the
application program
work area
......
o
Chart C2-2 Data Flow: Application Program to MCP
DEB
0'1
o
til
~
(
PUT
A
,..-_ _ _.....,or
(
WRITE
Jog
~
h
P
Access Method
Work Area
1 Prepare to transfer data
from the application
program to the MCP
PUT[;J
a
t====:::::::> b
Initialize the access
method work area
Register 1
+
Build a special element
to transfer the data
2 Transfer data from the
application program to
the MCP
LCBERBCH
a Request buffers from
the buffer-unit pool
and fi II them with
data
DCB
b Queue the full buffers
for incoming message
processing
C
Return any unused
buffers to the bufferunit pool and pass
control to the next
sequential instruction
in the application
program
LCBERBQB
ApplicationProgram
Work Area
Chart C2-2 Data Flow: Application Program to MCP-Description
Description
~.
::s
~
rs::
~
[
...,o
o
;
'g
g.
::s
....
o
-J
Register Usage
1.
When a PUT or WRITE macro is issued in a SAM-compatible application program, initialize the access method work area with data from the
application-program DCB, DECB, and work area prefix. Put the address of the access method work area into DEBTAMW A.
IGG019RI
Rl
I-address of the
application program
work area
1b
Build a special element (PWAELEM) that contains the address of data
in the application-program work area. If locate mode is used, the address of the application-program work area is at DEBLCMWA; otherwise, it is supplied as an operand of the PUT or WRITE macro. Tpost
this element, using the AQCTL SVC 102 routine, to the PUT scheduler
STCB (PEPSSTCB).
IGG019RI
IEDQEB
RO
I-address of element
2.
When the special element reaches the top of the ready queue
(AVTREADY), build an ERB to request buffers for the data in the
application-program work area. Fill the buffers, one at a time, until the
application-program work area is empty.
IEDQEC
Rl
I-address of element
2b
Tpost the full buffers to the STARTMH QCB (address in DCBMH) for
this application program in order to process the incoming message.
IEDQEC
IEDQEB
2c
Tpost the empty buffers to the buffer return QCB (AVTBFRTB), and
use SVC 102 to post the application-program ECB (PWABCB) complete. As a result, the application program can regain control at its next
sequential instruction whenever the MCP enters the wait state.
IEDQEC
-
r/.l
Routine
_ ... _-
-
--
-
-
----------- --
.---.-.---~
.....
o
Chart C3-1
Application Program/Operator Control I nterfac;e
AVT
00
o
t'-l
CLOSEMC
~s:
MCPCLOSE
STOPLN
."
~
1 Initialize the command
input buffer (CIS)
element to indicate the
type of command
STARTLN
MRELEASE
RELEASEM
Operator Control aca Address
4
Priority
8
Verb
Code
ICHNG
12
16
20
24
Length
X'lC'
- . - - -
0
I
Return
Code
-
X'OC'I
+
+element
Parameter List
3 Place the CIS element
on the operator control
queue
+ aCB
+ element
SVC 102
Wait for command
processing, then
process the indicated
command
of application program processing
I
Parameter List
to the process control
block (PCS)
5 Indicate completion
I
Application Program ECB Address
0
0
0
2 Move the CIS element
4
I
Link Field
I
ECB
~I
X'40'
Operator
Control
aCB
Chart C3-1 Application Program/Operator Control Interface-Description
Description
1
AVTCOMPT points to the command input buffer (CIB). The CIB
fields are initialized according to the macro specified.
2
Move the initialized CIB into the PCB work area beginning at
PCBWRKA (PCB+60). The parameters are the standard SVC 102
parameters with a X'OC' in the high-order byte of the first word.
3
Tpost (using AQCTL SVC 102) the CIB in PCBWRKA (PCB+60) to
the operator control QCB. Issue aWAIT macro to put the application
program into a wait state.
IEDQET
IEDQEB
4
See the Operator Control Linkage Charts in the Program Organization
section for an explanation of the operation performed when a specific
command is entered.
IEDQCA
5
Post the waiting application-program ECB (address in LCBECBPT)
complete.
IEDQCA
IEDQEB
-
VI
"g.
o·
::l
...
s::
"
g
c:>O
....,
o
al
o·~
::l
-'"
o
Routine
-
_.-
_
.. -
._-
IEDQET
Register Usage
-o
Chart C3-2 Application Program Network Control
o
til
~a::
~
/
/
(
TCHNG
aCOPY
AVT
TCOPY
I-t-
1 a locate the specified
entry in the term name
table
DCB
I nvitation list
ICOPY
~==~:~> b locate the specified
groupname
invitation list
TCHNG
areaname
2 a Move data from the
appl ication-program
work area to the
specified MCP
location
ICOPY
aCOPY
TCOPY
areaname
b Read data from the
specified MCP
location into the
appl ication-program
work area
Chart C3-2 Application Program Network Control-Description
Description
til
..
o
....,
o
'0
R
o·
::;
......
......
Routine
1a
Get the termname table address from AVTRNMPT to locate the termname table entry.
IEDQEl
IEDQE2
IEDQE3
1b
Compare the grpname coded on the ICOPY macro with the ddname in
each TCAM line group DCB. Use the DCBINVLI field of the matching
DCB to locate the specified invitation list.
IEDQE4
2a
Move the data from the application-program work area into the MCP
location coded as areaname on the TCHNG macro.
IEDQE3
2b
Read data from the MCP location (coded as areaname on the macro)
into the application-program work area.
IEDQEl
IEDQE2
IEDQE4
RI~gister
Usage
-
N
o
ttl
m
CHECKPOINTING/RESTARTlNG THE SYSTEM
~
...
a:::
"I:j
>
~ Checkpoint
~
e
e
....
Environment Checkpoint
Incident Checkpoint:
MH Request
•
Incident Checkpoint:
Operator Control Request
•
AppllcatJon Program
Checkpomt Request
Legend:
_____>
0
p,,~, '.ocr.""" ,,~
•
Restart
Chart D Checkpointing/Restarting the System
Description
Chart No.
Checkpoint
describes building a checkpoint record and writing the checkpoint record to
disk.
Environment Checkpoint
Dl-l
Incident Checkpoint: MH Request
DI-2
Incident Checkpoint: Operator Control Request
DI-3
Application Program Checkpoint Request
DI-4
Restart
describes the reconstruction of the MCP environment and the message queues.
1)2
Note: This description applies to Diagrams DJ-J through DJ-4. For
details concerning the checkpoint records, see the DatIl AIWl Layollts section
of this publication.
g.>
~
0'
::s
~
~
Ilo
o
.....
o
"CS
e.0'
.
Chart 01·1
Environment Checkpoint
I
AVT
AVT
MCP
0
:~~i~~~~~~~~~~~1~j~~~~~~l~i~i~i~1~11
...,
1:1>
• READY
Routine
• Reusability·
Copy Subtask
• T,me Delay
()
>
s:::
'"c:I
~
1 Request a checkpoint
from the appropriate
module or command
SUbtask~
I
AVT
HALT
SVC 102
Parameter List
X'70'1+ aCB
I
Checkpoint
Work Area
=t~t~""'~:~@"""'~:~:~~""':~!~:""'~:~:~:1
Main Storage
2
Checkpoint
Work Area
Build an environment
record
Environment
Record Segment
Checkpoint
Control Record
3
Write the checkpoint
record to disk
EXCP
Chart D1-2 Incident Checkpoint: MH Request
OUTMSG
CHECKPT = YES
1 Request a checkpoint
INMSG
AVT
LCB
X'OO'lt QCB
CHECKPT = YES
LeB
Termname Table
IncIdent Record
CheckpoInt
Work Area
Date
Time
Terminal-Table entry
':::::::::::~:::::::::::*:::::;::~:~:;t:::~
0'00'
2
Build an incident record
Sequence Nos.
OptIon Fields
if
n
~
o·
CheckpoInt
Work Area
;~~;i~~~;~~~;~~~~~~
IncIdent
Record
::I
w
:s::
~
:::r
o
~
o...,
o
~
~
o·
::I
>-'
V.
3 Write the checkpoint
record to disk
0'1
o
(Il
~E::
'"d
~
Chart 01·3 Incident Checkpoint: Operator Control Request
--t 1
Operator
Control
~~~~
Register 11
MODIFY
RELEASE
1 -_ _ _ _ _- - '
Register 3
[TR;q~eS~ E-Ie~~t]
Entry Code
1 Request a checkpoint
I ncident Record
Operator
Control AVT
Date
~:~:~:~:~:~:;:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~
2 Build an incident
Time
GETMAIN
disk record
Operator
Control Ckpt.
Checkpoint
Work Area
bllilNl;ililt;lilllllilllll~ 1
H-----'"
3 Write the checkpoint
record to disk
EXCP
Checkpoint
Work Area
Chart 01-4 Application Program Checkpoint Request
Request by TCHNG:
Application Program
}TCHNG
CKREO
l
1 Request the appropriate
checkpoint
DEB
DCB
I nCldent Record
ior TCHNG
CKREO record
Date
Destination OCB
Time
DEB
0'04'
2
Build an incident record
for TCHNG, or a CKREO
record for CKREO
Option Fields
Flag
I
Link Addr
Sequence Nos.
0'18'
CDRCKOFF
CDRCKMSGICDRCKOBC
Priority OCB
Disk POinters
GETMAIN
Option Fields
CheckpOint Work Area
~
ci"
::s
w
;s:
<1>
;.
o
c:lo
o
....,
o
'g
e.o·
::s
....
N
w
Routine
1a
Subtract the restart number in AVTCKRST from the number of the
most current environment record (CKPTTRCT). If the result is positive, use this environment record for the restart. If the result is not
positive, add to it the value from CKPCPRCD. This gives the total
number of environment records.
IGG01943
1b
Read the environment record and place the information in the MCP
tables (terminal table, QCB, LCB, DCB, termname table, SCB, option
table, and invitation list).
Incident Records:
CHECKPT-Update the tables to show the current terminal to receive a
message.
Operator Control-Update the destination QCB to show the current
status of the.line as indicated by an incident record for a Startline or
Stopline operator control command. All other operator control incident
records are processed during READY execution. (See Chart A3.)
TCHNG-Update the tables to show the change in status.
CKREQ Records: Update the MCP tables that pertain to application
programs.
IGG01943
IGG01944
2
Normal restart: Check the messages for logical-read errors. Create the
FEFO chain for all complete, unserviced, and uncanceled messages.
QCBFFEFO-Disk record number of the first message to be received.
Main-storage address of the first record if main-storage-only queuing.
QCBLFEFO-Disk record number of the last message to be received.
Main-storage address of the last record if main-storage-only queuing.
QCBINTLF-Disk record number of the last intercepted message in
FEFO order.
Update the sequence numbers.
STARTUP=WY indicates that no scan of the message queues is to be
done. Locate the last message placed on the queue before the checkpoint was taken. Zero the FEFO chain field to any message placed on
the queue after that checkpoint, and follow CKPTSYN = YES restart
procedures for all queues.
CKPTSYN = YES indicates a system synchronized restart. Create the
FEFO queue, including all the messages on the FEFO queue after the
last checkpoint. If the sequence number of the message on the FIFO
queue is greater than the sequence number in the checkpoint record for
the application queue, mark the message as unserviced .
IGG01945
RE'gister Usage
I
I
",,
<,
,
r-
I
I
I
~
ex:
i
'II
~
Il
...
'II
~
fn
'II
~
z
c
,g
e!
tic
..
::I
£!
ii
,g
'em
c
0
's.
IV
C
0
...
~
•
•
c:J
ii
1\
,I
,
eo.
S
OS TeAM PLM
,
~
I
I
I
, ,
...I
CJ
124
\
11
I
I
I
I
Chart E Closing the System/Network
-
Description
Chart No.
MCP Termination
describes the closing of all opened MCP data sets and the deactivation of the
TCAMsystem
El
Application Program Termination
E2
-
I.
::s
IN
f
5'
Clo
...o
o
'C
i·
-'"
::s
~
....
N
Chart E1
MCP Termination (Part 1 of 2)
t:J\
oVl
~
CLOSEMC,
MCPCLOSE
~
j[
HALT
"tI
AVT
J
1 Indicate to TeAM
X'04' Flush
to begin closedown
processing
X'06' Quick
~
X'04' line free
X'02' receiving
X'01' sending
X'nO' stopped
2 Stop all active lines;
Operator Control A VT
complete any disk
I/O operations in
progress for the
disk message queues
data set
~::~!::~!~:~:~:~1
~~.;"".I
"""'H""'A"""""'LT=-=-i/':"::O:-~ __ . .
OPCLEN
OPCRLN
OPCTNME
OPCFLG
PCB
Not equal
to zero
3 Notify the user if
any DCBs for his
application programs
are open
Closedown
Completion
element
ERB
4 Close the application
program DCBs
5 a Place an element
on the ready queue
to request closedown
AVl~
:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:::::.:!:::!::::::::::::::::::::
AVTREADY
~ ~ ~ ~ ~l~l~l l l l l~\ \f~ ~:~: : : : : :
~
b Process all elements
on the ready queue
System Console
Chart El MCP Termination-Description (1 of 2)
Description
1
Set the closedown switches in the AVTBITI field (X'04' for flush
closedown or X'06' for quick closedown).
IGCZOlOD
2
For a quick closedown, keep a count of the LCBs until all the lines stop
sending.
For a flush closedown, wait for all the queues to be serviced.
IGCV310D
IEDQHK
3
Issue the WTO message IED098I DCB OPEN FOR MESSAGE PROCESSING jobname Then wait for the operator control ECB (AVTOPECA)
to be posted complete by the closedown routines.
IGCZOlOD
4
See Chart E2.
5a
Tpost the closedown completion element onto the ready queue
(A VTREADY).
5b
The TCAM dispatcher gives control to each of the elements on the
ready queue until it reaches the closedown completion element. In the
event that the operator control checkpoint request element is on the
ready queue, the checkpoint executor gains control and requests an
environment checkpoint. The Environment Checkpoint routine recognizes the source as operator control and activates the Checkpoint Notification and Disposition routine to place the closedown completion element on the ready queue. When the TCAM dispatcher recognizes this
element, it continues closedown processing.
-----
en
(1l
~
o·
:::
w
~
(1l
;.
o
P-
....,
O
o
"0
~
~
o·
:::
>-'
tv
-..l
Register Usage
Routine
---------------
IGG019RB or
IGG019RO
IEDQNF
IEDQNK
IEDQNQ
- - - - - L -_ _ _ _
---
--
-----
_________ J
~
Chart E1 MCP Termination (Part 2 of 2)
00
o
tI.I
(5
~
AVT
~§~~~~~~~~~~~~:~~~~~~~:~:~:~:::~~:~:~
~
AVTCWECA
AVTCKECA
~:~
)
6 Wait for termination of
AVTOPECA
rCLOSE
DCBNAME
Line group DCB
->[
and detach the TCAMattached tasks (checkpoint,
operator control, Comwrite,
and TOTE)
AVTOLECA
A'
I-A
,
I-
AVTOLTCB
f0-
AVTCWTCB
1::.
=> a
•
Close the line group
DCB
Disk Checkpoint
Control Record
/
CLOSE
DCBNAME
checkpoint DCB
/
CLOSE
DCBNAME
message queues DCB
data sets
-
• ">
C
Close the message queues
data sets
~
....
"> b Close the checkpoint
EXCP
I
.:.:.
:::::
.-
0 0 .:
,..
--.....,
~
...;..
'REEMAIN) •
CVT
li!~
d Delete TCAM from the
system
:> +240
J
8
Chart E1 MCP Termination-Description (2 of 2)
Description
Vl
~.
..,::t
a::
(0
;.
o
P-
O
...,
o
"0
(0
~.
::t
......
tv
\0
Routine
6
When the ECBs for operator control checkpoint, COMWRITE, and
TOTE are posted complete, delete the appropriate task by placing zeros
into its TCB address field in the AVT.
ECB Address:
TCB Address:
AVTCKECA Checkpoint
AVTCKTCB
A VTOLECA On-Line Test
AVTOLTCB
AVTCWECA FE Common Write
AVTCWTCB
A VTOPECA Operator Control
AVTOCTB
IEDQNA
6a
Close the line group DCB. Perform OBR/SDR error recording on each
line. Issue SVC 33 to purge I/O on each line. Issue a DISABLE command to disconnect the line. (This is not done for a Type III Adapter on
a 2701 for IBM 2260 remote terminals.) Issue a FREEMAIN macro to
free the LCBs. Clear the fields in the cross-reference table. When all
the line group· DCBs are closed, zero the A VT pointer to the DCB and
free the main storage for the cross-reference table.
ERP modules
IGG02035
6b
Close the checkpoint data sets. Issue an EXCP macro to write the
closedown checkpoint control record. Issue a FREEMAIN macro to
free the work area. Issue a DELETE macro to free the Checkpoint Disk
End appendage.
IGG02041
6c
Close the message queues data sets. Issue a FREEMAIN macro for the
DEB, CPBs, lOBs, buffers, and any main-storage data sets. Zero the
AVT pointer to the DCB. Zero the AVT address pointer from the CVT.
IGG02030
6d
Delete TCAM from the system (place zeros in CVT +240).
R~egister
Usage
w
o
Chart E2 Application Program Termination
Access Method
Work Area
o
tI>
~rs:
1 a Remove the process
."
~
entry work area
from storage
Read-Ahead
Queue
Ready Queue
b Deactivate data transfer
~2a
SCB
AVT
between the application
program and the MCP;
activate the MCP
Free the SCB and
decrement the PCB
use count
I
PCB
"Decrement by one
until zero
b Delete the schedulers
C
Deactivate the
destination OCB
r---,.r I rDestination
QCB
PCB
IX'OQ'I
·.·.:.~~.~.~i.~~. .:.:•
l::::::::::::
~
~
AVT
8
f!!~:.~:::.~.~.:.:.J
~3a
I
: :> b
C
Free the LCB, DEB,
access method work
area, and locate mode
work area
Delete any loaded
GET/PUT modules,
restore the DCB, and
post the operator
control ECB complete
Free the line
Buffer-Unit Pool
Chart E2 Application Program Termination-Description
Description
Routine
1.
Issue a FREEMAIN macro to remove the process entry work area from
main storage.
1b
Tposta special element that contains the address of the DCB process
entry in the termname table to the open/close subtask. Issue aWAIT
macro to allow the MCP to gain control.
IGG02046
2.
Free the process entry work area and the SCB. Decrement the PCB use
count (PCBUCNT) by one until it is zero.
IEDQEU
2b
Delete the appropriate schedulers. The scheduler addresses are in the
AVT:
AVTEW-GET scheduler address
A VTEC-PUT scheduler address
AVTEZ-GET FIFO scheduler address
A VTE7-Retrieve scheduler address
2c
Turn off the "open" flag in the process entry.
Register Usage
I
3.
Free the LCB if the PCB use count (PCBUCNT) field is zero. Free the
access method work area (address at DEBTAMWA), the locate mode
work area (address at DEBLCMWA), and then free the DEB.
IGG02046
I
3b
g>
o·
::I
w
..:::
Q.
o
'0
~
~
o·::I
.w
IGG02046
modules acquired by a LOAD macro. Restore the DCB to its pre-open
status.
Set the "close" flag in the DCB. Post the operator control ECB in the
AVT as complete if AVTCKELF is on. Scan all the TCAM LCBs to
determine if any LCBs are locked to this application program.
a
[
o
...,
If AVTCKELF=X'08', issue a DELETE macro for any GET/PUT
3c
Tpost the LCB to itself to free the line.
IGG02047
!
(This page left blank intentionally)
132
OS TeAM PLM
Section 4: Program Organization
This section contains six sets of charts of information about the organization of the TCAM system.
I. Executable TCAM Modules Microfiche Directory
This chart lists each executable TCAM module in alphabetical order. The entry for each module contain~ a general statement of the
function of the module, a list of the entry points to the module, the external routines used by the module, the tables and work areas
used by the module, and lists of other modules that activate and receive control from this module. Also, each entry shows which
method of operation charts refer to this module and the system library in which this module is stored.
2. Non-executable TCAM Modules Microfiche Directory
This chart lists each non-executable TCAM module in alphabetical order by DSECT name.
3. Macro Linkage Charts
This section contains one chart for each TCAM macro. Each chart shows the macro, its input parameter list, the linkage among the
TCAM modules that this macro effects, and the function performed by each linkage.
4. Operator Control Command Linkage Chart
This chart contains an entry for each type of operator control command. Within each entry there is a
formats, which module a particular format activates, and the function performed by this module.
li~,t
of the various command
5. ERP Linkage Charts
~
:4-
o·
There are two charts in this section, one for start-stop line control and one for BSe. Each chart lists ea::h type of I/O operation with
the errors that can occur during that operation. For each error, the chart shows the ERP module activated and the conditions that
cause that module to perform certain functions.
::s
.j>.
3'
q!j
'"3
o
tS::s
~.
o·
::s
....,..,
6. Flowcharts
Flowcharts for IEDQFA, IEDQFAl, IEDQFA2, IEDQHM, IEDQHMl, IEDQHM2, IEDQKA, IEDQKB, IEDQKC, IEDQKD,
IEDQKE, IGG019RO, IGG019Q2, IGG019Q3, IGG019Q4, and IGG019Q5 are included.
-"'"
w
oVl
;:5
~
."
~
Executable TeAM Modules Microfiche Directory
The modules in the TCAM system have object module names that start with the letters IEDQ. The modules that interface with the
operating system have an IGG prefix, the ERP modules have an IGE prefix, the nucleus resident modules have an IGC prefix (with the
exception of IEDQATTN)' and TCAM-TSO modules have an IEDA prefix.
Module
Name
IEDAYA
IEDAYB
Generic
Entry
Name
Points
TSQ Attention
Routme
TSO TIOC
3270 Edit
Routine
Functions
Allows the user to delete lines
and I or to Interrupt the CPU task
IEDAYA
IEDAYA+12
EdIts output messages contained
TSO buffers and MSGEN
messages contamed In the SCB
IEDAYB
In
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
IEDOTNT
IGG019RB
OTIP
IEDAYS
QTIP SVC
Routine
AVT
CVT
Entered
From
Exits
To
Method of
Operation
Library
Chart
IEDAYX
IEDAYF
IEDAYM
IGG019RB
TELCMLlB
IEDAYE
IEDAYO
IEDAYM
TELCMLlB
IEDOUI
(CARRIAGE)
IEDQUI
(CARRIAGE)
TELCMLlB
IGG019RB
IGG019RB
TELCMLlB
IEDAYM
IEDAYO
IEDAYM
IEDAYO
TELCMLlB
LCB
QCB
RCB
SCB
STCB
TJB
TSB
TSID
Termmal Table
Termname Table
TS CVT
AVT
LCB
OCB
TSID
TCAM
Buffer
Prefix
TSO Buffer
Prefix
IEDAYC
TSO Carnage
Subroutine
Keeps track of, Inserts, or deletes
IEDAYC
IEDOTNT
carnage control characters
AVT
CVT
DCB
LCB
OCB
SCB
TSB
Buffer Prefix
Terminal Table
Termname Table
TS CVT
IEDAYD
IEDAYE
Tjme Sharing
DestinatIOn
Scheduler
IEDAYD
TSO TIOC
EdIt Routine
IWAVE
J
Performs the same functions as
the Destination Scheduler when
TSO IS In the system.
IEDAYZ
Inspects and edits T50 output and
MSGGEN messages, except for
messages directed to a 3270.
IEDAVE
IEDAYS
IEDOTNT
OTIP
AVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
STCB
TSID
AVT
CVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
SCB
TSB
TSID
Buffer Prefix
Termmal Table
Termname Table
TS CVT
__ C-.-.
Module
Name
IEDAYF
Generic
Nama
TSO IOHALT
Entry
Functions
Points
IEDAYF
Routine
Gams control when either a LeB.
buffer, or an ERB IS tposted from
Line End Appendage to effect an
10HALT.
IEDAYH
TSO Hang-up
Routine
IEDAYH
IEDAYH+12
Identifies Ime errors to the
terminal user and disconnects the
terminal
Tablas/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Entered
From
Exits
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
IEDQHG
IGG019RB
OS 10HALT
AVT
DCB
DEB
ERB
LCB
SCB
TSID
IGG019RB
IGG019RB
TELCMLlB
IEDQTNT
IGG019RB
QTlP
AVT
CVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
SCB
TJB
TSB
TIOCRPT
IEDAYX
IGG019RB
IGG019RB
TELCMLlB
IGG019RB
IGGO 19RB
TELCMLlB
IEDQUI
(LOGON)
LOGON
TELCMLlB
Buffer Prefix
TS CVT
IEDAYI
TSINPUT Routine
IEDAYI+2
Moves Incoming data from a
IEDQTNT
TCAM buffer Into TSO buffers and QTIP
places the TSO buffers on the TSO
Input buffer queue
AVT
CVT
LCB
QCB
SCB
TIOCBUF
TIOCRPT
TSB
TSI
Buffer PrefIx
Terminal Table
Termname Table
TS CVT
IEDAYL
TCAM/TSO Logon
Routine
IEDAYL
Connects the terminal user to the
TSO subsystem for time sharing
seSSions, on the TeAM subsystem
for message-switching
applications.
Vl
(1)
$1-
o·
::s
.j>.
!:l'
ti6
~
o
~
~.
o·
::s
W
VI
---
IEDQTNT
QTIP
AVT
CVT
DCB
OCT
DEB
LCB
QCB
SCB
STARTMH QCB
TIOCRPT
TJB
TS CVT
TSB
UCB
Buffer Prefix
Terminal Table
Termname Table
eXit address
In cwnmg
or (Iiternate
MH
....
W
0.
o
I'I.l
~
Module
Generic
Name
Na_
Entry
Points
Functions
Tablesl
Work
Areas
External
Ro~
IEDAYI\>1
TSO Message
Generation Routine
IEDAYM
AYMOOO
Processes a me8sag-
W
-.l
expansJons
and routines)
mac:roor
roucrne)
I,
TElCMlIB
Ct-1.4
TElCMlIB
TELCMlIB
.....
w
00
o
tn
;:i
~
Module
Name
IEDOAG
Generic
Name
Message L,m,t
Routine
Entry
Points
IEDOAGOl
Tablesl
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Functions
Llmlts the number of messages to
or from a terminal during a single
transmission sequence.
None
~
Entered
From
AVT
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
MSGLlMIT
macro
expansion
Exits
To
MSGLIMIT
macro
Input Sequence
Number Insertion
Routme
IEDOAH01
Verifies and updates an Input
sequence number specified by the
user In a message
IEDOTNT
AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Termonal Table
Termname Table
IEDOUI
IEDOUI
(SEQUENCE)
(SEOUENCE)
IEDOAI
SkIp Forward and
Scan Routone
IEDOAI01
Moves the scan potOter forward
the message header a specIfIed
None
AVT
SCB
IEDOUI
(MH macro
or routme)
number of bytes, or fmds and
-
Buffer PrefiX
returns to the caller the next field
beyond the scan pomter.
Library
TELCMLlB
expanSion
IEDOAH
In
Method of
Operation
Chart
IEDOUI
(calhng
macro or
TELCMLlB
C1-1.4
TELCMLlB
routine}
IEDOAJ
SkIp to Character
Set Routone
IEDOAJ01
Advances the- scan pOinter to the
end of a specified character strmg
In a message header
IEDOAX
AVT
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
IEDOUI
(FORWARD.
SETSCAN.
IEDOAN. or
IEDOAP)
IEDOUI
(calhng
routmel
TELCMLlB
IEDOAK
Lone Control
Insertion Routme
IEDOAK01
Checks hne control characters and
Inserts them In a message that is
ready to be sent.
IEDOAL
IEDOTNT
IEDOUI
(lEDOAF.
IEDOAO)
AVT
DCB
LCB
SCD
SCT
Buffer Pref,x
IEDOUI
(OUTMSG.
OUTEN D)
IEDOA4
(next macro)
TELCMLlB
IEDOAL
Compare at Offset
Routine
IEDOAL01
FInds and compares the next field
None
AVT
Buffer Pref,x
MH routine
Calhng
routine
TELCMLlB
IEDOAM
Orlgm Routine
IEDOAM01
Verifies or Initializes the ongm of a IEDOTNT
message.
AVT
LCB
OCB
Buffer Pref,x
Termonal Table
Termname Table
IEDOUI
(ORIGIN)
IEDOUI
(ORIGIN)
TELCMLlB
IEDOAN
MultIple Insertl
Remove Routine
IEDOANOl
Inserts. deletes. and replaces data
at locations specified by character
strongs on the buffer.
AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Translation Table
IEDOUI
(MSGEDIT)
IEDOUI
(MSGEDIT)
TELCMLlB
IEDOAO
Unot Request
Interface Routme
IEDQAOOl
Obtaons a buffer unit requested by None
one of the onsert routInes and adds
the unot to the buffer currently
bemg processed.
AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
IEDOUI
(lEDOAN.
IEDQAP.
IEDOA2.
IEDOAB.
IEDQBO)
IEDOUI
(Calhng
routone)
TELCMLlB
m a buffer to a character strmg.
--
-
--
IEDOAL
IEDOAX
IEDOTNT
IEDOUI
(iEDOAF.
IEDOAO)
-----------
I
~-.-
-
Module
Name
Generic
Nama
Entry
Points
gO
........
'"
Exits
Tn
Mathod of
Operation
Chart
Library
Remove at Offset
Routine
IEDOAP01
Removes data from a song Ie
specified location In a buffer and,
optionally. replaces that data with
new data.
IEDOAX
IEDOUI
(lEDOAF.
IEDOAO)
AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
IEDOUI
(MSGEDIT)
IEDOUI
(MSGEDIT)
TELCMLlB
IEDOAO
Operator Control
Interface Routone
IEDOAOO1
Tests for operator control
characters and conditionally tposts
the buffer to Operator Control for
processing.
IEDOTNT
AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
Terminal Table
Termname Table
IEDOUI
(CODE)
IEDOUI
(CODE)
IGG019RB
TELCMLlB
IEDOAR
Cancel Message
Routone
IEDOAR
Cancels a message by settong a
flag on the buffer prefix
IEDOTNT
AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
Termonal Table
Termname Table
IEDOBD
IGG019RB
TELCMLlB
IEDOAS
Hold / Release
Terminal Routme
IEDOAS
IEDOAS01
GETCPB
Holds a termInal.
IEDOHG
IEDOHM
IEDQTNT
IGG019RB
AVT
CPB
DCB
DEB
DRO
OCB
OCB Extension
SCB
STCB
UCB
Buffer Prefix
Termonal Table
Termname Table
IEDOBD
IEDOCO
IEDOUI
(HOLD)
IGGOl9RB
IEDOFCo
IGG019RB
TELCMLlB
IEDOAT
Create an Error
Message Routine
IEDOAT01
STCBAT+2
BUilds an error message In a buffer IEDOUI
and tpo.ts that buffer to Its
(lEDOAF.
destination.
IEDOAO)
AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
IEDOAZ
IGG019RB
IGGOHIRB
TELCMLlB
IEDOATTN
Attention Routone
IEDOATTN
Determines whether TCAM IS
AVT
105
IGGOHIR5
NUCLEUS
Releases a termonal that was beong
held.
None
running In the system when an
attention Interrupt IS presented by
105
a 2848 or a 3270 control umt.
Activates IGG019R5 when TCAM
IS runmng In the system.
~
f
Entarad
From
IEDOAP
i
f
Tables/
Work
Araas
External
Routines
Functions
IEDOAU
Cutoff Message
Transmission
Routone and
Subtask
IEDOAU
CUTFFaCB
+12
Tests the cutoff count.
OS EXCP
Cuts off the transmiSSion of a
message bemg received after the
receipt of a user-specified number
of bytes or on detection of
Identical characters In the buffer.
--
- - - - - - - - ---
_.
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
aCB
SCB
UCB
Buffer Prefix
IEDOUI
(CUTOFF)
IGG019RB
IEDOU:
(CUTOFF)
IGG01!lRB
TELCMLlB
~
o
til
(i
Generic
Name
Module
Neme
Entry
Points
Functions
Tables/
Work
Areas
Externel
Routines
Entered
From
Exits
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
IEDOAV
Look-up TermInal
Entry Routone
IEDOAVOl
Assigns a buffer to tts destinatIOn.
IEDOTNT
AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Termonal Table
Termname Table
IEDOUI
(FORWARD,
IEDOAZ,
IEDOA5)
IEDOUI
(FORWARD,
IEDOAZ.
IEDOA5)
IEDQAW
Translate Buffer
IEDOAWOl
Translates the data on a buffer.
IEDOA3
AVT
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
TranslatIon Table
IEDOUI
(CODE,
IEDQAA,
IEDOAB)
IEDOUI
(CODE,
IEDOM,
IEDQAB)
TELCMLlB
IEDOAXOl
Scans the buffer for a specIfIed
None
AVT
Buffer Prefix
IEDOAC
IEDOAI
IEDOAJ
IEDOA4
IEDQAC
IEDQAI
IEDQAJ
IEDOA4
TELCMLlB
~
."
~
Routine
Buffer Scan RoutIne
IEDOAX
character stnng.
Cl-l.4
Librery
TELCMLlB
IEDOAY
Screen Routine
IEDOAYOl
Inltlahzes for a screen command
modification operation on the
message destination.
IEDOTNT
AVT
DEB
LCB
SCB
UCB
Buffer Pref,x
Termonal Table
IEDOUI
(SCREEN)
IEDOUI
(SCREEN)
IEDOAT
TELCMLlB
IEDQAZ
Redirect a Message
Routone
IEDOAZOl
Redirects 8 message to the
destonatlon specifoed by the user.
IEDOAV
IEDOUI
(lEDQAE,
IEDOA1)
AVT
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
IEDOBD
IGG019RB
TELCMLlB
IEDOAO
SkIp Backward
Routine
IEDQAOOl
Moves the scan pOinter backward
a specIfIed number of bytes In the
header of a message.
None
AVT
Buffer Pref,x
IEDOUI
IEDOUI
(SETSCAN)
TELCMLlB
Bonary Search
RoutIne
IEDQA10l
AVT
Termname Table
IEDOUI
(Any TCAM
IEDOAl
Searches a table that IS arranged
• on collating sequence.
None
(SETSCAN~
routme)
IEDQA2
IEDOA3
Insert at Offset
Routine
IEDQA201
Dynamic Translation
Routme
IEDQA3
Inserts data
In
a message buffer at IEDOUI
(lEDQAF,
IEDQAO)
a specific location.
Determines which translation table
to use for all onput and output
translation for a specIfic terminal.
Retrieves a translation table
address from the approproate
optIon fIeld.
-
IEDOUI
(lEDQAE)
IEDOUI
(Callong
routone)
A4
Cl-l.4
TELCMLIB
AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
IEDOUI
(MSGEDIT)
IEDOUI
(MSGEDIT)
TELCMLIB
AVT
DCB
LCB
SCB
IEDOAW
IEDQAW
TELCMLIB
Module
Nama
IEDQA4
Generic
Nama
IncomIng 10utgolng
Message Dehmlter
Entry
Points
IEDQA401
DUring Incommg message
processing. tposts the buffer to
the proper QCB.
Routine
IEDQAX
IEDQTNT
IGG019RB
Durmg outgoing processmg,
passes the buffer to eIther the
Buffer ASSOclBtion routine
Tablesl
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Functions
In
the
Buffer Management module or to
the Transparent CCW BUIlding
rout me
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
QCB
SCB
SCT
UCB
Buffer Pref,x
Entered
From
EXIts
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
IEDQUI
(IN END,
INMSG,
OUTEND,
or OUTMSG)
IEDQGD
IEDQG,.
IGG015IRB
Cl-13
Cl-3.3
TELCMLlB
Cl-1.4
TELCMLlB
Process Entry
Work Area
Terminal Table
Termname Table
IEDQA5
Forward Routine
IEDQA501
Determines the destination to
which a message
IS
to be sent.
IEDQAV
IEDQB3
IEDQUI
(lEDQAE,
IEDQAI,
IEDQA1)
AVT
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
IEDQUI
(FORWARD,
IEDQBA)
IEDQUI
(FORWARD.
IEDQElA)
IEDQA6
Lme Control
Inltlahzatlon
Routine
IEDQA601
Imtlahzes fIelds In the SCB to
indicate the Intervals between the
hne control characters to be
Inserted.
IEDQTNT
AVT
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Terminal Table
Termname Table
IEDQUI
(MSGFORM)
IEDQUI
(MSG=ORM)
TELCMLlB
IEDQA7
Counter Routine
IEDQA701
Counts either the complete
messages or message segments
IEDQUI
(lEDQAE)
AVT
Buffer Prefix
OptIon Table
COUNTER
COUNTER
TELCMLlB
macro
expansion
macro
expanSion
IEDQUI
(lEDQAE.
IEDQAF,
IEDQAO)
AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
OptIon Table
IEDQUI
(MSGEDIT)
IEDQUI
(MSG:DIT)
TELCMLlB
IEDQTNT
IEDQHGOl
IGG019RB
AVT
LCB
QCB
Termmal Table
IEDQBD
IGG015IRB
TELCMLIB
IEDQUI
(lEDQA5)
AVT
LeB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
IGG019RB
IGGOHIRB
TELCMLIB
AVT
LCB
SCB
IEDQBD
IEDQUI
(CHECKPT)
IGGOH'RB
IEDQUI
(CHEC KPT)
TELCMLlB
that are processed by the MH
subgroup In whIch a COUNTER
macro appears.
IEDQAB
IEDQA9
MultIple Insert at
Offset Routine
IEDQA801
R,edlal Routine
IEDQA9
~
!.
o·
::s
--.,.
a message.
Causes the CPU to try again to
Inltlste contact with a sWitched
station. ThiS routme goes to the
on the time delay queue for an
mterval of tIme specIfIed by the
user m the RETRY macro.
::F
f
In
TIme Delay routine to place a QCB
~
t
Inserts a character strmg at
specified Intervals
IEDQBA
IEDQBB
MultIple Routmg
Subtask
IEDQBAOl
Checkpoint Requast
IEDQBB
Routme
Queues a message for addItIonal
destinations.
IndIcates that a checkpoint request None
has been made.
.,......
t-.)
o
Vl
S
Module
Name
IEDQ~C
Generic
Name
DIstrIbution L,st
Subtask
Entry
Points
IEDQBC
Buffer DIspOSItIon
Subtask
IEDQBDOl
IEDQBD02
IEDQBE
Lock RoutIne
IEDQBE
Unlock Routine
IEDOBF
Cascade LIst
Subtask
IEDOBG
Library
Chart
IGG019RB
Controls MH processing when the
last segment of a message has
been sent or received.
IEDQTNT
AVT
LCB
QCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
Termonal Table
Termname Table
IGG019RB
IEDQNX
IGG019RB
locks the connection between the
IEDQTNT
AVT
LCB
OCB
SCB
TermInal Table
Termname Table
IEDOUI
(LOCK)
IEDQUI
(LOCKt
None
AVT
SCB
IEDQUI
(UNLOCKt
IEDOUI
(UNLOCK)
TELCMLIB
IEDQTNT
AVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
TermInal Table
IGG019RB
IGG019RB
TELCMLIB
Unlocks the currently connected
termmal.
IEDOBG
Method of
Operation
IGG019RB
the
currently connected termmal and
Its process entry destmatfOn.
IEDOBF
Exits
To
AVT
LCB
QCB
SCB
Buffer PrefIX
Termonal Table
Termname Table
In
dlstrobutlon hst to whIch the
message was routed.
IEDQBD
Areas
Entered
From
IEDQTNT
D"ects a message to each of the
destinations speCified
~
Tables!
Work
Externel
Routines
Functions
Directs a message to the
appropnate entry In the cascade
hst to whIch the message was
routed.
TELCMLlB
Cl-l.3
Cl-3.3
D1-2
TELCMLlB
TELCMLlB
,
I
Termname Table
•
IEDOBH
Concentrator Buffer
DISposition Subtask
IEDOBH
IEDOBHOl
IEDOBH02
Locates the proper OCB-SCB and
onterfaces WIth IEDOBD to control
the executIon of OUTMSG for a
concentrator MH.
IGG019RB
AVT
DRO
LCB
QCB
aCB ExtenSion
SCB
Termonal Table
IGG019RB
IGG019RB
IEDOBl
Message Generation
Routine
IEDOBL
Directs a user-provided message
to a specified destination.
IEDOTNT
AVT
DCB
lCB
SCB
Terminal Table
IEDOBD
IGG019RB
TElCMLlB
IEDQUI
(ORIGINt
IEDOUI
TElCMLIB
Cl-3.3
TELCMLlB
i
I
I
Termname Table
I
IEDQBM
Ongln Routine
for System WIth
Concentrated
Message Handhng
Support
IEDQBMOl
Performs source determination on
messages entered by both
terminals not defined In a
concentrator network and
terminals defined as attached to a
concentrator
IEDQTNT
IEDOAl
IEDOUI
(lEDOAU
AVT
lCB
OCB
OCB ExtenSIon
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Oevlce ID Table
Termonal Table
i
i
Module
Name
IEOOBN
Generic
Name
Data Attach Routine
Entry
Points
IEDOBNOl
Functions
Combines data that could not be
processed from the prevIous
buffer With the current buffer.
IEOOBO
SETEOM Routine
IEOOBOOl
Blocks or deblocks phYSical
transmiSSions Into logical
messages.
IEDOBP
TGOTO Routine
IEOOBPOl
Passes control from one MH to a
second level M H for the handling
of LMO messages entered by
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
IEDOUI
(lEDOAF.
IEOOAO)
AVT
LCB
IEDOAX
IEDOUI
(lEOOAE.
IEOOAF.
IEDOAO.
IEDOBN.
IEOOBR)
AVT
LCB
SCB
IEDOTNT
IEDOUI
(lEDOAE)
AVT
LCB
Line SCB
LMO SCB
terminals attached to a
concentrator.
Buffer PrefiX
Entered
From
Exits
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
IEDOUI
(MSGEDIT.
MSGFORM.
SETEOM)
IEDOUI
TELCMLlB
IEDOUI
(SETEOM)
IEDOUI
(MH)
IGG019RB
TELCMLlB
IEDOUI
(TGOTO)
IGG019RB
IEDQUI
TELCMLlB
IEDOUI
(OACTION)
IEOOBD
IGG019RB
IEDOUI
IGG019RB
TELCMLlB
IGG019RB
IGG01SRB
IEOOBO
IGG01SRB
TELCMLlB
IEDOUI
(COMMBUF)
IGGOH'RB
IEDOUI
TELCMLlB
Buffer PrefiX
Buffer PrefiX
Terminal Table
IEOOBO
OACTION Routine
IEOOBO
IEDOBOO2
Forces INMSG execution.
Forces OUTMSG execution.
Performs a temporary hold and
Sets the user error bit.
release.
IEDOAl
IEDOBO
IEDOTNT
IEDOUI
User Routine
IGG01909
IGG019RB
AVT
OCB
DEB
DRO
LCB
OCB
aCB ExtenSion
SCB
OVC ID Table
Buffer PrefiX
Termmal Table
User BUllt Parm List
IEOOBT
EOB / ETB Handling
Subtask
IEDOBT
Performs EOT / ETB handling on a
buffer.
IEDOUI
(lEDOAE)
AVT
LCB
SCB
Cl-1.2
Cl-3.2
TELCMLlB
Buffer PrefiX
IEOOBU
CANCELBK Routine
IEOOBU
v.>
Performs mid-batch recovery when IEDOTNT
the LEVEL=BLK operand IS coded
on a CANCELMG macro.
G
o·~
::t
"""
::l'
t§
3
~~.
~
o·::t
-"""
w
AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer PrefiX
IEOOBV
COM M BU F Routine
IEOOBV
Moves the current buffer to the
next available data area and
Inserts COMMBUF STCB Into
STCB chain of the appropriate
LeBs.
IEDOTNT
AVT
CMB
Common
Buffer
Data.
Area
Prefix
OCB
LCB
OCB
STCB
Termmal
Table
..
_--_.-
t
o
til
~
Module
Name
IEDOBX
Generic
Name
Log Segment Routone
Entry
Points
IEDOBX
Functions
Writes (logs) a message segment
onto the loggong medIum specifIed
by the user on a BSAM DCB.
~
IEDOBY
Log Message Routone
IEDOBY
Directs a message header to the
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
OS BSAM
CHECK
OS BSAM
WRITE
OS GETMAIN
AVT
DCB
None
SCB
Buffer PrefIx
destinatIon specIfIed as the log for
Entered
From
IEDOUI
ILOG)
Exits
To
IEDOUI
ILOG)
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
TELCMLlB
I
I
IEDOBD
IGG019RB
I
TELCMLIB
I
messages.
IEDOBZ
Log Scheduler
IEDOBZ
Schedules the loggong of
messages.
I
IGG019RB
OS BSAM
CHECK
OS BSAM
WRITE
OS GETMAIN
AVT
DCB
LCB
OCB
IGG019RB
IGG019RB
TELCMLIB
None
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
OCB
Process Entry
Work Area
Termonal Table
MCOUNT
MCOUNT
TELCMLIB
IEDOBl
MCOUNT Routone
IEDOBl
Returns the number of complete
messages on an application
program queue.
IEDOB2
TPDATE RoutIne
IEDOB2
Indicates that record delimiters are None
to be deleted from data going to
an applicatIon program.
CVT
DCB
DEB
Access Method
Work Area
TPDATE
macro
expansion
TPDATE
macro
expansion
TELCMLlB
IEDOB3
DATETIME InsertIon
Routine for
Processing Programs
IEDOB3
Inserts the date and I or time In a
buffer for an applicatIon program.
AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
IEDQA5
IEDOA5
TElCMLlB
None
I
-
Module
Name
IEOOB4
IEOOCA
Generic
Name
Entry
Points
Slow Poll
RoutlRe
IEOOB4
ResIdent Operator
Control Module
IEOOCA
TRMOFLOC
OCBLOCAT
ALlOCBUF
LCBSETUP
OSTCB
Suspends further polling on
Tablesl
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Functions
Entered
From
hne
IEOOBO
IGG019RB
IEOOHG
AVT
LCB
SCB
IEOOBO
Defines the operator control AVT.
sets up a walt hst and Issues SVC
104.
IGC00100
OSWAlT
Calhng
Routme
AVT
Op Ctl AVT
OPCE
OS Task
Management
TranSient
Operator
Control
Routines
TCAM
d,spatcher
OS Task
Management
8
when an error occurs.
Contams subroutmes hnked to by
various operator control tranSient
modules.
OSTCB IS entered directly by the
TCAM dIspatcher when the summy
LCB IS posted to itself to be freed.
E"its
To
IGG01
Method of
Operation
Chart
~RB
Library
TELCMLlB
C3-1
LlNKLIB
TranSient
Operator
I
I
Control
Routines
IEOOEB
AOCTL SVC 102
Routme
IGC102
Moves data across partition
boundaries.
Posts ECBs m other tasks.
IKJTSIOO
OS POST
OS STATUS
TESTOSP
AVT
CVT
TS CVT
IEOOEB
IGG019RB
AVT
OCB
DEB
LCB
PCB
OCB
SCB
Access Method
Work Area
SVC 102
from any
TCAM
The calhng
routine
routine'
Tposts elements to the TCAM
dIsabled ready queue.
Flags TCBs for apphcatlon
programs as eIther ehglble or not
ehglble for swappmg or rollout.
IEOOEC
Put Scheduler
IEOOEC
Removes data from an apphcatlon
program work area and places It In
MCP buffers.
Process Entry
~
g.
::t
""
::p
~
~
o
Oil
Io·
::t
....
""
VI
Work Area
TermlRal Table
Termname Table
IGG019RB
IGG019RB
B2
C2-1
C2-2
C3-1
01-1
01-3
01-4
NUCLEUS
C2-2
LINKLIB
.....
"'"
01
ofIl
~
Module
Name
IEDOES
Generic
Name
Retneve Service
Entry
Points
IEDOES
RoutIne
Functions
ProvIdes TCAM support for
message retroeval from a OTAM
apphcatlon program.
Operator Control I
ApplicatIon Program
Interface Routone
IEDOET
Open I Close Subtask
ApplicatIon
Control
command
to an
Program
PCB
OCB
SCB
Process Entry
Work Area
Termname Table
IGG019RB
IGG019RB
A4
E2
TELCMLlB
Reads messages from the message IEDOEB
10 anticipation of a
GET command from an apphcatlon
program.
AVT
DCB
ECB
OCB
Process Entry
Work Area
Termname Table
IGG019RB
IGG019RB
C2-1
LlNKLlB
Recognizes a retrieve element and
OCB
IGG019RB
IGG019RB
If an open procedure, allocates
main storage for an application
program In the MCP and loads the
approproate schedulers.
If a close procedure, dea"ocates
the main storage for the
apphcation program on the MCP
and deletes the approproate
schedulers.
IEDOEW
Get Scheduler
IEDOEW
IEDOEB
OSGETMAIN
OS DELETE
FREEMAIN
OS LOAD
queues data set
IEDOEZ
Get Scheduler
FIFO Routone
IEDOEZ
Library
tposts It to the DestInatIon OCB
for an appticatlon program.
None
macro
expansion
I
Chart
An Operator
whIch operator control commands
can be Issued from an application
IEDOEU
Method of
Operation
AVT
CIB
CVT
PCB
OCB
IEDOEB
IEDOE6
OSWAlT
program.
IEDOEU
Exits
To
RETRIEVE
Provides the mterface through
IEDOEB
IEDOUI
(lEDOA11
OSWAlT
Entered
From
AVT
CVT
DEB
LCB
PCB
OCB
SCB
TCB
Access Method
Work Area
Buffer Pref,x
Termmal Table
Termname Table
~
IEDOET
Tables!
Work
Areas
External
Routines
RETRIEVE
TELCMLIB
I
macro
expanSion
I
i
I
I
I
C3-1
LlNKLlB
I
applicatIon
program
I
LINKLIB
Module
Name
IEDOEl
Generic
Name
TCOPY Service
Entry
Points
IEDOEl
Routine
Functions
Copies a terminal entry Into an
apphcatlon program work area.
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
IEDOUI
(lEDOA1)
AVT
CVT
DCB
TCB
Entered
From
TCOPY
macro
expansion
E o.
:p
Checks validity of user Input for
lEDQGT
Transparent
TransmIssion CCW
BUIlding Routine
IEOQGT
CCWs that are necessary to send
transparent data.
Buffer prefix
LCB
QCB
SCB
Terminal Table
AVT
Access method
WORK AREA
AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Macro
expanSion
IEOQA4
Macro
expans on
IGG019flB
Cl-3.3
TELCMLlB
0.
o
o
rIl
~
Module
Name
IEDOHG
Generic
Name
Entry
Points
Functions
Tables!
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
AVT
QCB
Attached
task
TCAM
subtask
IGG019RB
as Interrupt
Routme
Attached
task
TCAM
subtask
IGG019RB
as Interrupt
Routine
D1-1
TElCMLlB
Causes the system to cease hne
activity for the number of seconds
specIfIed on the I NTVAl=
operand of the INTRa macro.
IEDQHG
IGG019RB
as 10HAlT
OSWTO
AVT
DCB
DEB
lOB
lCB
QCB
IGG019RB
IGG019RB
A-1
LlNKLIB
Stops hne activity for a hne or hne
OS EXCP
as 10HAlT
AVT
CCW
DCB
DEB
lOB
LCB
IGG019RB
IGG019RO
IEDOCV
IGG019RB
IGGOl9RO
E1
TElCMLlB
Assl9ns a buffer or a unot to a
location In the message queues
data set
IEDQTNT
IGG019RB
Scheduler
Subroutine
AVT
DCB
lCB
QCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
DIsk Data Area
Termonal Table
Termname Table
IEDQAS
IEDOFA
IGG019RB
IGG019RP
IGG019R6
IGG016RB
IGG019RP
Cl-2
C2-1
TElCMllB
Assigns a buffer or a umt to a
location In the maIO-storage
message queues data set.
IEDQTNT
Scheduler
Subroutine
AVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
D,sk Data Area
Termonal Table
Termname Table
IEDQAS
IEDOFA1
IGG019RB
IGG019RP
IGG019R6
IGG019RB
IGG019RP
C2-1
TELCMLIB
IEDQHM02
IEDOHM03
Destonatlon Scheduler- IEDQHM2
IEDQHM02
DIsk-Only Queuon9
IEDQHM03
Assigns a buffer or a Untt to a
locatIon on the dIsk message
queues dats set.
IEDQTNT
IGG019RB
Scheduler
Subroutine
AVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
D,sk Data Area
Termonal Table
Termname Table
IEDQAS
IEDQFA2
IGG019RB
IGG019RP
IGG019R6
IGG019RB
IGG019RP
Cl-2
C2-1
TElCMLlB
s::
IEDOHG
IEDQHG01
IEDQHG02
IEDOHG03
TIMEEXIT
Places a tIme delay request
element on the tIme delay QCB
Places a tIme delay request
element on the time delay queue.
Removes a time delay request
element from the tIme delay
queue.
IEDQHI
System Delay
Subtask
IEDQHI
IEDOHK
Stop lone 1/0
Subtask
IEDOHK
group.
Issues a Prepare HIO command
sequence to check for an attention
sIgnal from a non-TSO 2741 or
1050 termonal.
IEDQHM
Destonatlon Scheduler
IEDOHM1
Destination Scheduler- IEDQHM1
Maon-Storage-Only
Queuon9
-----
Exits
To
IEDQEB
IGG019RB
as STIMER
as TIME
TIme Delay Subtask
"1:1
IEDOHM2
Entered
From
IEDOHM
IEDQHM02
IEDQHM03
Module
Name
::s
~
f
f
a.
ci"
::s
................
Entry
Points
Act,vate-I / 0
Generator Subtask
IEDQKA
IEDQKA02
IEDQKB
Act,vate-I /0
Generator for
BSClines
IEDQKB
I EOQKA02
IEDQKC
Act,vate-I /0
Generator for
Start/Stop Lines
IEDQKC
IEOQKA02
IEDQKA
g.~
Generic
Name
Functions
Builds channel programs for ,mt,al
External
Routines
Tables!
Work
Areas
Entered
From
Ex,ts
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
IEDQTNT
OS EXCP
AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Terminal Table
Termname Table
IGG019RB
IGG019RO
IGG01!IRB
IGG01!1RO
Builds channel programs for ,mt,al
contact. cont,nue. and reset
sequences on BSC tines only.
IEDQTNT
OS EXCP
AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Terminal Table
Termname Table
IGG019RB
IGG019RO
IGG01!1RB
IGGOlilRO
TELCMlIB
Builds channel programs for mltlal
IEOQTNT
OS EXCP
AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Terminal Table
IGG019RB
IGG019RO
IGGOl ~RB
IGG019RO
TELCMlIB
contact. continue, and reset
sequences.
contact. contmue. and reset
sequences on start/ stop hnes
only.
Cl-l.l
Cl-3.1
TELCMlIB
u.
N
Module
Name
o
CIl
(5
IEDOKD
~
"l:I
~
Generic
Name
ActIvate-I/O
Generator Subtask
for Leased and
Start / Stop Lmes
and No TSO
Entrv
Points
IEDOKD
tEDQKA02
Functions
Builds channel programs for Initial
contacts, continue. and reset
sequences for leased and
start/ stop hnes when there IS no
TSO interface necessary.
Tables!
Work
Areas
External
Routines
IEDO,NT
as EXCP
AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Entered
From
Exits
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
IGG019RB
IGG019RO
IGG019RB
tGG019RO
TELCMLlB
AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
Terminal Table
IGG019RB
IGG019RO
IGG019RB
IGG019RO
TELCMLlB
AVT
TCB
IGG019RB
OS Termm8tlon Routine
I
Terminal Table
IEDOKE
IEDQNA
ActIvate-I/O
Generator Subtask
for a OTAMCompatIble System
IEDOKE
IEDQKA02
Resident Closedown
Completion Routme
IEDQNA
IEDONA3
BUilds channel programs for initial
contact, continue, and reset
sequences for only those devices
IEDOTNT
as EXCP
that OTAM supports.
Activates the nonreSident
IEDQNA2
closedown completion routine.
Determines whether a TeAM
I
NonreSident
Closedown
Completion
Routme
IEDQNA2
IEDONB
Application Program /
·Checkpolnt Interface
IEDONB
JEOONB02
IEDONB05
Closes down the MCP and any
TCAM attached tasks.
Routine
element and tposts It to the ready
queue In the MCP when an
apphcation program Issues a
TCAM macro that changes the
MCP environment.
'-
--
TELCMLlB
READY
tlon Routine
IGG019RB
as DETACH
as POST
as WAIT
OSWTO
Builds a checkpoint request
El
following
as Termma-
attached task has termmated
abnormally.
IEDONA2
User code
IEDOEB
IEDOTNT
OSWAlT
AVT
DCB
DEB
lOB
TCB
IEDQNA
IEDONA
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
PCB
Access Method
Work Area
Checkpomt
Work Area
Terminal Table
Termname Table
CKREO macro
CKREO macro
expansion
CLOSE macro
expansion
IEDOE3
OPEN macro
expansIOn
expansion
CLOSE macro
expansion
IEDQE3
(WEN macro
expansion
TCHNG macro TCHNG macro
expanSion
expansion
LlNKLIB
DI-2
DI-3
DI-4
LlNKLIB
Module
Name
IEDQND
Generic
Name
Ready Routine
Entry
Points
IEDQNO
Functions
IEOQNG
IEDQNH
IEOQNJ
IEDQNK
IEOQNM
IEOQNO
IEDQNP
IEDQNQ
IEDONR
IEOONS
OS DELETE
OS LOAD
OSWAlT
AVT
CVT
OS Task
Management
OS Tas,
BUilds an InCident dtsk record
when the checkpOint request
element IS an Lea from an MH
macro.
IEOQTNT
OS GETMAIN
AVT
CheckpOint
Work Area
Option Table
Terminal Table
Termname Table
IEDQNF
IEOQNF
necessary.
IEOONG
~
BUild InCident Record
for MH Routine
IEDQNG
Determines the action required by
the checkpOint task and which
module IS required to do the work.
0.
....
LlNKLlB
01-1
El
LlNKLlB
01
LlNKLlB
CheckpOint
Work Area
I
!
BUilds an InCident checkpOint disk
record when the checkpOint
request element IS from a TCHNG
macro In an application program.
IEDQTNT
OSGETMAIN
AVT
CheckpOint
Work Area
Option Table
Termmal Table
Termname Table
IEOQNF
IEDONF
01-4
LlNKLlB
IEDQNJ
Incldpnt CheckpOint
for Operator Control
Routme
IEDQNJ
BUilds an inCident checkpOint disk
record when the checkpomt
request element IS from an
operator control command.
OS GETMAIN
AVT
CheckpOint
Work Area
Operator Control AVT
IEDQNF
IEDQNf
01-3
LlNKLlB
IEDQNK
Environment
CheckpOint Routine
IEDQNK
BUilds environment checkpOint
records for disk.
OS GETMAIN
AVT
QCB
CheckpOint
Work Area
InVitation List
Option Table
Terminal Table
Termname Table
IEDQNF
IEOQ~
01-1
El
LlNKLlB
::s
::s
Mana~Jement
A3
01-1
IEDQNH
~
g.
expanwon
Library
BUild InCident Record
for TCHNG Routine
c)"
::s
N'
expansion
Method of
Operation
Chart
IEDQNH
~
1
~
i
READY macro
READY macro
Attaches On-Line Test. If
indicated.
IEOONf
Exits
To
AVT
Operator Control AVT
Terminal Table
Termname Table
Loads IEOQNX and I or IEOQHI. If
CheckpOint Executor
Entered
From
IECPCNVT
IECOSCRI
IEDQTNT
OS ATTACH
OS EXCP
FREEMAIN
OS GETMAIN
OS LOAD
OS POST
OSWAlT
OSWTO
If mdlcated. reads and processes
all mCldent checkpomt records that
are more recent than the
environment record.
Attaches the CheckpOint Executor.
IEOQNF
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
F
!
-..,.
VI
otI.l
(i
Module
Name
IE~QNM
~
Entry
Points
Generic
Name
IEDQNM
Bulid CKREQ D.sk
Record Routme
'"=
~
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Functions
Bulids a CKREQ checkpoint d.sk
record for each open destination
aCB that IS associated with the
applicatIOn program that has
.ssued the CKREQ macro.
IEDQTNT
OS GETMAIN
Entered
From
Exits
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
IEDQNF
IEDQNF
AVT
Checkpoint
Work Area
IEDQNF
IEDQNF
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
Checkpoint
IEDQNF
IEDQNF
01-1
LlNKlIB
IEDQNF
IEDQNF
E1
LlNKUB
IEDQNF
IEDQNF
LlNKLlB
lEDQNF
IEDQNF
LlNKllB
IEDQBD
IGG019RB
AVT
DEB
QCB
Checkpoint
01-4
LlNKLlB
Work Area
Opt.on Table
Terminal Table
Termname Table
IEDQNO
Checkpomt Queue
IEDQNO
FREEMAIN
Puts disk records on the
checkpoint I/O queue and updates
the last request element for which
a disk record was built.
IEDQNP
Locates the next disk record to be
written, determines the proper
Manager
IEDQNP
Checkpoint D.sk I/O
Routme
ITA, and Issues an EXCP.
IECPCNVT
IECOSCR1
OS EXCP
OS TIME
OSWTO
UNKLIB
Work Area
Termname Table
IEDQNQ
IEDQNQ
Checkpoint
Notification and
DISposition Routine
IEOQNR
IEDQNR
CheckpolntNo Available
AVT
Checkpoint
Handles the situation
OSWTO
AVT
Checkpoint
Work Area
In
which a
checkpoint record cannot be
satisfied.
IEDQNS
CheckpolntNo Inc.dent
Records Routine
IEDQNX
IEDQEB
FREEMAIN
OSWTO
cond.tlOnal GETMAIN for a
Core Routine
IEDQNS
Removes checkpoint request
elements and frees a checkpoint
record In main storage after the
record 15 written on disk.
Operator Awareness
Message Router
IEDQNX
Work Area
Termname Table
Causes an environment checkpoint
to be taken when all the incident
records on the checkpoint data set
have been used.
IEDQEB
IEDQHG
Directs messages to the primary
operator control terminal when
that terminal IS not the system
console.
IEDQTNT
AVT
Checkpoint
Work Area
AVT
lCB
QCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
Terminal Table
--
Al
01-2
LlNKLlB
Module
Name
IEOQOA
Generic
Name
GETMAIN, Termname
Table Sort, and
Attach Routine
Entry
Points
IEDQOA
Functions
Controls the tranSient routine
IEOQOB. the WTOR Interpreter.
ObtainS main storage for Ime
buffers, a mam-storage message
queues data set, CPBs. trace
tables, and cross-reference tables
Sorts the terrnnarne table entries
and the concentrator deVice I D
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
OS ATTACH
OS CHAP
OS EXTRACT
FREEMAIN
OS GETMAIN
OS LINK
OS LOAO
OS QEOIT
OSWTO
AVT
Termmal Table
Entered
From
E>.its
To
INTRO macro
INTRO macro
expansion
expanSion
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
Al
LlNKLIB
Al
LlNKLIB
Termname Table
table entries.
Attaches the operator control,
on-hne test, and FE common write
tasks.
Loads IEOQHI and/or IEOQNX. If
indicated In the AVT.
Scrambles the mput password.
IEDQOB
WTOR Interpreter
IEDQOB
Routine
OSWAlT
redefme certain system values that OSWTO
were specified on the INTRO
OS WTOR
Allows the system operator to
AVT
CVT
TCB
OS LINK
from
IEOQOA
OS LlI~K
to IEOQOA
macro at assembly time.
IEOQOT
TCAM Abnormal
Close Routme
IEDQOTOI
Resets any error or attention flags
that TCAM has modified In the
UCBs.
None
CVT
UCB
System Abend
System Abend
lEOOTNT
Termname Table
Code
IEOQTNT
Converts the two-byte ordmal
Index of a termname table entry to
the actual address of that entry In
the terminal table.
None
Termname Table
Any TCAM
routme
Call1n!l
routine
Cl-1.4
Stored In
the Termname
Table
IEOQUI
User I nteri ace
Routine
IEOQUIOI
Handles the Imkage between MH
macro expansions and the
functional MH routmes.
None
AVT
CVT
LCB
MH VCON Table
SCB
Buffer PrefiX
MH macro
expansions
and routines
MH f(>utlnes
Cl-l.3
Cl-l.2
CI-3.3
TELCMLlB
Handles the linkage among some
of the functional MH routines and
the lower-Ieve~ MH routines.
u:>
(t>
~
o·
::s
~
::l'
.:3
~
.,
~e.
o·~
::s
V1
V1
SVCLIB
'0\"
o
v.>
Generic
Name
Module
Nama
Entry
Points
Functions
Tables!
Work
Arees
External
Routines
IEDOWA
IEDOWM2
LlNKLIB
GETMAIN
area
OlTCB
Unit Test
IEDOWA
IEDOWA
IEDOWM2
LlNKLIB
None
AVT
CVT
OLTCB
IEDOWA
IEDOWA
IEDOWC
LlNKLIB
None
AVT
CVT
LCB
OLTCB
SCB
IEDOWB
IEDOWC
XCTL to
IEDOWH
If TRM
LlNKLIB
ACB
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
IEDOWC
work
area
LCB
OLTCB
SCB
TCB
IEDOWB
Calls In and establishes the
functions required to execute an
on-line test.
IEDOWB
IEDOWK
IEDOWN
(lEDOW35)
IEDOWP
(lEDOW39)
IEDOWO
(lEDOW37)
IEDOWR
(lEDOW28)
IEDOWS
(lEDOW36)
IEDOWV
(lEDOW21
IEDOWAC)
IEDOWX
(lEDOW41)
IEDOWY
(IEDOWI6)
IEDOW47
IEDOWAB
IEDOWAI
IEDOW42
(lEDOW43)
IEDOW44
IED024
AVT
LCB
OLTCB
TCB
IEDOWAB
TIME Service
Module
IEDOWAB
Returns time of day. In packed
decimal. to the umt test in
Register I.
None
None
IEDOWAJ
CU Test Service
Module
IEDOWAJ
Venfles that all requested channel
addresses are offline or issues a
command to assign them to TOTE.
None
IEDOWB
Resource
Management
Module
IEDOWB
Services requests from IEDOWA.
IEDOWBI
Test Request
IEDOWBI
ObtainS the TRM from the TCAM
buffer and returns the buffer to
TCAM.
~
Message AnalysIs
Buffer Analyzer
IEDOWC
Test Request
Message
AnalysIs
Module 1
IEDOWC
Analyzes TRMs and turns over
control to the appropriate routine
for further processing.
IEDOWK
AVTUI
IEDOCV
Terminal Table
Termname Table
TTE
L..---
Library
IEDOWA
IEDOWA
"I:j
Method of
Operation
Chart
LlNKLIB
TOTE Resident
Module
~
Exits
To
IEDOO5
IEDOWA
~
Entered
From
from
numeric
termrnal
IEDOWCI
IEDOWJ
IEDOWI
LlNKLIB
Generic
Name
Module
Name
IEDQWCl
Test Request
Message
Analysis
Module 2
Entry
IEDQWCl
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Functions
Points
Analyzes the test device field of
the TRM.
IEOQWK
AVTVI
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
IEDQWCl
Entered
From
E,jts
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
IEDQWC
IEDQWC2
IEDQWE
L1NKLIB
IEDQWCl
IEDQWD
IEOQWE
L1NKLIB
IEDQWC
IEDQWE
L1NKLIB
IEOQWF
IEDQWF
L1NKLIB
work area
lCB
OLTCB
QCB
SCB
TCB
Terminal Table
Termname Table
UCB
IEDQWC2
Test Request
IEDQWC2
Message
AnalysIs
Module 3
IEDQWD
TOTE Dispatcher
Module
IEDQWD
Verifies the test and option fields
IEDQWK
Work area
OlTCB
VCB
Sets NCP flag If no control print
option was specified In TRM;
AVT
BEB
CDS
CVT
DCB
lCB
OlTCB
TTE
Termname Table
UCB
performs data protection checks;
protect.s other OLTs from uSing
the same devices/lines as
reqUired; stops test devices to
prevent their use by TCAM; and
bUilds TOTPRENT if test IS for
termmals on SWitched hnes.
IEDQWE
IEDQWF
TOTE Test
Control
Module
IEOQWE
OLT Test
IEDQWF
Schedules the OlT5 requested
IEDQWK
IEDQCU
IEDQCV
OLTCB
VCB
Frees the mam storage required by
Device
OLTCB
IEOQWE
IEDQWEl
L1NKLIB
IEDQWE dUring OLT execution
passes control to the OLT Root
Tests
AVT
CVT
DCB
OLTCB
IEDQWC
IEDQ\NC
IEDQNE
L1NKLIB
IEDQWC
IEDQWIA
IEDQWID
IEDQWIE
IEDQWE
L1NKLIB
In
the TRM and cleans up after their
execution.
Control
Module 2
IEDQWCZ
of the TRM.
(OLTs)
Module, and receives control back
from It.
t:Il
(1)
a.o
IEDQWH
::l
Numenc Test
Request Message
Handler
IEDQWH
Processes a TRM from a numenc
entry terminal.
IEDQWO
~
::p
Termname Table
o
~
f.
~.
o
::l
-'"
-..I
IEDQWI
TOTE
alias
Conflgurator
IEDQWll
Scheduler
IEDQWI
IEDQWll
Clears the CDS work and Input
areas, sets up the output area for
CDS members and prompts the
user for the type of configuration
functIOn.
IEDQWIA
IEDQWID
IEDQWIE
IEDQWK
IEDQWE
CDSWORK
VI
00
Module
Name
Generic
Name
o
tI.l
;1
IEDQWIA
>
;s::
Entry
Points
Conf,gurator
and Scheduler
IEDQWIA
Conftgurator
IEAQWID
functions
IEDQWID
IEDQWIU
IEDOWI7
IEDOWI8
IEDOWI9
IEDQWK
CDSWORK
IEOOWI5U
IEDQWIB
IEDQWIA
IEDQWK
OLTCB
UCB
CDS work
ExhibIt TP configuratIOn data set
numbers.
IEDQWK
CDS Work
Determmes whether the TP Ime
IEDQWK
Handles the add,tion of
configuration data to the locai and
remote confIguratIon data sets.
'"0:1
~
IEDQWID
Change / Delete
Scheduler
IEDQWIE
Configuration
IEDQWI5U
Conflgurator
Submodule
Deletes old CDS entnes.
Gets CDS records for CHANGE
function.
IEDQWIE
ExhIbIt Module
IEDQWI5U
Tables!
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Entered
From
Exits
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
library
IEDOWI
IEDOWID
IEDQWll
IEDOWI
IEDOWIA
IEDQWll
IEDQWIA
IEDQWI5U
IEDQWI8
LlNKLIB
IEDQWI
IEDQWI
LlNKIB
IEDQWIA
IEDQWID
LlNKLIB
UCB
IEDOWIA
IEDQWID
IEDQWI9
IEDQWK
CECOM
COS Work
IEDQWIA
IEDQWIA
IEDQWID
LlNKLIB
Service
UCB
IEDQWIA
IEDOWID
IEDQWIE
IEDQWIA
IEDQWID
LlNKLIB
IEDQWIA·
IEDQWI
IfDQWIA
LlNKLIB
area
LlNKLIB
Error
Recovery
area
CDS Work
area
address 15 for commUnicatIon or
graphic devices and obtams the
TCU adapter type.
IEDQWI7
Conflgurator
IEDQWI7
Submodule 3
Determmes Ime type and
translation code.
area
Module
IEDQWI8
Conf,gura tor
Submodule
IEDQWI8
Requests from C. E. and verifIes
terminal name.
AVTUI
IEDQWK
Configurator
Submodule
-
IEDQWI9
Asks the C. E. for the terminal
type and, if the line IS bisync,
determines the translation code of
the terminal.
area
Terminal Table
Termname Table
UCB
Obtains polling cmd addressing
characters from Termmal Table.
IEDQWI9
CDS Work
IEDQWK
CDS Work
area
OLTCB
Module
Name
IEOOWJ
Generic
Nama
Test Request
Message Prompter
Module 1
Entry
Points
IEOOWJ
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Functions
Analyzes OLTCB flag bytes to
determme why It was called.
IEOOWK
AVTUI
AVT
CVT
OCB
OEB
IEOOWI
Work area
LCB
OLTCB
OCB
SCB
TCB
Termmal Table
Entered
Exit~.
From
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
IEDOWC
IEOOWCl
IEDOWC2
IEOOWJ'
IEOOWE
LlNKLIB
Termname Table
IEOOWJl
Test Request
Message Prompter
IEDOWJl
Prompts the C. E. for the test and
IEOOWK
IEOOWJl
Work area
OLTCB
SCT
IEOOWJ
IEDOWJl
IEOOWA
LlNKLIB
optIon fIelds of the TRM.
Module 2
IEOOWJ2
Test Request
Message Prompter
Module 3
IEOOWJ2
Prompts the C E. for the alternate
pnnter
IEOOWK
AVTUI
AVT
CVT
OCB
OEB
IEOOWJ2
Work area
OLTCB
OCB
Terminal Table
Termname Table
HE
UCB
IEDOWJl
IEOOWC
IEOOWE
LlNKLIB
IEOOWK
TOTE Message
Module
IEOOWK
Provides two-way commUnication
between TOTE and the operator.
IEOOWL
I EOOWl1
IEDOWL2
IEDOWL3
IEOOWO
OLTCB
TCAM Buffers
Message
Any TOTE
modules
Any TOTE
LlNKLIB
Parameter
List
modulE"
reqUlrmg
requlrttlg
message
service
except TOTE
service
modules
messaqe
serVICE'
except TOTE
serVICE'
modult!s
CIl
~
IEOOWL
::;
TOTE Message
Submodule 1
IEDOWL
Moves requested output message
to the output buffer ,n the OLTCB.
None
OLTCB
Message
IEOOWK
IEDOWl(
LlNKLIB
Parameter
.j>.
List
1
IEOOWL1
j;l
TOTE Message
Submodule 2
IEDOWLI
TOTE Message
Submodule 3
IEOOWL2
3
o
0Cl
~
~.
g.
::;
UI
\Q
IEOOWL2
Moves the requested output
message to the output buffer
the OLTCB.
None
OLTCB
Message
Parameter
L,st
IEOOWK
IEOOWK
LlNKLIB
None
OLTCB
Message
Parameter
List
IEOOWK
IEOOWK
UNKLIB
In
Moves the requested output
message to the output buffer In
the OLTCB.
....
0\
o
otll
~
Module
Name
IEOQWL3
Generic
Name
TOTE Message
Submodule 4
Entry
Points
Functions
Moves requested (output message
to output buffer in the OLTCB.
lEOQWL3
None
Work
Areas
OLTCB
Messag.e
Parameter
Entered
From
Exits
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
Ubrary
IEOOWK
IEOOWK
lINKUB
list
"'CI
~
Tablesl
External
Routines
j
IEOQWM2
Trace Function
Module
IEOOWM2
Provide C. E. with a limited trace
facility for OLT eXEicu!ion and
permits _aluation of service
module ¥eturn comlS.
I EOOWO
IEOOWM2
Work area
OLTCB
SCT
All service
modules
All service
modules
LlNKllB
IEOOWN
altas
IEOOW35
EXIO ServIce
Module
IEOQWN
Imt.ates 1/0 operations.
None
OCB
ECS
lOB
10BLOCKS
OLTCS
TECB
I EOQWA
IEOOWA
I EOOWM2
LlNKLlB
IEOOWO
Access Manager
I EOOWO
Determines the de!:tination output
devIce and communicates with the
on-line test operator.
IEOOGA
IEOQSO
IEOOHM
AVT
lCS
OLTCS
TRM
IEOQWK
IEOQWP
lEOQWPl
IEOQWP2
IEOQWO
IEDOWK
IEOOWP
1EOQWP 1
IEOQWP2
IEOOWQ
LlNKLlB
IEOQWP
alias
lEOOW39
OPRINT Service
Module
I EOQWP
ServIces the OPRINT macro by
formatting the out]:lut messages~
IEOOWO
OLTCS
Section
Preface
IEOQWA
IEOQWPI
IEOOWM2
UNKt.1S
IEDOWPI
OPRlNT ServIce
Module
IEOOWPI
Continues serVICing the OPRINT
macro.
IEOQWO
OLTCS
IEOQWP
IEOOWP2
IEDOWM2
lINKLI8
IEOOWP2
OPRINT Service
Module 2
IEOQWP2
Continues servicing the OPRINT
macro.
IEOQWO
OLTCB
IEOQWPI
IEOQWA
IEDOWM2
LlNKLlB
IEOQWQ
alias
IEOOW37
CECOM ServIce
Module
IEOQWQ
Service requests for
communication with the control
terminal.
IEOOWO
OLTCS
IEOQWA
IEOOWA
lEOOWM2
lINKLlB
IEOQWR
alias
IEOOW28
PLINK Service
IEOOWR
IEOQW28
Loads and deletes rnodules.
None
IEOOWR
Work area
OLTCB
IEOQWA
IEOOWA
I EOQWM2
LlNKLlB
Module
---
I
I
II
I
I
........:- .. _ - - - - - - - - -
Module
Name
Generic
Name
t:ntry
Points
Functions
Causes the on-line test routine to
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Entered
From
None
10BLOCKS
OLTCB
TECB
VCB
IEOOWA
None
OUCB
IEDOWA
Ex~:s
T(,
Method of
Operation
Library
Chart
IEOOW/\
IEDOWln
LlNKLlB
lEDOWJ~
llNKLlB
IEOQWS
aHas
IEDOW36
Walt I/O Service
Routine
IEDOWS
IEDOWV
aJias
IEDOWAC.
IEDOW21
TOTE GRAB
lEDOWV
lEOQWX
TOTE Convert
Service Module
IEDOWX
Converts data from hexadecimal to
EBCDIC or vice versa as specified
by the macro parameter list.
None
None
GETCONFG
Service Module
IEDOWY
Reads the CDS data set for
IEDOWK
DCB
DECB
OLTCB
LlNKLlB
READD ServIce
Module
IEDOW24
IEDOWK
DCB
OECB
lOB
lINKlIB
MORECORE
IEDOW42
None
OLTCB
IEDOWA
IEDOWA
IEDOWM2
LlNKLIB
Issues a Halt 10 to a device.
None
DCB
ECB
lOB
OLTCB
TECB
IEDOWA
IEDOWA
IEDOWM2
UNKLIB
Handles the selection and running
None
IEDOW47
Work area
SCT
IEDOWA
IEDOINA
IEDOINM2
LlNKLlB
OS BSAM
OS EXCP
OS FEOV
OS GETMAIN
OS RDJFCB
OSWAlT
OSWTO
None
OS Task
OS Ta,k
UNKUB
ahas
wait untd the initiated I/O event
has been completed.
Service Module &
ahas
configuration data about a TCV or
terminal.
IEDOW16
IEDOW24
IEDOW42
IEDOWI~2
assignment.
$LETGO ServIce
Module
IEOOW41
IEDOWY
Assigns a secondary device to the
umt test, or removes such an
Reads data from a sequential data
set.
Obtalns.additional main storage
alias
Service Module
for the unit test by a GETMAIN
IEDOW43
and FREE CORE
Service Module
macro.
IEOOWA
IEOOWA
IEDOWM2
LlNKLlB
Frees the main storage obtained
by the MORECORE module.
IEOOW44
010 ServIce
Module
IEDOW44
IEDOW47
Routme Service
Module
IEDOW47
Disk Message
Queue Inlt~ahzer
IEDQXA
IEDOXA
til
(1)
~.
ci"
::I
~
~
~
~
f
~o
::I
.....
0'1
.....
of routines withm an OlT section.
BUIlds a formatted disk data set.
Management
Manugement
-'~-..
0\
t-)
otIJ
~3:
Module
Name
IGCOO10D
Generic
Name
Entry
Points
IGC0010D
Operator Control
Input Handler
Routines
Checks validity of command
format.
Processes comma nds from
'tI
application progrs,m, TOTE, and
~
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Functions
Entered
From
Exits
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
SVC 102
(AQCTL)
OS QEDIT
OS XCTL
AVT
CIBTBL
MPPTBL
OP Ctl AVT
XCTLTBL
IEDQCA
IGC0710D
IEDQCA
IGCM010D
IGCZ010D
IGCD010D
IGC0310D
IGCR010D
IGCOll0D
IGCV010D
IGC10l0D
IGCH010D
SVCLlB
OS XCTL
AVT
OP Ctl AVT
Verb Table
XCTlTBl
IGCOO10D
IGC0710D
IGCDOlOD
IGCH010D
IGCM010D
IGCR010D
IGCZ010D
IGC0310D
SVCLlB
OS XCTL
AVT
OPCE
OP Ctl AVT
All operator
control
command
processmg
routines.
lGC0410D
lGC0710D
SVCLlB
OS XCTL
AVT
OPCE
OP Ctl AVT
lGC0310D
IGC0510D
IGC0710D
SVCLlB
OS XCTL
AVT
OP Ctl AVT
TCB
TIOT
IGC0410D
IGC0710D
IGC0810D
SVCLlB
FREEMAIN
OS GETMAIN
OS QEDIT
AVT
CIB
CVT
SVC 34
IGC0503D
lGC2103D
SVCUB
the system console.
Checks for freed resources and
the element for
acqUires
command processing.
Oequeues Processed mput from
the mput queue.
IGCOll0D
IGCOll0D
Terminal Input
Scanner
Processes operator control
commands from a terminal.
Checks for a
command.
canc(~led
control
Venf,es JOBNAME or PROCNAME
on MODIFY commands.
lGC0310D
IGC0310D
Operator Control
Error Message
Generator 1
Generates an error message and
transfers control to the output
writer.
When the message requested IS
not generated by this module,
control IS transferred to Message
Generator 2.
IGC0410D
lGC0410D
Operator Control
Error Message
Generator 2
Generates an error message and
transfers control to the output
writer.
When the message requested IS
not generated by thiS module,
control IS transfern~d to Message
Generator 3.
IGC0510D
IGC0510D
Operator Control
Error Message
Generator 3
Generates an error message and
transfers control to the output
wnter.
1
If the message requested IS not
generated by this module, control
IS transferred to Mt!ssage
Generator 4.
IGC1303D
TCAM Command
Scheduler - SVC 34
-
IGC1303D
BUilds a CIS for anv operator
control command Emtered from
the system console.
Address In
register 14
Module
Name
IGC0610D
Generic
Name
Operator Control
Entry
Points
IGC0610D
Incident Checkpoint
I nterface Routine
IGC0710D
Operator Control
Output Message
Wnter
IGC0710D
Functions
Posts a request to checkpoint (If
checkpoint IS active) to write an
operator control incident record
for the command
Sends a message to a terminal or
to the console.
Passes a return code to TOTE or
an application program.
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
OS XCTL
AVT
Ckpt work
area
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Operator Control
VARY, HOLD,
RELEASE Message
Module
r.n
"g.
(")
::l
.j>.
~
o
~
3
o
.,
~
~.
~
c)"
::l
..-
cw
L_
IGC0410D
IGCM210D
IGCM510D
IGCM610D
IGCM710D
IGCM810D
IGCH010D
IGCR010D
IGCI010D
IGCI110D
IGCV110D
IGCV210D
IGCV310D
IGCV410D
The module
SCVLlB
Identified
by
O~WTG
field
In
the element
pom1ed to by
OPC:OPCE,
or to the
addr ~ss
In
OPC~SAVE
If
re~,tart
IS In
progress
AVT
IEAOFX
Op Ctl AVT
OPCE
PCB
IGC0310D
IGC0410D
IGC0510D
IGC0810D
IGC0910D
IGCM110D
IGCMA10D
IGCD110D
IGCD210D
IGCD310D
IGCD410D
IGCD510D
IGCD610D
IGCD710D
IGCD810D
IGCD910D
IGCOO10D
SVCLlB
Generates an error message and
transfers control to the output
writer
OS XCTL
AVT
ERRORTAB
OPCE
OP Ctl AVT
IGC0510D
IGC0710D
SVCLlB
IGC0910D
Generates rephes requested by
VARY, HOLD, and RELEASE
OS XCTL
AVT
Op Ctl AVT
IGCH010D
IGCR010D
IGCV110D
IGCV210D
IGCV310D
IGCV410D
IGC0710D
SVCLlB
Generator 4
Operator Control
Library
Chart
IGC0810D
Error Message
IGC0910D
Operation
AOCTL
OPCGETBUF
OPCLCB
OS XCTL
WTO
Frees any buffer Units associated
with the command
IGC0810D
Method of
E (its
To
Entered
From
operator control modules.
.0'1
....
o
tfl
~
Module
Name
IGCD010D
Generic
Name
DISPLAY Scan/
Map/DIspatch
Routone
Entry
Points
IGCD010D
Functions
Performs vahdity checkong of
display commands.
Entered
From
IGC0310D
IGCD110D
IGCD210D
IGCD310D
IGCD410D
lGCD510D
IGCD610D
IGCD710D
IGCD810D
IGCD910D
SVCLlB
Processes operator control
commands requesting d,splay of
primary or secondary operator
control terminals.
OS XCTL
AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Termonal Entry
Termname Table
IGCD010D
IGC0310D
IGC0710D
SVCLlB
Processes operator control
OS XCTL
AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
aCB
Termonal Entry
Termname Table
IGCD010D
IGC0310D
IGC0710D
SVCLlB
OSXCTL
AVT
DCB
DEB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
IGCD010D
IGC0310D
IGC0710D
SVCLlB
IGCD010D
IGCD03100
IGCD0710D
SVCLlB
IGCD010D
IGC0310D
IGC0710D
SVCLIB
Determmes the request and
IGCDll0D
IGCD210D
DISPLAY Queue
Status Routine
IGCD210D
DISPLAY InVItatIon
IGCD310D
IGCD310D
commands requestong display of
aCB fIelds.
Processes operator control
commands reque,'tong display of
List Entries
Library
IGCOll0D
transfers control to the proper
d,splay module.
DISPLAY Control
Terminal
Method of
Operation
Chart
AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
OpCtl work
area
Maps command data onto element.
IGCD110D
Exits
To
OSXCTl
OPCDCBLK
OPCTPFLK
'1:1
~
Tablesl
Work
Areas
External
Routines
active or mactive terminals.
Termn8me Table
IGCD410D
DISPLAY Intercepted
IGCD410D
PTocesses operator control
OS XCTL
commands requesting dIsplay of
the hst of termmals being held.
Terminals
AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work
area
I
Terminal Entry
Termname Table
IGCD510D
DISPLAY Terminal
Information
Routine
IGCD510D
Processes operator control
commands reques.tlng display of
speCIfIed terminal entry fIelds.
OSXCTL
AVT
OPCE
OpCtl AVT
Sense Byte
ConverslOn
Table
Status Byte
Table
Termonal Entry
Termname Table
---
-
I
Module
Name
IGCD610D
Generic
Name
DISPLAY Line
Entry
Points
IGCD610D
Address Routine
Functions
Processes operator control
commands requesting dIsplay of
the Ime address and relative Ime
number for a specified terminal.
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
OS XCTL
AVT
DCB
DEB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
Entered
From
EJClts
10
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
IGCD010D
IGC0310D
IGC0710D
SVCLlB
IGCD010D
IGC0310D
IGC0710D
SVCLlB
IGCD010D
IGC0310D
IGC0710D
SVCLlB
IGCO::l0D
SVCLlB
Terminal Entry
Termname Table
IGCD710D
DISPLAY InvitatIOn
IGCD710D
List Routine
Processes operator control
commands requesting display of
the status field of inVitation lists.
OS XCTL
AVT
DCB
DEB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work
area
Status
Conversion
Table
IGCD810D
DISPLAY Option
IGCD810D
Field Routine
Processes operator control
commands requesting display of
the terminal option fields
OS XCTL
AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Terminal Entry
Termname Table
Translate Tables
IGCD910D
{)ISPLAY Line
InformatIOn
Routine
IGCD910D
Processes operator control
commands requesting display of
the LCB fields for a specified line.
OS XCTL
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
SCB
Status
Conversion
Table
Vl
g."
~
~
::\'
~
~
~
OJ
~
N·
~
o·
~
......
Cl"\
U1
IGCD010D
IGCO~'10D
0\
0\
o
rn
~'"=
Module
Name
GCH010D
Generic
Name
Entry
Points
HOLD Termtnal
IGCH010D
Transmission
Routine
Fun(:tions
Processes a request to prevent
terminal from aCGeptmg messages
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
OS XCTL
~
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
aCB
Entered
From
Method of
Operation
Chart
Exits
To
Library
IGCOO10D
IGC0110D
IGCV210D
IGC0610D
IGC0310D
SVCLlB
IGCOO10D
IGClll0D
IGC0610D
IGC0710D
SVCLlB
IGCI010D
IGC0610D
IGC0710D
IGCV110D
SVCLlB
IGCM010D
IGC0310D
IGC0710D
IGCM410D
IGCM510D
IGCM710D
IGCM810D
IGCM910D
SVCLlB
Terminal Entry
Termname Table
IGCI010D
IGCIOID
Deactivate
Invitation
List Entry
Routine
Deactivates a specified inVitation
OS XCTL
list entry.
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
OP Ctl AVT
aCB
Termmal Entry
Termname Table
IGClll0D
Activate or Move
Invitation
Entry Routtne
IGCll10D
ust
Activates a specified Invitation list
entry or moves a new inVitation
OS XCTL
list.
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
aCB
Termmal Entry
Termname Table
IGCMA10D
MODIFY Scan/
Map/Dispatch
Module II
IGCMA10D
IGC0110D
IGCOO10D
IGC0310D
IGCM210D
IGCM710D
IGCMA10D
SVCLIB
Formats message when operator
control modify function IS
successful.
OS XCTL
OPCDBLK
OPCTOFLK
AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work
area
IGC0610D
IGCM910D
IGC0710D
SVCLlB
IGCM210D
Processes operator control
commands raquas tln9 that Auto
Poll be started or .nopped.
OS XCTL
OPCDCBLK
AVT
DCB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
IGCM010D
IGC0310D
IGC0610D
SVCLlB
IGCM410D
Processes operator control
commands reques110g activation of
the system or poll delay mterval.
OS XCTL
OPCDCBLK
OPCTOFLK
AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work
IGCMA10D
IGC0310D
IGC0610D
IGC0710D
SVCLlB
MODIFY Function
Message
Module
IGCM110D
IGCM210D
MODIFY Poll
validity. maps mto element. and
dispatches control to module or to
scan 2 for further scan operations.
Routme
Routme
area
AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work
IGCMll0D
MODIFY Interval
AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work
Scans MODIFY commands. checks OS XCTL
OPCDCBLK
OPCTOFLK
IGCM010D
IGCM410D
OS XCTL
Checks validity and dispatches
control to proper module.
MODIFY Scan/
Map / Dispatch
Module
IGCM010D
Conttnues scan 0" MODIFY
operator commands.
area
-
---
-
--
----L-
------
_.
Module
Name
Generic
Name
Entry
Points
Functions
IGCM5l0D
MODIFY Intense
Routme
IGCM5l0D
Processes operator control
commands requesting modification
of sense information for intensIve
recording.
IGCM6l0D
MODIFY Trace
Status Routine
IGCM6l0D
IGCM7l0D
MODIFY Control
Termmal
Routme
IGCM7l0D
Processes operator control
commands requestmg that the
primary operator control terminal
OS XCTL
OPCDCBLK
OPCTOFLK
MODIFY Options
Routme
IGCM810D
~
=
~
::p
t
f
f.=
.-
0\
-.l
EXits
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
IGCMA10D
IGC0310D
IGC06l00
SVCLlB
Processes operator control
OS XCTL
commands requesting modification OPCDCBLK
of trace status for a specified Ime.
AVT
DCB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
IGCMA10D
IGC03" 00
IGC06" 00
SVCLIB
OS XCTL
OPCDCBLK
OPCTOFLK
AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work
IGCMA10D
IGC0310D
IGC06100
SVCLlB
Processes operator control
commands requesting modificatIon
of terminal option fields"
2:.
o
Entered
From
AVT
DCB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Terminal Entry
Termname Table
be changed to the terminal
speCified In the command"
IGCM8l0D
Tables!
Work
Areas
External
Routines
area
OS XCTL
OPCDCBLK
OPCTOFLK
AVT
DCB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT.
Option
Characteristics
Table
Option Table
Termmal Entry
Termname Table
IGCMA10D
IGC0310D
IGC0610D
SVCLlB
IGCM910D
DEBUG Service
Aid Routine
IGCM910D
Processes operator control
commands requesting the loading
or deletmg of the service Bid
routmes.
OSXCTL
FE Service
Aid Routine
FREEMAIN
GETMAIN
OS BLDL
OS DELETE
OS LOAD
AVT
CVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
TCB
IGCMA10D
IGCM"10D
IGC03l0D
IGC06l0D
SVCLlB
IGCR010D
Resume Terminal
Transmission
IGCR010D
Processes requests to release a
speCified Intercepted terminal.
OS XCTL
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op ql AVT
QCB
Terminal Entry
Termname Table
IGC0010D
IGCOll0D
IGCV410D
IGC03l0D
IGC0610D
SVCLlB
C7'I
00
o
U>
(j
Module
Name
Generic
Name
Entry
Points
IGCV010D
VARY Scan/
Map/Dispatch
Module
IGCV010D
Stop Lme
IGCV110D
~
Scans VARY operator control
commands. checks vahdlty, maps
Processes opera tor control
commands requE!stmQ that Ime
Routine
Exits
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
Terminal Entry
Termname Table
IGCOO10D
IGC0110D
IGC0310D
IGCVll0D
IGCV210D
IGCV310D
IGCV410D
SVCLlB
AQCTL
OS XCTL
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
Stop"ne
IGCOO10D
IGC0710D
IGCV010D
IGCV210D
IGCV410D
IGCI010D
IGCV210D
IGCV410D
IGCI010D
IGC0310D
IGC0610D
SVCLlB
IGCVOlOD
IGCVll0D
IGCOO10D
IGCV110D
IGC0310D
IGC0610D
SVCLlB
IGCV010D
IGCOO10D
IGC0710D
IGC0310D
IGC0610D
IGCV010D
IGCVll0D
IGCOO10D
IGCVll0D
IGC0310D
IGC0610D
~
IGCV110D
Entered
From
OS XCTL
mto element, and dispatches
control to proper module.
'"I:j
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Functions
activity be stopped Immediately or
upon completion of the current
operation.
Request
Element
IGCV210D
Stop Terminal
IGCV210D
Routine
OS XCTL
Processes opera10r control
commands requesting that a
specified terminsil be deactivated
for entering, or deactivated for
both entering and accepting.
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
Terminal Entry
Termname Table
IGCV310D
Start Line
Routme
IGCV310D
Processes operator control
commands requestmg that activity
be started on a line or Ime group.
OS XCTL
EXCP
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
Stoplme Request
Element
El
SCVLlB
Terminal Entry
Termname Table
IGCV410D
Start Termmal
Routme
IGCV410D
Processes operator control
commands reque:;tmg that a
specified terminal be activated for
entering, or activated for both
entering and accEiptlng.
OS XCTL
_L-----_
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
Terminal Entry
Termname Table
----
--
-----1-
-
SVClIB
Module
Name
IGCV510D
Generic
Name
Stop General
Poll Routine
Entry
Points
IGCV510D
Functions
Processes operator control
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
OS XCTL
commands requesting that general
polling be stopped.
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
Entered
From
Exits
To
Method of
Operation
Library
Chart
IGCV2100
IGC0610D
IGC0910D
SVCLlB
IGCV4100
IGC06100
IGC09100
SVCLlB
IGCOO100
IGC01100
IGCV1100
IGCZ1100
IGC001 DO
IGC03100
IGCV1100
IGCOO10D
IGCV1' 00
Termmal Entry
Termname Table
IGCV6100
Start General
IGCV610D
Poll Routine
Processes operator control
commands requesting that general
polling be started.
OS XCTL
AVT
OCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
Terminal Entry
Termname Table
IGCZ0100
MCPCLOSE Scan/
Map/Dispatch
Routme
IGCZ010D
Scans MCPCLOSE commands.
OS XCTL
checks validity, maps and
dispatches control to the
MCPCLOSE module.
AVT
CVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work
01
E1
SVCLlB
area
TCB
IGCZ1100
MCP Closedown
Processing
Routine
--
w
g.
l:I
~
~
.g
;
3
o
....
':l:I
...
~
o·
l:I
.....
CI\
\0
._-
IGCZ110D
Processes MCPCLOSE from an
application program or a HALT
command from a terminal or a
console
AQCTL
OS XCTL
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
TCB
SVCLlB
I
.....
....;J
o
Module
Name
o
Generic
Name
Entry
Points
III
(i
IGEOOO4G
~
Start/Stop ERP
Control Module
IGEOOO4G
8SC ERP Control
Module
IGEOOO4H
Entered
From
Transfers control to the
appropriate ERP module to
process a specific error condition.
IEDQTNT
as ERREXCP
AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
SCB
Termmal Table
Termname Table
as I/O
Transfers control to the
appropriate 8SC ERP module to
process a specific error condition.
IEDQTNT
OS ERREXCP
AVT
as I/O
~
~
IGEOOO4H
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Fun·ctions
CCW
DCB
LCB
Supervisor
Supervisor
Terminal Table
Termname Table
IGE0104G
IGE0104H
READ/WRITE Unit
Check ERP Module
BSC Read/Write
EquIpment Check,
Lost Data,
IGE0104G
IGE0104H
Processes read / write Unit check
(except time-out) error conditions
that occur on sts'rt-stop lines.
Processes read/write, umt check,
and
Unit
as
ERREXCP
as ERREXCP AVT
that occur on BSC Imes.
Required, and Unot
ExceptIon ERP
Module
Non-operatIonal
Control UnIt,
UnIt ExceptIon,
and Unot Check
WIth TIme-Out
ERP Module
IGE0204G
IGE0204H
BSC Read/Write
Data Check,
Overrun. and
Command Reject
ERP Module
IGE0204H
IGE0304G
IGE0304G
Unot Check for
Non-read, Non-wrote,
and Non-poll CCWs
ERP Module
'---
--
Informs the operator that a
IGEOOO4G
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
IGE0104G
IGE0204G
IGE0304G
IGE0404G
IGE0504G
IGE0604G
IGE0804G
IGE0904G
IGG019RO
IGEOO25F
SVCLIB
IGE0104H
IGE0204G
IGE0204H
IGE0304G
IGE0404G
IGE0404H
IGE0504H
IGE0804H
IGE0904H
IGG019RO
SVCLlB
IGE0504G
IGG019RO
SVCLlB
,
I
IGEOOO4H
CCW
lOB
LCB
SCB
UCB
exception error conditions
Intervention
IGE0204G
AVT
CCW
lOB
LCB
SCB
UCB
Exits
To
IGE0504H
IGG019RO
SVCLlB
I
I
I
I
OS ERREXCP
as YVTO
AVT
CCW
LCB
SCB
UCB
IGEOOO4G
IGEOOO4H
IGG019RO
IGE0504G
SVCLlB
Processes data check command
reject. or overrun errors on a Read
or WroteCCW
as ERREXCP
AVT
CCW
lOB
LCB
SCB
UCB
IGEOOO4H
IGE0404H
IGE0504H
SVCLlB
Processes umt cht:tcks for
non-read. non-write or non-poll
CCWs.
as ERREXCP
CCW
lOB
LCB
SCB
IGEOOO4G
IGE0504G
SVCLlB
specific control
operational.
Ul1It IS
not
Processes umt eXI~eptlon and umt
check With time-out error
conditions.
I
i
-
Module
Name
IGE0404G
Generic
Name
Auto Poll and Read
Response to Poll
Unit Check and
Entrv
Points
IGE0404G
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Functions
Processes Unit checks and Unit
exceptions for poll CCWs and
Entered
ExitH
From
To
Method of
Operation
library
Chart
as
ERREXCP
CCW
LCB
IGEOO04G
IGEOO04H
IGE0504G
SVCLlB
as
ERREXCP
AVT
CCW
LCB
SCB
Terminal Table
IGEOO04H
IGE0204H
IGE0504 ~
IGG019RO
SVCLlB
AVT
CCW
LCB
SCB
IGE0025 :
IGG019RO
as Message
SVCLlB
Termmal Table
Termname Table
IGEOO04G
IGE0104G
IGE0204G
IGE0304G
IGE0404G
IGE0604G
AVT
CCW
LCB
SCB
Terminal Table
IGEOO04H
IGE0104H
IGE0204H
IGE0404H
IGEOB04H
IGE0025F
SVCLlB
IGEOO04G
IGE0504G
SVCLlB
read response to poll CCWs.
Unit Exception
ERP Module
IGE0404H
IGE0504G
BSC Second Level
CCW Return Module
IGE0404H
Error Post and
IGE0504G
Second Level
CCW Return Module
IGE0504H
Retry channel programs initiated
by an ERP module
Attempts to retry channel
programs and handles permanent
IEDOTNT
ERREXCP
error situations.
BSC Error Post
Module
IGE0504H
Unit Check and Unit
IGE0604G
Handles permanent error
situations on
hnes
IEDOTNT
Adjusts the retry count and retnes
as
sse
WTlter
Termname Table
IGE0604G
Exception on
, Read/Write
CCWs
for Audio and 2260
Local Devices ERP
Module
the falling CCW sequence when
IDS detects an error on an audio
or local device.
-----
CIl
(D
g.
..,.::s
~
o
113
~
~
£cS"
::s
--:a
ERREXCP
CCW
LCB
SCB
- .l
N
o
Vl
(5
>
Module
Name
Generic
Name
Entry
Points
Functions
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Entered
From
Exits
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
Ubrary
IGE0804G
Start / Stop Channel
Check ERP Module
IGE0804G
Processes channel endmg status
errors.
OS ERREXCP
CCW
LCB
ERPIB
IGEOO04G
IGE0504G
SVClIB
IGE0804H
BSC Channel Check
ERP Module
IGE0804H
Processes channel Emding status
errors on
lines.
OS ERREXCP
CCW
ERPIB
LCB
IGEOO04H
IGE0504H
SVClIB
lGE0904G
Closedown Terminal
StatIstICs Recording
Module
IGE0904G
Provides for termm:C:11 statistics
recording when end -of-day
recording IS specified.
IEDOTNT
OS ERREXCP
LCB
Terminal Table
Termname Table
IGEOO04G
IGG019RO
SVClIB
IGE0904H
TPER Recorder
Module
IGE0904H
Interface wIth IGEOt,25F for TPER
recording of SOH % E records.
IEDOTNT
IGE0625F
GETMAIN
FREEMAIN
AVT
CCW
CVT
DCB
IGEOO04H
105
SVClIB
E!::
'"0:1
k
sse
OCT
LCB
ROE
SCB
SeT
Buffer Prefix
-'
IGG019AO
TOTE Start I/O
Appendage
IGG019AO
Turns on UCBNALOC bit in UCB
for graphic deVIces.
None
UCB
105
105
SVClIB
IGG019AP
TOTE Channel End
and Abnormal
End Appendage
IGG019AP
Provides for separate channel and
device end.
None
UCB
lOB
105
lOS
SVClIB
------
-
c ___
-----
-
Module
Name
IGG01900
Generic-
Name
Lone I/O Interrupt
Trace Routine
Entry
Points
IGG01900
Functions
Makes an entry on the lone I/O
None
interrupt trace table each time that
it
IGG01901
IGG01902
Local Receive
Scheduler
IGG01901
Lone End Appendage
for BSC Lines
IGG01902
SCAN
IS
activated.
Schedules receive operations for
Handles I/O interrupts that occur
Schedules ERP, when necessary.
Line End Appendage
for Start/Stop Lones
IGGOl903
Handles I/O onterrupts that occur
with device or channet ending
status on start/ stop tines.
Schedules ERP, when necessary,
IGG01904
Lone End Appendage
for Leased and
Start/Stop Lines
and No TSO
IGG01904
Handles I/O interrupts that occur
with device or channel ending
status on leased or start/ stop
lines.
Schedules ERP, when necessary.
tGG01905
W
!.i0'
~
~
::p
..3
..o
~
0;;
~
~'
0'
~
....:I
W
Lone End Appendage
for a OTAMCompatible System
IGG01905
Handles I {O Interrupts that occur
with devtce or channel ending
status only for those devices
supported by OTAM.
Method of
Operation
Chart
EXits
To
library
IGGOHIRO
SVCUB
User Trace
EXit R Jutine
IEDOKB
IEDOTNT
IGG01900
OS POST
TESTDSP
AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
OCB
RCB
SCB
Buffer Preftx
Termonal Table
IEDOHK
IEOOKC
IEDOTNT
IGG01900
OS POST
TESTDSP
AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
OCB
RCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Terminal Table
IEDOKD
IEDOTNT
IGG01900
OS POST
TESTDSP
AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
OCB
RCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Termonal Table
IEDOHK
IEDOKE
IEDOTNT
IGG01900
OS POST
TESTDSP
AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
OCB
RCB
SCB
Buffer PrefiX
Termmaf Table
Scans for BSC line control
IGG01903
IGG019RO
Interrupt
Trace Table
AVT
DCB
LCB
characters.
Entered
From
Line I/O
None
2260 and 3270 local lones,
With device or channel endmg
status on BSe lines.
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
-
IGG019RB
IGGOHIRB
SVCUB
lOS
lOS
SVCUB
lOS
SVCLlB
lOS
SVCLlB
lOS
SVCLlB
ERP routine
IGG019RN
lOS
ERP routme
lOS
ERP routtne
lOS
ERP routme
--
-
--
---
-
-
~-
-
~-
-
-
---
-
-""
-...J
o
III
ri
Generic
Name
Module
Name
IGG01906
~
Send Scheduler
for Leased Lmes
and No TSO
Entry
Points
IGG019Q6
LCBSCAN
External
Routines
Fun(:tions
Schedules send clperatlons for
leased hnes only WIth no TSO
Send Scheduler
WIth No TSO
IGG01907
LCBSCAN
Schedules send operations In a
TCAM system thot contams no
TSO mterface.
Checkpomt
Continuation
Restart Subroutine
IGG019Qa
IGG019Qa+4
IGG019Qa+a
IGG019Qa
+12
IGG019QB
+16
IGG019Qa
+20
IGG019Qa
+2a
Checks termmal E'ntnes to
determine whethElr a message
queues scan should be performed.
Executes d,sk I/O on the message
queues data set.
library
IGG019RB
IEDOHM
IEDQAS
SVClIB
IEDQTNT
IGG019RB
OS 10HALT
AVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
RCB
STCB
Termmal Table
IGG019RB
IEDQHM
IEDOAS
IGG019RB
IEDQHM
IEDOAS
SVClIB
IECPCNVT
IECOSCR1
IGG019RC
OS GETMAIN
FREEMAIN
OS WAIT
AVT
CPB
OCB
Checkpomt
Work Area
Termmal Table
IGG01943
IGG01945
IGG01943
IGG01945
SVClIB
IGG019RB
OS POST
AVT
DCB
DEB
ORQ
LCB
QCB
QCB ExtensIon
SCB
Termmal Table
IGG019RB
IEDOHM
IEDOBQ
IGG019RB
IEDQHM
IEDOBQ
None
DEB
Checkpomt
Work Area
OS I/O
OS I/O
Calculates the LCB address of a
"
destmatlon.
IGG019Qa
Method of
Operation
Chart
IGG019RB
IEDQHM
IEDQAS
destination.
IGG019Q7
Exits
To
AVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
RCB
STCB
Termmal Table
Calculates the LC B address of a
~
Entered
From
IGG019RB
OS 10HALT
Interface logic.
"tI
Tables/
Work
Areas
Updates the mesE.sge sequence
number In d terminal entry
Exammes and, If necessary,
updates the queuing mdlces
In
the
AVT.
Inltlahzes registers With values for
IGG01945.
IGG019Q9
Concentrator
Send Scheduler
IGG019Q9
DESTENT
Schedules a sending operation and
effects readmg from multIple
aCBs for concentrator output.
IGG019RA
Checkpomt DIsk End
Appendage
IGG019RA
Writes the checkpoInt control
record after the last segment of an
environment record IS written on
Supervisor
Cl-3.1
SVClIB
SVClIB
Supervisor
dIsk.
-
-
-
Module
Name
IGG019RB
IGG019RC
Generic
Name
TCAM Dispatcher
EXCP Driver
Entry
Points
IGG019RB
DSPBYPAS
DSPCHAIN
DSPDlETE
DSPDISP
DSPllFO
DSPllFOR
DSPllST
DSPPOST
DSPPOSTR
DSPPRIO
DAPPRIOR
DSPTSTQ
DSPTSTR
DSPUNAV
DSPUNAVR
DSPWAIT
Allocates and schedules the
system resources by processing
the elements on the ready queue.
IGG019RC
Completes bUilding the CCWs In
the CPBs that were started by
IEDQFA
In
Entered
From
Exi1S
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
OS DELETE
OS POST
OSWAlT
AVT
QCB
RCB
STCB
Any TCAM
subtask
Any TCA,M
subtasl,
A2-3
Bl-l
BI-2
Cl-l.3
SVCLlB
IECOSCRI
OS EXCP
OSWTO
AVT
CPB
DEB
lOB
IEDQFA
IGG019QB
IGG019RB
IGG019QB
CI-2
Cl-3.1
SVCLlB
IEDQTNT
IGG019RB
IEDQHG
OS POST
AVT
DCB
DEB
lCB
QCB
SCB
IGG019RB
IEDQHM
IGG019RB
SVCLlB
IGG019RB
IGGOHIRB
SVCLlB
IEDQFA
IGG01!!RB
SVCLlB
Acts as a queue manager
according to the label that
returning routines branch to
DSECT table RETTBl
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Functions
the
Starts disk I/O and handles disk
errors
IGG019RD
Buffered Terminal
Scheduler
IGG019RD
BTSTDQCB
TAG
Schedules receive and send
operations for buffered termmals.
Calculates the lCB address of a
destination
Invitation List
Terminal Table
OGG019RE
COMMBUF Send
Scheduler
IGG019RE
Schedules a broadcast send
AVT
CMB
Common
Buffer
Data
area
operation from a common buffer
data area
Prefix
~
g.'"
lCB
QCB
SCB
STCB
~
.j>.
l
:I
o
~::s
g"
o·::s
-
- -I
V.
IGG019RF
EXCP Driver for a
Single CPB
IGG019RF
Completes bUilding the CCWs
the CPB that was begun by
IEDQFA
In
Starts disk I/O and handles disk
errors
IECOSCRI
OS EXCP
OSWTO
AVT
CPB
DEB
lOB
- ..l
0\
o
U'l
(i
Module
Name
IGG019RG
Generic
Name
GET / READ Routine
Entry
Points
IGG019RG
~
Functions
Reads data from the MCP Into a
work area In the applicatIOn
program.
"tI
~
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
IEDOEB
OS WAIT
User
Checkpoint
EXIt Routine
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
DECB
PCB
OCB
Entered
From
GET/READ
Method of
Operation
Chart
Exits
To
C2-1
GET/READ
Library
SVCLlB
Access Method
Work Area
ApplicatIOn Program
Work Area
Process Entry
I
,
Work Area
Termname Table
I
IGG019RH
GET Compatible
IGG019RH
Routme
Moves data from the MCP to an
application program when the
apphcatlon prognlm IS written In
IEDOEB
OS WAIT
Compatible OTAM.
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
PCB
OCB
GET macro
expansion
GET macro
expansion
PUT/WRITE
PUT/WRITE
PUT macro
expanSion
PUT macro
expanSion
SVCLlB
Access Method
Work Area
Buffer Prefix
Process Entry
Work Area
Termmal Table
Termname Tab~e
IGG019RI
PUT /WRITE Routine
IGG019RI
Prepares data In the apphcatlon
program work area for transfer
Into buffers In thH MCP.
IEDOEB
IEDOUI
(IEDOE8)
OS WAIT
User
Checkpoint
EXit Routine
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
DECB
PCB
OCB
Access Method
Work Area
C2-2
SVCLlB
Process Entry
Work Area
Termname Table
IGG019RJ
PUT Compatible
Routine
IGG019RJ
Prepares data In an application
program work area for transfer
onto buffers
In
thE' M CP.
IEDOEB
IEDOUI
(lEDOE8)
OS WAIT
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
PCB
OCB
SVCLlB
i
Access Method
Work Area
Application Program
I
I
Work Area
Process Entry
Work Area
Termname Table
-
-
--
Module
Nama
IGG019RK
Generic
Name
D,sk End Appendage
for a Songle CPB
Entry
Points
IGG019RK
Functions
Tablas/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Removes the single CPB from the
OS POST
lOB and makes It available for CPB
Entered
From
E.its
10
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
AVT
CPB
lOB
QCB
lOS
lOS
SVCLlB
IGG019RG
OSWAlT
DCB
DEB
DECB
Access Method
Work Area
CHECK
CHEC~
SVCLlB
Builds a message retrieval control
block to be used to retneve a
specified message.
IEDQUI
(lEDQES)
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
QCB
Access Method
Work Area
TermInal Table
POINT
Handles program-controlled
channel mterruptlons
IEDQTNT
IGG019RO
OS POST
TESTOSP
cleanup.
Detects disk errors
ReactIvates the TCAM task.
IGG019RL
Check Routone
IGG019RL
PrOVIdes a check functIon by
testing for the completIon of a
READ or WRITE request and
testing for errors that may have
occurred during that request
IGG019RM
POint Routme
IGG019RM
macro
expansion
macro
expanSion
macro
exparslon
POINT
macro
SVCLIB
exparlSlon
Termname Table
IGG019RN
PCI Appendage
IGG019RN
Frees buffers from the hne
operatIon Just completed and, If
necessary, obtainS additional
buffers.
IGG019RO
TCAM DIspatcher
wIth Subtask Trace
~
g.
::s
f:'
l
IGG019RO
DSPBYPAS
DSPCHAIN
DSPDLETE
DSPDISP
DSPLIFO
DSPLIFOR
DSPLIST
DSPPOST
DSPPOSTR
DSPPRIO
DSPPRIOR
DSPTSTQ
DSPTSTR
DSPUNAV
DSPUNAVR
DSPWAIT
Allocates and schedules the
system resources by processmg
the elements on the ready queue.
Acts as a queue manager
AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
Buffer Pref,x
TermInal Table
lOS
lOS
A2-3
Cl-l.l
Cl-3.1
SVCLlB
AVT
QCB
RCB
STCB
Subtask
Trace Table
Any TCAM
subtask
AnyTGAM
sublE sk
A2-3
Bl-l
Bl-2
Cl-l.3
SVCLlB
AVT
CPB
LCB
QCB
Buffer Pref,x
Termonal Table
IEDQFA
IGG019RB
IEDQFA
IGG019RB
01-1
SVCLlB
Termname Table
IEDQFE10
OS DELETE
OS POST
OSWAlT
according to the label that
returnong routones branch to on the
OSECT table RETTBL.
Makes an entry In the subtask
trace table each tIme that a
subtask IS actIvated.
3
o
!E·
c)"
::s
......
......
IGG019RP
Reusab,lity-Copy
Subtask
IGG019RP
REUSQCB
REAOONE
UNITQCB
COPY
WRITQCB
Makes the dIsk message queues
data set available for reuse.
IEDQHG
IEDQHM
IEDQTNT
Copies an entire message from one
OS POST
message queue to another.
Termnarne Table
I
-....
00
o
Module
Name
Generic
Name
Entry
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Functions
Points
Entered
From
Exits
To
Method of
Operation
Library
Chart
~
~
IGG019RO
Post Pendmg Routine
IGG019RO
>
~
Posts complete the ECB for a task
that has an as POST pending
when that task
IS
bemg rolled
as
POST
In
.."
t'""
~
AVT
CVT
DEB
PCB
TCB
IEAORORI
IEAORORI
lOS
ERP routme
IGG019RN
lOS
IGG019RB
IGG019RB
AVT
CPB
lOB
OCB
lOS
lOS
Cl-31
SVCLlB
AVT
DCB
LCB
OCB
RCB
STCB
TS OCB
IGG019RB
IGG019RB
Cl-l.l
SVCLlB
IGG019RB
IEDOHM
IEDOAS
IGG019RB
IEDOHM
IEDOAS
Cl-31
SVCLlB
SVCLlB
Process Entry
Work Area
IGG019RO
lme End Appendage
IGG019RO
SCAN
Handles I/O Interrupts that occur
with devlce'or chEIn-nel ending
status.
Schedules ERP, when necessary
Scans for BSe
characters.
Ilnl:t
control
IEDOHK
IEDOKA
IEDOTNT
IGG01900
as POST
TESTDSP
AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
OCB
RCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
Cl-l.l
SVCLlB
Cl-3 1
Termmal Table
IGG019Rl
Dial Receive Scheduler IGG019Rl
Initiates receive operations for a
dial line and prepclres for send
operations upon completion of the
Input
IEDAYZ
IEDOHG
IEDOTNT
IGG019RB
as EXCP
as TIME
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OCB
RCB
STCB
TS OCB
SVCLlB
Terminal Table
Termname Table
IGG019R2
Disk End Appendage
IGG019R2
Removes CPBs from the lOB and
as
POST
makes them avalh:lble for CPB
cleanup
Detects disk errors.
Reactivates the TeAM task
IGG019R3
Leased Receive
Scheduler
IGG019R3
OEVENT
ServIces receive operations on
leased Imes
IEDAYZ
IGG019RB
as POST
Terminal Table
IGG019R4
Send Scheduler
IGG019R4
LCBSCAN
Schedules send operations.
Calculates the lCB address of a
destination.
IEDAYZ
IEDOTNT
IGG019RB
as 10HALT
AVT
DCB
LCB
OCB
RCB
STCB
TS OCB
Termmal Table
-----
----
-
Module
Name
Generic
Name
Entry
Points
IGG019R5
AttentIon Handler
IGG019R5
IGG019R6
Start-up Message
Routine
IGG019R6
Functions
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
E) its
To
Entered
From
Schedules a receive operation for
a device that has entered an
attention Interrupt.
OS POST
TESTDSP
AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
IEDQATTN
lOS
Obtains and queues any messages
IEDQHM02
IEDQTNT
IGG019RC
OSWAlT
AVT
CPB
DCB
LCB
QCB
SCB
OptIon Table
Buffer Pref,x
IGG019RB
IGGOI
that the user has to send to a
terminal at start-up time.
User routmes
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
SVCLlB
~RB
SVCLlB
Termname Table
Termonal Table
IGG01930
DIsk Message Queues IGG01930
Open Routone-Load 1
Obtains mam storage for and
Inltlahzes a DEB for a message
OS GETMAIN
AVT
DCB
UCB
OS XCTL
OS XCTL
(lGG01931
or
IGG01933)
A2-1
SVCLlB
OS GETMAIN
AVT
DEB
lOB
OS XCTL
(lGG01930)
OSXCTL
(lGG1l1934
or
IGG01933)
A2-1
SVCLIB
OS SYNCH
OSWTO
AVT
DCB
OS XCTL
from any
TCAM open
OS AEEND
AnyTGAM
A4
SVCLlB
queues DCB.
IGG01931
DIsk Message Queues
Open Routone-Load 2
IGG01931
Completes onltlallzatlon of the DEB
extents.
Builds and onltlallzes all lOBs
required for disk operation.
IGG01933
Open Error Handler
IGG01933
Handles all seriOUS errors detected
durmg the opening of an
applicatIon program DCB. a
mess8ge queues DeB, or a hne
executor
open
executor
group DCB.
IGG01934
D,sk Message Queues IGG01934
Open RoutIne-Load 3
Performs all the dIsabled
initialization functions, loads the
TCAM D,spatcher, EXCP Drover,
DIsk End Appendage, and the
ReusabIlity-Copy subtask,
w
g.
=
~
~.
=
-
- .)
\0
OS XCTL
(lGG01931)
OS XCTL
tIGG'J1934.
IGG0190S,
or
IGG(1941)
A2-1
SVCLIB
Lone Group Open
Routone-Load 1
IGG01935
Obtains main storage for and
Inltlahzes a line DEB
OS GETMAIN
DEB
OCT
LCB
UCB
OS XCTL
OS X(TL
(lGG01936
or
IGG01933)
A2-3
SVCLIB
IGG01936
Lone Group Open
Routone-Load 2
IGG01936
Determines the size of the channel
programs for all deVices 10 the line
OS GETMAIN
OCT
LCB
QCB
STCB
UCB
OS XCTL
OGG01935)
OS XCTL
(lGG01937
or
IGG(1933)
A2-3
SVCLlB
None
LCB
STCB
OS XCTL
(lGG01936)
OS XCTL
(lGG01938)
A2-3
SVCLlB
group beIng opened.
Obtaons maon storage for an LCB
for each line.
~
o·
AVT
DCB
DEB
IGG01935
1
~=
FREEMAIN
OS LOAD
OS GETMAIN
IGG01937
L-
________
Lone Group Open
RoutIne-Load 3
IGG01937
BUIlds and lnotlahzes all LCBs for
thIs hne DCB open
-
00
o
otil
(i
Module
Name
IGG01938
~
'"
~
Generic
Name
Line Group Open
Routine-Load 4
Entry
IGG01938
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Func1ions
Points
BUilds channel preograms
In
the
None
Entered
From
as XCTL
LCB
LCBs for the lines of the line group
(IGG01937)
Exits
To
Method of
Operation
Chart
as XCTL
Library
SVCLlB
(IGG01939)
bemg opened
IGG01939
Line Group Open
Routine-Load 5
IGG01939
Loads some of the modules
required for line operation. the PCI
Appendage and the Line End
Appendag e
FREEMAIN
OS GETMAIN
as LOAD
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
TCB
as XCTL
None
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
TCB
as XCTL
Loads.the device-dependent
special characters required for
mltlal I/O operations
IGG0194B
Application Program
Open Error Interface
IGG0194B
Cleans up partially open DCBs that
eXist as a result of an open error
that occurred for other than the
first DeB In a multiple-open
Routine
macro
(IGG01938)
(IGG01946
or
IGG01947)
as
XCTL
(IGG01940)
A2-3
as
XCTL
(IGG01933)
SVCLlB
SVCLlB
Process Entry
Work Area
Terminal Table
IGG01940
Line Group Open
Routine-Load 6
IGG01940
Completes loading the modules
required for Ime operation: the
Send Scheduler. the TCAM
as
as
EXCP
LOAD
Dispatcher, the appropriate
receive schedulers. and the
Start-up Message routine
Starts I/O on each hne
In
the Ime
CheckpOint Open
Routme
IGG01941
ObtainS mam storB,ge for and
Initializes a checkpomt work area
In a MCP
(IGG01939)
as XCTL
----
- - ~-------------
SVCLlB
A2-2
SVCLlB
Table
as
as
EXCP
GETMAIN
OSWTO
as
AVT
CVT
JFCB
CheckpOint DCB
CheckpOint DEB
CheckpOint Work
XCTL
(IGG01934)
as
XCTL
(IGG01942.
IGG01943.
or
IGG01949)
Area
'-------
A2-3
(IGG01948)
Special Characters
9rouP
IGG01941
as XCTL
AVT
CVT
DCB
OCT
DEB
LCB
TIOT
-----
I
i
-
---
Module
Name
IGG01942
Generic
Name
Checkpoint DIsk
Initialization Routine
Entry
Points
IGG01942
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
functions
Initiahzes the disk checkpoint data
set Into specific areas for a control
record, environment checkpoint
records, CKREO records, and
incident records.
IECPCNVT
IECOSCRI
as EXCP
as WAIT
OSWTO
AVT
CVT
Checkpoint DCB
CheckpOInt DEB
Checkpoint OCB
Checkpoint
Entered
From
as XCTL
(lGG01949,
IGG01941,
or
IGG01943)
EXits
T>
as XCl L
Method of
Operation
Chart
library
A2-2
SVCLlB
D2
SVCLlB
D2
SVCLlB
as XC fL
D2
SVCLlB
as XCfL
A4
SVCLlB
(lGG01944
or
IGG0190S)
Work Area
IGG01943
Checkpoint/ Restart
IGG01943
from Environment
Record Routine
Reconstructs the MCP
IGG01908
environment from the environment
as LOAD
record segments
data set.
In
the checkpoint
AVT
CVT
TCB
Checkpoint DCB
Checkpoint DEB
Checkpoint OCB
Checkpoint
as XCTL
(IGG01941 )
as XCTL
(lGG01942
or
IGGO' 944)
Work Area
Invitation List
Termmal Table
Termname Table
IGG01944
CheckpoInt/ Restart
from IncIdent and
CKREO Records
IGG01944
Routine
Updates the MCP environment
with the incident checkpoint
record for stop hne or start hne
and wIth the CKREO records.
IEDOTNT
IGG01908
OSWTO
AVT
CVT
DCB
OCB
Checkpomt
as XCTL
(lGG01942
or
IGG01943)
as XC'CL
(lGG01945
or
IGGOl90S)
Work Area
OptIon Table
Terminal Table
Termname Table
IGG01945
Checkpoint
IGG01945
Continuation
Restart Routine
Performs any required processmg
of the message queues data set at
restart time.
IEDOTNT
IGG01908
as DELETE
AVT
CPB
OCB
as XCTL
(lGG01944)
Buffer Prefix
Checkpoint
Work Area
DIsk Data Area
Termname Table
Terminal Table
~
$:l.
o·
::l
.".
::p
o
11:3
o
'5::s
~.
o·::I
-
00
.....
IGG01946
GET /PUT and
READ/WRITE Open
Executor - load 1
IGG01946
Opens Input and output DCBs
application program.
In
an IEDOEB
IEDOUI
(lEDOA1)
as GETMAIN
as LOAD
OSWAlT
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
JFCB
TCB
Access Method
Work Area
Process Entry
Work Area
Termname Table
as XCTL
(lGG01947)
IGG01933
-
co
I>.)
o
tn
~
Module
Name
IGG01947
~
Generic
Name
GET/PUT and
READ/WRITE Open
Executor-Load 2
Entry
Points
IGG01947
Tables/
Work
Areas
External
Routines
Functions
Completes ope",n!! an Input DCB
IEDOEB
IEDONB
as GETMAIN
In an apphcatlon program
~
Entered
From
Exits
To
as XCTL
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
JFCB
TCB
Access Method
Method of
Operation
Chart
Library
as XCTL
A4
SVCLlB
as XCTL
A2-3
SVCLlB
A2-2
SVCLlB
(lGG01946)
Work Area
Process Entry
Work Area
Termname Table
IGG01948
Line Group Open
Routine-Load 7
IGG01948
Places hne-specltm mformatlon
the cross-reference table
as TIME
In
OSWTO
EXilmlOes each ImE' for completion
of the Initial I/O 0l,eratlons
IGG01949
CheckpOint Disk
IGG01949
Allocation Routine
Determines the size of the vanous
checkpOint records, for the
checkpOint data sets.
as XCTL
LCB
QCB
UCB
(lGG01940)
(lGG0190S)
Cross-Reference
Table
OSWTO
Inltlahzes the checkpOint work
area With the number of tracks In
the checkpOint data set, the size
of each disk record. and the
number of records per track
as XCTL
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
QCB
as I/O OCT
CheckpOint
Work Area
as XCTL
(lGG01941)
(lGG01942)
InVitation List
Option Table
Terminal Table
Termname Table
IGG02030
Disk Message Queues
Close Routine
IGG02030
IGG02035
Line Group Close
Routine-Load 1
IGG02035
Closes a message queues DeB
TCAM MCP
In
a
Issues an EXCP on the hne to
perform error recordmg.
Abends any appliC15ltlon programs,
If necessary.
IGG02036
Line Group Close
Routine-Load 2
IGG02036
Purges all I/O on the hnes
associated With th", DCB.
Clears any associated entries
the cross-reference' table.
DCB
DEB
TCB
Cross-Reference
Table
as XCTL
as XCTL
El
SVCLlB
as ABEND
as EXCP
DCB
DEB
TCB
as XCTL
as XCTL
El
SVCLlB
CVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
TCB
Cross-Reference
Table
as XCTL
OSWAlT
OSWTO
FREEMAIN
as PURGE
Disables the hnes and frees the
associated LCBs.
- - - - - - - - '---
FREEMAIN
In
OSWAlT
OSWTO
(lGG02036)
as XCTL
(lGG02035)
--
--
--
-
-
SVCLlB
Module
Nama
Ganaric
Nama
Entry
Points
Functions
Extarnal
Routinas
Tablas/
Work
Areas
Entared
From
Exits
To
Mathodof
Operation
Chart
Library
IGG02041
Checkpoont Close
Routine
IGG02041
Closes the checkpoont DCB on an
MCP.
OS DELETE
OS EXCP
FREEMAIN
OSWAlT
OSWTO
AVT
CVT
Checkpoont
Work Area
OS XCTl
(lGG02030)
OS J(CTl
El
SVCLlB
IGG02046
GET/PUT and
READ /WRITE Close
Executor-load 1
IGG02046
Closes a GET / PUT or a
READ/WRITE DCB on an
applicatIon program by
deactlvatmg the data
communicatIon link between the
applicatIon program and the MCP.
IEDQEB
IEDQNB
IEDQTNT
OS DELETE
FREEMAIN
OSWAlT
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
lCB
QCB
TCB
Access Method
Work Area
OS XCTl
(OS CLOSE)
OS)(CTl
(lGG02047)
E2
SVCLlS
OS XCTl
(lGG02046)
OS )(CTl
E2
SVClIB
Process Entry
Work Area
Termonal Table
IGG02047
GET /PUT and
READ/WRITE Close
Executor-load 2
IGG02047
Completes closong a GET/PUT or a IEDQEB
IEDQTNT
READ/WRITE DCB on an
applicatIon program by unlockIng
any TCAM lCBs that are locked
to the applicatIon program DCB.
AVT
CVT
DCB
lCB
Termname Table
-------
g>
g,
o·
::I
~
1
~
i
~.
e;.
o·
::I
..-
co
w
~
Non-Executable TeAM l\flodules Milcrofiche Directory
ofIl
(i
DSECT
Goneric Name
Macro Name
~
IEDCBDA
Common Buffer Data Area Pref..
IEDCBDA
~
IEDCMB
Common Buffer Master OCB
IEDCMB
IEDOAVTD
Address Vector Table
TAVTD
IEDOCCW
Channel Command Word
TCCWD
IEDOCDRD
InCident or Environment CheckpCHnt Disk Record
IEDOCIBD
Command Input Block
CIB
IEDOCKPD
Checkpomt Work Area
TCKPD
IEDOCPB
Channel Program Block
TCPBD
IEDOCRED
Checkpoint Request Element-Incident or CKREO
tEDOC5
Operator Control Work Area
IEDODATA
Disk Data Record Area
TDATAD
IEDODEB
Data Extent Block for TCAM Application Programs
TDEBAPD
IEDODEB
Data Extent Block
TDEBD
IEDQDlSP
TCAM Dispatcher DSECT
TDISPD
IEDOORQ
Concentrator Data Ready Queue
TORQO
IE DODVCT
Concentrator Device to Table
TOVCIOTO
IEOQIOB
Input/Output Block
TIOBD
line Control Block
TlCBO
Operator Control AVT
TOPCAVTD
IEOQOPCE
Operator Control Element
TOPCEO
IEOOPCB
Process Control Block
TPCBO
IEDOPEWA
Process Entry Work Area
TPEWAO
IEDQPRF
Buffer Pr.,flx
TPRFO
IEOQQCB
Queue ContFol Block
TQCBO
IEOQQCBE
Queue COI1t,oI Block ExtenSIon
TOCBED
IEOORECB
Resource Control Block
TRECBO
IEDOSCB
Station Cc.ntrol Block
TSCBD
IEDOSECT
Work Are.. Mecro
FORECORE
"11
IEDQlCB
IEDOOPCD
-
Generic~
DSECT
tfl
~
o·
::s
f:
{
MacroN.....
IEOOSTCB
Subtask ContrW Block
TSTCBD
IEOOTCB
T aslt COntrot Block
TTCBD
IEOOTNTD
Termname Table
TTNTD
IEDQTRM
Terminal Table Entry
TTRMD
IEOOTSI
Time Sharing Qu_ Control BIodt
TTSID
IEOOWRKA
Access Method Work Area
TACSMD
IEOQXSA
Extended Save Area Macro
IEEXSA
IEOO10
IBM 1030 Translate Tab...
IEDQl1
IBM 1050 Translate Table
IEOO12
IBM 1050 Folded Translate Table
IEOQ13
IBM 1'060 Translate Tabfe
IEOQ14
IBM 2260 Translate Table
IEOQ15
Alras for IEOO14
IEOQ16
IBM 2740 Translate Tabl&
IEOQ17
IBM 274!t Folded Translate Table
IEOO1S
World Trade Teletype Adapter IWTTAl. ITA2 Translate Table
tEOQ19
World Trade Teletype Adepter IWTTAJ. ZSC3 Translate Tabl&
IEDQ20
AT&T l15A or Western Union 83B3 Translate Tabl&
IEOOl1
AT&T TWX. with Parity Translate Table
IEDQ22
AT&T TWX. without Parity Translate Tabl&
I EOO23
IBM 2780. 6-bit Code Translate Tabl&
IEOQ24
USASCII Code Translate Table
IEOQ25
Dummy Tabl& (EBCDIC to EBCDIC!
IEOQ26
IBM 274t. BCD Code Translate Table
IEDQ27
IBM 2741. EBCO Code Translate Teble
IEDQ2S
IBM 274t. Correspondence Code Translate Table
IGG019RR
IBM 1030. 1050. 1060. 2740. 2741 Spec;al Characters Table
IGG019RS
IBM 2260 Remote Speciel Characters Table
IGG019RT
AT&T 115A or Weatern Un;on 83B3 Special Characters Table
'0
1
o·
::s
....
co
CA
--- -------------------
-
--------
-- -
- - - - - -- ---------
00
0\
o
{Il
IGG019RU
ATT&T TWX, with Odd Panty SplOc.al Characters Table
(i
IGG019RV
IBM 2260 Local Spec.al Characters Table
IGG019RW
World Trade Teletype Adapter (WTTA) Special Characters Table
IGG019RX
AT&T
IGG019RY
Audio Spe.:.al Characters Table
IGG019R7
BSC EBCDIC Code Special Charac:ters Table
IGG019R8
BSC USASCII Code Special Char!lcters Table
~
"1:1
~
IGG019R9
Mac.oName
Generic Name
DSECT
TWx, with Even Panty Special Characters Table
BSC 6-blt Code Spec.al Charactel sTable
'--
---
--
Macro Linkage Charts
The macro linkage charts show the functional results that occur when TCAM
macros are issued. The macro and any information about where it can appear is
located on the extreme left of each chart. If the MCP assembly generates 2.
parameter list from a macro, this list is shown under the heading Parameter List.
The Linkage column shows which TCAM modules gain control when the specified
macro is coded. Next to each module name there is a brief statement of the
functions of that module.
The macros are arranged in alphabetical order.
The following symbols show the linkage among the modules:
Macro
-
Branch
_
Branch and link
+--+
Transfer control (XCTL)
.-(xx~
Issue SVC xx
Parameter List
Linkage
ATTEN
(INMSG/OUTMSG)
(TSO)
a.'"
2
Index
to
IEDAYX
0
::s
~
::p
Parameter
List
Length
X'01'
Indicates
Mask Present
I
Mask
XOO
X'12'
,..
00
-..l
Provide the user the ability
to effect line deletion or CPU
task interruption.
t---+QTIP SVC Clear the input and omput
queues and swap the Wier
into main storage.
Address of Attention Routine
-
Bit
Provide linkage to the TSO
Attention or Hangup routines.
XOO
8
Unused
Return any unused buffers.
t---+ IEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
XOO
::s
,.,...N'
o·
::s
!
IEDAYA
Mask
:3
oa,.,
1
IEDAYX
3
4
~
,.,....
0
IEDQA4
""--1
IEDQBD
o
(n
Function
-
IGGOl9RB Tpost the ERBs.
00
00
~
~
l'Baaleter List
Macro
LiIIlage
F.adioB
IEDQA4
CANCELMG with LEVEL=BLK
~
••
(Tpost)
~
I
I
t
~
---------------------~~ry~--------~
Mask
"
I
:
Bit
~
o
:!c:J :
X'OO'
MilSk
~
t
I
necessa.ry
6 Recall is
1 Indicates an unconditional mask
Logical 1 AND the mask
Return any unused buffers,
execute the INMSG!OUTMSG
macro expansions.-and check
the parameter list.
Recall the last good block of
data from disk and tpost it
back, with an ad;usted
PRFSlZE, to the destination
QCB.
Get the terminal entry address.
IEDQA4
3
1 Parameter List
Index to
Length and
IEDOARLogical
and Bits=----1_ _ __
Bit
I
IEDQTNT
CANCELMG with LEVEL=MSG (INMSG/OUTMSG)
I
I
lEDQBU
RecaH is necessa.
Indicates
an unconditional mask
Note: With LEVEL=BLK, the logical bit is always
off. indicating an OR fmlCtion.
4 J
IEDQBD
:
• 1EioBD
I, IEDQAR
~
.....
1
IEDQTNT
Return any unused buffers.
Notify tbe Destination
Schedular to cancel the message currently being received.
Get the terminal entry address.
Parameter List
Macro
CARRIAGE
(TSO)
Linkage
Function
IEDQUI
Activate an MH routi [Ie.
t
IEDAYC
1
IEDQTNT
Get the terminal entry address.
CHECK
IGGOl9RL
Test for completion or errors in
the execution of READ or
WRITE macros.
CHECKPT (INHDR/OUTHDR,INBUF/OUTBUF)
IEDQUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEDQBB
Set the "checkpoint request"
flag.
o
1
Index to
IEOQBB
2
Parameter List
Length - X'04'
, t
3
X'OO'
X '00'
I
(INMSG/OUTMSG)
fo·
::s
.j:Io.
::p
~:I
~e.
i'
....
~
Maintain the position count for
carriages of keyboard devices.
or
IEDfA4
IEDfBD
Return any unused buffers.
IEDQBB
Tpost the ERB to the buffer
disposition QCB.
\C
o
o
{Il
(i
Macro
CK~EQ
Parameter List
Linkage
FImetien
IEDQNB
Build a "checkpoint request"
element and tpost it to the
checkpoint QCB. The format
of this element is:
~
~
Offset
1
o
Kev
X'SO'
Address of Checkpoint acB
Priority
Link Address
4
8
Address of Application
Program ECB
12
Address of Application
Program DEB Chain
J---IEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
~
IEDQEB
Tpost the "checkpoint request"
(SVC 102) element to the checkpoint QCB
in the MCP.
Macro
Parameter List
CLOSE
(Application Program)
Linkage
SVC20
I
,
IGG02046
IGd02047
I
IEDQEU
CLOSE
(Checkpoint)
,
I
I
I
I
1Gc!02041
Post the application program
ECB as complete and return to
the TCAM Dispatcher.
Remove the DEB for the DCB
from the DEB chain in the
TCB. Free all lOBs associated with the DCB.
Close the checkpoint DCB.
SVC20
~
lGG02035
I
I
t
I
W
a
Deactivate the data transfer
communication link between an
application program and
the MCP.
SVC20
lGG02030
CLOSE
(Line Group)
FlUIdion
IGdow36
Perform error record mg. If the
close is the result of an MCP
ABEND, terminate the
application program.
Close the line group DCB.
ci"
::s
~
::p
1
I
o·
::s
....
....
\Q
CLOSE
(Message Queues)
SVC~~::l
Ib
Remove the DEB for the DCB
from the DEB chain m the
TCB. Free all lOBs associated
with the DCB.
......
\D
to.)
o
til
~3:
Parameter List
Macro
Linkage
lETT
CLOSEMC
(Compatible QTAM)
~
~
IEDQEB
l
CODE
o
3
~,
Index to
IEOOAW
Parameter
List length
4
sw",
X'SO' Use the Tran:dation Table
address in the DCB
X'40' Use a nonstandard Translation
Table
X'20' Entry is from INBUF or OUTBUF
X'W' Entry is from INMSG or OUTMSG
X'OO' Use a standard Translation Table
o
2
Index to
IEOOAI
Parameter
list length
3
Register
15 Offset
Variable
length
Indicator
4
Blank
Character
Perform the TCAM operator
control functions from an
application program without
using PUT.
Move data across partition
boundaries.
lEDQE6
Scramble the password.
lED QUI
Activate an MH routine.
IErlQAW
Translate the data in the buffer.
3
Address of the Translation Table
Status
FUBCtion
Address of Characters
I
I
Parameter List
Macro
COMMBUF
o
1
Parameter
List
Length
Index to
IEOQBV
Function
IE~QUI
Link to functional MH routine.
IEDQBV
3
2
Linkage
• Insert COMMBUF STCBs
into the STCB chains of the
appropriate LCBs.
MAXOEEP
4
Address of TLiST
-
----
----
--
-
-
Count either complete
messages or message
segments.
COUNTER
o
Index to
IEOQA7
::1::
3
2
Parameter List Option Field
Length - X'04' Offset
Register
15 Offset
Link to IEDQAE.
IEJQAE
Get the option field 2 ddress.
lED QUI
Activate an MH routine.
•
CTBFORM (OUTBUF)
o
3
2
Index to
IEOQGH
Parameter
List Length
CTBFORM
Options
Reserved
Index to
IEOQAF
Index to
IEOQAO
Index to
IEOQAE
Option Field
Offset
rtGLrnDQnrr
4
tI1
'"
o·~::l
~
~
o
~o
..
0;:
::l
N'
~
O·
::l
-
'"
IN
CTBFORM Options:
X'OJ'
Insert the option field data
X'02'
Insert the device identification
X'04'
Insert a CTB ending character
't= ,
IEDQUI
I
'IEDQAE
L--1EDQAO
IEDQAF
Insert device identifications,
CTB ending charactf rs, and
option field data.
Get the terminal entry address.
Activate an MH routine.
Locate an option field address.
Get a buffer unit.
Insert data in the buffer.
-'""'"
o
en
~
Parameter List
Macro
CUTOFF
o
-,-.
1
Liakage
Function
IE~QUl
Activate an MH routine.
IEDQAU
Cut off the transmission of a
message being received after
receipt of a user-specified number of bytes, or on detection of
identical characters in the
buffer.
IE1QUl
Activate an MH routine.
IEDQAF
Insert data and return.
"'CI
fC
Parameter List
Index to
IEDOAU
Requested ::JutOff
Length
Length - X'04'
~------~--------I----------
DATETIME
o
1
Index to
IEOOAF
and Bit
Bit
Insert data, adjust the prefix,
adjust the offset by the length
of the data inserted, and return.
"""'TyPO"j
6 ON Requests the expand buffer
function
Shift data across several units
and return.
Expand the buffer by shifting
data left into the resen
a:::
"1:1
~
LOCK
0
Index to
IEDQBE
Bit
LOCOPT
]
Bit
1
Get the terminal entry address.
IEDQUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEJQAE
Calculate an option field
address.
IEDQTNT
Get the terminal entry address.
7 Message lock
o
2
3
.
Index to
IEOQAE
lParameter List Option Field
Length - X'04' Offset
Register
Offset
LOG (INMSG/OUTMSG)
Index to
IEOQBY
and Bits
t
IEDQA4
:)
o
4
IEDQTNT
u~B
X'OO'
PM.......
Length - X'OS'.
,
Address of LClGTYPE Entry
1
(Tpost)
3
X'00'
ITBLIEOQm
IEDQBY
Return any unused buffers,
execute the INMSG!OUTMSG
macro expansions, ami check
the parameter list.
Get the terminal entry address.
Tpost a recalled header to the
destination QCB and activate
the Log Scheduler.
Macro
PlII'IIIIleter List
WG (INHDR/OUTHDR,INBUF/OUTBUF)
Address of DeB
LOGON
(TSO/TCAM)
I
I
2
t
unused
IE~QUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEDQBX
Log a message segme[ t.
WRITE
Write the units of the
buffers.
OS BSAM
CHECK
Check the WRITE
operation.
JSGETMAIN
Get main storage.
IEDQUI
Activate an MH routine.
t
o
Index to
IEOAYL
Function
I~OSBSAM
o
Index to
IEOQBX
Linkage
Parameter
list length
3
unused
Address of SlARTMH
QeB
:
I
IEllIEOQTNT
Inform TSO of a succl:ssful user
log on and route the messages.
Get the terminal entry address.
I
QTIPSVC
Connect to a TSO or
TCAMMH.
BRI4
Exit to LOGON exit address
inSTARTMH QCBof
connected MH.
IEDQBl
Supply the count of complete
messages for an applkation
program.
!
LOGTYPE No executable code is generated.
J.
1:1
~
fi
i·g:
l'"
::s
to.)
o
w
MCOUNT
~
o
~
ti
Parameter Ust
Macro
MCPCLOSE
Linkage
FUIIdion
IEDQET
Perform a subset of the TCAM
operator control functions
without issuing a PUT macro
instruction.
t
~
(SVC 102)
."
~
LIEDQEB
' - - - -... OS WAIT
MHGET
o
:!
MHGET
10
X'OO'
4
Parameter
List
Length
Move data across partition
boundaries and post ECBs
complete.
Put the application program
into the wait state.
1 - - - - 1 IEDQE6
Scramble the password,
IEDQGP
Make data in buffer
available to user routine.
IEDQGP
Move data from user work
area to buffer.
3
Answer
Register
Work Area
Register
Address of Work Area
(If Sp4!cified)
~---
--
-
--
--
--
--
MHPUT
o
3
"
4.
MHPUT
10
X'01'
Parameter
List
Length
Work Area
Register
4
Address of Work Area
(If Specified)
Us,er Reserve
Count
Macro
Parameter List
MRELEASE
Linkage
F1IIICti0ll
IEDQET
Perf{)rm a subset of the TCAM
operator control funcl ions
without issuing a PUT macro
instruction.
t
(SVC 102)
LIEDQEB
1..-_ _••
L..--_ _ _
o
~
o·~::s
~
:p
~
El
~,.,
~
g.
::s
N
o
Ul
Move data across partition
boundaries and post ECBs
complete.
OS WAIT
Put the application pr :>gram
into the wait state.
lEDQE6
Scramble the password.
to.>
o
0'>
o
til
(i
Parameter List
Macro
MSGEDIT
o
~
"'1:1
~
3
2
Index to
lEDQAN
Parameter H.t
Length
Index to
IEDQAF
Index to
IEDOAJ
Blank
Character
Number
of Entries
Index to
IEDQAO
Linkage
Function
IEDQUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEDtQAN
Translate and test all the
data in a buffer.
J
L
IEDQAF
LIEDQAX
4
Reserved
L..-_.... IEDQAO
8
Reserved
Address of the Characters Table
IEDQAL
12
Insert or shift data in a buffer.
Scan for a TO delimiter
character string.
Get an additional buffer for
the insert function.
Find the address of the
character string.
IEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
Key
Status
Data Desclription
16
"FROM" Delimiter
Description
"TO" Delimiter
Description
20
A Total of 31 Entries
f
Status
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Data=characte rs
Data=idles (res.erve characters)
Data=CONTRACT
TO=character string
TO=offset or SCAN
TO=count
Inclusive FROM
Inclusive TO
1
~List
Macro
MSGEDIT Data-REPLACE,TO=character string:
o
3
2
Index to
IEOOAP
and Bft
Status
Index to
IEOOAF
Index to
JEOQAO
Lillkage
F..ction
IED,QUI
Activate an MH routilla.M-1D iSlIfIeCified
7 FO«.M-NAME is specified
Activate an MH routiIle.
Move the scan pointer forward.
Search the termanme table
for a match. (Entered only if
the FOItM=NAME OJ no
FORM parameter is
specified. )
~
g.::s
~
1
~
i
::s
~
gO
....
to.)
\C
::J~~~
OUT.UF
e
2
te
IEOOAE
~fMllex
"'ametar Lis Option field
I'-ength - X'04' Offset
3
Register
15 Offset
Activate an MH routine.
Calculate the option field
address.
LIEOQTNT Get the terminal entr) address.
N
N
o
o
CIl
(i
Macro
Parameter Ust
Linkage
If OUTMSG is not coded, OUTEND also generates the
OUTMSG parameter list.
OUTEND
o
~
;:g
1
Index to
IEOQAK
is:
2:
3
Index to
IEOQAF
Parameter List
Length· X'04'
Function
Index to
IEOQAO
_
IF OUTMSG is coded, OUTEND generates a X'OIOO',
which indicates the end of the OUTMSG subgroup.
.... _ - - _ . _ - - -
o
I ndex to
IEOQA4
I
Parameter List
Length· X'02'
o
2
3
OUTHDR
Index to
IEOQAE
L -_____
~_
Parameter List
Length· X'04'
Option Field
Offset
Register
15 Offset
IEDQUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEJQAE
Calculate the option field
address.
LIEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
Macro
Parameter List
OUTMSG
o
3
2
~ndex
to
Parameter List
Length - X'04'
IEDQAE
o
Option Field
Offset
Function
IEDfUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEDQAE
Calculate the option field
address.
Register
15 Offset
f
Index to
IEDQGH
and Flags
Linkage
Parameter List
Length
LIEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
IEDtQUI
Activate an MH routine.
!~D~<{~
Insert the CTB end characters,
determine the CTB end and
concentrator end-of-message.
Link the buffers in tbl! chain.
Parameter List Length:
X'04' - No MSGFORM is specified
X'OS' - MSGFORM without ENDCHAR and COUNT
is specified
X'CO' - MSGFORM with ENDCHAR and COUNT is
specified
L. IEDQTNT Get the terminal entr y address.
Activate an MH routine.
LIEDQAO
Get a buffer unit.
1
IEDQAF
The parameter list length is the sum of:
t. The IEDQGH parameter list
2. The lEDQAK parameter list
3. The IEDQA4 parameter list
Flag:
IEDQUI
L -_ _
I
IGGOl9RB Return the excess buffers and
tpost the ERB to the concentrator scheduler. Mark the
message serviced.
X'O]' Entry is from OUTMSG
IEDQUI
f
I.
::f
~
::p
~
~
i~.
g.
::f
N
N
......
Insert the CTB ending
character.
Activate an MH routine.
I
L -_ _ _
I
IEDQA4
IGGOl9RB Exit
N
N
N
Macro
o
v.>
~
Parameter List
OUTMSG
o
"tI
2
Index to
IEDOAK
~
Parameter List
Length - X'04'
Linkage
Function
IEDfUI
Activate an MH routine.
3
Index to
IEDOAF
Index to
IEDOAD
lEDQiL IEDQAF
Insert data in the buffer.
LIEDQAO
4,
Address of Scan Routine*
I
L
_____________ _
Check and insert line-control
characters.
_...1
L -_ _
•
Insert line-control characters
in the buffer.
IEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
*Present if ENDCHAR and COUNT are specified on
MSGFORM in OUTHDR.
' - - - - -.... IEDQAL
Get the data byte address.
IEDfUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEDQ~ALIEDQAL
Get the scan pointer address.
o
Index to
IEDOA4
Parameter List
Length - X'02'
LIEDQAX
Scan for the specified
character.
IGGOl9RB Tpost empty units to the buffer.
L -_ _ _
•
L -_ _ _.....
IEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
IEDQGD* Build CCWs in the buffer and
or
link the buffers in the idles
IEDQGT
loop for transparent output to a
BSC terminal.
*For concentrator support,
IEDQGD builds the CCWs
and returns to IEDQGH.
Macro
Parameter List
PATH
o
Index to
IEDOAI
and Bit
4
3
2
Blank
Character
Bit
Parameter List
Length - X'08'
Variable
Length
Register
15 Offset
Linkage
Function
IEDfUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEDQAE
Calculate the option field
address.
LIEDQTNT Get the terminal entr) address.
Address of Characters
7 No blank character is specified
o
3
2
Index to
IEDOAE
Parameter List
Length - X'04'
Option Field
Offset
Register
15 Offset
!
1
IE QUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEDQAI
Search a table that is arranged
in collating sequence.
I
PCB
POINT
No executable code is generated. This is an application program work area.
IGGOl9RM
t
u:>
a'"o·
::s
.j>.
3
OQ
i>l
S
o
t->
W
Build a message retrit val
control block.
IEDfUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEDQAI
Scan the termname t< ble
for the specified terminal name.
t->
t->
.j>.
o
I:Il
;:s
rar-ter List
MIlCI'tt
PRIORITY
o
~
2
Index to
"I:j
IEOQAI
t""'
~
and Bit
Parameter Lil,t
length - X'08'
3
Register
15 Offset
Linklle
FIIBCti911
IEDfUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEDQAI
Search a table that is arranged
in collating sequence.
length
4
Blank
Character
Bit
Address of Characters
7 No blank charal:ter is specified
PUT
lGGOI'iLIEDQE8
[OSWAlT
IEDQEB
Prepare data for transfer into
buffers in the MCP.
Scan the termname table.
Allow the Put Scheduler in the
MCP to empty the application
program PUT/WRITE work
area.
Tpost a special element to the
Put Scheduler in the MCP.
User checkpoint exit routiHe.
IEDQEC
LIEDQEB
Move data froIl1 the application
program into MCP buffers.
OS POST the application
program ECB as complete.
Macro
Parameter List
Linkage
PUT
(Compatible QT AM)
Function
IL
IGG019
IEDQE'
Scan the termname table for
the specified terminal name.
LOSWAIT
IEDQEB
QACTION
(INHDR)
o
Index to
tEOO80
Parameter List
Length
r.
Tpost a special element to the
Put Scheduler in the MCP.
Move data from the application
program to MCP buffers.
LIEDQEB
OS POST the applica1 ion
program ECB as complete.
IEDtQUI
Activate an MH routi [le.
Reserved
IE[fU1
Activate an MH routi[le.
IEDQAI
Get the term name table offset.
IEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
IGG019RB Tpost to IEDQBD to execute
the OUTMSG macro. Exit and
tpost the buffer to the queue.
4
Reserved
Allow the Put Schedwer in the
MCP to empty the application
program PUT/WRIT E work
area.
IEDQEC
IED~QBtL
2
Prepare data for transfer into
MCP buffers.
Address of User-Written Status
Analysis Exit
' - - -_ _
I
o
IGGOl9Q9 Put the attached terminal
on the data ready queue.
::1
7:
::p
~
j;.l
:3
QCOPY
IEDQE2
o
'5
::1
~.
::to
o
::1
tv
tv
VI
LIEDQE8
Copy a queue control block into
a work area.
Scan the termname tRble
for the specified terminal name.
N
N
Q\
o
(I.l
~
Macro
Parameter List
QSTART
No executable code is gener,ated.
Linkage
Function
IGGOr~
Read data from a full buffer
into the program area.
is::
"tI
~
READ
OSWAlT
Wait for the data to arrive.
IEDQEB
Tpost a special element to the
Get Scheduler.
-
'-------_0 User checkpoint exit routine.
IEDQEW
LIEDQEB
Read from the message queues
data set.
OS POST the application
program ECB as complete to
activate the waiting
application program.
Macro
READY
Parameter List
Linkage
Function
IEDQND
Read and process ch,~ckpoint
records or update the
TRMST ATE and op lion fields.
Or move data into the
operator control WOl k area.
-
L
_ _~
OS
ATTACH
Attach the Checkpoint
Executor and on-line test.
GETMAIN Get main storage needed by
on-line test.
FREEMAINFree the main storage
acquired by the GETMAIN
SVC.
IEDQTNT Obtain the terminal
address.
'~ntry
OS EXCP
Start an I/O operation.
OS LOAD
Load a TCAM modtle.
OS POST
Post an ECB.
OS WTO
Send an operator me.ssage.
OS WAIT
Allow time to complete
the event.
IECPCNVT Convert the TTR to an
MBBCCHHR addre:,s.
~o
::s
.j>.
::f'
t§.,
:3
o
,j(!
~.
o·~::s
tv
tv
--l
N
N
00
o
tfl
~;s::
Macro
Linkage
Parameter List
IEDQA4
REDIRECT (INMSG/OUTMSG)
o
'"l:I
~
1
3
2
Index to
IEDQAZ
and Bits
Function
Parameter u s B
Length and
Status
Logical
Mask
(Tpost)
IEDQBD
Return any unused buffers,
execute the INMSG/OUTMSG
macro expansions, and check
the parameter list.
4 II
I
I
I
Mask
LIEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
I
8
IEDQAZ
Destination
Status
Bit
Variable Data
6 Recall is necessary
7 An unconditional mask is specified
Redirect a message to its
destination.
1
IEDQUI
It:
Activate an MH routine.
IEDQAE
IEDQAI
Bit
Get the destination key for the
message.
6 Recall is necessary
'----+. IEDQAV
Logical AND the mask
Status
Get an option field address.
X'OI' indicates that the lED QAT
parameter list follows
Destination Status and Variail>le Data:
C'S' +AL3(O) - send to the source
C'D' +AL3(O) - send to the destination
C'N' +AL3(destination name) - send to
the named destination
C'O' +index to IEDQAE+ALl(optional offset)send to the destination named in the
option field
Get the terminal entry for
the destination.
rar-ter List
Macro
RELEASEM
o
Liakage
FlIIIdion
IEDQET
Perform a subset of the TCAM
operator control functions without issuing a PUT.
LIEDQEB
Operator Control aCB Address
4
Priority
Link Field
OS WAIT
Put the into application
program into a wait S1.ate.
IEDQE6
Scramble the password.
I
8
Verb Code
Parameter List
Length-X"'C'
X'OO'
•. . '"0-1
12
I
,
ECB Address for the Applieation Program
I
16
i
0
.
20
0
24
0
I
I
rIl
~::s
~
f
i
o
o·
::s
~
.....
-0
L -_ _ _
•
Move data across partition
boundaries and post ECBs as
complete.
to.)
w
<:>
o
(Il
t1
Maero
Pvameter List
RETRIEVE
Linkaee
FUIldioD
IEDQE$
Provide TCAM support for
message retrieval.
t
~
IEDQUI
~
'-IEDQAl
OSWAlT
L...-_ _
•
IEDQEB
IEDQE7
I~IGG019RB
IEDQEB
Activate an MH routine.
Scan the termname table
for the specified terminal name.
Wait for the requested buffer to
be retrieved.
Tpost the special element to the
retrieve scheduler QCB.
Retrieve a buffer from a disk
message queue.
Tpost elements.
OS POST the Retrieve Service
routine ECB as complete.
GETMAIN Get main storage for an LCB
and an SCB.
L -_ _
•
RETRY
o
2
Index to
IEOQA9
Parameter List
Length-X'04'
3
Interv,~
~
I
FREEMAINRelease main storage for the
LCB andSCB.
IEDQA4
(TOO")
IE~QBD
IEDQA9
The RETRY macro causes the
CPU to try again to initiate
contact with a switched station
at the expiration of a
specified interval of time.
PanuneterList
Macro
SCREEN
o
1
Index to
IEOQAI
andBit
2
Parameter List
Length· X'OS'
3
Register
15 Offset
Lillkllle
FlIIICtioB
1EDeUl
Activate an MH roul ine.
IEDQAI
Move the scan point.!r forward.
IE~QUI
Activate an MH
IEDQAY
Check the unit control block
and initialize.
Variable
Length
4
Blank
Character
Bit
Address of Characters
I
7 No blank character is specified
o
1
Index
2
Request
Code
Flags
fOUl
ine.
LIEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
Index
~
a.o
::s
.,..
::p
1
i
r+
o·::s
N
W
Bits
Bit
0-6Index to IEDQAY
7 ON· indicates that the user
specified one of the following:
WRE, WLA, WOC, XRE, XLA, XDC,
EAU. OFF· indicates that none
of the above were specified.
Request Code
X'OO' WDC or no operand
X'Ol'WLA
X'02'WRE
X'03'EAU
X'IO' XDC
X'It' XLA
X'I2'XRE
Flag Byte
Bit 0 ON . RETRIEVE = YES
OFF - RETRIEVE=NO
Bits t -7 reserved
~
w
w
orn
r5
Macro
Puaateter List
SEQUENCE
o
~
~
t
Index. to
Index to
IEDQAF-
IEDOAD
Bit
LiIIkage
FadioR
IED.QUl
Activate an MH routine.
j=
Insert the output sequence
number.
t
Activate an MH routine.
.IEDQAF
Expand the buffer.
7 No blank character is specified
o
't
IED.QUI
Parameter List
length· X'OT
tndex to
JEOOAH
IEohAH
Activafe an MH routine.
.
Verify and update an input
~number.
L'EDQTNT
o
2
f
tndex
to
-
'EOCAI
and Bit
4
Blenk
Character
Parameter list
length· X'08'
Get a terminal entry address.
:l
~
Variable
X'OO·
length
.
Address of Charaaers
Indicator
.
IED.QUI
lE~
Activate an MH routine.
.Move the scan pointer forward.
Parameter List
Macro
SETEOF
o
Index to
tEDQAI
and Bit
4
Blank
Character
Bit
.
tI.l
o·~::s
..,.
~
o
1
{
~
!:t.
o
::s
N
...,
...,
3
2
1
Parameter List
Length - X'OS'
Register
t5 Offset
Address of Characters
1 No blank character is specified
Variable
Length
l
Linkage
Function
IEDfUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEDQAI
Move the scan pointer forward.
I.,)
IN
.j>.
o
til
~
Macro
Linkage
Parameter List
Function
SETEOM
Activate an MH routine.
o
'"I:j
~
2
3
Index to
IEOOBO
Parameter List
Length
Status Byte
Index to
IEOOBN
Index to
IEOOBR
Index to
IEOOAF
SETEOM control module.
Activate an MH routine.
Index to
IEOOAE
IEDQAO
4
Index to
IEOQAO
8
IEDQBR
IEDQBN
L
HoldOCB
12 •
Integer
(LENGTH)
16**•
Length of
ENOCHAR
String
Opfld2 of
LENGTH
X'OO'
Address of ENOCHAR S".tring
~-------------------SETEOM OCB - expanded only if PROCESS=YES
is specified
28 ~---------------------
Status Byte:
X'OJ' - ENDCHAR is specified
X'02' - END CHAR is in the option field
X'04' - LENGTH is specified
X'OS' - LENGTH is in the option field
X'] 0' - PROCESS= YES
X'20' - REMOVE= YES
X'40' - EOM =ETB
X'SO' - reserved
Determine the logical message,
if on the COUNT macro.
Combine data.
IEDQUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEDQAF
Attach a buffer unit or shift
data.
Calculate the option field
address .
LIEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
IED~AX
20
24
IEDQAE
Get and attach an additional
buffer.
Scan for an EOM string.
P.......eterList
Macro
SETEOM
Unkage
FlIDdion
IE~QUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEQQAJ
Move the scan pointer to the
end of the character siring.
*If both LENGTH operands are in the option fields:
12
Opfld2 0f
LENGTH
Opfld1 0f
LENGTH
X'OO'
X'OO'
or X'OOOOOOOO' if LENGTH is not specified
**If ENDCHAR is in the option field:
,. I
Opfldof
ENOCHAR
I
I
X'OOIIOOO'
or X'OOOOOOOO' if ENDCHAR is not specified
SETSCAN
o
1
Index to
IEDQAJ
and Bit
4
3
2
Parameter List
Length - X'OS'
Blank
Character
Status
Address of Characters
- - - - - -_ _ L..--
~
::s
.j>.
."
~..,
3
S'
0r-
o:
::s
N"
~
c·
::s
tv
W
U.
Bit
7 No blank character i5 specified
Status
X'OO' - return the scan pointer
X'FF' - update the scan pointer
Register
Offset
LIEDQAX
Scan for a character sl ring.
tv
IN
0'1
o
;1
>
s::
~
Parameter List
Macro
SETSCAN
o
"0
t-
s::
2
Index to
IEOQAI
and Bit
Parameter list
Length - X '06'
Blank
Character
X'00'
-
IEDfUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEDQAI
Move the scan pointer forward.
IEDfUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEDQAO
Move the scan pointer
backward.
IEDQUI
Activate an MH routine.
IEDtAYS
Handle simulated attention
for TSO,
7 No blank character is specified
o
2
Index to
IEOQAO
SIMATTN
(TSO)
Function
Skip C
4
Bit
::=J
Linkage
Parameter list
Length _ X'04'
~
Skip o~
I
LmDQU~!...--t-~~~-1-__
ENQMGR8
.l1-1
ENQUEUE A
8UFFER I N THE
CHANNEL PROGRAM
8
•
8
03
1-1
E.,fI'I'iloIoIl""-----,
_CJ...4_
....
SET UP TO TPOST
THE ERB TO
LCBRCQCB
C
C?
C5
..
"w....................."""""\
1"OST
PERFORM A TF'05T
C
•
o
o
•
.
>=--J
E
SET UP TO TPOST
TO THE MH
E
•
.
F
F
..
•
FREEBFR5
G
G
,
•
.
r.;"]
'V'
H
H
..
•
J
..
•
>-_..!...-J f~t ~~B T~O T~~~T
K
ACTIVATE QCB
III
280
OS TeAM PLM
3
III
4
Chart FAl-8
(1-8) CPB INITIALIZATION -MAIN-STORAGE-ONLY QUEUING
,
,
,
,
F IX I T
FAI-2,83
FAI-IO,KI
FAI-1.C5
FAI-14.H5
FA 1-1 IE I
FAI-5,GI
FAI-9,.JI,E3
S
GET THE 5eB AND
LCS ADDRESS;
SET THE ADDRESS
Tel MOVE DATA TO
KEEP THE
ADDRESS OF THE
LAST TPOSTED
UNIT
AT UN[T+12
..
SUBTRACT I FROM
THE MESSAGE
LINK THE UN 1 T
COUNT IN THE
aCB
TO THE PREVIOUS
BUFFER
B
.
PUT THE aCB
ADDRESS IN THE
BUFFER
C
CLEAR AND SET
THE TIC
C
..
o
OSPPOSTR
SET THE DUMMY
CPS ADDRESS
TPOST THE
ELEMENT
SET THE LCB AND
THE SCB FIELDS
o
.
E
C
CLEAR THE
FIELDS
RETURN
)
E
..
r:;,
F
'V
F
.
G
G
..
H
H
.
J
,J
..
K
K
,.
4
,.
Section 4: Program OrglUlization
281
Chart FAI-9
(l-9) CPB INITIALIZATION -MAIN-STORAGE.()NLY QUEUING
,
,
,
3
4
..
A
FAI-2,K4
FAI"'7,G4
B
MERGE THE
ENABLED AND
DISABLED CDUNT
FIELDS
•
GET THE ERB
•
c
C
•
D
UNLINK THE
BUFFERS FROM
THE ERB
SET THE SCB
UNIT COUNT
D
•
POST
PERFORM A TPO ST
E
E
•
F
F
•
G
G
H
UNLINK THE
BUFFER AND
PREPARE TO
TPOST I T TO MH
H
•
•
POST
PERFORM A TPOST
•
K
K
2
282
OS TeAM PLM
•
•
•
Chart FAl·lO (110) CPB INITIALIZATION· MAIN-STORAGE-ONLY QUEUING
,
•
•
•
4
A
F"AI-IO,G3
F'AI-5,B3
FA I - I ,K 1
84
•
8
}----I
•
NO MAIN STORAGE
UNITS NOW IN
USE
B
•
•
C
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE HEADER
OF THIS MESSAGE
c
•
•
D
D
•
•
:>----1
E
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE MESSAGE
E
•
•
...-_ _.t...I:..6J,;;;.J.;i."D5
F
RTNBFR
LINK THE
PREVIOUS
F
CHAIN OR RETURN
A 8UrrER
MESSAGE TO TH I 5
MESSAGE
•
•
G
G
•
•
H
H
•
•
J
•
•
K
•
•
4
•
Section 4: Program Organization
283
Chart FAl-11 (111) CPB INITIAUZATION - MAIN..sTORAGE-ONLY QUEUING
,
,
,
,
4
5
A
A
FAI-2,KI
•
FAI-2,C3,Ci5
FAI-2,85
FAI-3,KI
FAI-3,.J2
FAI-3,03
..
E4
B
B
•
..
SET SCBUNTCT
0
C
C
..
•
GET THE
DESTINATION
FROM THE BUFFER
PREFIX
D
SET UP TO BUILD
THE SAME BUFrER
SI ZE
D
..
GET THE
LCBTTCIN OFFSET
E
E
..
•
IEDQTNT
GET THE
TERM I NAL ENTRY
ADDRESS
F"
..
•
YES
G
GET THE BUFF"ER
SIZE
G
..
(
H
RETURN
)
CALCULATE THE
NUMBER OF UN I TS
H
.
•
BUILD THE ERB
J
.J
•
..
K
K
.
284
OS TeAM PLM
.
3
.
..
Chart FAI-12 (I12) CPB INITIALIZATION - MAIN-STORAGE-ONLY QUEUING
•
..
B
•
•
4
,
FAI-3,H2
F A I - 3.02
.
FAI-6.D2
GET THE KEY
LENGTH & THE
ADD ONE TO THE
NUMBER OF UNITS
FIRST BUFFER
ADDRESS
B
..
..
C
..
..
o
o
..
E
DECREMENT THE
NO. OF UNITS IN
BUFFER IF ENTRY
WAS AT ADDNBUNT
SUBTRACT THE
KEY LENGTH FROM
THE BUFFER SIZE
.
..
NO
F
SET THE LAST
UN I T ADDR~SS
F
..
G
E
..
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE NEXT
PUT THE ERB ON
THE BUFFER
RETURN QCB
UNIT
..
G
..
SET THE
REMAINING SIZE
= COUNT OF DATA
H
H
1 N THE NEW UN I T
..
..
PUT THE COUNT
NEEDEO TO FILL
THE UNIT IN
TaUNT
J
J
..
..
(
•
RETURN
2
)
K
•
Section 4: Program Organization
285
Chart FA1·13 (113) CPS INITIALIZATION· MAINoSTORAGE.QNLY QUEUING
,
2
,
,
,
A
..
FA1 ... 1.... ~C4
FAI-4,K5
FA 1-1,01
FAI-Z.Et
FAI-3,C5
F'AI-6,D3
eET THE
DESTINATION QCB
ADDRESS AND THE
PRIORITY LEVEL
LINK THE UNIT
INTO THE TIC OF
THE ElUF"F"ER
e
..
CLEAR AND
INITIAUZE THE
DP CODE
B
•
F'
C
•
GET THE ADDRESS
OF' THE F"IRST
PRIORITY QCB
C
..
•
0
0
..
•
PRIORITY aCB
ADDRESS • 5 I ZE
OF PRIORITY QCB
X PRIORITY
LEVEL
E
..
E
•
F
F"
..
•
C
G
..
•
H
H
•
•
.J
J
.
•
K
K
•
286
OS TeAM PLM
2
•
•
•
Chart FA1·14
(114) CPB INITIALIZATION· MAIN STORAGE ONLY QUEUING
,
2
,
,
,
FAI-9.DI
FAl-6,El
FAI-14,C2
It
B
•
SET THE SCB
UNIT COUNT
CPS WORK COUNT
SUBTRACT I FROM
THE SCB CPB
COUNT
=
B
•
It
SET THE SCB
UNIT COUNT = 0
C
C
•
It
. -_ _ _....=.....,AI
SETEOM
D
SET 'END OF
MESSAGE'
INDICATORS
D
It
•
E
E
It
•
F
PUT THE ADDRESS
OF THE NEXT
UNIT INTO THE
SCBSCSEG FIELD
•
It
SET UP TO rpOST
THE ERB TO
IEOQFAI
G
•
It
SET THE CPB
COUNT
0
=
H
PERFORM A TPOST
H
•
It
I -I
03
It
•
K
K
,.
,.
4
,.
Section 4: Program Organization
287
Chart FAl·IS (115) CPB INITIALIZATION ·MAIN-8TORAGE-ONLY QUEUING
,
,
,
.
,
A
FAI-I,K3
FAt-I.C3
..
FA1-1,83
S
CLEAR THE LINK
FIELD OF THE
SUFFER
8
..
•
SET AND SAVE
THE POS I T I VE
C
CHANNEL COMMAND
.
o
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE LAST CPS
ON THE QUEUE
SET THE NUMBER
OF UNITS AND
THE TIC
ADD ONE TO THE
LAS1 SUFFER
UNI T COUNT
o
..
•
E
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE SUFFER
LINK FIELD
SET UP TO TPOST
THE UNITS TO
THE SUFFER
RETuRN --.........
•
SET U~ TO T~OST
THE e:RB TO THe:
ACTIVATE QCB
K
•
3
•
4
•
5
Section 4: Program Organization
295
Chart FA2-8
(2-8) CPB INITIALIZATION - DISK-ONLY QUEUING
•
•
•
•
4
N
GET THE DCB
ADDRESS
A
..
•
A5
SAVE THE SCAN
FINDESTQ
~~W~~~E
B
NO
FIND THE
DESTINATION QCB
NY~E~RSI~~D
B
.
•
PUT THE PREF I X
IN THE SCB
C
SET THE
SCHEDULER
C
..
•
B
AI
A5
LAST
D
S I ZECK
SET THE SIZE OF
DATA IN THE
LAST UN IT
CHECK THE
BUFFER SIZE
0
..
•
GET THE SIZE
AND CLEAR THE
DATA
E
E
.
•
SET THE
'NO
1~~~~i~;Z~L~~~
F
SAVE THE FEFO
POINTER
F
ADDRESS TO MOVE
DATA FROM
..
•
SET THE COUNT
OF DATA TO BE
G
MOVED
IINWKAI
SIZE
G
..
•
GET AN
H
H
ADD I TI DNAL UN IT
.
C0J
EI
•
A4
USELCB
NO
SET REQUESTED
BUFFER SIZE IN
THE ERB
~
..
•
A3
OFFSET
K
SET REQUESTED
BUFFER SIZE IN
THE ERB
K
2-9
Al
•
296
OS TCAM PLM
2
•
•
4
•
5
Chart FA2-9
(2-9) CPB INITIALIZATION· DISK-ONLY QUEUING
•
GtJ
•
•
•
4
~y
A
•
B
•
=
SET THE COUNT
OF DA TA MovED
KEY OR PREF I X
SIZE
SET X
THE NO.
OF IDLES PLUS
PREFIX SIZE
PLUS THE AMOUNT
MOVEO
=
B
•
C
•
SET THE PREFIX
NEEOED
C
•
•
...._ _...I..&.II=..,A4
C;ET:;.BF..;R~_-I
o
~-9
C;ET A BUFFER
EI
0
•
•
E
LINK A UNIT TO
THE BUrrER
E
•
•
F
F
•
•
C;
C;
•
•
SET UP TO MOVE
H
•
DATA FROM THE
LINK TO THE
NEXT BYTE IN
THE OLD UNiT
PREVIOUS BUFFER
OR UNIT
r-_ _ _
BjoI.LIo.wJ;;lIo'-':"'_ _..
•
.IOII..-.~A4
FIXIT
SET UP FOR THE
J
H
YES
TEXT PREFIX
ADO A UNIT TO A
BUFFER
J
•
•
SET THE ADORESS
OF THE NEW LAST
UNIT
K
z
.
AOD THE COUNT
OF DATA LEFT TO
MOVE ANO THE
K
PRErlX SIZE
4
•
5
Section 4: Program Organization
297
Chart FA2·10 (210) CPB INITIALIZATION" DISK..QNLY QUEUING
,
~
,
,
AI
,
~
A4
RTNSCHD
FLAGINTC
YES
QC~~~~~a ~7~LO
YES
F'REECPBA
FREE A CP~
~8
AI
e
EI
..
~
C
SET UP TO EXIT
TO APPQEMTY
IF"A,,-5,Gal
C
..
D
..
RESET LCSSENO
AND QCBSDFFO
FLAGS
D
..
~
It
RESET 'BUFFERED
TERM I NAL MI DOLE
OF MESSAGE'
F"LAG
SET THE DATA
FIELD AND
LASTIFEFO
E
..
~
EZ
OATAONLY
BUILD THE CCWS
AND SET THE
'QUEUING' I'LAG
F
..
~
A3
e:XCPINQZ
ADO A CPS TO
THE CHANNEL
PROGRAM
G
G
..
..
OSPPOSTR
TP05 T THE ERe
TO IGGOl9Q9
H
SET UP TO
BYPASS CPSFREE
H
..
..
OSPPOSTR
J
TP~6T':::~fL~CS
J
..
..
FAZ-I,03
FA2-S,G2
K
..
298
OS TCAM PLM
K
z
•
3
..
4
•
5
Chart FA2·11 (211) CPB INITIALIZATION . DISK"()NLY QUEUING
,
,
,
4
,
~
AI
SET THE PRFS I ZE
FIELD
..
AI
FULLBUF
NO
B
PROCESS A FULL
BUFFER
B
..
•
C
..
•
A3
A3
ADONBUNT
NO
LlNKTIC
PUT THE TOTAL
NUMBER OF" UNITS
IN THE PREFIX
KEY LElliGTH
nELD
LINK A UNIT TO
THE BUFFER
GET AN
ADD I T I aNAl.. UN I T
0
SET THE F"IRST
BYTE OF DATA AT
THE ADORES S OF
UNIT + 12
..
•
AI
SET X = DES I RED
BUFFER SIZE CURRENT BUF"FER
SIZE; DATA IN
NEW UNIT = 0
FREECPBA
E
0
FREE A CPB
..
E
..
F
..
..
SET THE AMOUNT
OF gAT A TO Bt;:
MOVE
NTO THE
N!;:W UN T EQUAL
TO X
I
G
G
..
•
~
SETEOM
H
JI
SET 'END OF
MESSAGE
t
INDICATORS
H
•
J
..
•
FULLBUF
K
PROCESS A FU\-l,.
SUFFER
K
2-7
91
•
2
•
•
4
•
5
Section 4: Program Organi:!:ation
299
Chart FA2-12 (212) CPB INITIALIZATION -DISK-ONLY QUEUING
•
•
3
•
4
•
SET X • SIZE OF
I O~ES PLUS THE
S~~E~I~ ~mix
A
A
SI ZE
.
•
SAVE THE
PRFOEST ANO
PRFQ8ACK FIELDS
8
B
..
•
c
C
..
o
o
.
•
COPY PREF I X I
SET THE AMOUNT
OF DATA MOVED
INTO THE NEW
UNIT = X
E
10
.
..
SET PRFSCAN =
0; UNIT COUNT =
Y
F
Y; PRFS I ZE
=
.
.
...-_ _"':'U=I.:I."A4
FIXIT
ADD A UNIT TO A
G
G
8UFFER
.
•
H
H
..
•
=
• TO' ADORESS
UNIT AODRESS +
y. 'FROt.P
ADORESS
UNIT
ADDRESS + WKACT
J
SET UP TO MOVE
X CHARACTERS
(AMOUNT OF OATA
LEFT IN THE
WORK AREAl
YO:S
=
J-4EW WKACT •
WKACT
t<
O~D
X; NEW
INWKA ;; OLD
MOVE THE DATA
INWKA -
..
X
J
•
SET UP TO MOVE
AMD0~~ ~~TObvE
K
K
=
ADDRESS OF
OLD 'TO' UNIT-Y
•
300
OS TeAM PLM
2
•
•
4
•
Chart FA2·13 (213) CPB INITIALIZATION· DISK-ONLY QUEUING
•
•
•
•
FA2-2,Cl
FA2-2,D5
FA2-3,El
FA2-13,Dl
•
4
FA2-2,K4
FA2-13,C2
FA2-3,85
FAZ-6.J3,J4
•
FA2-7,C5
REQCPB
FA2-15,JI
REQUEST A CPs
FA2-15,E3
B
•
UNITFREE
FREE BUFFER
UNITS
•
•
SET THE NUMBER
OF UNITS AND
ADD ONE TO THE
LAST BUFFER
CHA I N OR RETURN
•
E
D
THE TIC
UN I T COUNT
THE BUFFER
•
FflWOW"I.u.....:.._ _...,
RESTORE THE
DEST I NAT I ON QCB
ADDRESS
SET UP TO TPQST
THE UNITS TO
THE BUFFER
RETURN QCB
CHA I N THE UN I T
INTO THE TIC
CHAIN
E
•
•
WRKD
F
KEEP THE
ADDRESS OF THE
SUlLO CCWS
F
LAST TPOSTED
UNIT
•
•
PUT THE QCB
G
ADDRESS I N THE
BUFFER
G
•
•
DSPPOSTR
H
TPQST THE UN ITS
H
•
•
(
J
RETURN
)
•
•
K
K
•
•
4
•
Section 4: Program Organization
301
Chart FA2·14 (214) CPB INITIALIZATION ·DISK.QNLY QUEUING
•
•
•
•
4
A
•
F"A2-Z,C4
FA2-9,J4
FA2-1,Fl
FA2-3,C2
FA2-12,GI
FA2-2,F3
SUSRACT ONE
FROM THE
MESSAGE COUNT
IN THE QCB
LINK THE UNIT
TO THE PREY IOUS
BUFFER
B
..
B
..
•
CLEAR AND SET
THE TIC
C
C
.
o
SET THE LCB AND
SCB FIELDS
FINO THE SCB
FOR THE
DESTINATION
o
.
•
UPDATE THE FEFO
>Y,,;"''';S_-I
E
I~O+~~E~C~A~52
E
THE DESTINATION
..
•
REQCP81
F
RE;:QUEST ONE CPB
F
..
•
G
SET CPBADDR ::
QCBlFEFO
G
..
•
SET THE DATA
H
FIELO = PREFIX
H
+ FEFO POINTER
..
EXCPINQI
ADD A CPB TO
THE CHANNEL
PROGRAM
..
•
K
•
302
OS TeAM PLM
2
•
•
4
•
Chart FA2·15 (215) CPB INITIALIZATION. DISK-ONLY QUEUING
•
•
•
•
FA2-II,B3
FA2-6,G3
FA2-II,K)
FAZ-6,G4
•
4
FA2-1,C2
FA2-4,C4
•
FA2-7,G4
MERGE THE
ENABLED "NO
DISABLED COUNT
FIELDS
B
GET THE seB
SIZE
GET THE ERa
•
B
•
c
(
RETURN
)
ADD FOUR TO THE
NUMBER OF UNITS
AND SUBTRACT
THE KEYLENGTH
C
FROM seB 5 I ZE
•
•
D
UNL INK THE
BUFFERS FROM
THE ERe
see
SET THE
UNIT COUNT
o
•
•
POST
RETURN
PERFORM A TPQST
E
E
•
•
F
F
•
•
G
G
•
•
UNLINK
TI005T
•
THE
BUFFER AND
PREPARE TO
H
H
IT TO MH
•
,....__..L...a...........A5
POST
PERFORM A TPOST
J
J
•
(
RETURN
)
K
•
•
4
Section 4: Program Organization
303
Chart FA2-16 (216) CPB INITIALIZATION - DISK ONLY QUEUING
•
•
•
4
,
A
1 ,C3
FA2-2,EI,J3,H4,C5
FA2-tO,G4
FA2-7,83
FA2-3,F2 FA2-5,Jl
FA2~la,Hl
FA2~
FA2-4,B2
•
FA2-14,..Jl
S
CLEAR THE LINK
FIELD OF THE
SUFFER
GET THE ADQRISSS
OF ENQMGRC
GET THE ADDRESS
OF ENQMGRC
S
..
•
E.f'Wo"""'.......-'-_-'1
C
SET ANO SAVE
THE POSITIVE
CHANNEL COMMAND
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE INPUT
CPS QUEUE
5ET SC8UNTCT
0
..
•
o
0
..
•
GET THE AOORESS
OF THE BUFFER
E
E
LI NK FIELD
..
•
CORRECT THE
NO
F
LINK ADORES 5
FOR THE cps;
CLEAR THE LINK
FIELD
F
.
•
SET THE NEW
LAST ELEMENT
G
G
.
•
H
H
..
•
LI NK TH I S
ELEMENT TO THE
PREvIOUS LAST
J
ELEMENT
..
•
K
K
.,
304
OS TeAM PLM
.,
.,
4
.,
Chart FA2·17 (217) CPB INITIALIZATION. DISK.QNLY QUEUING
•
•
•
6
•
FA2-2,G4
FA2-2,D4
f'A~-2,
FAZ"13,Fl
F'AZ"13,Bl
FA2-!4,FI
4
•
0:3, A5
•
MAKE REGISTER
BUILD TflE WRITE
KEY AND DATA
CCWS
< 0
8
•
•
C
SET CP8ADDR :
CURRENT RECORD
NUMBER I N TflE
PREFIX
c
•
•
o
SAVE THE
ADDRESS AND TflE
NUMBER OF UNITS
REMOVE A CPS
o
•
•
E
E
•
•
•
•
G
G
•
RETURN
H
•
J
•
K
•
2
•
3
•
4
•
Section 4: Pr9gram Organization
305
Chart FA2-I8 (218) CPB INITIALIZATION - DISK~NLY QUEUING
•
2
•
•
•
4
A
A
•
FA2-3,.J5
FA2-3,C5
FA2-3,H4
FA2-4,B3,E3
FA2-8,Kl
FA2-8,.J2
FA2-8,03
.
~4
B
S
•
..
C
C
..
D
~
GET THE LCS
ADDRESS, NO. OF
TH~
G~T
E3
CURR~NT
CPS. AND COUNT
TH~
S~T
DESTINATION
FROM THE BUFFER
PR~FI X
TH~
OF DATA MOVED
E
~
ADD ONE TO
SCSCPSNO; CLEAR
THE WORK AR~A
NO
UP TO SUlLO
SAM~ SUFFER
SIZ~
D
..
(
GET TH~
LCSTTC I N OFFS~T
R~TURN
)
~
..
•
T
F
SET INTO THE
SCSSCSEG FIELD
THE NUMS~R OF
THE R~CORD ~UST
READ
IEDQTNT
GET THE
TERM I NAL ENTRY
OF"FSET
F"
..
•
G
BUILD R~AD KEY
AND DATA CCWS
GET THE BUFFER
SIZE
YES
G
..
A3
EXCPINQ2
H
GET
TH~
DCB
aS~~~~Ssli~E
ADD A CPB TO
THE CHANNEL
PROGRAM
CALCULATE THE
NUMBER OF UN ITS
AND THE NUMSER
OF UNITS
H
..
•
~
SUILD THE ERB
J
..
•
K
.
306
OS TeAM PLM
.
3
.
4
.
5
Chart FA2·19 (219) CPB INITIALIZATION· DISK-ONLY QUEUING
"
"
"
3
4
"
A
FA,2-8 t D2
FA2-8,H2
FA2-1 I ,02
•
B
GET THE KEY
LENGTH. THE
F\ R ST BUFFER
ADDRESS
•
ADD ONE TO THE
NUMI9ER OF UN I TS
B
•
•
c
C
•
•
SUBTRACT 1 FROM
DECREMENT THE
NO. OF UNITS IN
BUFFER IF ENTRY
WAS AT ADDNBUNT
THE AVAILABLE
U~~m~R AC~~mR
D
o
•
E
•
SUBTRACT THE
KEY LENGTH FROM
THE BUFFER SIZE
E
•
•
NO
SET THE LAST
UNI T ADDRESS
PUT THE ERB ON
THE BUFFER
RETURN QCB
•
G
•
2-5
G
GET THE ADDR~SS
OF THE NEXT
UNIT
•
G
•
SET THE
REMAINING SIZE
= COUNT OF DATA
H
H
IN THE NEW UNIT
•
PUT THE COUNT
NEEDED TO FILL
THE UNIT IN
TOUNT
J
J
•
•
K
K
.
.
3
.
4
.
Section 4: Program Organization
307
Chart FA2·20 (220) CPB INITIALIZATION" DISK-ONLY QUEUING
,
,
FA2-1 I,H3
•
•
,
4
FAZ-9,E5
FA2-I,EI
FA~-3!E3
FAZ-II,D3
FA2-2,A2
FA2-8,85
GET THE
DESTINATION Qce
ADDRESS ANO THE
PRIORITY LEVEL
LINK THO: UNIT
INTO THE TIC OF
THE BUFFER
B
..
e
..
•
F
CLEAR AND
IN I TI ALI ZE THE
OP CODE
C
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE FIRST
PR lOR I TY QCB
C
•
.
D
D
•
..
PRIORITY QCB
AODRESS • SIZE
OF PRIORITY QCB
X F'RIORITY
LEVEL
E
E
..
•
F
•
..
G
G
•
..
H
H
•
.
J
..
.
K
•
308
OS TeAM PLM
•
•
4
•
Chart FA2·21 (221) CPS INITIALIZATION· DISK-ONLY QUEUING
,
,
,
4
,
FA2-S.H2
FA2-5.EI
FA2-5,G5
FA2-5,G2
"
•
PUT THE
APPQEMTY
ADDRESS
8
8
1~~61~t~~II!N
•
"
UNL I NK THE CPS
•
"
D
c
PUT THE CPS IN
THE CPS FREE
POOL
D
•
"
(
RETURN
)
E
"
F
F
•
"
G
G
"
•
H
H
•
"
~
~
•
"
K
K
•
•
4
•
Section 4: Program Organization
309
Chart FA2·22 (222) CPB INITIAUZATION . DISK ONLY QUEUING
•
•
•
•
4
A
A
F"A2-fD,E3,F'4
.
8
FA2-15,DI
FA2-II,EI
FA<-22,C2
FA2-7,Al
•
~A<-10,B2
SET THE SCB
SUBTRACT 1 FROM
THE SCB CPs
COUNT
UNIT COUNT =
B
CPS WORK COUNT
.
•
, -_ _ _"j;"Q...........A4
)
LASTTEST
YES
SET THE SCB
UNIT COUNT
0
=
SET THE SCB
UNI T COUNT
C
..
D
•
ADD I TO
SCBNXCPB;
SUBTRACT 1 FROM
0
01 SK COUNT
..
•
E
E
.
•
F
F'
•
ADD 4 TO THE
ADDRESS
G
G
..
•
CFIiII'_OA....l.-_ _.,
PUT
H
~RFXTRA
$C8SCSEG
IN
PUT THE CPS IN
THE CPS FREE
POOL
H
.
J
•
K
K
•
310
OS TeAM PLM
•
•
4
•
Chart HM-!
(HM!) DESTINATION SCHEDULER
•
•
cr
9
•
REPLACE THE 5GB
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE BUFFER,
B
•
•
PRIORITY WITH
THE OFFSET TO
CURRENT PRIORITY LEVEL QCB
OF THE LeB, AND
OF THE 5CB
B
•
GET THE AODRESS
OF THE MASTER
C
NO
C
QCB AND OF THE
FIRST PRIORITY
QCB
..
•
NO
0
0
..
•
CKDELAYQ
ADO ONE TO THE
QUEUE MESSAGE
E
NO
COUNT
REMOVE ELEMENT
FROM TIME DELAY
QUEUE, IF THERE
E
..
•
PRTY
QCB ADOR
=
PRTY OFFSET X
F
PRTY QCB 5 I ZE +
FIRST PRTY QCB
ADDR
..
•
SET FOR MESSAGE
TO GO TO THE
SET X = THE
PREFIX SIZE
HIGHEST
G
PRIORITY aCB
G
..
•
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE NEXT
UNIT; ADD ONE
TO THE COUNTER
H
SUBTRACT
AVTKEYLE FROM X
8
..
H
•
GET THE ADORESS
OF THE NEXT
SET THE NUMBER
OF UNITS = THE
PR I OR I TY LEVEL
J
COUNTER
QCB
..
•
NO
K
SET UP TO TPOST
THE NEXT UNIT
POSTSUB
TPOST THE
BUFFER
TO THE BUFFER
RETURN QCB
K
r;:;;l
'V
•
•
4
•
Section 4: Program Organization
311
Chart HM-2
(HM2) DESTINATION SCHEDULER
~
•
•
•
•
9
AI
PQSTDISK
~
YES
SETFEFo
REPLACE THE QCB
HIGHEST
SET THE QCB AND
5GB FEFO
PR I OR I TY LEVEL
A
PO INTERS
•
•
SAMELAST
SENDIN I T
TEST FOR
EXAMINE THE
MESSAGE AND LC8
INITIATE MODE
NOW ACT I VE
•
B
•
PDSTSUBA
FINDSTCB
TPOST THE ER8
C
GET THE STCB
ADDRESS
C
•
CNTUN I TS
D
D
•
E
E
•
OUPLCORE
F
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE BUFFER
RETURN QCB
TEST FOR SINGLE
UN I T HEADER
F
•
INCRNT
G
INCREMENT
SWAP BUFFER
UNITS
OUPL I CATE
HEADER COUNT
•
SET UP TO TPOST
H
THIS BUFFER TO
THE COPY QCB
0p
SETD I SK
QUEUNITS
SET THE ADDRESS
FOR THIS BUFFER
QUEUE THE
BUFFER UNITS
~
H4
PQSTSU8
TPOST THE
BUFFER
G
•
H
•
4
SETD I SK
SET THE ADDRESS
FOR THIS BUFFER
•
•
UPDATE REUSABLE
K
K
DISK DATA SET.
IF NECESSARY
•
312
OS TeAM PLM
•
4
•
Chart HM·3
(HM3) DESTINATION SCHEDULER
•
~
•
•
4
AI
QUEUE I
~
~
NO
MOVE SCBDNSEG
TO PRFCRCD AND
SCBDCHDR
PRFCHDR
TO
.
.
SET Y
PRFNBUNT -
B
B
.
It
.
.
MOVE THE AVT
ADDRESS VALUE
TO PRFXTRA
SET THE NEW
QCBFHTZ AND
QCBFHLZ FIELDS
0
LASTSEG
MOVE QC8DNHDR
TO PRFCRCD AND
ADD 4 TIMES
y
TO THE AVT
VALUE OF
ADDRESS
PRFCRca TO
SC9DCHDR
E
..
F
..
MOVE QCBQBACK
TO PRFHQBCK AND
!EDQTNT
GET THE
TERMINAL ENTRY
PRFCRCD TO
QCBQBACK
ADDRESS
.
It
G
MovE THE AVT
ADDRESS FIELD
TO QCBDNHDR AND
TO PRFNHDR
MOVE AVT VALUE
OF ADDRESS TO
SC8DNSEG AND TO
PRFNTXT
GET THE QCB
ADDRESS
G
•
It
H
.
ADDONE
GETNTXT
ADD 4 TO THE
GET THE
AVT VALUE OF
ADDRESS
ADDITIONAL
RECORDS ADDRESS
MovE PRFCRCD TO
QCBLKRRN
MOVE QCBQ8ACK
TO PRFTQBCK AND
ADDONE
ADD 4 TO THE
AVT
PRFCRCO TO
QCBQBACK
VALUE OF
ADDRESS
H
.
It
FINDSTCB
SAMELA5T
GET THE 5TC8
ADDRESS
EXAMINE THE
MESSAGE AND THE
LeB
.
K
8
FINDSTCB
GET THE STCB
ADDRESS
K
~
r;.;l
'V
'\Y
4
•
Section 4: Program Organization
313
Chart HM-4
(HM4) DESTINATION SCHEDULER
•
•
I
•
r;;;;J
'\/
0.,...."""'''"'-'''-__,
~
4
SET UP TO TPOST
THE BUFFER TO
INCRCNT
INCREMENT
DUPLICATE
HEAOER RECORD
THE 0 I SK 110
QCB
1--_....,...._---1
•
•
REMOVE ONE UNIT
B
8
•
•
CALCULATE THE
ABSOLUTE
RELATIVE RECORD
NUMBER FROM
AVTRADOR
~--~~C
TRANSFER OAT A
C
•
ASSIGN1A
o
ASSIGN THE
QUEUING
POINTERS
o
•
CALCULATE Y
ABSOLUTE RRN
=
DIVIDED BY
E
E
TOT AL NUMBER OF
RECORDS
•
•
CALCULATE X =
TOTAL NUMBER OF
RECORDS 0 I v I OED
BY 4
F
F
•
•
SET UP TO TPOST
THE ELEMENT TO
THE SPECIFIED
QCB ILCBRCQCBJ
G
•
REPLACE
DSPPOSTR
AVTRADDR WITH
H
TPOST ELEMENT
ADJUSTED Y
VALUE
H
•
•
DSPPOSTR
F I NDSTCB
TPQST THE REUS
QCB TO START
REUS CLEANUP
FIND THE STCB
ADDRESS
J
•
•
CALCULATE LOAD
POINT
PO I NT +
=1LOAD
/4 THE
K
TOTAL NUMBER OF
RECORDS
,
314
OS TeAM PLM
,
,
Chart HM-S
(HMS) DESTINATION SCHEDULER
•
•
•
•
4
ACTIVATED BY THE
REUSAB I L I TY-COPY
A
SUBTASK
HM-l0.CI
..
•
B
B
.
•
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE WORK
AREA AND OF THE
SCB
C
..
•
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE DCB AND
OF THE FIRST
LCB IN THE LINE
GROUP
GET ADDRESS OF
LAST PREFIX
UNiT
0
0
..
•
E
C
SET THE NUMBER
OF UNITS PER
BUFFER EQUAL TO
1
FIND THE SCB
ADDRESS AND THE
LCB WITH THE
DIAL SCHEDULER
YES
E
..
UNITCNT
F
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE RIGHT
LCB AND SCB
COUNT ONE UN I T
F
.
•
NO
G
G
..
•
H
ADD 1 TO
NUMBER. WR I TE
IN QUEUED
BUFFER
NO
H
.
•
C
MAKE THE LAST
.J
UNIT TIC TO
THIS UNIT
.
•
K
•
•
•
4
•
Section 4: Program Organization
315
Chart HM-6
(HM6) DESTINATION SCHEDULER
,
,
,
HM-2,BI
HM-I,K5
HM-7.E 1,82
HM-2.G5
~-IC
B
RETURN •
4
)
,
4
HM-2,D4
PUT THE BUFFER
ADDRESS IN
REGISTER
.
DUPLCORE
GET THE NUMBER
OF UNITS IN A
BUFFER
LOCATE ORIGINAL
HEADER
B
.
.
RETURN
PUT THE QCB
ADDRESS IN THE
BUFFER
SET THE NUMBER
EQUAL TO 1
.
ADO THE NUMBER
TO THE AYT
VALUE OF
ADDRESS
DSPPOSTR
TPOST THE
BUFFER
0
0
.
.
(
E
RETURN
)
YES
E
.
.
SET A NEW AVT
VALUE OF
ADDRESS
F
.
..
G
G
.
..
H
H
QP .
AI
CHAIN ONE UNIT
TO THE PREV IOUS
UNIT
J
.
K
..
FREE THESE
UNITS
YES
~
'V
.
316
J
OS TeAM PLM
4
Chart HM·7
(HM7) DESTINATION SCHEDULER
•
•
•
4
•
A
.
•
SENDINIT
FLAG THE HEADER
~~~~L~~~~ f~~ ~~stO
SEE I F AN I N I TIATE MESSAGE
IS BEING SENT
B
B
OF THE BUFFER
.
•
>--"--+!
C
SUBTRACT I FROM
THE MESSAGE
COUNT
C
•
.
D
D
•
.
SENDINIT
E
SEE I F AN IN 1TIATE MESSAGE
IS BEING SENT
QUEUE ONE UN IT
E
.
•
SETFEFO
PUT THE FEFO
POINTERS IN THE
QCB AND SCB
F
F
..
FINDSTCB
FIND THE STC8
ADDRESS
G
.
•
H
G
SAMELAST
SET UP TO QUEUE
EXAMINE Ttii
BUFFER AND lII'E
LCB
ONE UNIT
H
.
•
ASSIGN!
J
QUEUE THE UN I T
•
.
K
K
•
2
•
4
•
5
Section 4: Program Organization
317
Chart HM-S
(HMS) DESTINATION SCHEDULER
•
•
HM-2,C5
..
HM-7,G5
•
I ,E4
HM-2,85
HM-B,Dl
HM-3,.J5
HM~
HM-3,J2,K5
•
HM-4,J5
•
HM-7,H5
YES
B
B
.
•
I EDQHG02
YES
REMOVE ELEMENT
FROM THE TIME
DELAY QUEUE
C
C
..
•
LOCKMSG
CKDELA YQ
D
REPLACE THE
SEND SCHEDULER
REMOVE ELEMENT
FROM TIME DELAY
QUEUE. IF THERE
TEST FOR A LOCK
STCB
D
RESPONSE
MESSAGE
.
•
E
E
.
•
SET UP TO TPOST
THE Lee FOR A
SEND OPERATION
F
.
•
(0
CALCULATE
15
ADDRESS +
OFFSET AT
ADDRES5-2
REG [STER
G
G
..
•
BALR
H
14,15
SET X = Qce
ADDRESS AND Y
SEARCH VALUE
EXECUTE THE
SCHEDULER AT
REGISTER 15
H
..
•
RESTORE THE
ADDRESS OF THE
"
YES
5C§:BANgFo~H~HE
REMOVE THE Lea
FROM THE CHAIN
Qce
.
K
"
•
(
RETURN
)
MOVE Y TO X;
MOVE THE Lee
INSRCE VALUE TO
Y
..
318
F
OS TeAM PLM
.
.
4
(
RETURN
)
K
Chart HM·9
(HM9) DESTINATION SCHEDULER
.
..
.
HM-2,H4
.
..
4
HM-4,D5
HM-7,,J 1
HM-2. G4
HM-9.G2
SET THE PRFCORE
FIELD
B
.
SAVE THE BUFFER
ADDRESS
B
.
..
TRANSFER ONE
UNIT
C
..
.
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE PREVIOUS
HEADER AND
o
o
CHAIN THIS ONE
IN
.
GET THE ADDRESS
E
OF THE PREVIOUS
UNIT AND PUT
PRFCDRE IN ITS
PRFNTXT FIELD
MOVE PRFCORE TO
SC8CLSEG AND TO
QCBCPVHD
RESTORE
ADDRESSES
E
.
SET THE LOCK
RELATIVE RECORD
NUMBER IN THE
QCB
MOVE PRFCORE TO
SCBCLSEG
F
.
..
ASS I GJ\J 1
QUEUE THIS
BUFFER
G
G
..
.
H
H
..
.
PUT ZERO I N THE
TIC COUNT FIELD
.
..
K
.
..
4
Section 4: Program Organization
319
Chart HM·lO
(HMlO) DESTINATION SCHEDULER
•
•
•
•
4
A
It
HM-2,A5
HM-2,F2
HM-4,F5
HM-6,85
HM-2,K2
HM-2,.J2
HM-B,D4
•
HM-7,F5
B
GET THE HEADER
BUFFER ADDRESS
LOCATE ORIGINAL
HEADER
B
•
It
IEOQHM03
C
C
It
•
D
D
It
•
E
UPDATE THE
see
WITH THE NEW
FEFO POINTER
E
•
It
F
UPDATE THE QCB
FEFO PO INTERS
F
HM-2,H3,J4
HM-3,Hl,H4
HM-2,G2
•
ADD 4 TO THE
AVT VALUE OF
G
G
ADDRESS
•
It
ADD I TO
DUPLICATE
HEADER COUNT
H
H
•
It
PUT SCSDNSEG IN
PRFCRCD
.J
.J
•
It
SET THE SUFFER
ADDRESS
K
3
320
OS TeAM PLM
----~~~~~-
4
K
•
Chart HMI-I
(HI I) DESTINATION SCHEDULER - MAIN-STORAGE.QNLY QUEUING
,
,
,
4
,
A
..
B
GET THE ADDRESS
OF' THE BUFFER I
OF" D~H~H~C~CBAND
REPLACE THE SCB
PRIORITY WITH
THE DF"F"SET TO
CURRENT PRIORITY LEVEL QCB
B
.
•
C
GET THE ADDRESS
OF" THE MASTER
QCB AND OF" THE
FIRST PRIORITY
QCB
NO
C
.
•
NO
0
D
•
.
CKDELAYQ
ADD ONE TO THE
QUEUE MESSAGE
COUNT
E
NO
REMOVE ELEMENT
F"ROM TIME DELAY
QUEUE, IF" THERE
E
..
•
=
PR TY QCB ADDR
PRTY OF"F"SET x
PRTY QCB SIZE +
F"IRST PRTY QCB
AD DR
F"
F"
.
=
SET MSG TO GO
TO THE HIGHEST
PRIORITY DCB
G
SET X
THE
PREF"IX SIZE
G
..
•
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE NEXT
NO
AVTKEYLE F"ROM X
H
.
B3
•
J
SUBTRACT
T~N +~~ ~gSN~~~
H
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE NEXT
PRIORITY LEvEL
QCB
SET THE NUMBER
OF" UNITS
THE
COUNTER
=
J
..
•
SET UP TO TPOST
THE NEXT UNIT
TO THE BUFFER
RETURN QCB
NO
K
•
2
•
3
•
4
POSTSUB
TPQST THE
BUF"F"ER
K
•
Section 4: Program Organization
321
Chart HMl-2
(H12) DESTINATION SCHEDULER - MAIN-STORAGE'()NLY QUEUING
~
•
•
•
•
':l
PQSTDISK
~
>Y.::E.;:S_-t REPL~T~H~~~ aCB
A
PRIORITY LEvEL
•
SENDINIT
B
8
TEST FOR
INITIATE MODE
NOW ACTIVE
•
YES
C
POSTSUBA
TPQST THE ERe
PUT THE aCB
ADDRESS IN THE
BUFFER
C
•
•
4
CNTUNITS
COUNT BFR UNITS
0
&.
UPDATE
0
AVT
ADDR VALUE
•
•
NO
E
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE SUFFER
RETURN QCB
E
•
•
F
INCRCNT
SET~EFO
COUNT THE
SET QCB AND seB
FEFO POINTERS
DUPLICATE
BUFFER
F
•
4
QUE UN I 1S
REMovE ONE UNIT
FROM THE BUFFER
G
SAMELAST
QUEUE THE
BUFFER UNITS
TRANSFER DATA
EXAMINE THE
MESSAGE AND Lce
•
•
H
ASSIGNIA
FINDSTCB
ASSIGN THE
QUEUING
GET THE STCB
ADDRESS
POINTERS
H
•
•
SETFEFO
SET FEFQ
J
IN THE
QCB AND THE SCB
POINTERS
DSPPOSTR
TPOST THE
ELEMENT
J
•
•
SET UP TO TPOST
THE SPEC I FI ED
QCB AT LCBRCQCB
.
322
G
as TeAM PLM
FINDSTCB
GET THE STCB
ADDRESS
.
4
..
Chart HMl·3 (H13) DESTINATION SCHEDULER ·MAIN-STORAGE..QNLY QUEUING
,
,
3
,
,
4
ACTIVATED BY THE
REUSAB I L.I TY-COPY
SUBTASK
HMI-S,CI
•
.
B
B
•
..
C
C
•
.
o
GET ADDRESS OF
THE L.AST PREFIX
UNIT
>-=--J
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE WORK
AREA AND OF THE
SCB
o
..
•
UNITCNT
E
COUNT ONE UN I T
E
.
•
F
NO
GET THE ADDRESS
>.;;...-------------1
OF THE L.AST
PREFIX
..
•
G
..
•
H
MAKE THE L.AST
UNIT TIC TO
THIS UNIT
H
•
..
•
..
K
K
•
3
5
Section 4: Program Organization
323
Chart HMl-4 (H14) DESTINATION SCHEDULER· MAIN-STORAGE-ONLY QUEUING
,
,
..
,
HMl-2,81
HM1-1
HMl-5,Dl
HMI-2,F3
1 K5
,
4
HMI-2,02
.
HMI-5,B2
8
(
RETURN +
+
DUPLCORE
)
PUT THE BUFFER
ADDRESS IN
REG I STER I
GET THE NUMBER
OF UNITS IN A
BUFFER
LOCATE ORIGINAL
HEADER
B
..
•
P
PUT THE QCB
ADDRESS IN THE
BUFFER
C
SET THE NUMBER
EQUAL TO I
•
OSPPOSTR
ADD THE NUMBER
TO THE AVT
VALUE OF
TPOST THE
BUFFER
0
D
ADDRESS
..
•
YES
E
E
.
•
SET A NEW AVT
VALUE OF
ADDRESS
F
..
•
G
G
..
•
H
H
HIS
AI
CHAIN ONE UNIT
TO THE PREVIOUS
UNIT
~
..
K
•
FREE THESE
UNITS
YES
,.
324
•
OS TeAM PLM
,.
4
Chart HMl·S
(H1S) DESTINATION SCHEDULER· MAIN-STORAGE-ONLY QUEUING
,
,
,
•
A
..
•
FLAG THE HEADER
SENDUN I T
>:'::""..(..._1 L~~U f~~ ~~stO
SEE IF INITIATE
MODE MSG BE I NG
SEND
B
9
OF THE BUFFER
•
C
C
..
•
SENDI NIT
o
SEE IF AN INITIATE MESSAGE
IS BEING SENT
o
QUEUE .ONE UN I T
..
•
SETFEFO
PUr THE FEFO
POINTERS IN THE
aCB AND SCB
E
E
..
FINOSTCB
FIND THE STCB
ADDRESS
F
..
.--_ _...................."\4
G
•
SAMELAST
SET UP TO QUEUE
ONE UNIT
EXAMINE THE
AND THE
LCB
G
BUFFE~
..
•
ASSIGNI
H
QUEUE THE UNIT
H
•
..
•
K
•
•
•
Section 4: Program Organization
325
Chart HMl·6 (Hl6) DESTINATION SCHEDULER - MAIN-STORAGE-ONLY QUEUING
,
,
,
3
•
4
A
A
..
HMI-2,H5,K3
HMI-I,E4
HMI-2,G5
HMI-5,F!5
HMl-6,Dl
HMI-5,G5
•
YES
8
8
.
•
IEOQHG02
C
YES
REMOVE ELEMENT
FROM THE TI ME
DELAY QUEUE
C
..
•
CKOELAYQ
D
LOCKMSG
REPLACE THE
SEND SCHEDULER
STCe
REMOVE ELE:MENT
FR"'" T liOIE DELA Y
QuEUE, IF THERE
TEST FOR A LOCK
RESPONSE
MESSAGE
0
.
•
E
E
.
•
SET UP TO TPOST
THE Lce FOR A
SEND OPERATION
F
.
G
•
CALCULATE
REG I STER 15
ADDRESS +
OFFSET AT
AOORESS-2
..
AL~'
H
I.
G
•
15
=
SET X
Qce
ADORESS AND Y
SEARCH VALUE
SR T H E
AT
R 15
H
.
•
RESTORE THE
ADDRESS OF THE
.J
F
YES
SC~:8 AN8" O~H~HE
REMOVE THE Lce
FROM THE CHA I N
.J
ace
.
•
~g~~ tH~OL~~
K
I NSRCE VALUE TO
Y
•
326
-=--1
C
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE WORK
AREA AND OF THE
seB
•
C
•
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE DeB AND
OF THE FIRST
LeB IN THE LINE
GROUP
D
o
•
•
YES
:>-=--1
E
•
FIND THE se8
ADDRESS AND THE
LCB WITH THE
DIAL SCHEDULER
E
•
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE RIGHT
LCB AND SCB
•
•
G
G
•
•
H
H
•
•
J
J
•
•
K
K
2
•
4
Section 4: Program Organization
333
Chart HM2·6 (H26) DESTINATION SCHEDULER· DISK.QNLY QUEUING
,
1(1
,
•
3
A
..
HMi2-I,K5
HM2-2,SI
HM~-2,F'2
HM2-3,1"t2
•
GET THE
ADD I T I ONAL
RECORDS ADDRESS
PUT THE SUFFER
ADDRESS IN
REGISTER I
e
8
..
•
C
C
..
•
D
D
..
•
E
E
..
•
F
..
•
G
HM2-3 ,H I
HM2-7,04
HM2-3 ;H4
•
•
ADO FOUR TO THE
AV'r vALUE OF
ADDRESS
H
H
..
•
J
•
•
K
•
334
OS teAM PLM
•
3
4
•
Chart HM2·7
(H27) DESTINATION SCHEDULER· DISK-ONLY QUEUING
,
,
,
•
5
A
A
•
HM2-3,..J2
HM2-1,£4
HM2-3,K5
HM2-1,OI
HM2-3,..J5
.
YES
8
B
•
•
IEDQHG02
YES
REMOVE EL.EMENT
FROM THE T I ME
DELAY QUEUE
C
C
•
•
4
CKDELAYQ
')
L.OCKMSG
REPLACE THE
SEND SCHEDULER
STCB
REMOVE ELEMENT
FROM T I ME DELAY
IF THERE
QUEUE,
TEST FOR A LOCK
RESPONSE
MESSAGE
0
•
•
E
E
•
•
SET UP TO TP05T
THE Lce FOR A
SEND OPERATION
F
•
G
•
CALCULATE
REGI STER 15
ADDRESS
G
+
OFFSET AT
ADDRESS-2
•
•
BALR 14,15
H
=
SET X
QCB
ADDRESS ANO Y
SEARCH VAL.uE
EXECuTE THE
SCHEDULER AT
REGI STER 15
H
•
•
RESTORE THE
ADDRESS OF THE
~
F
REMOVE THE Lce
FROM THE CHAIN
YES
5C§:8ANgFo~H!fHE
~
QCB
•
•
~g~~ tH~°L.~~
K
I N5RCE VALUE TO
Y
•
•
K
•
5
Section 4: Program Organization
335
Chart KA-I
(KAI) ACTNATE-I/O GENERATOR SUBTASK
,
3
,
,
4
110 GENERATOR:
THI S
ENTRY POINT ALSO SERVES
~---------- THIS CHART ALSO
A
•
,
----,r---
APPLI ES TO MODULES
RO-8,H4
Q3-6,H3,F5
I£OQK9,
RO-9,F4
Q3-3,F5
I EDQKD , AND IEDQKE
Q2-8,J5
Q4-5,Ci5
~------~ ~~g~R5~ l~8Q~~DQ~~~QKC,
KA-I,Cl
I EOQKC ,
•
Q5-6,H4
IEDQTNT
CALCULATE THE
TERMNAME OFFSET
B
•
•
C
A
IEDQKA02
HAVE 110
GENERATOR BUILD
CHAN PROG
C
•
•
GET THE
CONCENTRATOR
TERMINAL
D
o
•
•
E
E
•
•
F
•
•
SET UP BUFFER
PRIORITY AND
LINK FIELDS FOR
TPOSTING
G
G
•
•
EXECUTE THE
EXPAND
SUBROUTINE
H
•
J
•
NO OP THE FIRST
TiC
J
•
•
EXCP - TO
START
CHANNEL
PROGRAM
K
.
336
H
OS TeAM PLM
3
K
.
4
.
5
Chart KA·2
(KA2) ACTIVATE·I/O GENERATOR SUBTASK
,
,
,
,
4
KA-I,H5
KA-2,E3
SET THE ADDRESS
OF THE MODEL
CHANNEL PROGRAM
TABLE
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE CCW OAT A
AREA
•
B
..
B
.
•
(
C
RETURN
)
GET THE CORRECT
CCWS
C
..
•
SET THE DATA
COUNT
0
0
..
•
EXPANDER
E
EXECUTE THE
EXPANDER
SUBROUTINE
..
•
SET tHE DATA
ADDRESS
F
..
•
G
SET THE OP CODE
G
•
..
H
H
•
..
POINT TO THE
NEXT ENTRY IN
THE MODEL TABLE
J
J
..
•
K
•
•
4
•
Section 4: Program Organization
337
Chart Q2·1
(Q21) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR BSC LINES
,
•
3
•
4
•
,.
•
B
B
,.
•
c
c
,.
•
D
D
,.
..
E
E
,.
..
F
F
,.
•
G
G
,.
•
GET THE RETURN
ADDRESS TO THE
1/0 SUPER VI SOR
TO SCHEDULE ERP
H
H
,.
•
J
,.
•
K
.
338
OS TeAM PLM
..
.
4
.
Chart Q2·2
(Q22) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR BSe LINES
•
~
'V
~
~
y
•
•
~
y
•
SET A NEGA T I VE
RESPONSE
.
•
TPQS T THE ERB
SET THE Lee TO
BE TPOSTED TO
THE Qce ADDRESS
DISPOSITION QCB
THE Lee
SET THE PARAM-
ETER LIST TO
B
SPECIFIED IN
TO THE BUFFER
..
•
ENQUEUE
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE
ENQUEUE
PUT THE ELEMENT
ON THE READY
QUEUE
PUT THE ERB ON
THE READY QUEUE
INVITATION
LIST; RESET THE
RECEIVE LIMIT
SET THE Lee TO
9E TPOSTEo TO
THE BUFFER
DISPOSITION QCB
C
..
•
ADJUST THE
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE NEXT
RETURN REG [ 5 TER
SO THAT THE Eca
r 5 NOT POS TED
D
D
ENTRy
..
•
RESTORE THE
REGISTERS FOR
THE I/O
E
E
SUPERV I SOR
..
•
F
(
RETURN
)
F
•
.
G
G
•
..
I EDQTNT
H
H
•
'
..
J
.
•
SET UP TO
RESTART ON THE
NEXT CCW
•
•
•
K
4
Section 4: Program Organization
339
Chart Q2·3 (Q23) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR BSC LINES
,
2
,
,
4
,
A
..
..
4
CHACK
B
GET A RESPONSE
TO THE
SELECT ION
B
..
..
C
.
..
D
GET THE
TERMINAL ENTRY
ADDRESS
0
.
..
GET THI1: L I S1 OF
BUFFER S FOR THE
MH
E
E
..
..
F
PUT THE eUF"FIE:RS
ON THE READY
QUEUE
F
..
..
SET UP TO
RESTART ON THE
NEXT CCW
G
G
.
..
GET THE RETURN
H
~?8R~G~E~S I ~~~
TO SCHEOULE ERP
H
..
..
R~am~~ST~8R
THE I/O
SUPER V I SOR
J
J
.
.
K
K
•
340
OS TeAM PLM
2
.
4
•
Chart Q24 (Q24) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR BSC LINES
•
•
•
4
•
•
•
8
8
•
•
CHECK THE
RESPONSE
C
C
•
•
WRITE AN EOT TO
RESET
0
•
•
E
•
•
8SCRSP
F
8UILD A WRITE
ENQ
GET THE RESTART
POINT
F
•
•
G
G
•
•
H
H
•
•
CHECK 10 AND
SET A 8RANCH
RETURN
J
J
•
•
K
K
•
2
•
3
•
4
•
5
Section 4: Program Orga/lization
341
Chart Q2-5
(Q25) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR BSC LINES
•
•
•
4
•
CHACK
CHECK THE
RESPONSE
CHECK THE
RESPONSE
•
•
8
8
•
•
c
c
•
o
o
•
•
E
SET UP TO
RESTART ON THE
NEXT CCW
E
•
•
F
•
•
G
G
'--_ _ _ _--!._ _ _ _ _-\ H5
•
r---~I
H
H
•
RESTORE THE
REGISTERS FOR
THE
.j
I/O
.j
SUPER V I SOR
•
•
K
•
342
OS TeAM PLM
4
•
Chart Q2-6 (Q26) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR BSC LINES
•
4
SCAN
F INDBUFF
A
•
•
•
GI;:T THE CURRENT
BUFFER
A
SCAN LINE
CONTROL
•
•
ENQUEUE
B
SET UP TO
RESTART ON READ
LCOUT
TPOST THE
BUFFER TO THE
t.4H AS EOt.4
•
•
C
ADJUST THE
RETURN REGISTER
SO THAT THE ECB
I S NOT POSTED
FINDBUFF
SET UP TO START
AT WRITE ACK
INAKI
SET THE CURRENT
BUFFER BASE
BUILD A WRITE
NAK. READ TEXT
C
•
•
RESTDRE THE
REGISTERS FOR
THE I/O
SUPERVISOR
0
DECREMENT THE
DATA SIZE
E
E
•
•
YES
F
F
•
•
CHACK
ENQUEUE!
CHECK THE
RESPONSE
TPOST THE
BUFFER TO THE
MH
SET THE TIC
CHAIN FOR
TRANSPARENT
SUFFER
YES
G
•
•
4
YES
H
I DCHK
CHACK
CHECK THE
RESPONSE
CHECK THE
RESPONSE
F"INDBUF"F"
GET THE CURRENT
BUF"FER
H
•
•
IDCHK
RESTART ON THE
DISABLE
YES
J
TPOST THE;
BUFFER TO THE
t.4H WITH ERROR
NO
CHECK THE 10;
SET UP FOR A
BRANCH RETURN
J
•
•
K
D
•
•
G
B
SET UP TO
RESTART ON READ
10 ENQ
ENQUEUE
RESTORE THE
PREVIOUS CCW
AND CS.
•
2
•
3
•
4
PUT THE BUFF"ER
ON THE READY
QUE;UE
•
K
5
Section 4: Program Orgllllization
343
Chart Q2-7
(Q27) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR BSC LINES
•
•
•
•
FINOBUFF
FIND THE
CURRENT SUFFER
•
N;.;O_.......
D
PREVIOUS
ELEMENTS
..
o
•
I NCREMENT THE
BUFFER COUNT
E
PUT THE CURRENT
ELEMENT AT THE
TOP OF THE
READY QUEUE
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE NEXT
BUFFER
E
..
•
SET THE PREF I X
SIZE; SET THE
PARAMETERS TO
TPOST TO THE MH
F
CLEAR THE L1 NK
FIELD OF THE
CURRENT ELEMENT
.
G
T~R~~~T C~~T~E~~
•
SET THE
PARAMETER L1 ST
FOR BUFFER
RETURN
ENQUEUE
PUT THE BUFFER
ON THE READY
QUEUE
G
.
•
POST - POST
THE SYSTEM
WAIT
COMPLETE
H
H
•
J
..
•
K
K
•
372
as TeAM PLM
•
•
4
•
Chart 05·8
(058) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR A OTAM-COMPATIBLE SYSTEM
•
..
•
•
•
Q5-5 t A2
•
GET THE ADDRESS
9
DFT~~ElgC~h§ET
8
AREA
..
•
YES
C
AD..JUST THE
RESPONSE LENGTH
8Y 2
C
..
•
YES
D
ADJUST THE
RESPONSE LENGTH
8Y I
D
..
E
•
PAD THE
RESPONSE AREA
WITH SLANKS
E
..
F
•
GET # Or I NV I TATION LISTS
AND PO I NTER TO
INVITATION LiST
FOR THIS LINE
F
•
RETURN
G
)
G
..
•
H
H
..
N:.;:O_ _... PREeV bb~ m~ TO
START ON
S
S
..
c
•
PERFORM SOURCE
DETERMINATION
SET NO RETRY
C
..
•
ADJUST SIZE
8UFFER
D
..
E
A
___
SET EOT INTO
SUFFER
SET ADDRESS EIIP
INVLIST
CHARACTERS
IN
D
•
.I...I:=-u...~'4
ENQUEUE
SET ERP PENDING
INDICATOR
TPOST THE
SUFFER
..
E
•
ADJUST THE
RETURN REGISTER
SO THE Eca IS
NOT POSTED
F
F
..
•
G
G
..
•
H
H
•
J
J
..
•
K
K
•
384
OS TeAM PLM
4
•
Chart RO-9
(R09) LINE END APPENDAGE
,
,
,
,
8
Y
YES
CHANGE THE
PREPARE TO A
READ COMMAND
NO
A
•
e
•
•
SET THE RESTART
ADDRESS TO READ
•
•
o
TPOST THE Lee
D
TO IEDQHK
•
•
RESTORE
E
C
ASSUME 2741;
REGISTERS FOR
THE I/O
>=-'--1 C~~~~~R~E~D s~9
SUPERV I SOR
THE RESTART
ADDRESS
•
E
•
I EDQKA
BUILD A 1050
CHANNEL PROGRAM
F
F
•
ENQUElJ E
G
TPOST THE Lee
TO THE HALTIO
ROUTINE
G
•
H
H
•
•
J
•
•
K
K
•
3
4
Section 4: Program Organization
385
Chart RO·lO (ROA) UNE END APPENDAGE
•
•
3
•
,
4
A
A
.
..
B
B
..
..
C
C
..
.
0
0
.
..
4
ENQUEUE
E
TPOST THE I..CB
TO THE HANGUP
ROUTINE
E
..
..
F"
F"
..
.
G
G
..
..
4
ENQUEUE
H
TPOST THE
BUF"F"ER TO MH
H
.
..
I NCREMENT THE
RETURN REG I STER
TO SKIP THE
POST IN IDS
.J
.J
..
..
K
K
•
386
OS TCAM PLM
2
•
3
•
5
Chart RO·ll
(ROB) LINE END APPENDAGE
,
,
,
RO-o,C2,Dl,H4 RO-4,Dl
•
RO-8,D3
RQ1,A3 •
,
4
RO-15,Dl
RD-2 , CI,e2
RO-6,EI,E3,K5
RO-3,E3
RO-1,C3,03,F3,J3
RO-5,J2
RO-8,G3,G4,J5
PUT QCB ADDR
THE ELEMENT;
IN
GET ADDR OF THE
LAST ELEMENT ON
READY QUEUE
B
•
RO-9,G2,D3
RO-IO,E4,H4
B
RO-' I ,Ci2
•
•
(
C
SET THE CURRENT
)
RETURN
ELEMENT AS THE
LAST IN THE
DISABLED READY
QUEUE
C
•
•
INSERT THE
>-N.:;O_......-I
o
r~R~R~T cR~T~E~~
PREVIOUS
ELEMENTS
•
•
INCREMENT THE
PUT THE CURRENT
ELEMENT AT THE
TOP OF THE
READY QUEUE
GET THE ADDRESS
BUFFER COUNT
E
OF THE NEXT
BUFFER
E
•
•
SET THE PREF I X
SIZE;
F
SET
CLEAR THE LINK
FIELD OF THE
CURRENT ELEMENT
THE
PARAMETERS TO
TPOST TO THE MH
F
•
•
G
D
SET THE
PARAMETER LIST
FOR BUFFER
RETURN
ENQUEUE
G
PUT THE BUFFER
ON THE READY
QUEUE
•
•
POST - POST
THE SYSTEM
WAIT
COMPLETE
H
H
•
•
~
~
•
•
K
III
2
III
III
4
5
Section 4: Program Organization
387
Chart RO·12
C
(ROC) LINE END APPENDAGE
,
,
,
IDCHK
RO-8,E2
RO-4.J4
RO-6,G3.HI
•
B
,
4
:'::".1.--1
WR I ~~S~~
!f~~
SET UP TO
RJ;:START ON THE
NEXT BLOCK
TO
TERMINAL
E
(
•
•
SET AN
INDICATOR THAT
THE LINE IS IN
TEXT MODE
F
F
•
G
~ESTORE THE
REGIsTERS FOR
THE I/O
SUPER V I SOR
SET THE OFFSET
IN THE SCB FOR
POSS ISLE RECALL
G
•
•
H
H
•
•
BUILD A WRITE
EOT TO RESET
THE TERM I NAL
•
•
K
K
•
2
•
•
4
•
Section 4: Program Organization
391
Chart ROG (ROG) LINE END APPENDAGE
•
A
2
•
•
3
•
4
5
(SOURCER )
A
.
•
8
LOCATE
INV ITATION LIST
B
..
•
C
GET CONTROL
UNIT ADDRESS IN
BUFFER
C
..
•
D
LOAD NUMBER
ACTIVE INVLIST
ENTRIES
D
.
•
E
LOAD INVITATION
LIST POINTER
YES
SET SOURCE IN
LCB
E
..
•
STEP TO NEXT
INVITATION LIST
ENTRY
F
SET ADDR
INVITATION
CHARS FOR ERP
.
•
G
(
RETURN
)
..
•
>.;:;.:--------------1 CLEAR
H
Eg~RCE
IN
H
..
•
DER I VE NUMBER
INACTIVE
ENTRIES
.)
J
..
•
RESET CONTROL
UNIT ADDRESS
K
•
392
OS TeAM PLM
K
•
3
•
4
•
5
Chart ROH (ROH) LINE END APPENDAGE
•
A
(
LOOKER
2
•
•
4
•
)
A
•
B
•
OERIVE
INVITATION LIST
AOORESS
B
•
NO
C
OER I VE SOURCE
F"ROM INVLIST
POINTER
C
•
0
•
TNT DC ODE OER I VE
TRMTABLE AOOR
CURR CONNECTEO
0
•
•
CALCULATE OCT
ENTRY AOORESS
E
E
•
F"
•
(
RETURN
)
F"
•
•
C;
C;
•
•
H
H
•
•
J
J
•
•
K
K
•
2
•
4
•
Section 4: Prosram Organization
393
Chart ROJ
(ROJ) LINE END APPENDAGE
•
•
•
•
4
A
..
•
B
DER IVE
INVITATION LIST
ADDRESS
B
.
•
c
DERIVE ADDRESS
F'IRST TNT INDEX
C
•
o
SAVe: INVLIST
ENTRY INDEX
LOAD TOTAL
NUMBER INVLIST
0
ENTRIES
..
•
LOAD I NVL I ST
ENTRIES
E
E
..
•
POINT TO FIRST
INVLIST ENTRY
STEP TO NEXT
INDEX
F
..
•
SET ERROR
I NVLI ST CHARS
ADDRESS
G
..
•
YES
H
H
..
•
STEP TO NEXT
INVLIST ENTRY
DERIVE NUMBER
INACTIVE
INVLlST ENTRIES
J
..
•
'-------------1
K
,.
394
G
OS TeAM PLM
2
,.
,.
POINT TO FIRST
I NACT I VE ENTRY
4
K
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
TCAM Control Block Linkages
Main Storage Location 16
+
CVTPTR
~
Stotion Control Block
(
~r-_m_U"_"'_I_IO_"_'_V._C_lo_r_l~Ob_I·_·
'..""
•
t
__________
__l1
K'~
+
240(FO)
AVT Address
V
____________
1"I"
~
t
AVTCSTCS
~~
v\
Line Control Block
Data Extent Black
0
"8)
Data Extent Block
--jj
V
Next DEB
ddname
}~;'~:~d
.-I
0
DEBTCBAD
t
TCB
4(4)
DEBDEBAD
t
Next DEB
1'\ ,~
~
... MCP TCB
... I/O Trace Table
376(178)
AVTREADY
Enabled Ready Queue
380(l7C)
AVTREADD
Disabled Ready Queue
388(184)
AVTCKGET
+
392(188)
AVTOCGET
•
40(28)
1--___.L..-I_ _ _ _ _ _..:..t_U_CB_ _ _ _- - i
Code
LCBSTART
10BSTART
48(30)
r-----------~------____j
52(34)
LCBDCBPT
10BDCBPT
96(60)
LCBINVPT
24(18) r-DE_B_DC_BA_D_ _ _ _ _t.;..._D_C_B_ _ _ _- t
Repeated
't:
/-______;-__________--j
AVTTCB
D
r----r-------.------~
LCBECBPT
10BRCBPT
Completion
36(24)
_16~~\r-_ _-,-ID_E_BD_S_CBA
_ _..;.+__
DS_C_B_ _ _
stepname
\
1
I \
SCB D;,ectory
________________
__
80(50) L -__~ISCBTRANS
4oCurH'nt Tlcmslation Table
~-------r------~----------~
" +
\
8(8)
~[
AVTRACE
+
0 1-_ _ _ _
ISC_B_D_E_S_T_Q_ _
t_D_"_S'_in_"_'i_o_n_u_C_B_--;0
---------.--------l
I Sense Bytes
ddname
372(174)
LCBSCBDA
,V
l
Stollon Conh 01 810ck
I/O Block - ...
32(20)
iobname
2S(IC)
368(170)
sea
____
/
(Task I/O Table
AVT
... Device Characteristics Table
1-0:_:_f:f_se~_Ct-:ta-D- r-Re-sou-rc-e-c-a-n-tr-O-I-B-la-ck-
24(1
current
0
~"'"
328(148)
Task Control Block
J{ ~r-_:~_:_~_:__~!~ _:_;_u_e_ue
'-----=------.,)
~
TCB
t
ECB
t
Channel Program
~
i
t
\
DCB
for each
dev;.~ce
32(20)
DEBUCBAD
t
UCB
~--k--------------------'
Unit Control Block
1
UCBNAME
Unit Name
28(1 C)
Checkpoint Work Area
32(20)
Ol)erator Control AVT
DCBIOBAD
...
CCW
lOB
t
o
r-----~----__ll ~~--~----~
IDCBTRANS
Invitat,on
list Entry
..------J
J
It
11
12(C)
+~urrent
Code
Translation Tables " ' -
Flags
Data
Count
J
4
Translation Tables
412(19C)
AVTBASE
420(IA4)
AVTDISTR
424(IA8)
AVTRNMPT
492(1 EC)
AVTOSECB
... AVT
+
+
Subtask Trace Table
OS TCAM ECB
496(1 FO)
AVTPCBPT
... First PCB
AVTOPTPT
+
720(200)
AVTADBUF
+
AVTCOREC
+
900(384)
__
Option Table
Buffer currently being processed
DCBTlOT
44(2C)
DCBDEBAD
Invitation list
1\
...
lII-----..JI
"-... . .
SCT
Outgoing
8(8)
""'"
~
l,nvchors2
1176(498)
AVTADEBR
TRMSTAT
Termnome Table
12(C)
AVTADEBN
Information
+
Address
Reusable Disk DEB
~ Nonreusable Disk DEB
~O
13
(D)
16
(10)
40
(28)
QCBSTCHN
•
STCB Chain
•
DCB or PCB
I OCBDCBAD
Start of Priority GlCB
16(10)
TRMCHCIN
DCT Index
.1
T
TRMCONC
For a process entry,
Process Entry Work Area
I I
TRMOPTBL
Option
Table
Offset
I
Concentrator Device ID Table
L-_~,/~___D_e_v_ic_e_D_e_~_n_de_n_t_F_ie_l_ds_ _ _ _~r---.I---~1~~______________~I_T_er_m_n_a_m_e_T_a_b'_e_Of__fs_e_t-11
~~
Buffer Prefix
I
Element Chain
IX'FE'I···
I
Buffer Unit Pool
+
OCBEXTO
32(20)
40(28)
Itgul,nvchars I
QCBELCHN
o_T_e_rm_i_na_I_T_a,b
Code and Control
1152(480)
24(18)
1-le-T:-:-t~-,-y-ES-T-Q--+-:--D-e-st-in-a-t-io-n-Q-C--B--'
____
I
_ _ _ _ __,
____________________
~~~~al
Destination OCB
Incoming
DEB
I DCBSCTAD
~---.---=:----...--..........,
••• 102101103:
I
TIOT
Offset
+
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:1
S'"~_c·_'a_I_C_h_ara_ct_e_rs_T_a_b_le
----::DC:-BI-N-V-Ll-----T---ln-vi-ta-ti-~--Li-st--------~~ .~
48(30)
Termname Tobie
500(1 F4)
40(28)
Device Characteristics Table
Length
Type
Name
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
395
Insert foldout page 395 at end of book.
Linkages from a TeAM Buffer Prefix
Buffer Prefix
0
PRFQCBA
4(4)
PRFLI NK
Destination QCB
•
....
QCB
QCBELCHN
0
12(C)
16(10)
+
PRFSRCE
Source Offset
28(1 C)
QCBSTCHN
32(20)
V
to Termnome
PRFSCAN
Scan Pointer
40(28)
Elements
PRFDEST
Destination Offset to
Termname Table
+
STCB chain
+
+
DCBIOBAD
I
32(20)
DCBTRANS
\
QCBDCBAD
+
DCB or PCB
44(2C)
DEB
DCBSCTAD
t
I
48(30)
60(3C)
+
DCBDEBAD
t
DCBINVLI
~
Translation Tables
r----
Invitation list
~
Start of the lOB
1\
+
DEBDSCBA
DSCB
+
DEBTCBAD
•
DEBDEBAD
SeT
LCB
32(20)
I
-16(10)
lOB
LCB
Table
24(18)
+
li nk address
8(8)
PRFLCB
Data ExlL'nt Block
Data Control Block
TCB
Next DEB
24(18)
DEBDCBAD
+
DCB
32(20)
DEBUCBAD
t
UCB
Station Control Block
48(30)
52(34)
72(48)
LCBSTART
LCBDCBPT
LCBRECAD
92(5C)
LCBSCBA
96(60)
LCBINVPT
t
Channel program
+
0
DCB
80(50)
t
Current message
+
Current SCB
+
t
ISCBDESTQ
1
t
SCBTRANS
Special ChOiactelS Table
Destination QCB
Current
I
Translation Table
I
block
Current invitation
list entry
Translation Table
(U
Incoming
Outgoing
Terminal Table Entry
Control
Word
CE'Obl'/
~
! gu!
Invchars 1
!,nvchars 2
! X'FE'
I· .
I
TRMDESTQ
I
Code and
16(10)
Terminal name
Address
Terminal name
Address
----------------,
Termname Table Offset
I
TRMCHCIN
DCT index
TRMCONC
L
1"\
Device) Dependent Fields
etc.
I
Destination GCB
I
8
Control Information
Concentrator Oevice ID Table
t
G
I---
Option Table
Devi ce Characteristi cs Table
Characteristics list
4(4)
Option CharacterisHcs Table Address
Option Characteristics Table
I
~---------~.--.---.--------~
~
0
length
type
name
10(A)
length
type
name
Characteristics list
etc.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
397
Insert foldout page 397 '8t end of book.
Linkage among Storage Areas in the MCP and an Application Program
Message Control Program
Application Program
(
r:
Task Cantral Black
8 (8) TCBDEB
tDES queue
DEBTCBAD t
4 (4)
DEBEBAD
8 (8)
DEBPCBAD
24 (1S)
t
MH
LCB
I
t
40 (28)
PC8TC8AD
+
PCBLCBAD
~
l/1
+
LC8DC8PT
PCB
V
TC8
LJ
rCB
+
+
next DEB
PCB
?'
DEBTAMOS Termname
Table offset for
20 (14)
PC8MH
32 (20)
Process Entry Work Area
this process entry
16 (10)
I
Line Control Block
)
Data Extent Block
0(0)
12 (C)
--.....,
Process Control Block
DEBQCBAD
+~(t"Ohead
DEBTAMWA tAccess Method
work area
DEBDCBAD tDCB
PEPCBAD
+
PERAQC8
Read-ohead QCB
32 (20)
16
120 (7S)
PEWADEB
132 (84)
PEWAPROC
PCB
t
DEB
t'-~";"~I\
Terminal Table
Access Method Work Area
4 (4)
PWAPEWA
16B (AS) IOBSRCE
+
Process Entry
work area
lJ
Desti notion QCB
32 (20)
+
QCBDCBAD
PCB
I
Tennname Table
offset
Termnom'e Tobie
Code and Control Information
Terminal name
111
Terminal name
I
1
Dato Control Block
DCBDEBAD
0(0)
+
TRMDESTQ
Destination QCB
address
12 (C)
etc,
44 (2C)
Terminal Table Entry
address
TRMSTAT
+
Process
Entry work area
t DEB
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
399
Insert foldout page 399 at end of book.
Address Vector Table
The TCAM address vector table (AVT) is assembled at the beginning of a Message Control Program. The basic AVT occupies bytes 0-1055 and is assembled
when ENVIRON=TSO on the INTRO macro. If main-storage-only queuing is
specified (DISK==NO,ENVIRON==TCAM or MIXED), the AVT occupies bytes
0-1079. When disk queuing is used, the AVT occupies bytes 0-1225.
When either the Disk Message Queues Open or the Line Group Open routine
loads the TCAM Dispatcher, the routine also places in the CVT a pointer to a
field that contains the address of the AVT. The fields in the AVT are initialized
both during the assembly of the INTRO macro and at MCP initialization time.
The AVT p~ovides work areas in which TCAM routines can store variables. The
AVT also contains constant areas shared by more than one macro expansion or
TCAM subroutine. The AVT contains five save areas--one for the MCP, one for
each level of control in the MCP, and one for disabled code. For efficient internal
control, the AVT also contains module addresses, special elements, control bytes
and bits, and the two ready queues.
The DSECT names of the AVT fields are shown in the following layout. A more
detailed description of the fields and the data they might contain follows the
DSECT layout.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
401
IEDOAVTD
1.0(0)
1.,44
AVTSAVE1
Message Control Program Save Area
AVTSAVE2
Dispatcher Save Area
tOOl
AVTSAVE3
Subtask Save Area
1216t081
AVTSAVE4
First Level Subroutine Save Area
128811201
AVTSAVEX
Disabled Save Area
1+320(140)
_r
AVTDLO
DLQ=Termname
1
I
I
1
I
.... r-
+328 (1481
AVTCSTCS
Address of the First Entry in the Device Characteristics Table
+332 (14CI
.........+336 (1501
AVTDPARM
Disabled Parameter List
AVTDOUBX
Disabled Doubleword Scratch Area
.... "
+344 (1581
AVTDOUBL
Enabled Scratch Area
}.352 ""'"
AVTCTLCH
Operator Control Characters
+360 (1681
.....
-
AVTPASWD
Password
I
--
+368 (1701
AVTTCB
Address of the Message Control Program's TCB; Set by OPEN
+372 (1741
AVTRACE
Trace Table Address
+376 (1781
AVTREADY
Enabled Ready Queue
........+380 (17CI
+388 (1841
+392 (1881
402
OS TeAM PLM
AVTREADD
Disabled FIFO Ready Queue
AVTCKGET
Checkpoint Work Area Address
AVTOCGET
Operator Control Work Area Address
....
:
+396 (18C)
AVTEXA2S
Executed I nstructions to Save the User's Registers
1+402 (192)
AVTEXS2A
Executed I nstructions to
Save the User's Registers
408 (198)
AVTPARM
Address of Parameters
412 (19C)
AVTBASE
Address of the A VT
416 (1AO)
AVTPARM3
Address of Additional Optional Parameters
420 (1A4)
AVTDISTR
Address of the Dispatcher Subtask Trace Table
424 (1A8)
AVTRNMPT
Address of the Termname Table
428 (1AC)
AVTRDYA
Address of User Exit in the READY Macro Expansion
432 (1BO)
AVTBSCAN
Line End Appendage BSC Message Scan
436 (1B4)
AVTRARTN
Address of Routine to Update Line I/O Trace Table
440 (1B8)
... '"
~~
AVTPOST
Tpost Parameter List Used by Operator Control
... r448 (1CO)
~,.-.
AVTSPLPT
Start Parameter List Pointer; Set by INTRO
453 (1C5)
452 (1C4)
AVTCIB
CIB=lnteger
484 (1C6)
AVTNOLBF
LN UN ITS=lnteger
AVTNCKPR
CKREQS=lnteger
456 (1C8)
AVTAS
Address of the Hold/Release Terminal Routine
460 (1CC)
AVTCKTCB
Address of the Checkpoint TCB
464 (100)
AVTOCTCB
Address of the Operator Control TCB
468 (104)
AVTOLTCB
Address of the On-Line Test TCB
472 (108)
AVTCWTCB
Address of the FE Common Write TCB
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
403
476 (tDC)
AVTCWeCA
FE Common Write ECB
480 (lEO)
AVTCKECA
Checkpoint ECB
484 (1E4)
AVTOLECA
On-Line Test ECB
488 (lE8)
492 (lEC)
AVTOPECA
Operator Control ECB
AVTOSECB
ECB Used by the Dispatcher to Cause TCAM
Task to be In the Walt State
496 (lFOI
AVTPCBPT
Address of the First Process Control Block
500 (1 F4)
AVTOPTPT
Address of the Option Table
504 (lF8)
AVTKA02
Address of the I/O Generator In the Activate Subtask
508 (lFC)
AVTREXIT
TREXIT=Name
512 (200)
AVTCRSRF
CROSSRF= Integer
516 (204)
AVTCOMPT
Address of Communications Parameter List
520 (2081
AVTUI
Address of the User Interface Routine
524 (20C)
AVTE8
Address of the Application Program Binary Search
AVTOLIST
528 (210)
I
_ _ _ _ _ _ ~L2:~~ ~t~e~J
AVTHG02
Address of the Routine to Remove a Checkpoint
Element from the Time Delay OCB
532 (214)
AVTAL
Address of the Scan at Offset Routine
536 (218)
AVTGD
Address of the Buffer ASSOCiation Routine
540 (21C)
AVTGT
Address of the Transparent CCW Builder Routine (IEDOGT)
544 (220)
AVTAX
Address of the Buffer Scan Routine
404
OS TeAM PLM
548 (224)
AVTEA
Address of the TCAM Dispatcher
552 (228)
AVTHA
Address of the Receive Scheduler
556122C)
AVTSCOPT
I
r- __S~e~I':. OPti~n ~e~J
AVTHD
Address of the Send Scheduler
560 (230)
AVTEW
Address of the Get Schedu ler
564 (234)
AVTEC
Address of the Put Scheduler
568(238)
AVTEZ
Address of the Get FIFO Scheduler
572 123C)
AVTBZ
Address of the Log Scheduler
576 (240)
AVTR1
Address of the Dial Schedu ler
580 (244)
AVTHB
Address of the Buffered Scheduler
584(248)
AVTE7
Address of th€ Retneve Scheduler
588124C)
Address of the Local Receive Scheduler
592 (250)
AVTCSCH
Address of the Concentrator Send Scheduler
596(254)
Reserved
600 (258)
Reserved
604125C)
AVTCMBSS
Address of the COMMBUF Send Scheduler
608(260)
Reserved
612(264)
Reserved
616(268)
AVTABEND
BALR 1,0
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
405
620 (26C)
B IEDSVC13
624 (270)
AVTDMECB
Dummy Line 1/0 ECB
628 (274)
AVTA3TL
Address of the Translate LIst for the DynamIc Translation RoutIne (IEDaA3)
632 (278)
AVTTONE
WTTONE=lnteger; Address of World Trade Tone Characters
636 (27C)
AVTNX
Address of the Operator Awareness Message Routing Routine
640 (280)
AVTIOT
Address of Line 1/0 Trace Table Handler
644 (284)
AVTHI
Address of System Delay aCB
648 (288)
AVTHK
Address of the Stopllne aCB
652 (28C)
--
... -
AVTCKRMV
Request for Removal of Checkpoint Routine
Element from TIme Delay aueue
--
AVTCKELE
Checkpoint Request Element, Start of Checkpoint aCB
676 (2A4)
677 (2A5)
AVTCKQAD
Address of the Checkpoint aCB
AVTSCBSZ
SCB SIze
681 (2A9)
680 (2A8) AVTCKELF
Checkpoint Request
Element Flags
682 (2AA)
AVTCKELV
CPINTVL=Tlme Interval
AVTCPRCD
CP R CDS= Integer
684 (2AC)
686 (2AE)
AVTCKTIM
TIme of Day Interrupt
688 (2BO)
I ndex to aCB Address
690 (2B2)
AVTOPXCL
ID of OPEN Module with Error
I
I
_ _ _INTRO ~et~n ':o~ _ ~
692 (2B4) AVTOPETR
696 (2B81
700 (2BC)
704 (2COI
406
....
as TeAM PLM
AVTOPERT
OPEN Error Type
AVTHG01
Address of TIme Delay SubroutIne
AVTCKLNK
Link FIeld On the TIme Queue
AVTDELEM
Dummy Last Element
AVTDELAD
Address of the Dummy Last Element
287 (2AF)
AVTOPERL
OPEN Error Locator
691 (2B3IAVTCKBYT
Status at Checkpoint
and Time Delay
-
Ji08
(2C4)
716 (2CC)
1
AVTCCELE
I nCI°d ent Ch ec k pOint Request EI ement
..... rAVTCLRHI
Mask for Clearing Left Two
Bytes of a Register
--
718 (2CE)
AVTHFF
Half Word of X'FF FF'
720 (200)
AVTADBUF
Address of Buffer
724 (204)
AVT2260L
Address of 2260 Local Receive Scheduler
728 (208)
AVTSYSER
System Error Flags
732 (2DC)
729 (209)
AVTMSGS
List of Optional VCONs
AVTCBOCB
Address of the COMMBUF Master QCB
736 (2EO)
AVTSUPPT
Address of the Start-up Message QCB
740 (2E4)
744 (2E8)
--
748 (2EC)
AVTTSOPT
Address of the Time Sharing Input QCB
AVTOCOPT
Address of the Application Program Open/Close Routine
h
AVTDELYB
Time Delay Subtask QCB
----------------~----------------AVTREFTM
1 766 (2FE)
AVTINOUT
Reference Time
Dummy INEND/OUTEND Parameter List
AVTIMOPS
SVC 102 Parameter
776 (308)
780 (30C)
AVTTlMQ
Time Delay Queue
AVTBFREB
Buffer' Request QCB
AVTBFRTB
Buffer Return QCB
AVTCKPTB
Checkpoint QCB
I
IT
}816 (330)
AVTOPCOB
Operator Control QCB
1828 (33C)
T
AVTOLTOB
On-Line Test QCB
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
407
::L
Ji340 (348)
1521354)
AVTACTIB
Activate aCB
I
AVTClOSB
Closedown aCB
I
164 (360)
AVTCPRMB
aCB to Remove an Element from the Time Delay aCB
I. .
AVTDSIOB
Disk I/O aCB
I--
(3781
AVTCPBCB
CPB Cleanup aCB
-r
900 (384)
AVTCOREC
Buffer Unit Pool Address
904 (388)
AVTCADDR
Main Storage aueue Count
908 (38C)
AVTFZERO
Fullword of All Zeros
912 (390)
AVTCAREA
FE Common Write Interface Area Address of the Patch Module
916 (394)
AVTCWPM1
FE Common Write Interface Area - First Parameter Pointer
920 (398)
924 (39C) AVTCWFl1
FE Common Write Flag Byte 1
928 (3AO)
AVTCWEC1
FE Common Write Interface Area - First ECB
925 (39D) AVTCWFl2
FE Common Write Flag Byte 2
926 (39E) AVTCWTS1
FE Common Write Flag Byte 3
.927 (39F) AVTCWTS2
FE Common Write Flag Byte 4
AVTCWPM2
FE Common Write Interface Area - Second Parameter Pointer
932 (3A4)
AVTCWEC2
FE Common Write Interface Area - Second ECB
.
936 (3A8)
AVTAFE10
Address of FE STCB Trace Dump Routine
940 (3AC)
AVTAFE20
Address of FE I/O Trace Dump Routine
944 (3BO)
AVTAFE30
Address of FE Buffer Dump Routine
_~48
408
(3B4)
OS TeAM PLM
AVTCWINT
FE Common Write Interface Area - Patch Area
--
1012 (3F4)
--
AVTGETMN
GETMAIN Parameter List
----
1022 (3FE)
1024 (400)
AVTHA2
Constant = 2
1026 (402)
AVTHA4
Constant = 4
AVTHA3
Constant = 3
1028 (404)
1030 (406)
AVTHA7
Constant = 7
AVTHA16
Constant = 16
1032 (408)
1034 (40A)
AVTKEYLE
KEY LEN on the Message Queues
AVTLNCNT
Number of Lines Opened
1()36 (40C)
1038 (40E)
AVTOPCON
Termname Table Offset to the Primary
Operator Control Terminal
1042 (412)
AVTSMCNT
Number of Lines Serviced by the
Start-up Message Subtask
1046 (416)
AVTDLQX
Offset in Termname Table of the
Dead Letter Queue
AVTOPCNT
Number of Lines Taken by Operator Control
1040 (410)
1044 (414)
AVTAVFCT
Number of Buffers in the Buffer
Units Pool
AVTINTLV
Number of Seconds of a System Delay
INTVAL=lnteger
1048 (418)
1050 (41A)
AVTBIT1
Flag Bits
AVTDUMBR
Dummy Line Trace Table Update
1052 (41C)
AVTBIT3
Flag Bits
1053 (410)
AVTCKRST
REST ART= Integer
1051 (41B)
AVTBIT2
Flag Bits
1054 (41E)
AVTDSKCT
Number of Buffers on CPBs
1056 (420)
AVTHM02
Address of the Destination Scheduler
1060 (424)
AVTCMIN
MSM I N= Integer
1064 (428)
AVTCMAX
MSMAX=lnteger
1068 (42C)
AVTTOTNC
Number of Records in the Entire.Message Queues Data Set
(MSUN ITS=lnteger)
_.2072 (430)
_r-
-I-..
AVTNCPBQ
Queue of Buffers and ERBs Waiting to be Processed
_r-
1080 (438)
AVTFL
Address of the Disk EXCP Driver Routine
1084 (43C)
AVTIA
Address of the REUS part of the Reusability Copy Subtask
1088 (440)
AVTCOPY
Copy Subtask QCB Pointer
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
409
j01092 (444)
AVTDKAPQ
Queue of CPBs to be Processed by CPB Cleanup (Duiabled)
:L
1100 (44C)
AVTDKENQ
Queue of CPBs to be Processed by CPB Cleanup (Enabled)
1108 (454)
AVTNOBFQ
Queue of CPBs without Buffers
1116 (45C)
AVTREUSQ
Reserved
J12414641
_r""
AVTlNCPQ
Queue of CPBs Requesting I/O be Done by EXCP Driver
1132 (46C)
AVTFCPB
Address of the CPB Free Pool
1136 (470)
AVTCPBPT
Address of the CPB Free Pool to be Freed by Disk Close
1140 (474)
AVTlOBR
Address of a Series of lOBs, One for Each Extent of the Reusable Disk Queue
1144 (478)
AVTIOBN
Address of a Series of lOBs, One for Each Extent of the Nonreusable Disk Queue
1148 (47C)
AVTLODPT
Absolute Disk Record Number Indicating Time to Activate the
REUS part of the Reusability - Copy Subtask
1152 (480)
AVTADEBR
Address of the DEBEOEA Field in the DEB for the Reusable Disk
Message Queues Data Set
1156 (484)
AVTNOVOR
Number of Extents
1160(488)
In
the Reusable Disk Message Queues Data Set
AVTRCTRR
Number of Records Per Track On the Reusable Disk Message Queues Data Set
1164 (48C)
AVTTRCYR
Number of Tracks Per Cylinder On the Reusable Disk Message Queues Data Set
1168 (490)
AVTTOTNR
Number of Records in the Entire Reusable Disk Message Queues Data Set
1172 (494)
AVTVOLRR
Product of the Number of Extents Times the Number of Records
Per Track On the Reusable Disk Message Queues Data Set
1176 (498)
AVTADEBN
Address of the DEBEOEA Field in the DEB for the Nonreusable
Disk Message Queues Data Set
1180 (49C)
AVTNOVON
Number of Extents in the Nonreusable Disk Message Queues Data Set
410
as TeAM PLM
I--
1184 (4AO)
AVTRCTRN
Number of Records Per Track On the Nonreusable Disk Message Queues Data Set
1188 (4A4)
AVTTRCYN
Number of Tracks Per Cylinder On the Nonreusable Disk Message Queues Data Set
1192 (4A8)
AVTTOTNN
Number of Records
In
the Entire Nonreusable Disk Message Queues Data Set
AVTVOLRN
1196 (4AC)
Product of the Number of Extents Times the Number of Record~ Per
Track On the Nonreusable Disk Message Queues Data Set
1200 (4BO)
AVTHRESN
Absolute Record Number (Threshold) to Cause Closedown Due to the
Filling of the Nonreusable Disk Message Queues Data Set
1204 (4B4)
AVTNADDR
Index to Nonreusable Oisk Relative Record Number of the Next Record to be Assigned
1208 (4B8)
AVTRADDR
Ind/lx to Reusable Disk Relative Record Number of the Next Record to be Assigned
1212 (4BC)
~~
_....
~-
AVTHRESE
Nonreusable Threshold Closedown Element
1223 (4C7)
AVTHRESS
Status Completion Code
1224 (4C8)
AVTCPBNO
CPB; Integer
1226 (4CA)
Reserved
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
411
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
AVTSAVEI
72
Message Control Program save area
72
(48)
AVTSAVE2
72
Dispatcher save area
144 (90)
AVTSAVE3
72
Subtask save area
216 (D8)
AVTSAVE4
72
First-level subroutine save area
288 (l20)
AVTSAVEX
40
Disabled save area
320 (140)
AVTDLQ
8
At assembly time, set by the DLQ=termname operand of the
INTRO macro. After the termname table is sorted, this value is
moved to A VTDLQX and this field (A VTDLQ) is overlaid and used
as part of the disabled save area.
328 (l48)
AVTCSTCS
4
Address of the first entry in the device characteristics table
332 (l4C) AVTDPARM
4
Disabled parameter list (used with AVTDOUBX)
336 (150)
AVTDOUBX
8
Disabled double word scratch area
344 (158)
AVTDOUBL
8
Enabled double word scratch area
352 (160)
AVTCTLCH
8
Operator Control characters
360 (168)
AVTPASWD
8
Message Control Program password
368 (170)
AVTTCB
4
Address of the Message Control Program TCB-set by the first
open routine
372 (174)
AVTRACE
4
Line II 0 interrupt trace table address
The following are the ready queues for the TeAM Dispatcher:
376 (178)
AVTREADY
4
Enabled ready queue-points to the first item in the chain of
elements that is to be processed by the TCAM Dispatcher
380 (17C) AVTREADD
8
Disabled FIFO ready queue-controls the chain of elements tposted
from disabled routines. The first word points to the first element;
the second word points to the last element on the chain.
388 (184)
AVTCKGET
4
Address of the checkpoint work area; set after a successful
GETMAIN is completed by the Checkpoint Open routine
392 (188)
AVTOCGET
4
Address of the operator control work area
396 (l8C) AVTEXA2S
6
Instructions to be executed to save the user's registers
402 (l92)
AVTEXS2A
6
Continuation of the instructions to be executed to save the user's
registers
408 (198)
AVTPARM
4
Address of the parameters to be processed
412 (19C) AVTBASE
4
Address of the AVT
416 (lAO) AVTPARM3
4
Address of additional optional parameters
420 (1A4) AVTDISTR
4
Address of the Dispatcher's subtask trace table
424 (lA8) AVTRNMPT
4
Address of the termname table
428 (lAC) AVTRDYA
4
User exit address in the READY macro expansion
432 (IBO)
AVTBSCAN
4
Line End Appendage address for BSC message scan
436 (lB4)
AVTRART
4
l\ddress of the routine to update the line II0 interrupt trace table
440 (lB8)
AVTPOST
8
Tpost parameter list used by Operator Control
4
Start parameter list address-set by the INTRO macro expansion
448 (lCO) AVTSPLPT
412
OS TCAMPLM
Offset
Bytes
Description
452 (l C4) A VTCIB
1
The maximum number of command input blocks that can be utilized
at anyone time in the TCAM system-set by the CIB=integer
operand of the INTRO macro
453 (lC5) AVTNCKPR
1
The maximum decimal number of destination queues in use at any
time for application programs that use a CKREQ macro-set by the
CKREQS=integer operand of the INTRO macro
454 (l C6) A VTNOLBF
2
Specifies the number of buffer units that may be used to build
buffers for messages-set by the LNUNITS=integer operand of the
INTRO macro
456 (lC8) AVTAS
4
Address of the Hold/Release Terminal routine
Name
The foUowing are the addresses of the TCBs of the attached tasks:
460 (1 CC) A VTCKTCB
4
Address of the Checkpoint TCB
464 (lDO) A VTOCTCB
4
Address of the Operator ControlTCB
468 (lD4) AVTOLTCB
4
Address of the On-Line Test TCB
472 (l D8) A VTCWTCB
4
Address of the FE Common Write TCB
The foUowing are the event control blocks (ECBs) for the attached tasks:
476 (lDC) AVTCWECA
4
FE Common Write ECB
480 (lEO)
A VTCKECA
4
Checkpoint ECB
484 (lE4)
A VTOLECA
4
On-Line Test ECB
488 (lE8)
AVTOPECA
4
Operator Control ECB
492 (lEC) A VTOSECB
4
ECB used by the Dispatcher to cause the TCAM task to be in the
WAIT state
496 (lFO)
A VTPCBPT
4
Address of the first process control block (PCB)
500 (lF4)
AVTOPTPT
4
Address of the option table
504 (lF8)
A VTKA02
4
Address of the I/O Generator routine in the Activate subtask
508 (lFC) A VTREXIT
4
Address of a user-written routine to be given control when all
entries in the TCAM I/O interrupt trace table have been filled-set
by the TREXIT=name operand of the INTRO macro
512 (200)
AVTCRSRF
4
Specifies the number of entries in the cross-reference table-set by
the CROSSRF =integer operand of the INTRO macro; replaced by
the address of the cross-reference table.
516 (204)
AVTCOMPT
4
Address of the communications parameter list
520 (208)
AVTUI
4
Address of the User Interface routine
524 (20C) AVTE8
4
Address of the Application Program Binary Search routine
528 (210)
AVTHG02
4
Address of the routine to remove a checkpoint element from the
time delay QCB
528 (210)
AVTOLTST
1
Set by the OLTEST=integer operand of the INTRO macro
532 (214)
AVTAL
4
Address of the Scan at Offset routine
536 (218)
AVTGD
4
Address of the Buffer Association routine
540 (21C) AVTGT
4
Address of the Transparent Transmission CCW Building routine
(IEDQGT)
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
413
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
544 (220)
AVTAX
4
Address of the Buffer Scan routine
548 (224)
AVTEA
4
Address of the TCAM Dispatcher
552 (228)
AVTHA
4
Address of the Receive Scheduler
556 (22C) AVTHD
4
Address of the Send Scheduler
556 (22C) AVTSCOPT
1
Scheduler option field
Bit Dermitions:
Name
Bit
Value
Description
AVTCMBUF
3
X'10'
Common buffer transmission
AVTCONC
4
X'08'
Concentrator mixed
AVTCONCO
5
X'04'
Concentrator only
AVTN2741
6
X'02'
No 2741 and no TSO
AVTNDIAL
7
X'OI'
No dial
560 (230)
AVTEW
4
Address of the Get Scheduler
564 (234)
AVTEC
4
Address of the Put Scheduler
568 (238)
AVTEZ
4
Address of the Get FIFO Scheduler
572 (23C) AVTBZ
4
Address of the Log Scheduler
576 (240)
AVTRI
4
Address of the Dial Scheduler
580 (244)
AVTHB
4
Address of the Buffered Scheduler
584 (248)
AVTE7
4
Address of the Retrieve Scheduler
4
Address of the Local Receive Scheduler
4
Address of the Concentrator Send Scheduler
588 (24C)
592 (250)
AVTCSCH
The foUowing are the special elements used in TeAM:
596 (254)
8
Reserved
4
Address of the COMMBUF Send Scheduler
608 (260)
8
Reserved
616 (268)
2
Reserved
618 (26A) AVTABEND
6
This field contains the following code for an 045 abend:
BALR 1,0
IEDSVC13
B
624 (270)
AVTDMECB
4
Address of the dummy line I/O ECB
628 (274)
AVTA3TL
4
Address of the translate list for the Dynamic Translation routine
632 (278)
AVTTONE
4
Contains either a zero or the address of a field consisting of 2
halfwords; the first contains the WTTONE integer from the INTRO
macro and the second a X'FF' representing the number of charac·
ters specified by WTTONE.
636 (27C) AVTNX
4
Address of Operator Awareness Message Routing routine
640 (280)
AVTIOT
4
Address of Line I/O Trace Table routine
644 (284)
AVTHI
4
Address of system delay QCB
648 (288)
AVTHK
4
Address of stopline QCB
604 (256)
414
AVTCMBSS
OSTCAMPLM
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
652 (28C) AVTCKRMV
16
Request for removal of the checkpoint request element from the
time delay queue
668 (29C) AVTCKELE
8
Checkpoint request element-the Time Delay or Reusability
subtasks tpost this element to start the checkpoint routines
676 (2A4) AVTSCBSZ
1
Specifies the number of bytes in the SCB including the save area for
the user's registers.
677 (2A5) AVTCKQAD
3
Address of checkpoint QCB
680 (2A8) AVTCKELF
1
Checkpoint request element flag bits
Bit definitions:
Name
Bit
Value
Description
AVTCRDYN
0
X'80'
Checkpoint requested by the READY macro
expansion
AVTCMCPN
1
X'40'
Checkpoint requested by the MCPCLOSE macro
2
X'20'
Unused
AVTCINCN
3
X'10'
Checkpoint requested by the No Incident Records
routine
AVTCCLCN
4
X'08'
Closedown completion bit
AVTCPIPN
5
X'04'
Checkpoint in progress bit
AVTCRTLN
6
X'02'
Checkpoint requested
AVTWARM
7
X'OI'
Warm restart
681 (2A9) AVTCPRCD
1
The number of environment checkpoint records to be retained in the
checkpoint data set at anyone time-set by the CPRCDS=integer
operand of the INTRO macro
682 (2AA) AVTCKELV
2
The number of seconds between environment checkpoints-set by
the CPINTVL=integer operand of the INTRO macro
684 (2AC) AVTCKTIM
2
Time-of-day interrupt
686 (2AE)
1
Index to the QCB address
687 (2AF) AVTOPERL
1
Open error location
688 (2BO)
AVTOPXCL
2
Module ID of the routine that has an error
690 (2B2) AVTOPERT
1
Specifies the type of open error that occurred
691 (2B3)
AVTCKBYT
1
Specifies the checkpoint and time delay status
692 (2B4)
AVTOPETR
1
INTRO return code
692 (2B4)
AVTHGOI
4
Address of the Time Delay subroutine
696 (2B8)
AVTCKLNK
4
Link field on the time queue
700 (2BC) AVTDELEM
4
Dummy last element-used as the last element in any QCB's (or the
ready queue's) element chain
704 (2CO) AVTDELAD
4
Address of the dummy last element
708 (2C4) AVTCCELE
8
Incident checkpoint request element-tposted by the Operator
Control task to request an incident checkpoint
716 (2CC) AVTCLRHI
2
Mask used with the next halfword to clear the left two bytes of a
register
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
415
Bytes
Description
718 (2CE) AVTFF
2
Halfword equal to X'FFFF'
720 (2DO) AVTADBUF
4
Address of the buffer currently being processed
724 (2D4) AVT2260L
4
Address of the 2260 Local Receive Scheduler
728 (2D8) AVTSYSER
1
System error flag byte-set by the operands of the INTRO macro as
follows:
Name
Bit
Value
Description
AVTCMINN
0
X'80'
The number of main-storage queue units less than
that specified by MSMIN =integer
AVTCMAXN
1
X'40'
The number of main-storage queue units more than
that specified by MSMAX=integer
Offset
Name
2-7
729 (2D9) AVTMSGS
3
Reserved
Address of a list of optional VCONs
The following is a list of pointers to QCBs:
732 (2DC) AVTCBQCB
4
Address of the COMMBUF master QCB
736 (2EO) AVTSUPPT
4
Address of the start-up message QCB
740 (2E4)
4
Address of the time sharing input QCB
4
Address of the application program Open/ Close subtask
AVTTSOPT
744 (2E8) AVTOCQPT
The following is a list of required QCBs:
748 (2EC) AVTDELYB
20
Time Delay subtask QCB
764 (2FC) AVTREFTM
2
Represents the reference time, current time of day, plus or minus 6
hours
766 (2FE) AVTINOUT
2
Dummy INEND/OUTEND parameter list
768 (300)
AVTIMQPS
8
SVC 102 parameter-to tpost the time QCB to itself at the interrupt
776 (308)
AVTTIMQ
4
Time delay queue
780 (30C) AVTBFREB
12
Buffer request QCB
792 (318)
AVTBFRTB
12
Buffer request QCB
804 (324)
AVTCKPTB
12
Checkpoint QCB
816 (330)
AVTOPCOB
12
Operator Control QCB
828 (33C) AVTOLTQB
12
On-Line Test QCB
840 (348)
AVTACTIB
12
Activate QCB
852 (354)
AVTCLOSB
12
Closedown completion QCB
864 (360)
AVTCPRMB
12
QCB to remove an element from the time delay QCB
876 (36C) AVTDSIOB
12
Disk I/O QCB
888 (378)
AVTCPBCB
12
CPB cleanup QCB
900 (384)
AVTCOREC
4
Buffer unit pool address
904 (388)
AVTCADDR
4
Main-storage queue count
4
Fullword of zeros
908 (38C) AVTFZERO
The following is the FE Common Write task interface area:
912 (390)
416
AVTCAREA
OSTCAMPLM
4
Address of the Patch module for this task
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
916 (394)
AVTCWPM1
4
First parameter list pointer for this task
920 (398)
AVTCWEC1
4
First ECB for this task
924 (39C) AVTCWFL1
1
First flag byte for this task
Bit definitions:
Name
Bit
AVTCOMWN 0
925 (39D) AVTCWFL2
Value
Description
X'80'
Specifies that the FE Common Write task is
attached; set by the COMWRTE= YES operand of
the INTRO macro
1
Second flag byte for this task
Name
Bit
Value
Description
AVTCWACT
0
X'80'
Specifies that the FE Common Write task is active;
set by the COMWRTE= YES operand of the INTROmacro
926 (39E) AVTCWTS1
1
Third flag byte for this task
927 (39F)
1
Fourth flag byte for this task
928 (3AO) AVTCWPM2
4
Second parameter pointer for this task
932 (3A4) AVTCWEC2
4
Second ECB for this task
936 (3A8) AVTAFE10
4
Address of the FE STCB Trace Dump routine-IEDQFE10
940 (3AC) AVTAFE20
4
Address of the FE I/O Trace Dump routine-IEDQFE20
944 (3BO) AVTAFE30
4
Address of the FE Buffer Dump routine-IEDQFE30
948 (3B4)
64
Patch area for this task
10
GETMAIN parameter list
1022 (3FE) AVTHA2
2
Constant = 2
1024(400)
AVTHA3
2
Constant = 3
1026 (402)
AVTHA4
2
Constant = 4
1028 (404)
AVTHA7
2
Constant = 7
1030(406)
AVTHA16
2
Constant = 16
1032 (408)
AVTKEYLE
2
Specifies the size in bytes of a buffer unit-set by the
KEYLEN=integer operand of the INTRO macro
1034 (40A) AVTLNCNT
2
Number of lines opened-set by the Line Group Open
routine--<:hecked by the Time Delay subtask
1036 (40C) AVTOPCNT
2
Number of lines taken by the Operator Control task-set by the
System Delay subtask and the Operator Control task
1038 (40E) AVTOPCON
2
Termname table offset to the entry for the primary Operator
Control terminal-set by the PRIMARY =termname operand of the
INTROmacro
1040(410)
AVTAVFCT
2
Number of buffers in the buffer unit pool-this value is equal to the
sum of the LNUNITS=integer and the MSUNITS=integer operands
of the INTRO macro
1042 (412)
AVTSMCNT
2
Number of lines serviced by the Start-up Message subtask
1012 (3F4)
AVTCWTS2
AVTGETMN
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
417
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
1044 (414)
AVTINTLV
2
Number of seconds of a system delay-set by Operator Control or
by the INTVAL=integer operand of the INTRO macro; checked by
the Time Delay subtask
1046 (416)
AVTDLQX
2
Termname table offset of the dead-letter queue-moved from the
A VTDLQ field of the A VT after the termname table is sorted at
execution time
1048 (418)
AVTDUMBR
2
Dummy line II 0 interrupt trace table update
1
Flag bits
1050 (41A) AVTBITl
Bit Definitions:
1051 (4IB)
AVTBIT2
Name
Bit
Value
Description
AVTAPLKN
0
X'80'
Prevents the Disk End Appendage from adding a
CPB to the disabled disk end QCB for CPB Cleanup
AVTAPLKF
X'7F'
0
Off
Mask to permit the Disk End Appendage to add a
CPB to the disabled disk end QCB for CPB
Cleanup
AVTTSON
1
X'40'
Specifies that the TCAM environment has TSO or
is mixed-set by the ENVIRON=TSO or MIXED
operand of the INTRO macro
AVTAQTAN
2
X'20'
Specifies that the system environment has TCAM
or is mixed-set by the ENVIRON=TCAM or
MIXED operand of INTRO
AVTDLAYN
3
X'lO'
Specifies that a system delay is in effect-set by the
Operator Control task
AVTDLAYF
X'EF'
3
Off
Mask to specify that a system delay is not in
effect-bit 3 is turned off by the Time Delay
subtask
AVTREADN
4
X'08'
Specifies that the READY macro expansion has
been executed-set by the READY macro expansion; checked by the open routines
AVTCLOSN
5
X'04'
Closedown indicator:
O-closedown not requested
l-closedown requested
AVTQUCKN
6
X'02'
Type of closedown:
O-Flush closedown
I-Quick closedown
AVTDISKN
7
X'OI'
Specifies that none of the message queues data sets
are disk queued
1
Flag bits
Bit definitions:
Name
Bit
Value
Description
AVTRUFTN
0
X'80'
Reserved
0
X'7F'
Mask for the "Reusability first time" switch turned
off by Reusability
AVTRUF
Off
418
as TeAM PLM
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
AVTREUSN
I
X'40'
AVTREUSF
X'BF'
I
Off
AVTCOPYN
2
X'20'
Specifies that the Reusability-Copy function is
requesting control
3
X'tO'
Specifies that TOPMSG=NO is set in the INTRO
macro
AVTSTRTN
4
X'08'
Restart is in progress
AVTSTRTF
4
X'F7'
Off
AVTOPEIN
5
X'04'
Initial load done indicator
6,7
X'03'
Specifies the line type as nonswitched Start/Stop
only- set by the Activate routine or the Line End
Appendage
6
X'02'
Specifies the line type as Start/Stop, switched or
nonswitched-set by the Activate routine or the
Line End Appendage
7
X'OI'
Specifies the line type as binary synchronous-set
by the Activate routine or Line End Appendage
I
Mask to specify that Reusability is not
running-turned off by Reusability
Mask to specify that restart is not in progress
Specifies the line type as both BSC and Start/Stop,
switched and nonswitched, all possible line
combinations-set by the Activate routine or Lb.-Ie
End Appendage
All
Off
I052(4IC) AVTBIT3
Specifies that Reusability is running-set by
Reusability; checked by CPB Cleanup
Flag bits
Bit Definitions:
Name
Bit
Value
Description
AVTSTAN
7
X'Ot'
Specifies that either a cold or warm restart is to be
performed following a normal quick close or a flush
close-set by STARTUP=C or STARTUP=W
operand of the INTRO macro
AVTSTACN
6
X'02'
Specifies that a cold start is to be performed
following a normal quick or a flush close and that a
continuation restart is to be performed following
system failure-set by the STARTUP=C operand
of the INTRO macro
AVTSTAWN
6 X'FD'
Off
AVTSTAIN
5
X'04'
Mask to specify that a warm restart is to be
performed following
a normal quick or a flush close and that a
continuation restart is to be performed following
system failure-set by the STARTUP=W operand
of the INTRO macro
Specifies that the status of each invitation list is to
be included in the checkpoint record-set by the
STARTUP=I operand of the INTRO macro
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
419
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
AVTSTAYN
4
X'08'
Specifies that no continuation restart is to be
performed following a normal quick close, a flush
close, or system failure-set by the STARTUP= Y
operand of the INTRO macro
AVTOLTBN
3
X'lO'
Specifies that the maximum size in the
OLTEST=keyword operand in the INTRO macro
(the maximum number of on-line tests that can be
performed) has been reached-set, checked, and
reset by TOTE
AVTTSAB
2
X'20'
Specifies that TSO has abended-set by the Time
Sharing Abend module; checked by the TSINPUT
and TSOUTPUT routines; reset by the Start Time
Sharing routine
AVTRFULN
1
X'40'
Reusable disk zone full-set by Reusability
AVTRFULF
0,2, X'BF'
3
Off
Mask to specify that reusable disk is ready to
receive-checked by Receive Scheduler and Line
End Appendage; turned off by Reusability
AVTRECVN
o
Main-storage queue is full-set by Destination
Scheduler when the number of main-storage queue
units > or = the number specified in the
MSMAX= operand of the INTRO macro; turned
off by Disk I/O; checked by the Receive Scheduler
and Line End Appendage
X'80'
1053 (41D) AVTCKRST
1
Specifies which checkpoint record the TCAM restart facility should
use in attempting to restructure the MCP environment as it existed
at the time of closedown or system failure-set by the
RESTART=integer operand of the INTRO macro
1054 (41E)
2
Specifies the number of buffers on CPBs
AVTDSKCT
*******************************************
This is the end of the basic A VT when
ENVIRON=TSO
*******************************************
1056 (420)
A VTMH02
4
Address of the Destination Scheduler
1060 (424)
AVTCMIN
4
Specifies the percentage of the number of units in the message
queues data set below which the data set is not crowded-set by the
MSMIN = integer operand of the INTRO macro
1064 (428)
AVTCMAX
4
Specifies the percentage of the number of units in the message
queues data set above which means that the data set is nearly
full-set by the MSMAX=integer operand of the INTRO macro
1068 (42C) AVTTOTNC
4
Number of records in the entire message queues data set-set by the
MSUNITS=integer operand of the INTRO macro
1072(430)
8
Queue of buffers and ERBs waiting t? be processed
420
AVTNCPBQ
as TeAM PLM
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
............................................
This is the end of the AVT when
main-storage queuing only is specified
(DISK=NO, ENVIRON=TCAM or MIXED)
............................................
1080(438)
AVTFL
4
Address of the Disk EXCP Driver routine
1084 (43C) AVTIA
4
Address of the REUS part of the Reusability-Copy subtask
1088(440)
AVTCOPY
4
Address of the Copy subtask QCB
1092(444)
AVTDKAPQ
8
Queue of the CPBs to be processed by CPB Cleanup (disabled)
1100 (44C) AVTDKENQ
8
Queue of CPBs to be processed by CPB Cleanup (enabled)
1108 (454)
AVTNOBFQ
8
Queue of CPBs without buffers-used by CPB Cleanup
1116 (45C) AVTREUSQ
8
Reserved
1124 (464)
8
Queue of CPBs requesting that I/O be done by EXCP Driver
1132 (46C) AVTFCPB
4
Queue of inactive CPBs-the CPB free pool
1136 (470)
AVTCPBPT
4
Address of the CPB free pool to be freed by the Disk Close
routine-AVTFCPB is initially set to this same value
1140 (474)
AVTIOBR
4
Address of a series of lOBs, one for each extent of the reusable disk
queue
1144 (478)
AVTIOBN
4
Address of a list of lOBs, one for each extent of the nonreusable
disk queue
4
Absolute disk record number that indicates when the REUS part of
the Reusability-Copy subtask is to activated-the initial value is
3/8 of the total number of records on the reusable disk message
queues data set
AVTINCPQ
1148 (47C) AVTLODPT
The next 6-word area is initiated by the OPEN for the reusable disk message queues data set for use by the
MBBCCHHR Converter routine.
1152(480)
AVTADEBR
4
Address of the DEBEOEA field in the DEB for the reusable disk
message queues data set
1156 (484)
AVTNOVOR
4
Number of extents in the reusable disk message queues data set
1160(488)
AVTRCTRR
4
Number of records per track on the reusable disk message queues
data set'
1164 (48C) AVTTRCYR
4
Number of tracks per cylinder on the reusable disk message queues
data set
1168 (490)
AVTTOTNR
4
Number of records in the entire reusable disk message queues data
set
1172 (494)
AVTVOLRR
4
Product of the number of extents times the number of records per
track on the reusable disk message queues data set
The next 7~word area is initialized by the OPEN for the nonreusable disk message queues data set for use by the
MBBCCHHR Converter routine.
1176(498)
AVTADEBN
4
Address of the DEBEOEA field in the DEB for the nonreusable disk
message queues data set
1180 (49C) AVTNOVON
4
Number of extents in the nonreusable disk message queues data set
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
421
Offset
Bytes
Description
1184 (4AO) AVTRCTRN
4
Number of records per track on the nonreusable disk message
queues data set
1188 (4A4) AVTTRCYN
4
Number of tracks per cylinder on the nonreusable disk message
queues data set
1192 (4A8) AVTTOTNN
4
Number of records in the entire nonreusable disk message queues
data set
1196 (4AC) AVTVOLRN
4
Product of the number of extents times the number of records per
track on the nonreusable disk message queues data set
1200 (4BO)
AVTHRESN
4
The absolute record number that is the threshold to cause closedown
due to the filling of the nonreusable disk message queues data set
1204 (4B4)
AVTNADDR
4
Index to nonreusable disk relative record number-next available
location·
1208 (4B8)
AVTRADDR
4
Index to reusable disk relative record number-next available
location·
1212 (4BC) AVTHRESE
12
Nonreusable threshold closedown element
1223 (4C7) AVTHRESS
1
Completion code-used to indicate status
Name
X'FF' - an unused element
X'FO' - the element has been tposted
X'OO' - Closedown indication
X'04' - Closedown indication
1224 (4C8) AVTCPBNO
2
Specifies the value coded in the CPB=integer operand of the
INTROmacro
*Note: This field contains a number which, when adjusted, (by adding 3 and dividing 4) yields the absolute
relative record number.
422
OS TeAM PLM
Access Method Work Area
The access method work area (IEDQWRKA) is a variable-length table that
provides intermediate storage fields, pointers to control blocks, switches, and
space for a work area. When a DCB in an application program is being opened,
the GET/PUT and READ/WRITE Open Executor (IGGO 1946) allocates main
storage for and initializes the access method work area.
The Open Executor puts the address of the work area in the DEBTAMW A field
of the data extent block (DEB) for the application program. The address of the
DEB is in the DCBDEBAD field in the associated data control block (DCB) in
the application program. The DEB address is also in the PEWADEB field of the
process entry work area in the MCP so that routines in the MCP can refer to the
access method work area by first examining the DEB.
The access method work area is variable in length depending upon whether or not
the user specified a SYNAD exit routine. If the user does not specify a SYNAD
exit routine, the fullword field GWASTAT/PWASTAT is set to zero (0). If,
however, the user does specify such a routine, the field GW AST AT /PW AST AT
contains the address of the status indicators. The status indicators are in a 14byte field that is added to the end of the access method work area when required
by a SYNAD routine request. There are two status indicators for the SYNAD
routine. The first is bit zero of the second byte of the 14-byte area. When this bit
is set to 1, the command issued is rejected because work units are out of sequence.
The second status indicator is bit 1 of the thirteenth byte. When this bit is set to
1, an incorrect length has been specified, thus creating a work area overflow.
The format of the access method work area is illustrated below; descriptions of
the fields follow.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
423
IEDQWRKA
0(0)
PWASAVE
GWASAVE
Address of User's Register Save Area
4 (4)
PWAPEWA
Address of the Process Entry Work Area
8 (8)
GWAPEB
Address of a Part-Empty Buffer
12 (C)
f-- - - -
PWASTART
Address of the First Byte of Data in the Work Area
- - ---~--- - - - GWAMOVE Address of the Next Byte in a Buffer to be Moved
PWACKPT
GWACKPT
Address of the User's Checkpoint Routine
16 (10)
20 (14)
24 (18)
1-- -
GWAPEWA
Address of the Next Empty Byte in the User's Work Area
--- -
----- -
PWAECB
.0..._
PUT/WRITE
ECB_ _
GWAECB
GET/READ ECB
___
.......28 (1C)
PWAELEM
GWAELEM
Special AOCTL Element
48 (30)
PWALIST
GWALIST
AOCT L Parameter List
....
----- ------
-
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - -
-
--- -- -_.
-~
--
-----------
MOVE AD
Address of the Field to be Moved
52 (34)
TARGETAD
Address of Where the Data is to be Moved
57 (39)
56 (38)
LENGTHAD
Address of the Length of the Field
PFLAG
End-of-List Indicator
........60 (3C)
_r--
-
132 (84)
I
-
-- - - - - -
- -
--
IOBPSAVE
Address of a Partly Empty Buffer Unit
-
GWASTAT
_ _ _ _ _ _AJ!d.!].st.Qf..Q.!:ILREAD St!luLJ.pQi£a!2!s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -
-
PWASTAT
Address of PUT/WRITE Status Indicators
144 (90)
148 (94)
424
OS TCAM PLM
-I-
"':::,.....
Reserved
EOM Processed GET/REAr;
136 (88)
140 (8C)
-
134 (86)
PWAFLG
PUT/WRITE Reader Needed
1- _ _ _ _ -
PWASAVA
PUT/WRITE Save Area
-GVirASA'iJA- GET/READ Save Area
PWASOWA
GWASOWA
Size of the User's Work Area
GWABUFL
Size of an MCP Buffeh
146 (92)
PWACTL
Work Area Contents
Descriptor Byte
147 (93) GWAADEL
Record Delimiter
150 (96)
151 (97) PWARECFM
GWARECFM
General Switches
PWAOPTCD
GWAOPTCD
General Switches
---
154 (9A)
152 (98)
GWALAECL
Size of a Logical Work Unit
PWAOFF
Termname Table Offset for Message Destination
156 (9C)
CTLADDA
Address of the Work Area Control Byte
162 (A2)
160 (AO)
GWASCAN
Size of Field to be Scanned
BUFCNT
Empty-Buffer Counter
164 (A4)
166 (A6)
IOBPSZE
Prefix Size Work Area
IOBUSZE
Count of Data In a Logical Buffer
168 (A8)
170 (AA)
IOBSACE
Termname Table Offset
......
_...172 (AC)
Reserved
_....
--
GWAATVE
Message Retrieval Work Area
180 (B4)
GWADTSA
General SWitCheS
181 (B5)
Reserved
Note: When there are two field names for one field, those field names
beginning with P are used when the user is coding in PUT mode, and those
field names beginning with G are used when the user is coding in GET mode.
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
PWASAVE
4
Address of the user register save area
0
(0)
GWASAVE
4
Address of the user register save area
4
(4)
PWAPEWA
4
Address of the process entry work area
8
(8)
GWAPEB
4
Address of a partially empty buffer-the one being used
12
(C)
PWASTART
4
Address of the first byte of data in the user work area
12
(C)
GWAMOVE
4
Address of next byte to be moved in a buffer
16
(10)
PWACKPT
4
Reserved
16
(10)
GWACKPT
4
Reserved
20
(14)
GWAPEWA
4
Address of next empty byte in user work area
24
(18)
PWAECB
4
PUT /WRITE ECB
24
(18)
GWAECB
4
GET/READ ECB
28
(1C)
PWAELEM
20
Special AQCTL element
28
(1C)
GWAELEM
20
Special AQCTL element
48
(30)
PWALIST
4
AQCTL parameter list
48
(30)
GWALIST
4
AQCTL parameter list
48
(30)
MOVEAD
4
Address of the field to be moved
52
(34)
TARGETAD
4
Address of the area into which data is to be moved
56
(38)
PFLAG
1
Indicator of end of parameter list
57
(39)
LENGTHAD
3
Address of the length field of the parameter list
60
(3C)
PWASAVA
72
PUT/WRITE save area
60
(3C)
GWASAVA
72
READ / CHECK save area
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
425
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
132 (84)
PWAFLG
2
X'20' header needed (PUT/WRITE)
X'80' EOM processed (GET/READ)
PWAFLG+1
136 (88)
IOBPSAVE
4
Address of partially empty buffer unit
140 (8C)
GWASTAT
4
Address of status indicators
140 (8C)
PWASTAT
4
Address of status indicators
144 (90)
PWASOWA
2
Size of user work area
144 (90)
GWASOWA
2
Size of user work area
146 (92)
PWACTL
1
Work area contents descriptor byte- contains a value indicating
whether the message in the work area is the first, intermediate, or
last segment of the message. The following are the bit settings:
Bits
Value
Meaning
0,1,2,
3,7
X'F1'
first segment (header)
0,1,2,
3,6
X'F2'
last segment (EOM)
0,1,2,
3,6,7
X'F3'
entire message
1
X'40'
intermediate segment
147 (93)
GWARDEL
1
End of record for GET/PUT-copied from the process entry
148 (94)
GWABUFL
2
Size of MCP buffer
150 (96)
PWAOPTCD
1
General switch; bit settings. are:
Name
Bits Value
FIRSTPUT
7
150 (96)
GWAOPTCD
X'Ol'
Meaning
first-time switch for locate mode
1
General switch; bit settings are:
Name
Bits Value
TNMEFLG
0
X'80'
OPTCD= W (source terminal field)
MSGFLG
1
X'40'
OPTCB= U (message rather than record format)
CTLBYTE
2
X'20'
OPTCD=C (control byte flag)
EODADFLG
3
X'tO'
EODAD exit flag mask
RECDEL
4
X'08'
First-time RECDEL flag
RTVFLG
5
X'04'
Retrieve mode switch mask
PARTBUF
6
X'02'
Partially empty buffer left on main-storage QCB
SYNADFLG
7
X'Ol'
DCBOPTCD bit which, if set, effects exit to SYNAD
routine
Meaning
151 (97)
PWARECFM
1
PUT /WRITE; no bits set
151 (97)
GWARECFM
1
GET/READ; bit settings are:
Name
Bits Value
RETFLG
5
X'04'
Retrieve mode may be entered
INCWA
7
X'OI'
Incomplete work area
2
Size of logical work unit
152 (98)
426
GWALRECL
OSTCAMPLM
v
,
Meaning
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
154 (9A)
PWAOFF
2
PUT Scheduler-termname table offset for message destination
156 (9C)
CTLADDR
4
Address of work area control byte; address of PWACTL within the
work area
160 (AO)
GWASCAN
2
Size of field to be scanned
162 (A2)
BUFCNT
2
Empty-buffer counter
164 (A4)
IOBUSZE
2
Count of data in a logical buffer-number of bytes in a buffer unit
166 (A6)
IOBPSZE
2
Number of bytes in a buffer-prefix size work area
168 (A8)
IOBSRCE
2
Termname table offset
2
Reserved
170 (AA)
172 (AC)
GWARTVE
8
Message retrieval work area
180 (B4)
GWADTSA
1
General switch; bit settings are:
Name
Bits Value
DELETE
1
3
Reserved
181 (B5)
X'40'
Meaning
DELETE=YES
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
427
(This page left blank intentionally)
428
OS TeAM PLM
Buffer Prefix
First buffer of a message:
Offset
o
4
Key
PRFKEY
Priority
PRFPRI
QCB address
PRFQCBA
Link field
PRFLINK
Link to
next
unit and
TIC CCW
or
or
CCWOP
Code
or
Next
address
to be
transferred
CCW
flags
12 (C)
8
5
Unused
Number
of units
in this
buffer
13(0)
16(10)
LCB
address
CCW
count
Source
offset
in the
Termname
Table
18 (12)
Size of
data in
this
buffer
20 (14)
Status
byte
21 (15)
Pointer to
additional
records on
disk
PRFXTRA
or to the
current
record in
main storage
24 (18)
Scan
pointer
offset
PRFCOUNT PRFTIC PRFNBUNT PRFLCB PRFSRCE PRFSIZE PRFSTAT1 PRFCORE PRFSCAN
PRFOPCOE PRFIOADR PRFFLAGS
~I
RCB
26 (1A)
Pointer to
next buffer
of this
message if
not last
buffer
PRFNTXT
or text queueback chain if
last buffer
PRFTQBCK
29 (10)
Pointer
to the
first
unit of
the
current
buffer
32 (20)
35 (23)
Pointer
to the
first
buffer
of the
next
message
Queue-back
chain of
the first
buffers of
messages
38 (26)
40 (28)
Input
Destination
sequence offset
number
in the
Termname
Table
PRFCRCD PRFNHDR PRFHQBCK PRFISEQ
PRFDEST
First or 30-byte Buffer Prefix
-=.l
The first 12 bytes are not placed on the
queue for the message queues data set.
0
42 (2A) -
12 (C)
Unit control area
First buffer prefix
Start of the message header or data
PRFSUNIT
PRFSHDR
Subsequent buffer of a message:
Offset
o
5
4
Key
PRFKEY
QCB address
PRFQCBA
Priority
PRFPRI
or
or
CCWOP
Code
Next
address
to be
transferred
12(C)
8
Link to
next
unit and
TIC CCW
Link field
PRFLINK
Number
of units
in this
buffer
or
Unused
CCW
flags
13 (D)
16 (10)
LCB
address
Source
offset
in the
Termname
Table
18 (12)
Size of
data in
this
buffer
CCW
count
-
~I
RCB
21 (15)
Pointer to
additional
records on
disk
PRFXTRA
or to the
current
record in
main storagE
12 (C)
24 (18)
26 (1A)
Scan
pointer
offset
Pointer to
next buffer
of this
message if
not last
buffer
PRFNTXT
or text queueback chain if
last buffer
PRFSCAN
PRFTQBCK
Subsequent or 23-byte Buffer Prefix
29 (10)
Pointer
to the
first
unit of
the
current
buffer
32 (20)
Pointer
to the
first
buffer
of the
current
message
PRFCRCK PRFCHDR
--"
-
The first 12 bytes are not placed on the
queue for the message queues data set.
Unit control area
Status
byte
PRFCOUNT PRFTIC PRFNBUNT PRFLCB PRFSRCE PRFSIZE PRFSTAT1 PRFCORE
PRFOPCDE PRFIOADR PRFFLAGS
o
20 (14)
35 (23)
Subsequent buffer prefix
Continuation of message header or start or
continuation of message data
PRFSUNIT
PRFSTXT
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
429
Insert foldout page 429 at end of book.
IEOQPRF
0(0)
- -PRFOPCOE,"PRFKEv
OP Code or Key
jiw- -
-
PRFRCB
Resource Control Block
PRFlOAOR, PRFOcBAQCB Or Next I/O Address
4 (4)
'-
- -
-
-
-
-
-
- - - ---
PRFRCB
(Cant.)
-
-:~)
PRFFLAGS, PRFPRI
CCW Flags Or Priority
I
I
- - - - - - - - - - ------ - - - PRFLINK
Buffer Link Field
- - - PRFCOUNT
- - - - - - -~i6}
I
CCW Count
8 (8)
PRFTIC
TIC CCW Or Link to Next Unit
12 (C)
PRFSUNIT, PRFNBUNT
Number of Units in this Buffer
16 (10)
13 (D)
PRFLCB
LCB Address
18 (12)
PRFSRCE
Termname Table Offset for Source of Message
20 (14)
21 (15) PRFSTSO
Start of TSO Data
PRFSIZE
Si ze of Data i n-th is Buffer
22 (16)
PRFEOB
Offset to EOB in the Buffer
------- -----------------PRFXTRA
Address of Additional Records
------ ----------------------- -------PRFCORE
------------
PRFSTAT1
Status Byte
Address of the Current Record
24 (18)
28 (1C)
PRFNTXT,PRFTQBCK
(Cant.)
32 (20)
r----------36 (24)
40 (28)
0
(0)
0
(0)
0
(0)
(1)
(1)
4
4
(4)
(4)
5
(5)
6
(6)
26' (1A)
PRFSCAN
Scan POinter Address
PRFNTXT
Next Text Segment Address
PRFTQBCK
Text Queue-Back Chain
r-------- ------------- -----
29 (10)
PRFCRCO
Current Segment Address
PRFNHOR
PRFSTXT
35 (23)
_ _ _ ..§t~t 2f TexL _ _ _ _
Address of the Next Header Segment
------PRFCHOR--- - - - - - - - - - - - PRFHQBCK
Address of the Header of the Current Message
Header Queue-Back Chain
38 (26)
PRFHQBCK
(Cant.)
PRFISEQ
Input Sequence Number
PRFDEST
Termname Table Offset for Destination of Message
PRFRCB
PRFOPCDE
PRFKEY
PRFIOADR
8
1
3
PRFQCBA
PRFFLAGS
PRFPRI
3
PRFLINK
PRFCOUNT
3
1
2
Resource control block
CCW operation code, when I/O is being performed
Element key of the buffer
Next data byte (address) to be transferred (Read), when I/O is being
performed
QCB address, when the buffer is an element
CCW flags, when I/O is being performed
Priority of the buffer, when it is an element
Link field of the buffer, unused when a CCW
CCW (Read/Write) count
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
431
Offset
Name
(8)
PRFTIC
8
Bytes
4
Description
TIC CCW & link to the next unit. The high-order byte contains one of the
following:
Bits Value Meaning
X'80'
Logical end of message
0
X'40'
Header converted to text
1
Start of the logical unit
Number of units in this buffer
1
Pointer to the LCB
3
Termname table offset for the source of the message
2
Size of data in this buffer
2
Status byte:
Bits Value Meaning
Name
X'80'
Cancel message has been executed
0
PRFCNCLN
All X'FF' Mask to specify that the message is not canceled
PRFCNCLF
On
X'40' Error message is in this buffer
PRFERMGN
1
X'BF' Mask to specify that this is not an error message buffer
PRFERMGF
1
Off
X'20' Message is being held
PRFITCPN
2
X'DF' Mask to specify that the message is not being held
PRFITCPF
2
Off
X'IO'
This is a TSO buffer
PRFTSBUF
3
X'08' Duplicate-header buffer
PRFDUPLN
4
X'F7' Mask to specify an original buffer
PRFDUPLF
4
Off
X'04'
SETEOF was executed
PRFEOFN
5
X'FB' Mask to specify that SETEOF was not executed
PRFEOFF
5
Off
PRFLOCK .. PRFEOFN
LOCK executed this messa-ge
X'02'
PRFNLSTN
6
Not the last buffer of a message
PRFNLSTF
6
X'FD' Mask to specify the last buffer of a message
Off
PRENHDRN
X'Ol'
Not the first buffer of a message
7
PRFNHDRF
X'FE' Mask to specify the first buffer of a message
7
Off
Start of time sharing data
3
Pointer to the additional records
3
Pointer to the current record
Offset to EOB in the buffer (receive)
2
Name
PRFEOMSG
PRFBFMM
12
12
13
16
18
20
(C)
(C)
(D)
(10)
(12)
(14)
PRFSUNIT
P.RFNBUNT
PRFLCB
PRFSRCE
PRFSIZE
PRFSTATl
21
21
21
(15)
(15)
(15)
22
(16)
PRFSTSO
PRFXTRA
PRFCORE
PRFEOB
24
26
26
29
32
32
35
35
38
40
432
(18)
(1 A)
(1 A)
(10)
(20)
(20)
(23)
(23)
(26)
(28)
PRFSCAN
PRFNTXT
PRFTQBCK
PRFCRCD
PRFNHDR
PRFCHDR
PRFSTXT
PRFHQBCK
PRFISEQ
PRFDEST
OS TCAM PLM
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
Scan pointer address
Pointer to the next text segment
Queue-back chain of text segments
Pointer to the current segment
Pointer to the next header segment
Pointer to the header of the current message
Start of text data in a subsequent buffer
Queue-back chain of header segments
Input sequence number
Termname table offset for the destination of the message
Channel Program Block
The channel program block (IEDQCPB) contains the disk channel program and
other information pertinent to the disk I/O involved. Within the channel program
the CPB contains pointers to its associated unit and to the next CPB as well as the
actual number of the unit being processed and its MBBCCHHR equivalent. The
address of the first CPB is in the AVTCPBPT field of the address vector table.
The same address is in the A VTFCPB field of the A VT at INTRa execution time,
but this field changes during the execution of the channel program as it always
points to the first CPB in the LIFO CPB queue.
In disk queuing, CPBs are used to read to or write from the destination queues. If
disk queuing is used, the pool of CPBs is created by a nonresident routine called
by the INTRa macro expansion. The user specifies the number of CPBs to be
built to handle the message queues buffers in the CPB=integer operand of the
INTRa macro instruction. Each CPB is built in main storage and is an allocated a
work area equal in size to one buffer unit (including the 12-byte unit control
area). Initially this unit is contiguous with the CPB, but as processing continues,
the unit may be from the buffer unit pool. The CPBXREA field points to the
associated unit, which is actually the disk data area.
The format of the channel program block is illustrated below; descriptions of the
fields follow.
IEDQCPB
0(0)
~-
CPBHEADF
Seek Head CCW
--- - - ---- CPBSEEK
- - -- - r11 . - - - - - - --CPBHEAD
(1)
- - -
Head 10 Address
CPBHEADF
(Cont.)
- -1- - - - - - ...... -15"(51CPBSEKFL
16(6)
CPBSEKCT
Reserved
I
Seek Flag
I
Seek Count
8 (8)
CPBSETAF
Set Sector CCW
f- - - - - - - - - - - r. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CPBSET
,9(9)
CPBSETA
OP Code
,
Set Sector 10 Address
12 (C)
CPBSETAF
(Cont.)
- - - -CPBSETCT- - - - - CPBSETFL- - - - f"13(0)Reserved
: 14 (E 1
Set Sector Count
Set Sector Flag
-----
OP Code
4 (4)
- --- ---
------
l
- --- --,----
16 (10)
CPBSRCH
OP Code
-------- - - --------- - 17(11) - -- - - CPBSREC
Record 10 Address
CPBSRECF
(Cont.)
1
20 (14)
cPBSRHFL- Search Flag
24 (181
-- -- -
-
CPBTlC1
OP Code
28 (1CI
-- 32 (201
u.
----
CPBSRECF
Search 10 Equal CCW
-- - -
---
- -- --
CPBSECTR
Sector 10
-
-121(151
:
-
- - -
Reserved
- 122 (16)I
I
- -i
-- - -
------
Search Count
CPBTICSF
TIC to Search CCW
-1- - - - - - 125 (19)
CPBTICS
Search CCW Address
C"BTICSF
(Cont.)
29I10I- CPBUNUSD
Reserved
I
,
- - - ------CPBSRHCT
- -
- -- ---- - -------
- --- - - - --- - - ---- - - -- -CPBAREAF
Read/Wnte CCW
'II ...
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
433
"r-
t------CPBRDWR -
- -
-:33(21)
OP Code
- - - --- -
I
36 (24)
-- - --
- - i
CPBRWFL
ReadlWnte Flag
-
37(25)
-- -
Reserved
- 141 (29)
CPBXDWR
OP Code
I
- -CPBXWFL
-- - Read/Wrlte F 1l1li
145
I
i20) -
- -
CPBXREA
1/0 Area Address
Reserved
CPBXREAF
(Cont.)
- - 146(2EI
:
- - - --
------
-
--- - -
----- -
- --
-
CPBXOUNT
Number of Bytes to Read or Wnte
CPBNEXTF
TIC to Nel(t CPB CCW
48 (30)
r--
Number of Bytes to Read or W~lte
-- - -- -
44 (2CI
~-
-- - -CPBCOUNT
- - - - - ---- -1---,38 (26)
CPBXREAF
Second ReadlWnte CCW
- --- -
.
-- -- --
CPBAREAF
(Cont.)
I
40 (28)
!--
- -
CPBAREA
1/0 Area Address
-----
- --CPBTlC2
- ; 49(31,
OP Code
- - -
I
-- -
- - -- - - -- - - ---
CPBNEXT
Nel(t CPB Address
--
--
52 (34)
r- - - -
CPBFLAG Flag Byte
CPBADDR
Indel( to Absolute Record Number
--,
I
56 (38)
64(40)
65 (411
CPBTOUNT
Data to be Moved Count
CPBINWKA
Work Area Data Count
68 (44)
-- - -
- -
CPBUNTCT
Unit Data Count
434
--
CP8ABSAD
MBBCCHHR Value
-I-
-r
OS TeAM PLM
-
:69(45T
J
--
-t"""
66 (42)
CPBWKACT
Work Area Start Address
CPBAERBF
ERB Address
- - CPBAERB
--
ERB Address
-
----
67 (43)
CPBNUMB
Current CPB Number
--- -- - -
- -
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
CPBHEADF
Start of the Seek Head CCW
0
(0)
CPBHEADF
Start of the Seek Head CCW
0
(0)
CPBSEEK
1
Seek Head op code
1
(1)
CPBHEAD
3
Pointer to the head ID
4
(4)
CPBSEKFL
1
Seek CCW flag, command chaining
6
(6)
CPBSEKCT
2
Seek count of 6
8
(8)
CPBSETAF
8
(8)
CPBSET
1
Set Sector op code
9
(9)
CPBSETA
3
Pointer to sector ID byte
12
(C)
CPBSETFL
1
Set Sector flag byte
13
(D)
1
Reserved
14
(E)
CPBSETCT
2
Set Sector count of 1
16
(10)
CPBSRCH
1
Search ID Equal op code
17
(11)
CPBSREC
3
Pointer to the record ID
20
(14)
CPBSRHFL
1
Search CCW flag
21
(15)
1
Reserved
22
(16)
CPBSRHCT
3
Search count of 5
24
(18)
CPBTICSF
24
(18)
CPBTIC1
1
TIC op code
25
(19)
CPBTICS
3
Address of the Search CCW
28
(1C)
CPBSECTR
1
Set sector ID
29
(lD)
CPBUNUSA
3
Reserved
32
(20)
CPBAREAF
32
(20)
CPBRDWR
1
Read/Write op code
33
(21)
CPBAREA
3
Address of the II 0 area
36
(24)
CPBRWFL
1
Read/Write flag
37
(25)
1
Reserved
38
(26)
CPBCOUNT
2
Number of bytes to be read or written
40
(28)
CPBXREAF
40
(28)
CPBXDWR
1
Read/Write op code
41
(29)
CPBXREA
3
Address of the II 0 area
44
(2C)
CPBXWFL
1
Read/Write flag
45
(2S)
1
Reserved
46
(2E)
CPBXOUNT
2
Number of bytes to be read or written
48
(30)
CPBNEXTF
48
(30)
CPBTIC2
1
TIC op code
49
(31)
CPBNEXT
3
Pointer to the next CPB
52
(34)
CPBFLAG
1
Flag byte
Start of the Set Sector CCW
Start of the TIC to Search CCW
Start of the Read/Write CCW
Start of the second Read/Write CCW
Start of the TIC to next CPB CCW
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
435
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
52
(34)
CPBADDR
4
Index to absolute record number-this field contains a number
which when adjusted (by adding 3 and dividing by 4), yields the
absolute record number.
55
(37)
CPBQTYPE
I
The low-order two bits of the number determine the queue type as
follows:
B'll'-Reusable disk'queuing
B'IO'-Reserved
B'OI'-Nonreusable disk queuing
B'OO'-Main-storage queuing
56
(38)
CPBABSAD
8
MBBCCHHR value
64
(40)
CPBINWKA
I
Count of the data in the work area
64
(40)
4
LCB address, if the CPB is for IGGOI 9RP
65
(41)
CPBTOUNT
I
Count of the data to be moved into a unit
66
(42)
CPBWKACT
I
Where to start in the work area
67
(43)
CPBNUMB
I
Sequential number of the current CPB
68
(44)
CPBAERBF
4
Address of the ERB, or the work area unit address (for IGGOI9RP)
68
(44)
CPBUNTCT
I
Count of data already in the unit
69
(45)
CPBAERB
3
The following are the CCW bit definitions:
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
CPBCDC
0
X'80'
Data chaining
CPBCCC
I
X'40'
Command chaining
CPBSLIC
2
Suppress incorrect length
CPBSKIPC
3
X'20'
X'IO'
7
X'OI'
Write Data or Key and Data bit
CPBNOPC
6,7
X'03'
NO OP command
CPBWRC
5,7
X'05'
Write Data command
CPBRDC
5,6
X'06'
Read Data command
CPBKEYB
4
X'08'
Key bit
CPBTICC
4
X'08'
TIC command
CPBWRKC
4,5,7
X'OD'
Write Key and Data command
CPBRDKC
4,5,6
X'OE'
Read Key and Data command
CPBSEEKC
3,4,6,7
X'IB'
Seek Head command
CPBSETC
2,6,7
X'23'
Set Sector command
CCWFlags:
CCW Commands:
CPBWRITB
436
OS TeAM PLM
I
Skip data
Checkpoint Di$k Records
Checkpoint Control Record: The checkpoint control record is written on disk from
the area starting at CKPCNTLR in the checkpoint work area each time that an
environment checkpoint record is written.
Offset
2
0
FIlii! byte
Number of
current
enVlfonment
inCident
Number of
available
records
inCident
record
CKPTTRCT
CKPFLAGS
Offset
8
4
3
Inde. to the
CKPINCNT
5
TTR of the fIrst
CKREO record
records
TTR of the last
CK REO record
on f;rst CKREO
records track
CKPINCNO
CKPCRRNO
CKPTTRCR
9
121CI
TTR of the fIrst
Number of bytes
InCident record
Incident record
In
on first mcldent
Value of the
INTRO
record segment
operand
CKREOS
Value of the
INTRO
operand
CPRCDS
CKPBPERR
CKPCKRQS
CKPCPRCD
an environment
records trick
CKPlNRNO
Offset
CKPTTRIN
17 (111
16 (101
Length of a
CKREO record
per track
CKPIPERT
CKPCPERT
CKPCKRLN
InCident
records
Length of an
Incident record
CKPINCLN
inCident record wratten
CKPRPERT
CKPTTRLI
28 (lCI
30 (1EI
Data on track
preceding current
environment segment
Data on track
precethng current
CKPSECLT
CKPSECLI
InCident
Data on track
precedmg first
record
CKREO record
CKPSECCR
37 (251
Data on track
3 byte TTR for fIrst
Data on track
preceding fIrst
enVironment record. All
preceding first segment
incident record
other TTRs follow thIS
CKPTTRT1
CKPSECT1
CKPSECIN
(0)
TTR of the last
environment
34 (22)
Offset 32 (20 I
0
21 (151
Number of
record segments
per trIck
26 (1A)
Offset 24 (18)
Offset
20 (141
18 (121
Number of
CKREO
records
per track
Number of
15 (FI
14 (EI
TTR of last
Name
Bytes
Description
CKPFLAGS
1
Flag byte:
X'80'-normal
closedown
of enVlfonment record
Initialized By
Altered By
Set by IGG01943
Turned off by
IGG01944
X'lO'-Open CKREQ
IGG01944
X'20'-Open incident
IGG01944
X'40'-Open environment
IGG01943
X'08'-No environment
records are available
X'04'-Value of
start-up parameter
that indicates
whether invitation
lists are to be
checkpointed
X'02't-0S synchronous
checkpoint
IGG01943,
IGG01941
Set by IGG01949
IGG01943
IGG01949
IGG01949
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
437
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
Initialized By
Altered By
X'O l'-Operator
control incident
records are present
1
(1)
CKPTTRCT
1
Index to the
current environment checkpoint
record
IGG01942 initializes IEDQNP changes this
this field to 1
field after each
environment
checkpoint
2
(2)
CKPINCNT
1
Total number of
incident records
in the data set
IGG01949
3
(3)
CKPINCNO
1
Number of incident records
that are available for use
Cold start
(IGGOI949)
Warm start
(IGGOI941)
4
(4)
CKPCRRNO 1
TTR of the last
CKREQ record on
the first track
that contains
CKREQ records
IGG01942
5
(5)
CKPTTRCR
3
TTR of the first
CKREQ record
IGG01942
8
(8)
CKPINRNO
1
TTR of the last
incident record
on the first track
that contains
incident records
IGG01942
9
(9)
CKPTTRIN
3
TTR of the first
incident record
IGG01942
12
(C)
CKPBPERR
2
Number of bytes
in each environment record segment
IGG01949
14
(E)
CKPRKRQS
1
Value of CKREQS
(from INTRO)
for the last
start-up-used
at restart time
instead of the
corresponding
value in the A VT
Cold start
IGG01942
Warm start
(IGGOI944)
15
(F)
CKPCPRCD
1
Value of CPRCDS
(from INTRO) for
last start-upused at restart
time instead of
the corresponding
value in the A VT
Cold start
(IGGOI942)
Warm start
(IGGOI943)
16
(10)
CKPIPERT
1
Number of incident
records per track
IGG01949
438
OSTCAMPLM
IEDQNG,IEDQNH,
IEDQNI,IEDQNJ,
IEDQNO
Offset
1:7
(11)
Name
Bytes
Description
Initialized By
CKPPRQNO
1
Maximum number of
priority QCBs used
by an OS synchronous process entry
IGG01949
Number of CKREQ
records per track
(overlays CKPPRQNO)
IGG01949
CKPCPERT
18
(12)
CKPCKRLN
2
Length of a CKREQ
record, depends on
the number of
option fields
IGG01949
20
(14)
CKPRPERT
1
Number of environment record segments per track
IGG01949
21
(15)
CKPTTRLI
3
TTR of the last
incident record
written
IGG01941
24
(18)
CKPINCLN
2
Length of an incident
record
IGG01949
26
(1A)
CKPSECLT
2
Data on track preceding
the environment record
IEDQNP
28
(1C)
CKPSECLI
2
Data on track preceding
the current incident
record
IEDQNP
30
(1E)
CKPSECCR
2
Data on track preceding
the first CKREQ record
IEDQNP
32
(20)
CKPSECIN
2
Data on track preceding
the first incident
record
IEDQNP
34
(22)
CKPTTRTl
3
3-byte TTR for the first
environment record. All
other TTRs follow this.
IEDQNP
37
(25)
CKPSECTl
2
Data on track preceding
the first segment of the
environment record
IEDQNP
Altered By
IEDQNP
There are as many three-byte TTR fields for environment checkpoint records as
there are records indicated in CKPCPRCD.
Environment Checkpoint Record Segment: Main storage in which to build an
environment checkpoint record segment is obtained by the Environment Checkpoint routine (IEDQNK) each time that an environment checkpoint is requested.
The format and length of an environment checkpoint vary according to option
table and terminal table entries. The environment record contains one section of
data, with the associated option fields, for each single, group, line, and process
entry of the terminal table.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
439
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
Initialized By
0
(0)
CDRDATE
4
Date of the checkpoint
IEDQNP
4
(4)
CDRTIME
4
Time that the record
is written
IEDQNP
8
(8)
CDRKEY
1
Key byte:
IEDQNK
X'lC'-last segment
of an environment
checkpoint record
X'20'-a segment
that is not the
last segment of
an environment
checkpoint record
9
(9)
CDRTTRLI
12
(C)
CDRDATA
440
OS TeAM PLM
3
TTR of the last
incident record
written
IEDQNP
This is tJIe point at which the.
checkpointed fields from the
terminal table start. Only single,
group, line, and process entries
are checkpointed, and different
fields are included under different
conditions. These conditions are
stated as each item is described.
Each entry is checkpointed as
follows:
1
Terminal entry status byte (from
TRMSTATE) included only for a single,
group, or line entry
IEDQNK
2
Input sequence number (from TRMINSEQ)
included only for a single, group,
line, or process entry that is disk
queued
IEDQNK
2
Output sequence number (from
TRMOUTSQ) included only for a single,
group, line, or process entry that
is disk queued
IEDQNK
n
Option fields for the terminal
table entry
IEDQNK
2
Count of messages for this
destination (from QCBMSGCT in the QCB
referred to by TRMDESTQ) included
for any single, group, line, or
process entry that has not had its
QCB checkpointed
IEDQNK
Offset
12+n
Name
Bytes
Description
Initialized By
3
Queue-back message chain pointer
(from QCBQBACK) included for any
single, group, line, or process entry
that has not had its QCB checkpointed
IEDQNK
21
Disk pointers from QCBDNHDR through
QCBLFEFO in a priority-level QCB that
is attached to this destination QCB;
there is one of these 21-byte entries
for each priority-level QCB attached
to a destination QCB that is being
checkpointed
IEDQNK
3
LCBSTAT1, LCBSTAT2, DCBINTVL
for any single, group, or line entry
IEDQNK
n
Invitation list for any single,
line, or group entry that has not had its
destination QCB checkpoinfed;
QCBDCBAD points to the DeB, and
DCBINVLI points to the invitation
list; the length of the list is
equal to the number of entries
times the length of each entry plus
eight control bytes
IEDQNK
2
The following information is at
the end of the environment record.
IEDQNK
Termname table offset to
the primary operator control terminal
(from the A VT field A VTOPCON)
2
Number of seconds in a system
system delay (from the A VT field
AVTINTLV)
IEDQNK
1
TCAM status byte (from the A VT
field A VTBIT 1)
IEDQNK
1
TCAM status byte (from the A VT
field A VTBIT2)
IEDQNK
4
Nonreusable disk relative
record address (from the A VT field
AVTNADDR)
IEDQNK
4
Reusable disk relative record
address (from the A VT field
AVTRADDR)
IEDQNK
4
Value of AVTLODPT
IEDQNK
Section S: Data Area Layouts
441
In summary, the general format of an environment checkpoint record is as follows:
Offset
o
4
9
8
12
,
{
Date Time Key TTR of last Termin al Table Option flefds QCB data LCB data DCB data Invitation
for the
for the
for the
for the
List for the
X'20' incident
data fo r the
first entry
first entry first entry first entry first entry
red used
first en try
,
Terminal Table
data for the
second entry
Option fields
for the
second entry
.~
Second segment
offset
4
0
8
9
12
Date Time Key TTR of last
X'1C' incident
rcd used
(
QCB
for th
seco~
I
Terminal Table
data for the
\--'--_-\
Option fields
for the
QCB data
for the
LCB data
for the
DCB data
for the
Invitation
List for the
D
A VT
~-"'""--_'I \-_......._ ; ""_'---\ \-_.1.----\ r.-.........--\ ..._~_f-'llelds
Incident Checkpoint Record for the CHECKPT Macro: The Build Incident Record
for the MH routine (IEDQNG) issues a GETMAIN for main storage in which to
build this incident checkpoint record and places the address of this area at
CKPLDRB in the checkpoint work area. If the CHECKPT macro is issued in the
incoming group of MH, the terminal that sent the current buffer is checkpointed.
If the CHECKPT macro is issued in the outgoing group of MH, the terminal that
is to receive the current message is checkpointed. The length of this record
depends on which option table fields are used for the terminal being checkpointed.
The Build Incident Record for the MH routine uses the LCB field LCBTTCIN,
the offset to the current termname table entry, as input to the Termname Table
code (IEDQTNT) to get the correct terminal entry address. The terminal entry
field TRMOPTBL is an offset to the beginning of the option table fields for this
terminal. The routine adds the option table offset from the terminal entry to the
option table address (from A VTOPTPT in the A VT) to refer to the beginning of
the option table data for this terminal and uses the individual option entry offsets
in the terminal entry to refer to the specific option data entries for this terminal.
The second word of the option table contains the address of the option characteristics table, each entry of which corresponds in consecutive order to each option
entry offset in a terminal entry. If the Build Incident Record for the MH routine
finds that a halfword option entry offset in the terminal entry does not contain
X'FF', the routine gets the address of the option data by adding the halfword
option entry offset to the beginning of the option data for this terminal to get the
beginning of this data field, gets the length of this option data field for the corresponding option characteristics table entry, and moves the option data to the next
available location in the incident checkpoint record.
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
Initialized By
0
(0)
CDRDATE
4
Date of the checkpoint
IEDQNB
4
(4)
CDRTIME
4
Time that the record is written
IEDQNP
8
(8)
CDRKEY
1
Key byte:
IEDQNG
D'OO'-CHECKPT record
9
(9)
442
OS TCAMPLM
CDRSTAT
1
The terminal status (from TRMSTATE)
IEDQNG
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
Initialized By
10
(A)
CDROFFS
2
The offset to the terminal that
is currently connected on the line
of the LCB that is the request
element (from LCBTTCIN)
IEDQNG
12
(C)
CDRSEQIN
2
Input sequence number
IEDQNG
14
(E)
CDRSEQOU 2
Output sequence number
IEDQNG
16
(10)
CDROPTN
Beginning of the option
fields defined for the terminal referred
to by the offset in bytes 10-11.
The manner in which IEDQNG checkpoints these option fields is
described in the write-up that
precedes this record layout.
IEDQNG
In summary, the general format of an incident checkpoint record for the
CHECKPT macro is as follows:
o
4
Date
8
Key
0'00'
Time
10 (A)
9
Terminal
status
12 Ie)
Terminal
offset
Sequence
numbers
1611 0)
-- .. __________________________________
-r~
-I..
-J1r
O_p_tio_n_d_a_ta_f_le_ld_s________________________________
Incident Checkpoint for Operator Control: The Build Incident Checkpoint for
Operator Control routine (IEDQNJ) issues a GETMAIN for main storage in
which to build this incident checkpoint record and places the address of this area
at CKPLDRB in the checkpoint work area. This routine initializes this checkpoint
record from the operator control checkpoint element pointed to by OPCCOPCE
in the Operator Control AVT.
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
Initialized By
o
(0)
CDRDATE
4
Date of the checkpoint
IEDQNP
4
(4)
CDRTIME
4
Time that the record is written
IEDQNP
8
(8)
CDRKEY
1
Key byte:
IEDQNJ
D' 16 '-Operator Control record
9
(9)
CDRTTRLI
3
Flag bits:
IEDQNJ
Bit 22-ON-Last segment
Off-Intermediate segment
Bit 23-0n-Continuation segment
Off-First or only segment
12
(C)
36
Operator Control checkpoint element
pointed to by OPCCOPCE in the Operator
Control AVT
IEDQNJ
Section
5:
Data Area Layouts
443
In summary, the format of an incident checkpoint record for operator control is as
follows:
o
4
8
9
r Ti~ I ~~.. I
1
(C±1------'--------I-------....-------11
FI"
12
T
T
Operator Control Checkpoint Element
Incident Checkpoint for the TCHNG Macro: The Build Incident Checkpoint for
TCHNG routine (IEDQNH) issues a GETMAIN for main storage in which to
build this incident checkpoint record and places the address of this area at
CKPLDRB in'the checkpoint work area. The checkpoint of the option data fields
is handled exactly as explained in the Incident Checkpoint for the CHECKPT
Macro discussion.
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
Initialized By
0
(0)
CDRDATE
4
Date of the checkpoint
IEDQNP
4
(4)
CDRTIME
4
Time that the record is written
IEDQNP
8
(8)
CDRKEY
1
Key byte:
IEDQNH
D'04'-TCHNG record
9
(9)
CDRSTAT
1
Terminal entry status byte
(from TRMSTATE)
IEDQNH
10
(A)
CDROFFS
2
Offset to the termname
table entry for the terminal
being checkpointed (from
bytes 12-13 of the checkpoint
request element)
IEDQNH
12
(C)
CDROPTN
Beginning of the option fields
defined for the terminal referred
to by the offset in
bytes to-II.
IEDQNH
In summary, the general format of an incident checkpoint for TCHNG record is as
follows:
Date
444
8
4
0
OS TeAM PLM
Time
10 (AI
9
Key
0'04'
Terminal
status
byte
121CI
(
•
Terminal
offset
Option data
.
{
CKREQ Checkpoint Record: The Build CKREQ Disk Record routine (IEDQNM)
issues a GETMAIN macro for main storage in which to build this CKREQ
checkpoint record and places a pointer to this area in the CKPLDRB field of the
checkpoint work area. The format and length of this checkpoint record depends
upon the number of priority QCBs associated with the destination QCB that is
being checkpointed; there is one 21-byte area of QCB disk pointers for each
priority level. The checkpoint of the option data fields is handled exactly as
explained in the Incident Checkpoint for the CHECKPT Macro discussion. The
CKREQ record DSECT is IEDQCDRD.
Offset
o
(0)
Name
Bytes
CDRCKFLG 1
Description
Initialized By
Flag bits:
Bit 0- On-CLREQ is not complete
Off-CKREQ is complete
IEDQNM
3
Link address of the checkpoint
disk I/O queue (from CKPIOQF
and CKPIOQL in the checkpoint
work area)
IEDQNM
2
Input sequence number (from
TRMINSEQ in the terminal entry
that is referred to by the offset
at CDRCKOFF)
IEDQNM
1
(1)
4
(4)
CDRCKIN
6
(6)
CDRCKOUT 2
Output sequence number (from
TRMOUTSQ in the terminal entry
that is referred to by the offset
at CDRCKOFF)
IEDQNM
8
(8)
CDRKEY
Key byte:
IEDQNM
1
X'18'-CKREQ record
9
(9)
1
10
(A)
CDRCKOFF 2
Termname Table offset (from
DEBTAMOS in the associated DEB)
IEDQNM
12
(C)
CDRCKMSG 2
QCB message count (from
QCBMSGCT in the destination QCB)
IEDQNM
14
(E)
CDRCKQBC 3
Queue-back chain pointer (from
QCBQBACK in the destination QCB)
IEDQNM
17
(11)
CDRCKQCB 21
Priority QCB disk pointers (from
the first 21 bytes of the priority
level QCB):
IEDQNM
Reserved
QCBDNDHR-disk record number for the
next first unit of a message received
QCBFHDLZ-disk record number of the
first unit of the first message in the
last zone used for this queue
QCBFHDTZ-disk record number of
the first unit of the first message
for this queue in the current zone
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
445
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
Initialized By
QCBINTFF-disk record number in the
link field of the message on the read-ahead
queue
QCBINTLF-disk record number of the
message on the read-ahead queue
QCBFFEFO-disk record number of the
first message received in FEFO order
QCBLFEFO-disk record number of the
last message received in FEFO order
Beginning of the option fields
defined for the terminal referred to
byCDRCKOFF
17 +(21 x n) CDRCKOPT
where n is
the number
of priority
level QCBs
IEDQNM
In summary, the general format of a CKREQ checkpoint record is as follows:
Offset
o
6
4
Flag
Lmk address
CORCKFLG
Input sequence number
Output sequence number
CORCKIN
CORCKOUT
Offset
101 A )
9
S
Key
X'1S'
Reserved
CORKEY
14 (E)
121C)
(
•
Termmal name
offset
ace message
count
aueu e-back
cham pomter
CORCKOFF
CORCKMSG
CDR CKOBC
J
Offset
17 (11)
(
17 + (21 )( n)
~------~~------~~--~~--~--------~ T--------~----------------------------__,
J
PriOrity ace disk
pomters for the first
priority level
Priority ace disk
pointers for the last
priOrity level
Option data fields
________~~____--__--~~~--------~l~--------------------------------------~
CORCKOCB
J
446
OS TCAM PLM
Checkpoint Elements
Environment Checkpoint Request Element:
Offset
o
Defined at A VTCKELE in the A VT
Key
X'70'
aCB address
Four words long
Key field-always B'01110000'
4
Link address
Source
flag
8
12
(CI
Source flag:
Checkpoint
time interval
Reserved
Time of
interrupt
Reserved
B'lOOOOOOO'-requested by READY
B'OlOOOOOO'-requested by MCPCLOSE
B'OOOlOOOO'-requested by the CheckpointNo Incident Records routine
B'OOlOOOOO'-requested by other routines
Offset
o
Key
X'OO'
Checkpoint aCB
address
4
MH Checkpoint Request Element:
Defined as the LCB
Link address
Key field-always B'OOOOOOOO'
60
(5AI
Terminal
name offset
o
Application Program Checkpoint Request Element:
CKREa
Offset
Key
X'50'
Checkpoint aCB
address
Defined at PCBWRKA in the PCB-one for
each application program
Four words long
4
Link address
8
ECB
B'OllOOOOO'-requested by CKREQ
DEB chain address
B'OOO 10000'-requested by TCHNG
12
(CI
TCHNG
Offset
o
Key
X'10'
Checkpoint aCB
address
4
Li n k address
8
ECB
12
(CI
Key field-depends on the macro
Terminal
name offset
Reserved
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
447
Operator Control Checkpoint Request Element:
Offset
o
Checkpoint aCB
address
Key
X'40'
4
Link address
Request
element chain
Key
X'02'
4
ECB
8
Address of the STCB
code offset
448
Two words long
Key field-B'OlOOOOOO'-requested by
VARY, MODIFY, RELEASE, HOLD, ICHNG,
MRELEASE, or RELEASEM
Checkpoint QCB:
Offset
o
Defined at AVTCCELE in the A VT
OS TeAM PLM
Defined at AVTCKPTB in the A VT
Three words long
Third word always points to the key
field of this QCB. The key field
is the offset to the checkpoint STCB
Key field-B'OOOOOOlO'-tells the TCAM
Dispatcher to post the ECB in the
second word and to take the element off
the top of the ready queue and chain it
to the request element chain, which is
in the first word of the QCB.
Checkpoint Work Area
The checkpoint work area is a local constants and variables area that is used by all
of the checkpoint routines. This work area contains the checkpoint data set
control record, as well as pointers to the other checkpoint records. The checkpoint work area is allocated by a GETMAIN in the Checkpoint Open routine
(lGG01941), which also places the address of the work area in the AVTCKGET
field of the AVT. During a cold start-up, the constant fields in the work area are
initialized by the Checkpoint Open routine, the Checkpoint Disk Initialization
routine (IGG01942), and the Checkpoint Disk Allocation routine (lGGOI949).
The variable fields in the checkpoint work area are initialized and changed as
required by the checkpoint routines.
Section S: Data Area Layouts
449
IEOQCKPO
1
--
CKPSAVEl
Save Area for the Load Module
72 (48)
CKPIOB
lOB for Checkpoint Disk I/O
r------ -- --,CKPIOFLl
-
I
~;;F~
-
-
-:- -
-
CKPIOS~
-
-
-: -
-
-
~KPI~N-;-
76 (4C)
CKPIOECB
ECB Address
80 (50)
CKPIOFL3
88 (58)
81 (51)
CKPIOCSW
Channel Status Word
89 (59)
CKPIOCPA
Channel Program Address
CKPIOSIO
Condition Codes
93(50)
92 (5C)
CKPIOOCB
DCB Address
Reserved
97 (61)
96(60)
CKPIOR'ST
Restart Address
Reserved
100 (64)
CKPIOBCI
Block Count Increment
102 (66)
CKPIORC
Error Count
107 (6B)
105 (69)
104 (68)
CKPIOBB
BB Seek Address
CKPIOM
M Seek Address
111 (6F)
109 (60)
Continued
112 (70)
CKPIOCC
CC Seek Address
CKPIOHH
HH Seek Address
CKPIOR
R Seek Address
CKPECB
ECB Posted by IDS
116 (74)
CKPEXCP
Address of the Current Record Being Written
120 (78)
CKPCNVRT
Label Used for the CVD Instruction
r----------------------------~~C~--------------------------ECB List for WAIT
~-------
- --------- ---- - -- -CKPEPLOC-- --- - - - - -- - ------ ------EPLOC for the LOAD Macro
128 (80)
132 (84)
136 (88)
450
OS TeAM PLM
CKPIOQF
Address of the First Record On the Checkpoint Disk I/O Queue
CKPIOQL
Address of the Last Record On the Checkpoint Disk I/O Queue
CKPLREB
Address of the Last Request Element for Which a Record Was Built
140 (SC)
CKPLDRB
Address of the Last Record Built
CKPSECTR
Sector 10 for Set Sector Command
144 (90)
-- - - - -CKPffiR'B- - of the CKREQ-TTR Table
_.....
148 (941
-
CKPCPARM
Parameters for the Convert Routine
-r
r
156 (9CI
CKPPARM2
Parameter for the Sector Convert Routine
161 (All
160 (AOI
CKPCRLEN
Control Record Length
163 (A31
162 (A21 CKPSWCH2
SWitch for the
Checkpolnted Invitation List
CKPSWCH1
Switch for the
CheckpOint QCB
CKPERRCT
Count Or Read Errors
Found by IGG01843
164 (A4)
Reserwd
--
CKPCCWS
Channel Program
CKPseEKC
Sect CYlinder
168 (AS)
176 (BO)
-'-
I
CKPSETSC
Set Sector or No OP
1
84 ,88'
I
CKPSCHID
Search 10 Command
1192 (CO)
r- -,197 (C5)
- -- -
CKPTIC
T~Command
-
----
- fDffRC'f
TTR of the Last Segment Written,
CKPRW
ReadlWrite
1208
(DO)
21S (OA)
220 (DC)
I-
CKPGETML
GETMAIN Parameter List
_r
CKPMSG
CKPMSGLN
Message Buffer Length
1
r
CKPWKALN
Checkpoint Work Area Length
222 (DE)
Reserved
--
- '-
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
451
124
lEO)
1...
CKPMSGTX
Message Text
CKPSAVE2
Save Area
.... ,...
261 (105)
r:
I
-
-
-
-
-
~
CKPMSGTP
.1Y.E.e2! ~ec!E0~t
262 (106)
T"'1266- (WA) -
-
-
264 (108)
I
~68(1ocr
-
-
-
CKPMSGPN- -
-
I
...L
-
-
-
-
-
I
281 (119)
!
CKPMSGG L
_ _ _ _ .!.£0'llJ _
~
!lOBI
- - - - -
-
- -
CKPMSGGL
GETMAIN Length That Was Not Satisfied
-r284 (11 C)
_ _ _ _ ..... _ _ _ _ _ _
CKPRCDSR
No Segments In One Environment Checkpoint
- - -CKPTRKSA - - - Number of Tracks Available
'267
CKPMsGL -Message Length - CKPMSGPN Process Entry Name
f------- ----(~~.)-- -- ___________ -.l
_I-
Rec~
_ ..J
- - -
-
-
-
- -
-~
-r
CKPTRMAD
Terminal Entry Address
...288 (120)
........
CKPCNTLR
Beginning of the Checkpoint Control Record
1
T
Temporary Use of the Checkpoint Work Area During' Checkpoint Open:
116(74~
11S(76)
CKPCYLNO
Cylinder Number
120 (7S)
CKPRCDNO
Record Number
124 (7C)
CKPHEDNO
Head Number
121 (79) CKPKEYLN
122 (7A)
Key Length
CKPDATLN
Data Length
CKPCTTRC
Current Entry in the CKREQ-TTR Table
12S (SO)
-~
136 (SS)
CKPIPERE
Number of Incident Or CKREQ
Records in One Environment Record Segment
140 (SC)
452
-
I-
CKPDATIM
Date and Time of the Last Environment Checkpoint
-r
OS TeAM PLM
-r
13S (SA)
CKPCTTRA
Address of the TTR of the Environment Record
to be Used for Restart
Reserved
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
CKPSAVE1
72
Save area for the load module
72
(48)
CKPIOB
40
lOB for the checkpoint disk I/O operations
72
(48)
CKPIOFL1
1
73
(49)
CKPIOFL2
1
II 0 error flags
II 0 error flags
74
(4A)
CKPIOSNO
75
(4B)
CKPIOSN1
76
(4C)
CKPIOECB
4
ECB address
80
(50)
CKPIOFL3
1
II 0 error flags
81
(51)
CKPIOCSW
7
Channel status word
88
(58)
CKPIOSIO
1
Start I/O condition codes
89
(59)
CKPIOCPA
3
Channel program address
92
(5C)
1
Reserved
93
(5D)
3
DCB address
96
(60)
1
Reserved
97
(61)
CKPIORST
3
Restart address
100 (64)
CKPIOBCI
2
Block count increment
102 (66)
CKPIORC
2
Error count
104 (68)
CKPIOM
1
M seek address
105 (69)
CKPIOBB
2
BB seek address
107 (6B)
CKPIOCC
2
CC seek address
109 (6D)
CKPIOHH
2
HH seek address
111 (6F)
CKPIOR
1
R seek address
112 (70)
CKPECB
4
ECB posted by the I/O Supervisor
116 (74)
CKPEXCP
4
Address of the current record being written
116 (74)
CKPCYLNO
2
During checkpoint open, the cylinder number
118 (76)
CKPHEDNO
2
During checkpoint open, the head number
120 (78)
CKPCNVRT
8
Label used for the CVD instruction
120 (78)
CKPECBL
8
ECB list for WAIT
120 (78)
CKPEPLOC
8
EPLOC for the LOAD macro
120 (78)
CKPRCDNO
1
During checkpoint open, the record number
121 (79)
CKPKEYLN
1
During checkpoint open, the key length
122 (7A)
CKPDATLN
2
During checkpoint open, the data length
124 (7C)
CKPCTTRC
4
Address of the current entry in the CKREQ-TTR table-used for
restart open
128 (80)
CKPIOQF
4
Address of the first record on the checkpoint disk I/O queue
128 (80)
CKPDATIM
8
Date and time of the last environment checkpoint, used during
checkpoint open
132 (84)
CKPIOQL
4
Address of the last record on the checkpoint disk II 0 queue
136 (88)
CKPLREB
4
Address of the last request element for which a checkpoint record
was built
CKPIODCB
Section 5; Data Area Layouts
453
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
136 (88)
CKPIPERE
2
During checkpoint open, the number of incident or CKREQ
checkpoints in one environment record segment
140 (8C)
CKPLDRB
4
Address of the last disk record built
140 (8C)
CKPCTTRA
4
During checkpoint open, the address of the TTR of the environment
record being used for restart
144 (90)
CKPCTTRB
4
Address of the beginning of the CKREQ-TTR table
148 (94)
CKPCPARM
8
Parameters for the Convert routine: the address of the DEB and the
address for the conversion result
156 (9C)
CKPPARM2
4
Parameter for Sector Convert routine (UCB type and address)
160 AO)
CKPCRLEN
1
Length of the control record
161 (At)
CKPSWCHI
1
Switch used for comparing a QCB to see if it has been checkpointed
162 (A2)
CKPSWCH2
1
Switch used for comparing an invitation list to determine whether it
has been checkpointed
163 (A3)
CKPERRCT
1
Count of the read errors found by IGG01943
4
Reserved
164 (A4)
168 (A8)
CKPCCWS
32
Channel program
168 (A8)
CKPSEEKC
8
Seek Cylinder command
184 (B8)
CKPSCHID
8
Search ID command
192 (CO)
CKPTIC
8
TIC command
197 (C5)
CKPTTRLT
3
TTR of the last environment segment written
200 (C8)
CKPRW
8
Read/Write command
CKPREAD
Read Data CCW
CKPWRITE
Write Data CCW
CKPWCKD
Write Count, Key, and Data CCW
208 (CO)
CKPGETML
10
GETMAIN parameter list
218 (DA)
CKPWKALN
2
Length of the checkpoint work area
220 (DC)
CKPMSG
220 (DC)
CKPMSGLN
222 (DE)
Message buffer used for WTO
2
Length of the message buffer
2
Reserved
224 (EO)
CKPMSGTX
37
Message text
224 (EO)
CKPSAVE2
15
Temporary storage area
261 (l05)
CKPMSGTP
20
Type of checkpoint record
262 (l06)
CKPRCDSR
2
Number of segments in one environment checkpoint
264 (l08)
CKPTRKLN
2
Reserved
266 (lOA) CKPTRKSA
2
Number of tracks available in the checkpoint data set
267 (lOB)
CKPMSGPN
4
Process entry name
281 (l19)
CKPMSGGL
4
GETMAIN length that could not be satisfied
284 (lIC) CKPTRMAD
4
Terminal entry address
288 (l20)
1
Beginning of the checkpoint control record
454
CKPCNTLR
OS TCAMPLM
Command Input Buffer
The command input buffer (IEZCIB) is a variable-length communication parameter list that is used by Operator Control to process a command. The buffer
describes the command sent from the console. The CIB shows the command
code, the identification of the console that issued the command, and the actual
data in the command.
When the INTRO macro instruction is expanded at TCAM execution time, the
INTRO macro generates linkage to a module that issues an EXTRACT macro.
The FIELDS= parameter specified on the EXTRACT macro is
FIELDS=COMM, which calls for the communication parameter list.
A VTCOMPT is specified as the answer area address on the EXTRACT macro.
The operating system places the address of the communication parameter list
(command input buffer) in the AVTCOMPT field of the address vector table.
When a command is entered, SVC 34 performs a GETMAIN for the area required
by the command input buffer, and the buffer is initialized at that time.
The format of the command input buffer is illustrated below; descriptions of the
fields follow.
IEZCIB
0(0)
CIBNEXT
Address of the Next CIB in the Queue
4 (4)
5 (5)
CIBVERB
Code Byte
6 (6)
CIBLEN
Buffer Length
Reserved
13 (D)
12 (e)
CIBCONID
Console 10
14 (E)
CIBOATLN
CIB Datil Length
Reserved
_.....
16 (10)
--
CIBOATA
CIB Data
T
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
455
Offset
Name
Byte
Description
o
(0)
CIBNEXT
4
Address of the next CIB in the
queue (0 for last)
4
(4)
CIBVERB
1
Bit settings for this field are:
5
(5)
6
(6)
12
(C)
13
(D)
14
(E)
16
(10)
CIBLEN
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
CIBSTART
5
X'04'
START command code
CIBMODFY
1,5
X'44'
MODIFY command code
CIBSTOP
1,2,5
X'64'
STOP command code
CIBVARY
2,4
X'2S"
VARY command code
CIBHALT
2,3,4,5
X'3C'
HALT command code
CIBDISPL
1,2,4
X'68'
DISPLA Y command code
CIBHOLD
1,2.4,5
X'6C'
HOLD command code
CIBRELSE
1,2,3
X'70'
RELEASE command code
1
Length of the butfer (including control fields) in
double words
6
Reserved
1
Identifier of the console issuing the command
1
Reserved
CIBDATLN
2
Length of data in the CIB
CIBDATA
n
Beginning of the data from the command operand:
CIBCONID
START data-contains the fourth positional parameter, parmvalue
MODIFY data-contains the residual operand image following the
comma, terminating the first positional parameter
STOP data-none, CIB generated only to give the console ID to the
recipient task
VARY data-contains the operand field for the command issued
HALT data-contains the operand field for the command issued
DISPLA Y data-contains the operand field for the command issued
HOLD data-contains the operand field for the command issued
RELEASE data-contains the operand field for the commandissued
456
OS TeAM PLM
Concentrator Data Ready Queue
A concentrator data ready queue (DRQ) controls message concentration for
output to a concentrator. There is one DRQ for every concentrator defined in the
TCAM system. A DRQ is the same size as a master destination QCB.
A data ready queue has three primary fields: a pointer to the element chain, a link
address, and a pointer to the STCB chain. The element chain consists of send
scheduler STCBs from destination queues that have data ready to be sent to a
concentrator. The link and the STCB chain fields are the same as for a master
QCB.
The address of the DRQ for a concentrator is in the TRMDESTQ field of the
terminal entry for the concentrator.
The DSECT names of the DRQ fields are shown in the following layout. Descriptions of the fields follow the layout.
IEDQDRQ
0(0)
1 (1)
DRQELCHN
Element Chain
DRQFLAG1
Flag Byte
4(4)
DRQPRI
5 (5)
DRQLINK
DRQ Link Field
Priority
8 (8)
DRQSTVTO
9(9)
DRQSTCHN
Index into the
Subtask Vector Table
12 (C)
DROSTPRI
STCB Priority
16 (10)
STCB Chain
13 (D)
DRQSLINK
Pointer to the Next STCB
18 (12)
17 (11)
DRQBUFCT
Total Buffer Count
20 (14)
DRQTDO
DRQSTAT
ERB Buffer Count
Time Delay Queue Offset
QCB Status Byte
21 (15)
DRQCURQ
DRQSCBOF
SCB Offset
24 (18)
DRQFLAG3
Pointer to the Current QCB
25 (191
DRQRESV
DRQ Flag Byte
28 (1C)
Reserved
29 (10)
DRQPRLVL
Highest-Priority Level Message
32 (20)
19 (13)
DRQERBCT
DRQRELLN
33 (21)
27 (1B)
DRQCTBCT
CTB Count
DRQCTBMX
Maximum CTBs per Concentrator
DRQTDLNK
Link Field for the Time Delay Queue
DRQPRVLK
Link Field Pointer
DRQDCBAD
DCB Address
Relative Line Number
36 (24)
I
26 (1A)
37 (25)
DRQFLAG2
DRQ Status Byte
DRQQBACK
Queue-Back Chain Pointer
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
457
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
o
DRQFLAGI
1
DRQ flag byte
(0)
Bit Definitions:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
DRQDRQQ
5
X'04'
Indicates a DRQ
DRQFQCB
6
X'02'
Indicates a QCB
DRQHELD
7
X'OI'
Stop sending-reuse
1 (1)
DRQELCHN
3
Element chain of Send Scheduler STCBs
4 (4)
DRQPRI
1
Priority of the DRQ
5 (5)
DRQLINK
3
Link field of the DRQ
8 (8)
DRQSTVTO
1
Index to the appropriate entry in the sub task vector table
Bit Definitions:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
DRQCSVTO
2
X'20'
DRQ VTO (offset)
9 (9)
DRQSTCHN
3
STCB chain pointer
12(C)
DRQSTPRI
1
Priority of the STCB
13 (D)
DRQSLINK
3
Pointer to the next STCB in the chain
16(10)
DRQBUFCT
1
Total buffer count
17(11)
DRQERBCT
1
ERB buffer count
18(12)
DRQTDO
1
Time delay queue offset
19(13)
DRQSTAT
1
Status of this QCB
Bit Definitions:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
DRQEOM
0
X'80'
End of message is sent
DRQTRMHO 1
X'40'
Terminal was held
DRQBUFRD
2
X'20'
Buffered terminal
DRQSEND
3
X'10'
Sending to a buffered terminal
DRQRECEV
4
X'08'
Receiving from a buffered terminal
DRQSCHDL
5
X'04'
Put in the time delay queue when inactive
DRQCLOCK
6
X'02'
ON =CLOCK, OFF = INTERVAL
DRQTIME
7
X'OI'
Delay is greater than 12 hours
20
(14)
DRQSCBOF
1
Offset to the proper SCB
21
(15)
DRQCURQ
3
Pointer to the current QCB
24
(18)
DRQFLAG3
1
DRQ flag byte
Bit Definitions:
458
OS TeAM PLM
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
DRQFSPCI
1
X'80'
First PCI for a concentrated message
DRQERBAV
2
X'40'
Enabled code requested the ERB
Offset
Name
Byte
Description
25
(19)
ORQRESV
1
Reserved
26
(1A)
ORQCTBCT
1
CTB count
27
(1B)
ORQCTBMX
1
Maximum number of CTBs per concentrated message
28
(1C)
ORQPRLVL
1
Highest-priority level message
29
(10)
ORQPRVLK
3
Pointer to the link field
29
(10)
ORQTOLNK
3
Link field for the time delay queue
32
(20)
ORQRELLN
1
Relative line number
33
(21)
ORQOCBAO
3
OCB address
36
(24)
ORQFLAG2
1
ORQ status byte
Bit Definitions:
37
(25)
ORQQBACK
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
ORQTSSES
0
X'80'
TSO session is in progress
DRQRSRV
3
X'lO'
Reuse serviced bit
ORQTERMQ
4
X'08'
Queuing is by terminal
ORQSOFFO
5
X'04'
Currently sending a FEFO message
ORQPROC
6
X'02'
This QCB is for a process entry
ORQCKPT
7
:?,'Ol'
Checkpoint flag
3
Queue-back chain pointer
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
459
(This page left blank' intentionally)
460
OS TCAM PLM
Common Buffer Oata Area Prefix
The common buffer data area prefix is a three-word prefix to each data area used
for transmitting broadcast data. Storage is allocated for each data area prefix at
INTRO time. The data area prefix is partially initialized at INTRO time, the rest
when the COMMBUF macro is executed.
The format of the common buffer data area prefix is shown in the following
layout. Descriptions of the fields follow the illustration.
IEDCBDA
0(0)
1 (1)
CBDAINDX
CBDAADDFI
Index Byte
Plonter to Data in the Area
4 (4)
6 (6)
CBDALEN
CBDAUSCT
Length of Data in this Area
8 (8)
CBDAFLG1
9 (9)
Fleg Byte
Offset
Number of
CBDAFLG2
Lees Using this Area
10 (A)
Reserved
Flag Byte
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
CBDAINDX
1
Index byte
1
(1)
CBDAADDR
3
Pointer to data in this area
4
(4)
CBDALEN
2
Length of data in this area
6
(6)
CBDAUSCT
2
Number of LCBs using this area
8
(8)
CBDAFLGI
1
Flag byte 1
Bit Definitions:
Name
CBDAINUS
9
(9)
10
(A)
CBDAFLG2
Bit Value
X'Ol'
7
1
Flag byte 1
2
Reserved
Meaning
data in use
Section S: Data Area Layouts
461
(This page left blank intentionally)
462
OS TeAM PLM
Common Buffer Master QCB
The common buffer master QCB (CMB) is a fixed-length, control block of 32
bytes. This control block regulates the use of common buffer data areas and
STCBs used in transmitting broadcast data. Storage is allocated for the QCB at
INTRO time. The QCB is also initialized at INTRO time.
Note: There is no priority QCB for common buffer transmission.
is truncated at the displacement 32 (X'20').
The QCB
The format of the common buffer master QCB is shown in the following layout.
Descriptions of the fields follow the layout.
IEDCMB
0(0)
1 (1)
CMBFLAG1
CMBSTCB
Address of First STCB
Flag Byte
4 (4)
5 (5)
CMBPRI
CMBLINK
Priority
8 (8)
Pionter to Next STCB in Chain
9 (9)
CMBSTVTO
Index to Entry in
Subtask Vector Table
CMBRETRN
Reserved
14 (E)
12 (C)
16 (10)
20 (14)
CMBDAREA
CMBASTCB
Number of Data Areas
Number of Available STCBs
CMBFINDX
Index to First
Data Area Prefi x
17 (11)
CMBLlNDX
21 (18)
CMBFIRST
Address of First Data Area Prefix
CMBLAST
Index to Last
Data Area Prefix
24 (18)
Address of Last Data Area Prefix
25 (19)
CMBNINDX
CMBNEXT
I ndex to Next
Data Area Prefix
Address of Next Data Area Prefix
30 (1 E)
28 (1C)
CMBSIZE
Reserved
Data Area Size
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
CMBFLAG1
1
Flag byte
1
(1)
CMBSTCB
3
Address of first STCB
4
(4)
CMBPRI
1
Priority
5
(5)
CMBLINK
3
Pointer to next STCB in chain
8
(8)
CMBSTVTO
1
Index to the entry in the subtask
vector table
9
(9)
CMBRETRN
3
Reserved
12
(C)
CMBDAREA
2
Number of data areas
14
(E)
CMBASTCB
2
Number of available STCBs
16
(10)
CMBFINDX
1
Index to the first data area prefix
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
463
Offset
Name
Byte
Description
17
(11)
CMBFIRST
3
Address of the first data area prefix
20
(14)
CMBLINDX
1
Index to the last data area prefix
21
(15)
CMBLAST
3
Address of the last data area prefix
24
(18)
CMBINDX
1
Index to the next data area prefix
25
(19)
CMBNEXT
3
Address of the next data area prefix
28
(Ie)
2
Reserved
30
(IE)
2
Data area size
464
CMBSIZE
as TeAM PLM
Concentrator Device ID Table
There is one device 10 table for each concentrator defined in the TCAM system.
Each table consists of a control area that contains information about the entire
table, an entry for the concentrator, and one entry for each of the attached
terminals. Each entry contains the length of the 10, the device 10, and the
termname table offset for this concentrator or terminal. A device 10 table is used
to find the proper terminal entry for a terminal that is attached to the concentrator.
A device 10 of X'FF' represents either a concentrator or an attached terminal for
which DVCID=NONE is coded. A X'FE' denotes the end of the table.
The following is the format of the control area and of the concentrator entry for a
concentrator device 10 table.
IEDQDVCT
0(0)
DVCNO
Number of Entries in the Table
DVCIDLTH
Length of Device ID Characters
4 (4)
DVCECW
End of the Control Word
X'01'
1 (1)
DVCRSV
Reserved
DVCCHAR
ID Characters
2 (2)
3 (3)
DVCENLTH
DVCSTAT
Entry Length
Status Byte
6 (6)
5 (5)
Termname Table Offset
X 'FF'
The device ID entries for the terminals attached to the concentrator follow the
concentrator entry. ~ach device ID entry has one of the two following formats.
If DVCID=NONE is coded:
DVCID"' NONE
X '01'
X 'FF'
Termname Table Offset
V-17-C
If DVCID=CHAR is coded:
DVCID "' CHAR
) 1
r-----------------~~------~~--------~--------------------------------------~
( (
Length of the Device ID
Device 10 Characters
V-17-D
Termname Table Offset
\ ________ ________________________________________
~------------------~------~I~
~
~
( (
The following is the assembled DSECT format of this table.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
465
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
0 (0)
DVCNO
1
For the control area, the number
of entries in the table
0 (0)
DVCIDLTH
1
For a concentrator entry, the
length of the device ID characters
1 (1)
DVCRSV
1
For the control area, reserved
1 (1)
DVCCHAR
1+
For a concentrator entry, the ID
characters (1 or more bytes)
2 (2)
DVCENLTH
1
For the control area, the length
of an entry
3 (3)
DVCSTAT
1
For the control area, a status
byte
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
DVCSORTD
1
X'40'
The table is sorted
4 (4)
466
DVCECW
The end of rhe control word
DVCEND
X'FE'-the end of the table
as TeAM PLM
Data Control Block
The data control block (DCB) is a storage area through which information needed
for the access routines to store and retrieve data is communicated. The format of
a TCAM DCB is determined by the character of the data set it represents. There
are five types of data control blocks used in TCAM message control programs and
application programs. They are:
line groups
message queues
checkpoint
message logging
application program
The TCAM DCB is divided into three segments-prefix, foundation, and extension. The contents of the foundation segment changes during processing. Storage
is allocated for the DCB at assembly time, and it is initialized partially at assembly
time and partially at execution time according to the parameters specified on the
DD card. Before open time, the first doubleword of the foundation segment, at a
displacement of 40 (X'28) from the beginning of the DCB, contains the ddname
of the data set to be opened. After the data set is opened, the same doubleword
contains the address of the data extent block. This address is used to set up
linkages in the TCAM execution.
The address of the TCAM data control block is in the DEBDCBAD field of the
data extent block. The same address is also in the QCBDCBAD field of the
destination queue control block.
The format of a data control block is illustrated below; descriptions of the fields
follow.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
467
Data Control Block DSECT (lHADCBI
Data Set Interface
r- --
-------~--------------------I
Line Group
I
I
I
20 (141
I
21 (151
DCBUFOU
DCBUFIN
Number of Buffers
24 (181
DCBMH
MH Address for th" Line Group
25 (191
DCBINTVL
I nVltatlon Delay
Interval
28 (IC) DCBBFUMA
Maximum Buffer Count
-
I- _ _ ..,!prJrmsf.!:!. 32 (20)
36 (24)
DCBPCI
PCI Byte
26 (IA)
I
I
DCBDSORG
Data Set Organ lZatlon
DCBIOBAD
lOB Base Address
-l
33 (21)
DCBCPRI
Prooroty
DCBTRANS
Translation Table Address
DCBEIOBX
Extended lOB Index
1-------
I
DCBEXLST
Ex It List Address
....J
Message Queues
20 (14)
Reserved
26 (IA)
DCBDSORG
Data Set OrganIZation
28 (lC)
f-- -
Reserved
- --
I
- -
DCBIOBAD
Before Open, A VT Address
_J
32 (20)
33 (211
DCBTHRES
Disk Threshold Value
36 (24)
~
Reserved
Reserved
_ _ . _ _ _ _ _ --.JI
DCBEXLST
EXit List Address
Checkpoint
20 (14)
Reserved
26 (IA)
DCBDSORG
Data Set OrganIZation
28 (IC)
.... ---
I
Reserved
- --
I
_-l
DCBIOBAD
Before Open, A VT Address
32 (20)
Reserved
36 (24)
~--
Reserved
--- -
_
....I
DCBEXLST
EXit List Address
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -l
468
OS TeAM PLM
Data Set Interface (Cont.1
r -Message
- -Logging
---
---,
iO(14)
--
Reserved
32 (201
DCBEDDAD
DECB POInter
36 (24)
Reserved
ApplicatIon Program
20 (14)
Reserved
24 (18)
26 (lAI
DCBBUFL
Buffer Length
DCBDSORG
Data Set OrganIzatIon
28 (lCI
Reserved
32 (201
DCBEODAD
End-of-FI)e Routine Address
36 (241
DCBRECFM
:
r- ___R::o~ F~r~at_ _ _ J
DCBEXLST
EXIt List Address
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
J
469
Foundation
---,
r---Bafor. OPEN
J!o
I
J-I
1281
DCBDDNAM
Data Set Name
~r
48 (301
49 (311
DCBOFLGS
Open Flags
50 (321
DCBIFLG
105 Error Flags
r-
DCBMACR
Macro InstructIon Reference
I
I
I
I
I
After OPEN
42 (2AI
40(281
DCBTlOT
DO Offset
DCBtFLGS
44 (2CI
I
1--------- ..J
105 Error Flags
48 (301
DCBMACRF
Macro InstructIon Reference
DCBDEBAD
DEB Address
DaIOFLGS
Open Flags
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..JI
Extension
r - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,
Line Group
48 (301
1--- 521341
Reserved
-- - - -
I
DCBSCTAD
SpecIal Characters Table Address
....J
53 (351
DCBILCT
Count of
InvItatIon LIsts
54 (361
DCBUNTCT
UnIt Count
DCBBUFSI
Buffer S,ze
56(38)
DCBRESER
Reser..,e Bytes Counts
60 (3e)
DCBINVLI
InvItatIon L,st Address
I
DCBINVLI
I
DCBINVLI
l
DCBINVLI
~
........ au-1Ch.:kpoint
48(30)
1----- --52(34)
:
_....J
Reserved
53(35)
DCBOPTCD
Coda Byte
Re_ved
~-------------------------------------~
470
OS TCAM PLM
Extension (Cont.)
-------------------------,
r -Message
- -Logging
-48 (301
I
-...I
Reserved
-- ---
DCBREAD,DCBWRITE
READ or WRITE Module Address
52 (341
---
Reserved
72 (481
73 (491
DCBNCP
Count of Wrtte
Operations
--
Reserved
T
T
Applic.tion Program
48 (301
I
Reserved
--- - - - - - - DCBOPTCD
52 (341
_ _ _ _ ~d!..!lyte
J
DCBREAD, DCBWRITE
DCBGET,DCBPUT
READ/WRITE or GET/PUT Module Address
I
-
- .J
DCBCHECK
CHECK Module Address
56 (381
DCBSYNAD
Synch'ronlZlng Routone Address
62 (3EI
60 (3CI
DCBBLKSI
MaXimum Block Size
Reserved
--_
64 (401
--
.....
Reserved
82 (521
DCBLRECL
logical Record length
84 (541
DCBCNTRL,DCBNOTE, DCBPOINT
CNTRl or NOTE/POINT Routine Address
L _________________________ -
_______
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
..J
471
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
1
Bits 0-3:
Number of buffers assigned initially for receiving operations, for
each line in line group
Line Group Interface
20(14)
DCBBUFIN /
DCBBUFOU
Bits 4-7:
Number of buffers assigned initially for sending operations, for each
line in the line group
21(15)
DCBMH
3
Address of the message handler for this line group
24(18)
DCBINTVt
1
Number of seconds on invitation delay
25(19)
DCBPCI
1
Program-controlled interruption (PCI) handling byte:
26
(lA)
DCBDSORG
2
Bit
Value
Meaning
0
X'80'
PCI=(X,)
1
X'40'
PCI=(,X)
2
X'20'
PCI=(A,)
3
X'10'
PCI=(,A)
4
X'08'
PCI=(N,)
5
X_04'
PCI=(,N)
6
X'02'
PCI=(R,)
7
X'OI'
PCI=(,R)
Data set organization:
Byte 0=0
Byte 1 (Code)=TX X'40'
28
(1C)
DCBBFUMA
1
Maximum number of buffers to be used for data transfer for each
line in this group
28
(1C)
DCBIOBAD
4
Before open: address of AVT. After open: base for addressing
lOBs (BASE=address of first lOB minus length of one LCB)
32
(20)
DCBCPRI
1
Relative priority to be given to sending and receiving operations
Bits
Value
0-4
33
412
(21)
DCBTRANS
OS TCAM PLM
3
Meaning
Reserved bits
5
X'04'
R-Receiving has priority
6
X'02'
E-Receiving and sending have equal priori
7
X'OI'
S-Sending has priority
Address of the translation table
Table
Code
IEDQI0
IEDQll
IEDQ12
IEDQ13
IEDQ14
IEDQIS
IEDQ16
IEDQ17
1030
1050
105F
1060
2260
2265
2740
274F
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
IEDQ18
IEDQ19
IEDQ20
IEDQ21
IEDQ22
IEDQ23
IEDQ24
IEDQ25
IEDQ26
IEDQ27
IEDQ28
user table
ITA2
ZSC3
TTYA
TTYB
TTYC
6BIT
ASCI
EBCD
BC41
EB41
CR41
user table name
36
(24)
DCBEIOBX
1
Extended lOB index (size of an LCB)
36
(24)
DCBEXLST
4
Address of the exit list
Direct Access Storage Device Message Queue Interface, Checkpoint Data Set Interface, Message Logging Interface,
Application Program Interface
20
(14)
24
(18)
26
(1A)
4
Reserved
DCBBUFL
2
Length of the buffer
DCBDSORG
2
Data set organization:
Byte 0=0
Byte 1 (Code)=TQ X'20'
28
(1C)
28
(1C)
32
1
Reserved
DCBIOBAD
4
Before open: address of the A VT
(20)
DCBTHRES
1
Percentage of the nonreusable disk, message queue records to be
used before a flush closedown of the system is initiated
32
(20)
DCBEODAD
4
Message logging-work area used as a DECB pointer; Application
program-address of user end-of-file routine
36
(24)
DCBRECFM
1
Record format
36
(24)
DCBEXLST
4
Address of the exit list
Foundation Segment-Before Open
40
(28)
DCBDDNAM
8
Data set name
48
(30)
DCBOFLGS
1
Flags used by OPEN:
Bit
Value
0,1,2,
4,5,6
Meaning
Reserved
3
X'lO'
Open has been successfully completed
7
X'OI'
DCB is being processed by I/O support rou
49
(31)
DCBIFLG
1
Used by lOS for error conditions
50
(32)
DCBMACR
2
Macro instruction reference:
Bit
Value
Meaning
Byte 1
0,2,3,
4,5,6,7
Reserved
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
473
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
1
X'40'
GET
Byte 2
0,2,3,
4,5,6,7
1
Reserved
X'40'
PUT
Foundation Segment-After Open
40
(28)
DCBTIOT
2
Offset of the DD entry from beginning of the TIOT
42
(2A)
PCBMACRF
2
Same as DCBMACR before OPEN
44
(2C)
DCBIFLGS
1
Same as DCBIFLG before OPEN
45
(2D)
DCBDEBAD
3
Address of DEB
48
(30)
DCBOFLGS
1
Same as DCBOFLGS before OPEN
Line Group Extension
49
(31)
DCaSCTAD
3
Address of special characters table
52
(34)
DCBILCT
1
Count of invitation lists
53
(35)
DCBUNTCT
1
Before open: numerical value of the SCT. After open: count of
units for one buffer
54
(36)
DCBBUFSI
2
Size of all buffers used for this line group
56
(38)
DCBRESER
4
4 one-b'yte values (zero default value)
60
(3C)
Byte 1
Number of bytes reserved in the buffer receiving the first incoming
segment of a message
Byte 2
Number of bytes reserved in all buffers except the one containing
the first segment of a message
Bytes 3-4
Reserved
DCBINVLI
4n
4-byte address for each (n ) invitation list
Bits
Byte 1
Value·
0,1,
3,5,
6,7,
Meaning
Reserved
2
Off
[A, ]
4
Off
[,A]
2
On
[B, ]
4
On
[,a]
Bytes 2-4
Reserved
Message Queues/Checkpoint Extension
49
(31)
52
(34)
474
DCBOPTCD
OS TeAM PLM
3
Reserved
1
Code byte:
Bit
Value
Meaning
2
X'20'
Checkpoint
6
X'02'
Nonreusable disk queues
7
X'Ol'
Reusable disk queues
Offset
53
Name
Bytes
(35)
Description
7
Reserved
4
Address of the READ or WRITE module
20
Reserved
Message Logging Extension
48
(30)
52
(34)
72
(48)
73
(49)
DCBREAD,
DCBWRITE
DCBNCP
1
Number of Write operations that can
be performed
15
Reserved
Application Program Extension
48
(30)
DCBREAD,
DCBWRITE
DCBGET,
DCBPUT
4
Address of the READ or WRITE module
Address of the GET or PUT module
52
(34)
DCBOPTCD
1
Option codes
52
(34)
DCBCHECK
4
Address of the CHECK module
56
(38)
DCBSYNAD
4
Address of the user synchronizing
routine
60
(3C)
DCBFLAGI
1
TCAM flag byte
61
(3D)
62
(3E)
64
(40)
82
(52)
DCBLRECL
84
(54)
DCBCNTRL,
DCBNOTE,
DCBPOINT
DCBBLKSI
Bits
Value
Meaning
0
X'SO'
STOP.QUICK
Specified by user
1
X'40'
STOP-PLUSH
Specified by user
1
Reserved
2
Matimum block size
18
Reserved
2
Logical record length or block size
Address of the CNTRL or the NOTE/POINT
module
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
475
(This page left blank intentionally)
476
OS TeAM PLM
Data Event Control Block
The data event control block (DECB) is created when a READ or WRITE macro
instruction is expanded. It contains information about the input or output operation that is requested by the macro instruction.
The format for the data event control block is illustrated below; descriptions of
the fields follow the illustration.
DECB
0(0)
DECSDECB
Event Control Block
6(6)
4 (4)
DECTYPE
DECLNGTH
Reserved
Length of Data or of Key and Data
8 (8)
DECDCBAD
DCB Address
12 (C)
DECAREA
Read/Write Area Address
16 (10)
DECIOBPT
Reserved
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
DECSDECB
4
Event control block
4
(4)
DECTYPE
2
Reserved
6
(6)
DECLNGTH
2
Length of key and data (if there is a key); length of
work area for an application program
8
(8)
DECDCBAD
4
Address of the DCB to which this I/O request is
related
12
(C)
DECAREA
4
Address of the Read/Write area; address of work area
for an application program
16
(10)
DECIOBPT
4
Reserved
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
477
(This page left blank intentionally)
478
OS TeAM PLM
Data Extent Block
The data extent block (DEB) is a fixed-length control block with a 36-byte prefix.
The DEB describes the extents of the data set with which the DEB is associated.
The DEB contains such addresses as the DCB, the UCB, and the TCB. The
number of extents associated with the data set is also in the DES. For line groups,
the DEB contains the number of lines in a line group and with which line number
the data set is used. For a message queue, the DEB contains the number of
extents of the data set and their size. The data extent block prefix contains the
addresses of the data set appendages (the PCI Appendage, the Channel End
Appendage, and others).
The address of the DEBTCBAD field of the data extent block is in the DCBDEBAD field of the data control block. The address of the beginning of the DEB
prefix is at a displacement of -36(-X'24') from the address of the DEBTCBAD
field. Storage is allocated for the DEB and it is initialized at open time.
Note: The displacements on this control block do not agree with the TDEBD
macro, which has the relative zero displacement at DEBEOEA. The disk
message queues routines use the TDEBD macro offsets. The A VTADEBN
and AVTADEBR fields of the TeAM A VT contain the address of the
DEBEOEA field of ihe DEB.
The format of the DEB prefix and the data extent block itself is illusttated below;
descriptions of the fields follow.
Section S: Data Area Layouts
479
IEDQDEB
-36 (-241
DEBEOEA
Address of the End-of-Extent Appendage
-32 (-201
DEBSIOA
Address of the Start I/O Appendage
-28 (-1CI
DEBPCIA
Address of the PCI Appendage
-24 (-181
DEBCEA
Address of the Channel End Appendage
-20 (-141
DEBXCEA
Address of the Abnormal End Appendage
-16 (-101
-15 (-FI
DEBWKARA
I/O Support Work Area
DEBDSCBA
Address of the DSCB
-8 (-81
DEBDCBMK
DCB Modification Mask
-4 (-41
DEBLNGTH
Length of the DEB in Double Words
o (01
DEBNMSUB
Number of OPEN Subroutines
t-
----
I
J
4 (41
DEBAMl:NG
.
I
Length of Access Method Sectl~ J
1------DEBOFLGS
Data Set Flags
8 (81
DEBOPATB
Type of I/O
12 (CI
f-16 (101
-
DEBNMEXT
Number of Extents
1
J
I
I
~
20 (141
-
DEBPRIOR
Zero
24 (181
DEBPROTG
Protection Key DEB 10
-
I
I
--'
I
I
J
28 (1CI
32 (201
DEBEXSCL
Extent Scale
DEBDVMOD
Device Modifier
t-
480
I
....J
I-
OS TeAM PLM
DEBTCBAD
Address of the TCB
DEBDEBAD
Address of the Next DEB
DEBIRBAD
Address of the I RB
DEBSYSPG
Address of the First lOB in the System Purge Chain
DEBUSRPG
Address of the First lOB in the User Purge Chain
DEBECBAD
Address of the Parameter List to-Find t/;1e Purge ECB
DEBDCBAD
Address of the DCB
-I
I
..J
I
I
J
DEBAPPAD
Address of the I/O Appendage Vector Table
DEBUCBAD
Address of the UCB
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
-36
(-24)
DEBEOEA
4
Address of End-Of-Extent Appendage
-32
(-20)
DEBSIOA
4
Address of Start I/O Appendage
-28
(-IC)
DEBPCIA
4
Address of PCI Appendage
-24 (-18)
DEBCEA
4
Address of Channel End Appendage
-20 (-14)
DEBXCEA
4
Address of Abnormal and Normal Line End Appendage
-16
(-10)
DEBWKARA
1
I/O support work area
-15
(-F)
DEBDSCBA
7
Address of DSCB
-8
(-8)
DEBDCMK
4
DCB modification mask
-4
( -4)
DEBLNGTH
4
Length of the DEB in double words
0
(0)
DEBNMSUB
1
Number of OPEN subroutines
0
(0)
DEBTCBAD
4
Address of the TCB
4
(4)
DEBAMLNG
4
(4)
DEBDEBAD
4
Address of the next DEB
8
(8)
DEBOFLGS
1
Data set flags
8
(8)
DEBIRDAD
4
Address of the IRB
12
(C)
DEBOPATB
1
Type ofl/O
12
(C)
DEBSYSPG
4
Address of the first lOB in the system purge chain
16
(10)
DEBNMEXT
1
Number of extents
16
(10)
DEBUSRPG
4
Address of the first lOB in the user purge chain
20
(14)
DEBPRIOR
1
Zero
20
(14)
DEBECBA
4
Address of the parameter list to find the purge ECB
24
(18)
DEBPROTG
24
(18)
DEBDCBAD
4
Address of the DCB
28
(lC)
DEBEXSCL
1
Extent scale
28
(IC)
DEBAPPAD
4
Address of the I/O Appendage vector table
32
(20)
DEBDVMOD
1
Device modifier
32
(20)
DEBUCBAD
4
Address of the UCB
Length access method section
Protection key DEB ID
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
481
(This page left blank intentionally)
482
OS TeAM PLM
Data Extent Block for Application Programs
There is a special application program data extent block (DEB) that has the same
DSECT name, IEDQDEB, as the regular TCAM DEB. The format of this special
DEB and descriptions of the fields follow.
IEDQDEB - Application Program
1 (1)
0(0)
DEBTAMID
TCAM DEB Identifier
DEBTCBAD
Address of the TCB for this DEB
5 (5)
4 (4)
OEBDEBAD
Address of the Next DEB
Reserved
8 (8)
9 (9)
DEBPCBAD
Address of the Process Control Block
Reserved
14 (E)
12 (C)
DEBTAMOS
Process Entry Termname Table Offset
16 (10)
17 (11)
DEBQCBAD
Address of Read·Ahead aCB
OEBTAMPP
Post Pending Flag Byte
21 (15)
20 (14)
DEBTAMWA
Address of TCAM Access Method Work Area
Reserved
24 (18)
25 (19)
DEBDCBAD
Address of the DCB for this DEB
Raserved
28 (1e)
29 (10)
Reserved
32 (20)
DEBSOWA
Size of Locate Mode Work Area
DEBLCMWA
Address of Locate Mode Work Area
DEBEND
End of DEB
DEBSIZE
Size of DEB
Section S: Data Area Layouts
483
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
DEBTAMID
1
TCAM DEB identifier; if bits 0 and 1 are on, this is a TCAM DEB
1
(1)
DEBTCBAD
3
Address of the TCB for this DEB
4
(4)
1
Reserved
5
(5)
3
Address of the next DEB in the same task
8
(8)
1
Reserved
9
(9)
DEBPCBAD
3
Address of the process control block for this task
12
(C)
DEBTAMOS
2
Offset to the termname table entry for the corresponding process
entry
14
(E)
DEBSOWA
2
Size of the locate mode work area
16
(10)
DEBTAMPP
1
Post-pending flag byte
17
(11)
DEBQCBAD
3
Address of the read-ahead QCB
20
(14)
1
Reserved
21
(15)
DEBTAMWA 3
24
(18)
1
Reserved
25
(19)
3
Address of the DCB for this DEB
28
(IC)
1
Reserved
29
(ID)
DEBLCMWA 3
Address of the locate mode work area
32
(20)
DEBEND
1
End of the DEB indicator
32
(20)
DEB SIZE
1
Size of the DEB in bytes
484
DEBDEBAD
DEBDCBAD
OS TeAM PLM
Address of the TCAM access method work area
Device Characteristics Table
The device characteristics table (DCT) is a variable-length table that contains
one four-byte entry for each type of terminal or station defined in the TCAM
system. The DCT is generated by the specification of the TERMINAL macro
instructions. At assembly time, each entry is allocated and initialized to describe
the characteristics of the particular type of terminal or group of terminals; a single
four-byte entry is generated for all terminals that have identical characteristics.
The address of the device characteristics table is assembled in the A VTCSTCS
field of the address vector table. The one-byte index (TRMCHCIN) in a terminal
entry in the terminal table provides the offset to the specific device characteristics
table entry for a station.
Bits are set in the DCT entry to indicate the type of station. Combinations of
these bit settings may be coded where applicable. The specific values for a DCT
entry are outlined below.
Offset
0
(0)
1
(1)
2 (2)
3 (3)
Name
Value
Description
Reserved
CINHIBIT
X'80'
Terminal can use Read Inhibit CCWs
CBREAK
X'40'
Terminal has the Reverse Break feature
CATTEN
X'20'
Terminal has the Attention feature
C504l
X'lO'
2741 and 1050 Interrupt Feature supported
C274l
X'08'
2741 on this line
C3270
X'04'
3270 device
CSRDEU
X'02'
Stand-alone device
CUMASK
X'Ol'
Control unit (2848 or 3270)
CBISYNC
X'80'
BSC station
CBRDCST
X'40'
Terminal is for broadcast data
CTWX
X'20'
TWX 3335 terminal
CSTNCTL
X'lO'
Terminal has the Station Control feature
CXMITCTL
X'08'
Terminal has the Transmit Control feature
CCONTENT
X'04'
Contention device
CLOCAL
X'02'
Local device
CAUDIO
X'Ol~
Audio device
CWTTA
X'40'
World Trade Telegraph
CENDCTL
X'20'
Terminal has end-to-end controls (2780)
CCHECK
X'lO'
Terminal has the Checking feature
CCONTIN
X'04'
Terminal is capable of a Continue operation
CNOIDLES
X'02'
Terminal has no idles defined (2260 Remote)
C2760
X'Ol'
2760
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
485
(This page left blank intentionally)
486
OS TeAM PLM
Disk Data Area
The disk record is composed of count, key, and data. The count field is set at disk
initialization time. When a unit is used as a disk buffer, the data portion of the
disk record comes from the first six bytes of the unit, and the key portion of the
disk record (which contains the text of the message itself) comes from that portion
of the unit following the 12-byte unit prefix. The disk data area is the first six
bytes of the unit prefix. When the unit is a disk buffer or is going through the
channel, the address of the disk data area is in the Read or Write Data CCW in
the channel program block. The address of the disk data area is usually also in the
CPBXREA field of the channel program block.
Storage is allocated for the disk data area at IEDQXA execution time. At that
same time, the disk data area is initialized to zeros. The actual data in the disk
data area is placed there either by Destination Scheduler (IEDQHM) or by
Reusability-Copy (IGG019RP).
The first six bytes of the IEDQDAT A DSECT defines the data portion of the disk
record (the disk data area). The last two bytes of the DSECT are bytes 7 and 8 of
the unit prefix and are used only in main storage (they are not written to disk and
are, therefore, not part of the disk data area).
The format of the IEDQDATA DSECT is illustrated below; descriptions of the
fields follow.
IEOQOATA
0(0)
4 (4)
1 (1)
OATFLAGS
OATFEFO
Flag Byte
FEFO Pointer
OATCOUNT
Text Byte Count
OATSEQOT
6 (6)
OATSCAN
Scan Pointer Save Area
Output Sequence Number
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
487
Offset
0
(0)
Name
Bytes
Description
DATFLAGS
1
Flag byte:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
DATNPRFX
0
X'80'
No prefix is in the record
X'7F'
1
Off
DATSENT
1
X'40'
X'BF'
1
Off
DATCNCLD
2
X'20'
Mask to specify that a prefix is in the record
Message has been serviced
Mask to specify that the message has not been
serviced
Message is canceled
X'DF' Mask to specify that the message is not canceled
2
Off
DATLOSTN
X'EF' Mask to specify that a message is lost from the
3
Off
main-storage queue
1
(1)
DATFEFO
3
FEFO pointer to the next message to be completely received for this
destination
4
(4)
DATCOUNT
2
For text records only, the number of bytes of significant text in this
record key field, or zero if not the last text record
4
(4)
DATSEQOT
2
For header records only, the sequence-out number
6
(6)
DATSCAN
2
Saves the scan pointer (number of reserve characters remaining)
while building a buffer from this unit; not used in a main-storage
disk message queue data set and not part of the disk data area
488
OS TeAM PLM
Element Request Block
The element request block (ERB) is a fixed-length table of fourteen bytes located
at a displacement of X'4C' from the beginning of the line control block. TCAM
uses the ERB to request buffers for transmissions of data. The beginning of the
element request block is at a displacement of +44 (X'2C') from the beginning of
the input/output block within the LCB. The address of the lOB is in the DCBIOBAD field of the data control block.
Storage is allocated for the element request block at open time. The ERB is
initialized at various times depending upon its function. When it is being used to
request buffers, the ERB may be initialized by the Send Scheduler, Receive
Scheduler, Get Scheduler, or the Put Scheduler. When it is being used to get
recalled buffers, the ERB may be initialized by Buffer Disposition, EOB Check, or
the Buffered Terminal Scheduler.
When TeAM uses an element request block (ERB) to request buffers for a line, it
tposts an ERB to the appropriate QCB to obtain filled buffers for a send operation or empty buffers for a receive operation. The QCB pointer refers to the
queue control block to which the ERB is tposted. The link address points to the
next element on the queue that contains the ERB. The status field indicates the
status of the ERB (for example, that it has been tposted for a buffer, or that it is
available, etc.). The chain field contains a pointer to the first buffer in a chain of
buffers to be used in the operation. If the buffer unit pool is empty (all buffer
units are in use), the ERB is placed in a chain of ERBs waiting for buffers and
remains there until a buffer is returned and assigned to it. The two count fields
indicate the number .of buffers requested for an operation. Two fields are necessary because a disabled routine may need to increment the count and an enabled
routine to decrement the count.
The format of the element request block and descriptions of the fields are included
in the discussion of the line control block.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
489
(This page left blank intentionally)
490
OS TeAM PLM
Invitation List
The INVLIST==(name of list, ... ) operand of a DCB macro specifies the names of
the invitation lists for the lines of the line group represented by the DCB. There is
one invitation list for each line in a line group, and the DCB contains a pointer to
the control word of each of its invitation lists. An INVLIST macro specifies the
actual entries in each invitation list.
An invitation list contains the invitation (polling) characters for terminals that
may generate messages to the CPU on the same line. The order in which the
invitation characters of the terminals are listed determines the order in which the
terminals on the line are polled.
Invitation lists may contain both active and inactive entries. Active entries are
those invited to enter a message on each pass through the list; an X'FE' follows
the last active entry. An inactive entry is one that is not currently being invited to
enter messages. Inactive entries in the list are located after the X'FE' indicator.
The methods of establishing and altering the status of the entries in the invitation
list are discussed in the section Establishing Contact in the System!360 OS
TCAM Programmer's Guide, Order No. GC30~2024.
The general format 'of an invitation list is eight bytes of control information,
followed by an invitation list entry for each active terminal on the line, followed
by an end-of-list indicator (X'FE'), followed by an entry for each inactive termi~
nal o~ the line.
An invitation list with n active entries has the following format:
r~" I~~'~____ ~_O ~_:_~ _~_I ~
4 -__
___
___
______
~_+8
__ln_v_Ch_aB__
~~~~_I_nv_c_ha_B ~ ~~~~ ~_X_'_FE_'~
__
___
__
Rell·Reln are the two-byte relative positions in the termname table for the entries
represented by the invitation characters. There is one two-byte field for
each entry in the invitation list, in reverse order.
Control Word is a field defining the status of the invitation li!/t. (See format
below.)
CPU /D, for dial terminals, is the address of a field that contains the ID sequence
assigned to the computer. The field referred to contains a length byte, which
specifies the number of bytes in the ID sequence, followed by the ID sequence itself. For buffered terminals, the CPU ID field in an invitation list
has the following format:
Offset
+s
+4
Active
Count
+7
UCB
Status
Reserved
Tenninal
Count
Active Count is the number of active terminals on the line to which TCAM is
currently sending'. This field is initialized to zero at line open time.
Section S: Data Area Layouts
491
UCB Status is set to X'O l' at line open time if the VCB for the line indicates
Auto Poll. Otherwise, this field contains X'OO'.
Terminal Count is the total number of terminals on this line. This field is initialized at line open time.
Invchars are the invitation or polling characters to be used {or the terminal. The
one-byte index following Invchars points to the corresponding relative
position field that precedes the control word.
X'FE' is the end-of-list indicator, which is used to separate active and inactive
entries. An EOT character precedes the X'FE' as an end-of-transmission
character in an invitation list for BSC Auto Poll terminals.
The control word of an invitation list has the following format:
Offset
~-------.~----~~~-----r~----~
Total entries indicates the number of active and inactive entries in the list (if this
byte is equal to zero, the list is for an output-only line; there is no message
traffic from the terminals).
Active entries indicates the number of entries currently being invited. If byte 1 is
equal to zero, all the entries in the list are inactive.
Width indicates the size of each entry in the list (the size includes the one-byte
index that follows the invitation characters).
Sta,tus indicates whether the list is active or inactive and whether it is being
autopolled.
Status bits
492
OS TCAM PLM
Meaning
o
ON--EOT= was specified on the INVLIST macro
OFF--EOT= was not specified on the INVLIST macro
1
ON-Offsets to the termname table entries have been sorted
OFF-Offsets to the termname table entries have not been
sorted
2
Contention bit
3-4
Reserved
5
Indicates whether the list has been processed by
Checkpoint/Restart (flip/flop)
6
ON-Active list OFF-Inactive list
7
ON--List is being autopolled OFF-Programmed poll is in
effect
The invitation list entries have the same format whether the terminals are under
control of the Auto Poll facility, the programmed poll facility, or some other
scheme, such as contention. The width of each entry is indicated in byte 2 of the
control word.
The format of each entry in an invitation list is:
Invitation
Characters
K
The invitation characters (polling characters) are in the hexadecimal form of the
transmission code. K is the one-byte index field used to indicate the relative
position of the entry in the list and to find the two-byte pointer to the corresponding entry in the termname table.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
493
(This page left blank intentionally)
494
OS TCAM PLM
Input/Output Control Block (IOBLOCKS)
The input/output control block is a map of the major control blocks used in I/O
operations to the test device. It contains the VCB address, LCB address, and
termname table address for the test device, the TECB address, the lOB, DCB, and
ECB.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
495
lOB LOCKS
0(0)
ECBOLT
Event Control Block
6 (6)
4 (4)
OLTTNOFF
Terminal Name Table Entry Offset
OLTUCBA
Unit Control Block Address
8 (8)
9 (9)
OLTLCBA
LCB Address
OLTTCRLN
TCAM Relative Line No.
12 (C)
OLTTNTA
Terminal Name Table Entry Address
16 (10)
OLTRLTNT
Address of Real TNT Entry
22 (16)
20 (14)
23 (17)
OLTFLG1
Test Device
Flag Byte
OLTEABLN
Extended Area Length
Reserved
24 (18)
OLTDTBUF
Data Blocking Field Response Buffer Address
31 (1 F)
30 (1E)
28 (1C)
OLTDTCNT
Data Blocking Field Response Buffer Size
OLTFLAG2
Data Blocking Flags
32 (20)
Reserved
36 (24)
TECBADDR
Address of Test Event Control Block
.41 (29)
40 (28)
IOBFLG1
First Flag Byte
42 (2A)
44 (2C)
I-- 44 (2C)
-
- - -
IOBSINS
First Two: sense Byte
IOBFLG2
Second Flag Byte
-.-
- -
45 (20)
IOBECBAD
ECB Address
- - - - - -- - -
- -
- -
- ---
IOBECBCD
ECB Code
48 (30)
1-48 (30)
IOBCSW
'Channel Status Word
- - - - -
- - - - - - 49 (31)
-
-
- - -- - -
IOBFLG3
Third Flag Byte
IOBCSW1
Last 7 Bytes of Last CSW
496
OS TeAM PLM
-
-
- --
lOB LOCKS
56 (38)
10BCCWAD
CCW Address
1----56 (38)
-- -- - - -- - -r-57 (39)
-
-
10BsIOCD
Start I/O Code
-
-
-
-
-
- - --
Reserved
60 (3C)
10BDCBAD
DCB Address
65 (41)
64 (40)
10BRsTAD
Restart Address
10BREPM
Reposition Modifier
68 (44)
70 (46)
10BINCR
Block Count Increment
72 (48)
73 (49)
10BUCBX
UCB Index
10BWORK
Work Area
77(40)
76 (4C)
10BCSWs
CSW Save Area
IOBFLG4
TOTE and Appendage Flags
-
~-
10BERRCT
Error Counts
- --
_1-84 (54)
-------- ---1
... 10.
1----------..
~
ORG
DCBDCDEP
Device Dependent Field
105 (69)
104 (68)
DCBBUFNO
No. of Buffers in Data Set
....
DCBBUFCB
Buffer Pool Control BUFCB Address
110 (6E)
108 (6C)
DCBDsORG
Data Set Organization
DCBBUFL
Buffer Length
112 (70)
DCBIOBAD
I/O Block Address
116(74)
117 (75)
DCBEODAD
End of Data Set Routine
DCBBGFEK
Buff. Techn., Alignm.
121 (79)
120 (78)
DCBEXLsT
Exit List
DCBRECFM
Record Format
126 (7E)
124 (7C)
DCBTlOT
DO Offset
128 (80)
DCBIFLGs
I/O Supervisor Flags
DCBMACRF
Macro I nstruction Reference
129 (81)
DCBDEBAD
Data Extent Block Address
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
497
,...
lOB LOCKS
132 (84)
133 (85)
OCaOFLGS
Reserved
Open Flags
136 (88)
137 (89)
DCBOPTCD
Option Codes
Reserved
138 (90)
DCBEOEA
140 (92)
End of Extent Appendage
142 (94)
DCBSIOA
Start 1/0 Appendage
DCBXENDA
Abnormal End Appendage
OS TCAM PLM
144 (96)
DCBCENDA
Channel End Appendage
. 148 (9A)
146 (98)
498
DCBPCIA
Program Controlled Interrupt Appendage
Reserved
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
.0
(0)
ECBOLT
4
Event Control Block
4
(4)
OLTUCBA
2
Unit Control Block address
6
OLTTNOFF
2
Terminal Name Table Entry offset
8
(6)
(8)
OLTTCRLN
1
TCAM Relative Line No.
9
(9)
OLTLCBA
3
LCB address
12
(C)
OLTTNTA
4
Terminal Name Table Entry address
16
(10)
OLTRLTNT
4
Address of Real TNT Entry
20
(14)
OLTEABLN
2
Extended area length
22
(16)
OLTFLGI
1
Test Device Flag Byte
Name
Bits Value
OLTTNTAS
0
1
Reserved
X'80'
Meaning
TOTE TNT Entry assigned
23
(17)
24
(18)
OLTDTBUF
4
Data Blocking Field Response Buff address
28
(IC)
OLTDTCNT
2
Data Blocking Field Response Buffer Size
30
(1E)
OLTFLAG2
1
Data Blocking Flags
Name
Bits Value
OLTPTIMD
0
X'80'
Post WAITIO immediately
OLTMVDAT
1
X'40'
Move response to buffer
OLTLV3IO
2
X'20'
Last EXIO to device was
level 3
OLTSIOAC
3
X'lO'
EXIO to device is outstanding
5
Reserved
Meaning
31
(1 F)
36
(24)
TECBADDR
4
Address of Test Event Control Block
40
(28)
IOBFLGl
1
First Flag Byte
41
(29)
IOBFLG2
1
Second Flag Byte
42
(2A)
IOBSENS
2
First two sense bytes
44
(2C)
IOBECBAD
44
(2C)
ICBECBCD
45
(2D)
48
(30)
IOBCSW
48
(30)
IOBFLG3
1
Third Flag Byte
49
(31)
IOBCSWI
7
Last 7 bytes of last CSW
56
(38)
IOBCCWAD
56
(38)
IOBSIOCD
57
(39)
60
(3C)
IOBDCBAD
4
DCB address
64
(40)
IOBREPM
1
Reposition Modifier
ECB address
1
ECB code
3
Channel Status Word
CCWaddress
1
Start 110 Code
3
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
4':1;';
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
65
(41)
IOBRSTAD
3
Restart address
68
(44)
IOBINCR
2
Block Count Increment
70
(46)
IOBERRCT
2
Error Counts
72
(48)
IOBUCBX
1
UCBlndex
73
(49)
IOBWORK
3
Work area
76
(4C)
IOBFLG4
1
Flags for TOTE and its appendix
Name
Bits Value
IOBATTN
0
X'80'
Attention Interrupt expected
IOBCSWV
1
X'40'
CSW Save Area Valid
IOBSEC
2
X'20'
Secondary lOB
IOBPPI
3
X'10'
Primary lOB
IOBATNE
4
X'08'
Error on CE/DE before ATTN
IOBCSWNV
5
X'04'
CSW Area 2 invalid
Meaning
77
(4D)
IOBCSWS
84
(54)
ORG
84
(54)
DCB
84
(54)
DCBDCDEP
20
104 (68).
DCBBUFNO
1
Number of buffers in data set
105 (69)
DCBBUFCB
3
Buffer Pool Control Block address
108 (6C)
DCBBUFL
2
Buffer lentgh
110 (6E)
DCBDSORG
2
Data set organization
112 (70)
DCBIOBAD
4
1/0 Block address
116 (74)
DCBGFEK
1
Buffer technique, alignment
117 (75)
DCBEODAD
3
End of data set routine
120 (78)
DCBRECFM
1
Record format
121 (79)
DCBEXLST
3
Exit List
124 (7C)
DCBTIOT
2
DD offset
126 (7E)
DCBMACRF
2
Macro instruction reference
128 (80)
DCBIFLGS
1
1/0 supervisor flags
129 (81)
DCBDEBAD
3
Data extent block address
132 (84)
DCBOFLGS
1
Open flags
3
Reserved
1
Option codes
7
Reserved
133 (85)
136 (88)
DCBOPTCD
137 (89)
500
as TeAM PLM
7
CSW Save Area
44
Device dependent field
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
138 (90)
DCBEOEA
2
End of extent appendage
140 (92)
DCBPCIA
2
Program controlled interrupt appendage
142 (94)
DCBSIOA
2
Start 110 appendage
144 (96)
DCBCENDA
2
Channel end appendage
146 (98)
DCBXENDA
2
Abnormal end appendage
2
Reserved
148 (9A)
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
501
(This page left blank.intentionally)
502
OS TeAM PLM
Line Control Block
The line control block (IEDQLCB) is a fixed-length table that contains the
information that must be maintained on a line or line group basis. There is one
line control block for each line. The LCB maintains such information as pointers
to the channel program, the corresponding DCB, the last serviced PCI, and the
chain of waiting QCBs. The LCB also contains the buffer chain, the subtask
chain, and the I/O status. When the LCB is functioning as a QCB, the line
control block contains the address of the first STCB. Within the LCB, at a
displacement of 76 (X'4C'), is the element request block. (For further information on the ERB see the discussion of the element request block.) The I/O block
is also in the LCB at a displacement of X'20' from the beginning.
To find the address of a specific LCB for a line group from a DCB, the TCAM
modules first multiply the relative line number for this line times the value in
DCBEIOBX and add the result to the value in DCBIOBAD. The result is the
address of the lOB for this LCB. The LCB begins at -X'20' from the lOB
address.
Storage is allocated and the line control block is initialized at open time for the
DCB for the line gr~up.
The format of the line control block is illustrated below; descriptions of the fields
follow.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
503
IEOQLCB
0(0)
1 (1)
LCBKEY
Element Key of Buffer
LCBQCBA
Address of the QCB
LCBRCB
Resource Control Block
5 (5)
4 (4)
LCBPRI
Priority of Buffer
LCBLlNK
Link Field of Buffer
9 (9)
8 (8)
LCBSTCBA
Address of the Fjrst STCB When LCB is a QCB
LCBRSKEY
Receive Scheduler Key
12 (C)
13 (0)
LCBRSLNK
Address of the Next Item in the Chain
LCBRSPRI
Receive Scheduler Priority
18"(12)
16 (10)
20 (14)
19 (13)
LCBTOL
Time Delay Queue Offset
LCBEOLTO
End of List Time Delay
LCBTSOB
TSO Status Bits
21 (15)
LCBINSRC
In-source Chain
LCBCHAIN
Disposition Status Bits
24 (18)
25 (19)
LCBNTXT
Save Area for PRFNTXT
r
:
28 (lC)
29 (lD)
LCBISZE
Count of Idles Reserved
-- --- - - -
LCBFSBFR
First Buffer Assigned to this LCB
-.. LCBLSBFR- - Last Buffer Assigned to this LCB
33 (21)
32 (20)
LCBFLAG1
lOS Flags 1
36 (24)
LCBSCBOA
Address of the SCB Directory
- - -LCBLNENT - - ,
TNT Offset to Line Entry
:
LCBSENSO
Sense Byte 0
37 (25)'
LCBFLAG3
lOS Flags 3
35 (23)
34 (22)
LCBFLAG2
lOS Flags 2
LCBSENS1
Sense Byte 1
LCBECBPT
Address of the E CB
LCBECBCC
Completion Code
40 (28)
-- - - - - - -
41 (29)
LCBCSW
Last Channel Status Word
48 (30)
49 (31)
LCBSIOCC
510 Condition Code
LCBSTART
Address of the Channel Program
52 (34)
LCBOCBPT
Address of the DCB
56 (38)
f-----
-- -- -
--
LCBRESTR
Error Message Data
- --
-
60 (3C)
LCBINCAM
lOS
-
- -
LCBRCQCB
QCB to Which to Post the Recalled Buffer
-- --------
LCBTTBIN
Index to Terminal to be Connected
I- -
- -- --
-
-
LCBERRCT
lOS Error Counters
504
OS TeAM PLM
- -
---
64 (40)
65 (41)
- - - -- - - - -
LCBUCBX
UCB Index
68 (44)
LCBRCBFR
POinter to the Recalled Buffer
-
------- -
LCBLSPCI
Address of the Last Serviced PCI
70 (46)
LCBRECOF
Offset to the Current Block
72 (48)
- - -------
LCBSTATE
Status Bits
LCBSTAT1
First Status Byte
171 (47)
LCBSTAT2
Second Status Byte
73 (49)
LCBRECAD
Address of the Current Message Block
LCBTSTSW
Test-and-Set SWitch
LCBERBKY
ERB Key
LCBERB
Element Request Block
77 (40)
76 (4C)
LCBERBQB
ERB QCB
80 (50)
81 (51)
LCBERBPY
ERB Priority
LCBERBLK
Address of the Next Item in the Chain
84 (54)
85 (55)
LCBERBCH
Address of the Chain to be Assigned Buffers
LCBERBST
Status of E R B
88 (58)
90 (5A)
LCBTTCIN
Index to the Terminal Currently Connected
LCBERBCT
Count Fields
92 (5C)
93 (50)
LCBMSGFM
Bits to Control BSC Line
96 (60)
LCBERMSK
Error Recording Mask
LCBSCBA
Address of the Current SCB
197 (611
LCBINVPT
Address of the current Entry in the I nVltation List
.-
_.....
100 (64)
LCBTPCD
TP OP Codes
-I-
-r
-r
113(71)
112(70)
LCBSNSV
Save Area for Sense Byte
LCBCSWSV
Save Area for Channel Status Word
120 (78)
~'
LCBERCCW
3 ERP Commands
...... r--
-----------LCBSTICS
Characteristics Work Area
LCBSTICS
(Cant.)
LCBCPA
Channel Program Area
144 (90)
IEDQLCBX
0(0)
1 (1)
LCBXFLAG
Device Flags
LCBXDCT
Device Characterstics Table Storage Area
4 (4)
LCBXRADR
E RP Polling Characters Address
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
505
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
LCBRCB
8
Resource control block for this LCB
0
(0)
LCBKEY
1
Key field of the RCB
1
(1)
LCBQCBA
3
QCB address
4
(4)
LCBPRI
1
Priority of the RCB
5
(5)
LCBLINK
3
Address of the next element in the chain in which this RCB is
currently located
8
(8)
LCBRSKEY
1
Receive Scheduler key field
9
(9)
LCBSTCBA
3
Address of the first STCB when the LCB is functioning as a QCB
12
(C)
LCBRSPRI
1
Receive Scheduler priority field
13
(D)
LCBRSLNK
3
Address of the next item in the chain in which this STCB currently
resides
16
(10)
LCBEOLTD
2
End of the invitation list time delay interval
18
(12)
LCBTDL
1
Time delay queue offset to QCB address for LCB
19
(13)
LCBTSOB
1
TSO status byte:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
LCBPREP
0
X'80'
Prepare on line
LCBWRBRK
0
X'80'
Write break in progress
LCBTSBUF
1
X'40'
Buffer has TSO prefix
LCBSATRD
2
X'20'
Simulated attention request
LCBSOPL
3
X'IO'
Start of polling list
LCBREAD
4
X'08'
Reading partial line
LCBCIRCD
5
X'04'
Circle D sent to 2741
LCBINHBN
6
X'02'
Use inhibits for this terminal
LCB2741N
7
X'OI'
2741 on 2741/1050 line
20
506
(14)
LCBCHAIN
OS TCAMPLM
1
= X'14'
Disposition status byte:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
LCBSCRNN
0
X'80'
Screen change requested
LCBSCRNF
X'7F'
0
Off
Mask to specify no screen change requested
LCBEXCP
1
X'40'
Delay EXCP until association
LCBERMSG
2
X'20'
ERP message waiting
LCBNORTY
3
X'IO'
Text retry not possible
LCBUREQN
4
X'08'
Unit request in progress
LCBUREQF
X'F7'
4
Off
LCBBFRSZ
5
X'04'
Queue management flag
LCBTETEN
6
X'02'
User requested tete-a-tete
LCBTETEF
X'FD'
6
Off
Mask to specify that a unit request is not in progress
Mask to specify that tete-a-tete is not requested
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
LCBABRTN
7
LCBABRTF
7 X'FE'
Off
X'OI'
Abort sequence must be sent
Mask to specify that an abort sequence is not
required
21
(15)
LCBINSRC
3
In-source chain
24
(18)
LCBNTXT
1
Temporary save area for PRFNTXT
25
(19)
LCBSCBDA
3
Address of the SCB directory
26
(1A)
LCBLNENT
1
Termname table offset to the line entry reserved
28
(1C)
LCBISZE
1
Count of idles (reserve characters)
29
(1D)
LCBFSBFR
3
First buffer assigned to this LCB
29
(1D)
LCBLSBFR
3
Last buffer assigned to this LCB
32
(20)
LCBFLAGI
1
lOS flags 1
33
(21)
LCBFLAG2
1
lOS flags 2
34
(22)
LCBSENSO
1
Sense byte 0
35
(23)
LCBSENSI
1
Sense byte 1
36
(24)
LCBECBCC
1
Completion code
37
(25)
LCBECBPT
3
ECB address
40
(28)
LCBFLAG3
1
lOS flags 3
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
LCBOBRRD
2
X'02'
TP error record processing
LCBSOHC
4
X'08'
SOH% C message
LCBSOHR
6
X'20'
SOH% R message
41
(29)
LCBCSW
7
LastCSW
48
(30)
LCBSIOCC
1
SIO condition code
49
(31)
LCBSTART
3
Address of the channel program
52
(34)
LCBDCBPT
4
Address of the corresponding DCB
56
(38)
LCBRESTR
56
(38)
LCBRCQCB
4
Address of the QCB to which recalled buffers are to be tposted
60
(3C)
LCBINCAM
2
lOS
62
(3E)
LCBTTBIN
2
Index of the terminal to be connected
62
(3E)
LCBERRCT
2
lOS error counters
64
(40)
LCBUCBX
1
UCB index
65
(41)
LCBRCBFR
3
Pointer to a recalled buffer
65
(41)
LCBLSPCI
3
Address of the last serviced PCI
68
(44)
LCBTRST
2
Offset to the start of the Buffer Translation routine
70
(46)
LCBSTATE
2
Status bits
70
(46)
LCBSTATI
1
First status byte; bit definitions are:
Start of error message data
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
507
Offset
71
(47)
Name
LCBSTAT2
Bytes
Description
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
LCBRCLLN
0
X'80'
Recall being performed
LCBRCLLF
X'7F'
0
Off
LCBCTLMD
I
X'40'
Line is in control mode
LCBCVRSP
I
X'40'
First BSC output conversational block
LCBOCNI
2
X'20'
Non-immediate operator control operation is in
progress
LCBINITN
3
X'IO'
Receiving initiate mode message
LCBINITF
3 X'EF'
Off
Mask to specify no initiate mode message
LCBCONT
4
X'OS'
Continue or reset operation in progress
LCBFREEN
5
X'04'
Line is free
LCBFREEF
X'FB'
5
Off
LCBRECBN
6
X'02'
Line is receiving
LCBSENDN
7
X'OI'
Line is sending (Line is stopped if bits 5,6, & 7 are
off.)
(48)
LCBTSTSW
Mask to specify that the line is not free
1
Second status byte; bit settings are:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
LCBTRACE
0
X'80'
I/O trace active for this line
LCBLOCK
0
X'80'
Line is in lock mode
LCBTRCOF
X'7F'
8
Off
LCBMSGNN
72
Mask to specify that no recall is being performed
1
X'40'
Mask to specify that I/O trace is not active for
this line
MSGGEN or start-up message
LCBMSGNF
X'BF'
I
Off
LCBBEOTN
2
LCBBEOTF
X'DF'
2
Off
LCBSNDPR
3
X'IO'
Send priority switch set by the Send Scheduler
LCBNEGRP
4
X'OS'
Negative response to polling
LCBSYNC
5
X'04'
Line is binary synchronous
LCBDIAL
6
X'02'
This is a dial LCB
LCBRESP
7
X'OI'
A response needs to be sent to this line
X'20'
Mask to specify that this is not a MSGGEN or
start-up message
EOT from a buffered terminal (no EOM)
Mask to specify a regular EOM if EOT from a
buffered terminal
I
Test-and-set switch:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
LCBCONCT
0
X'SO'
Connection established
73
(49)
LCBRECAD
3
Address of the current message block
76
(4C)
LCBERB
4
Start of the ERB for this LCB
i
508 . OS TCAM PLM
I
/
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
76
(4C)
LCBERBKY
1
Element request block key field
77
(4D)
LCBERBQB
3
Address of the QCB to which this ERB is currently tposted
80
(50)
LCBERBPY
1
ERB priority
81
(51)
LCBERBLK
3
Address of the next item in the chain in which this ERB currently
resides
84
(54)
LCBERBST
1
ERB status; bit settings are:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
LCBMSG
0
X'80'
End of initiate mode
LCBEOMSG
1
X'40'
End of message read from disk
LCBRDERR
2
X'20'
Logical read error
LCBRDERF
X'DF'
2
Off
LCBINQ
3
X'lO'
ERB is waiting for buffers from IEDQHM
LCBERROR
5
X'04'
Error on the send side
LCBPRCPG
6
X'02'
After the initial request is satisfied, tpost the ERB
to the QCB specified in LCBRCQCB
LCBCOMPL
6
X'02'
Disk request is complete
LCBDLNKN
7
X'OI'
Delink switch-ERB is not tposted, but is eligible
to be tposted
LCBDLNKF
X'FE'
7
Off
Mask to specify no read error
Mask to specify that the ERB is tposted, so PCI
cannot tpost it again
85
(55)
LCBERBCH
3
Address of the chain to be assigned buffers
88
(58)
LCBERBCT
2
Count fields
90
(5A)
LCBTTCIN
2
Index to the terminal that is currently connected
92
(5C)
LCBMSGFM
1
Bits to control the BSC line
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
LCBNAK
0
X'80'
Request to send a NAK response
LCBACKI
1
X'40'
ACK counter
The following bits indicate whether a scan of line control has been accomplished and
the type of line control received.
LCBVSTRT
2
X'20'
Valid start sequence
LCBRSTRT
3
X'lO'
Error start sequence
LCBTTD
4
X'08'
Temporary time delay received
LCBENQ
5
X'04'
ENQ received
LCBEOT
6
X'02'
EOT first character
LCBOLT
7
X'Ol'
Address of the current SCB
93
(5D)
LCBSCBA
3
Address of the current SCB
96
(60)
LCBERMSK
1
'J3.rror recording mask
97
(61)
LCBINVPT
3
Address of the current entry in the invitation list
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
509
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
100
112
113
120
141
144
(64)
(70)
LCBTPCD
12
TP operation codes
LCBSNSV
1
Save area for the sense byte
(71)
LCBCSWSV
7
Save area for the CSW
(78)
LCBERCCW
24
Three ERP commands
(8D)
LCBSTICS
3
Characteristics work area
(90)
LCBCPA
8
Channel program area
The following is the LCB extension:
0
(0)
LCBXFLAG
1
Device flags
1
4
(1)
LCBXDCT
3
Device characteristics table storage area
(4)
LCBXRADR
4
ERP polling characters address
510
OS TeAM PLM
On-Line Test Control Block
The major control block used by the Teleprocessing On-Line Executive is the
On-Line Test Control Block (OLTCB), which contains the buffers, pointers,
flags, parameter lists, and data fields that must be preserved after the modules that
set them up have been deleted. The OLTCB also contains control fields and
queue pointers to allow the TOTE parent task to communicate with and control
the On-Line Test subtasks.
Modules IEDQW A and IEDQWB have an eight-byte extension at the beginning
of the OLTCB. This extension contains the forward and backward pointers for
the OLTCB queue.
The format of the on-line test control block is illustrated in the following layout.
Descriptions of the fields follow the layout. The offsets represented are for all
modules except IEDQW A and IEDQWB, whose offsets are eight greater.
Eight-byte extension for Modules IEDQWA and IEDQWB:
TOTOBPTR
TOTELKEY
DS
C
OLTCB queue element key
TOTELQCB
DS
AL3
Address of OLTCB QCB
DS
C
Unused
DS
AL3
OLTCB queue element link field
TOTELLNK
Section S: Data Area Layouts
Sl1
TOTOlTCB
0(01
2 (2)
$ERRLPCT
loop on Error Count
4 (4)
5 (5)
3 (3)
$TESTOPT
Test Option Field
7 (7)
6 (6)
$RT0108
Routine Masks 1-8
$DRIVER
Driver Identification
$RT0916
Routine Masks 9-16
10 (A)
8 (8)
$ERROPT
Error and Option Field
$SPARE 1
Unused
11 (B)
$CDSFLGS
Device CDS Flags
$PDEVFLG
Primary Device Flags
$TSSSYM
Reserved for TSS
12 (C)
$PDEVADR
Primary Device Address
16 (10)
$PDEVDSC
Primary Device Descriptors
----
20 (14)
$CDS8T19
Primary Device CDS Bytes 8-19
32 (20)
$RMSKCNT
Routine Mask Count Length
36 (24)
38 (26)
Unused
41 (29)
$R057064
$R089096
57 (39)
56 (38)
60 (3C)
$R209216
68 (44)
$R241248
as TeAM PLM
59 (3B)
62 (3E)
63 (3F)
$R201208
67 (43)
$R225232
$R217224
70 (46)
$R249255
$R169176
$R193200
66 (42)
69 (45)
$Rl37144
$R161168
$R185192
65 (41)
64 (40)
$Rl05112
55 (37)
58 (3A)
61 (3D)
$Rl77184
51 (33)
$R129136
$R153160
$Rl45152
$R073080
$R097104
$R121128
$R113120
47 (2FI
54 (36)
53 (35)
$R041 048
$R065072
50 (32)
49 (31)
$R081088
43 (2B)
46 (2E)
45 (20)
$TOTFLG2
TOTE 2nd Flag Byte
$R033040
Mask 25-32
$R049056
52 (34)
39 (27)
$TOTFLGl
42 (2A)
$R025032
Routine Mask 17-24
48 (30)
o LT Region Size
TOTE 1st Flag Byte
$R017024
44 (2C)
$OlTSIZE
$EXECFLG
Executive Program Flags
37 (25)
40 (28)
512
34 (22)
33 (21)
$OLTFLGS
OlT Functional Flags
-'-
-r
$R233240
71 (47)
$RETMASK
Spare
TOTOlTCB
1
Reserved
-r80 (50)
-~
$TABLE
Address of Branch Table
84 (54)
$PASS
Address of Passon Area
88 (58)
$ETX
Address of External Data
-
... -
~2(5C)
....
SCT Expansion Area
116(74)
TOTSMGRT
Service Manager Return Save
... -
TOTSAVE1
OlT Subtask 1st Save Area
TOTSAVE2
o l T Subtask 2nd Save Area
1264 (108)
I
TOTSAVE3
OLT Subtask 3rd Save Area
1336(150)
I
TOTSAVE4
o LT Subtask 4th Save Area
I... -
18(198)
~
....
TOTSAVE5
o l T Subtask 5th Save Area
480 (1EO)
TOTSVENO
End of TOTE Save Areas
- - - - - - 488 (1E8)
-- - 488 (1E8)
-
- -
- - - - -
-
- - - - - - - - -
-
-
--
TOTlNKPl
Service Mgr Link Parameter List
- -
-
-
-
- - - - - - - - - - - - -TOTLNKNM
link Name
498 (1F2)
496 (1FO)
TOTBKRQO
OLT Main-8torage Blocks Required
TOTBKASN
OLT Main Storage Blocks
500 (1F4)
TOTMMSPC
OLT Unused Main Storage
504 (1F8)
1....... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
TOTCTENT
Control Terminal Entry
-- -
- - -
- - - - ----- ---- ----
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
513
t,
TOTOLTCB
-----------------
504(1FS)
TOTCTUCB
506(1 FA)
TOTCTOFF
Offset to C. T. TNT Entry
C. T. UCB Address
508(1 FC)
509(1 FD)
TOTCTRLN
C. T. Relative Line No.
TOTCTLCB
C. T. LCB Address
512(200)
TOTCTTNT
C. T. Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Dummy Entry)
516(204)
TOTCRTNT
C. T. Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Real Entry)
522(20A)
520(208)
TOTCTTLN
Length of C. T. TTE Area
523(20B)
.......
TOTCTFLG
Control Terminal Flags
524(20C)
TOTCTNAM
I'L"
Control Terminal Name in EBCDIC
/'rJ
532(214)
TOTCTDFL
Control Terminal Initial Conditions
536(218)
TOTCUTST
~-
----
536(218)
Control I nformation For $CUTEST Macro
-----------537(219)
TOTCUFlG
$CUTEST Flags
-----538(21A)
-----------
TOTCUCUU
$CUTEST Starting Address
TOTCU#AD
$CUTEST No. of Contig. Addrs.
540(21C)
TOTCUSAV
$CUTEST Save Area
546(221)
544(220)
TOTCURS1
TOTCURS2
Byte 2
[$CUTEST Resv. Byte 1 Code Parm.
,
646(222)
647(223)
TOTCURS3
Byte 3
TOTCURS4
Byte 4
548(224)
/'l...I
/,l.,.
I'J
;oj
644(284)
i'- _ _ _ _ _ _
TOTAPENT
~1~'We~r!..!:!,!.e!:..S..n~
______
646(286)
TOTAPOFF
TOTAPUCB
A. P. UCB Address
648(288)
Offset to A. P. TNT Entry
649(289)
TOTAPRLN
TOTAPLCB
A. P. Relative Line No.
Application Program LCa Address
662(28C)
TOTAPTNT
App. Prog. Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Dummy Entry)
656(290)
TOTARTNT
App. Prog. Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Real Entry)
660(294)
TOTAPTLN
662(296)
Length of App. Prog. TTE Area
663(297)
TOTAPFLG
TOTAPOFL
Printer Flags
Alt. Ptr.lnit. Cond •.
664(298)
TOTAPDCB
Local Printer DECB
514
OS TeAM PLM
/'
.....
T
TOTOlTCB
J
762(2FO)
J.
-
TOTPDECB
local Printer OECB
-I""
I""
712 (304)
Unused
776 (308)
TOTOlTMQ
Subtask Message Queue
780 (3OC)
TOTOTECB
TOTE Subtask ECB
784 (310)
TOTRESSV
Pointer to Mother Task Save Area
788 (314)
TOTTCBAD
Subtask TCB Address
792 (318)
TOTCMPCD
Subtask Completion Code
--
796 (31C)
,_ ...
TOTOlTPl
OlT Input Parameter List
TOTITBlE
.......
---------1
~r"'"
Branch Table Address
808 (328)
TOTWTORP
WTOR Parm list for Operator Communication
-------- - - - - - - -- - - - ------------- -809(329)
808 (328)
TOTINADR
TOTINCNT
Reply Byte Count
Reply Buffer Address
812 (32C)
TOTINECB
Reply ECB Address
816 (330)
TOTWTOPl
WTO & WTOR PL for Operator Communication
-- -- - - - - - - - - - 816 (330)
817 (331)
TOTWTOPL
WTO & WTOR Perm. L.ist
TOTOTCNT
Out Message Count
820 (334)
-
-
818 (332)
- - - - - -
- - --
Reserved
_...
TOTOTBUF
... ~
I,..
Output Area
--
1904(388)
TOTINBUF
....
Reply Buffer
984 (308)
TOTOL.TID
986 (30A)
TOTRTCOD
Service Module Return Code
TOTE OlT Identification
988 (30C)
987 (30B)
Unused
Unused
Section S: Data Area Layouts
SIS
TOTOLTCB
993 (3E1)
992 (3EO) TOTRQRLN
TOTRQUCB
Request Relative Line No.
Address of Request Line UCB
996 (3E4)
TOTPLNKQ
-- 996 (3E4)
Plink Module Queue
- - - - - - - - -
.......
-
TOTPLFWD
- - - -
- - - -
- -
. Queue Forward Pointer
1000 (3ES)
TOTPLBKW
Queue Backward Pointer
--
100S (3FO)
--
TOTWKSPC
TOTE Work Area
1136 (470)
TOTWKEND
End of TOTE Work Area
. ,-
1136 (470)
.. r
Unused
1156 (484)
TOTAVTPT
Address of A VT
'1160 (4S8)
I TOTRESPL
Address of TOTE Resident Parameter List
1164 (48C)
TOTFLG01
1165(480)
1166 (48E)
TOTE 1st Flag Byte
1169 (491)
1168(490)
TOTFLG06
1170 (492)
TOTFLG06
1172 (494)
TOTFLG07
1173(495)
1174 (496) TOTTTBEL
TOTFLG10
TOTFLG09
1167 (48F)
TOTFLG03
TOTFLG02
--
Terminal Name Table Entry
1176 (498)
TOTEXT
1171 (493)
TOTFLG08
1175 (497)
Unused
_....
External Data Buffer
1232 (400)
--
TOTPASS
Pass-on Date Buffer
-r
1296 (510)
---------------
1296 (610)
TOTPRIBK
Primary Test Device I/O Control Blocks
r-- -
1296 (610)
......
TOTTRMBF
TRM Buffer for TRM Analysis
fo---------
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TOTPRECB
Primary ECB
516
TOTFLG04
OS TeAM PLM
- -
TOTOLTCB
1300 (514)
-- -- -- - - - - - 1300 (614)
1"OTPRUCB
TOTPRENT
TOTE Primary Test Device Entry
- - -
- - - - - - - -- - - -
-
1302 (516)
TOTPROFF
Offset to Primary TNT Entry
Primary Device UCB Address
1304 (518)
TOTPRRLN
1305 (519)
TOTPRLCB
Primary LCB Address
Primary Device Relative Line No.
1308 (51C)
TOTPRTNT
Primary Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Dummy Entry)
1312 (520)
TOTTNTPR
Primary Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Real Entry)
1318 (526)
1316 (524)
1319 (527)
TOTPRTLN
TOTPRFLG
Length of Primary TTE Area
Primary Flags
1320 (528)
Unused
TOTPDTBF
Response Buffer Address
1324 (52C)
1326 (52E)TOTPFLGS
TOTPDTCT
Flags
Response Buffer Size
1327 (62F)
Unused
1328 (630)
Unused
1332 (534)
TOTPTECB
Primary TECB Address
-
1336 (538)
11380
}4~590-;-
_I-.
TOTPRIOB
Primary lOB
(564)
TOTPRDCB
Primary DCB
-- - --
TOTPRDEB
DEB Address
,.~
1452 (5AC)
TOTSCIBK
Secondary Test Device I/O Control Blocks
~---------------------------1462 (5AC)
TOTSCECB
Secondary ECB
1456 (5BO)
TOTSCENT
f1466
--------(5BO)
TOTSCUCB
Seconday Device UCB Address
TOTE Secondary Test Device Entry
r-
-
-
1458 (5B2)
- - - - -
TOTSCOFF
Offset to Secondary TNT Entry
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
517
TOTOLTCB
'" 1460 (5B4)
1461 (5B5)
.
TOTSCRLN
. Secondary Device Relat. Line No.
TOTSCLCB
Secondary LCB Address
11464 (5B8)
,
TOTSCITNT
i
Secondary Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Dummy Entry)
: 1468 (5BC)
TOTSRITNT
Secondary Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Real Entry)
!
.1472 (5CO)
1475 (5C3)
1474 (5C2)
TOTSCTLN
Length of Secondary TTE Area
TOTSCFLG
Secondary Flags
Unused
1476 (5C4)
TOTSDTBF
Response Buffer Address
1480 (5C8)
1482 (5CA~
TOTSDTCT
Response Buffer Size
OTSFLGS
Flags
1483(5CB)
Unused
1484(6CC)
Unused
1488 (500)
TOTSTECB
Secondary TECB Address
1492 (504)
--
TOTSCIOB
Secondary lOB
-.I"-
J.5361600l
I
TOTSCDCB
Secondary DCB Address
16iiQ(02c'-
-------I
TOTSCDEB
DEB Address
1608 (648)
TOTTRMND
End of TRM Buffer
1608(648t
TOTCROLT·
Current 0 LT I. D.
}.,.1660}
I
TOTOLTTB
OLT I. D. Table
-I'""
1646(66E)
1-- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
---'I
j..1696 (SAO)
T
518
OS TeAM PLM
TOTTDTBL
TOTE Test Device Table
TOTOLTTE
-
-
End of Table
-- -
-
-
-
-
-
~TO~T~O~L~TC~B~
__________________________________________________________________~~
,t732(6C4)
TOTLETGO
Last Entry Pointer
rr-'
1736 (6CS)
,...--
r"'"
TOTTOENO
End of Table
--- -- -- ---- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1736(6CS)
TOTWECBA
Pointet to ECa for Test Device
1740 (6CC)
TOTECBPT
Pointer to Subtask ECB
1744 (600)
TOTTLCNT
Test Loop Count
_....
;:~
_....
1752 (608)
TOTWAITI
-r
WAITIO Time Interval
1760 (6EO)
TOTGRABP
Current Secondary Device Pointer
_....1764 (6E4)
-~
1772 (6EC)
1776(6FO)
TOTAPNAM
Alternate Printer Name
--
TOTOLTEN
Entry Point Address of OLT
TOTOBEND
End of OI-TCa
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
519
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
$ERRLPCT
3
Loop on error count
2
(2)
$TESTOPT
1
Test option field
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
$NOPRT
5
X'04'
No print option flag
$INDEFLP
6
X'02'
Indefinite error loop flag
$FSTCOMM
7
X'OI'
First error communication flag
3
(3)
$ERROPT
1
Error and option field
4
(4)
$RTOI08
1
Routine mask 1-8
5
(5)
$RT0916
1
Routine mask 9-16
6
(6)
$DRIVER
1
Driver identification
7
(7)
$SPAREI
1
Unused
8
(8)
$TSSSYM
2
Reserved for TSS
10
(A)
$PDEVFLG
1
Primary device flags
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
$FPMOLD
0
X'80'
File protect flag
$EXFILPT
1
X'40'
Additional file protect flag
$TSSSYSI
2
X'20'
Reserved for TSS
$LASTDEV
3
X'IO'
Last device of subsystem flag
4
X'08'
Spare
$TERMNDX
5
X'04'
Reserved for TSS
$PATHDEF
6
X'02'
Reserved for TSS
$LASTSUB
7
X'OI'
Last device of last subsystem flag
11
(B)
$CDSFLGS
1
Device flags from CDS flag byte
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
$FPM
0
X'80'
File protect flag
$SHARED
1
X'40'
Shared device flag
$CEVOL
2
X'20'
CE volume flag
$EXTINTC
3
X'IO'
Device address associated
with external flag
$SYMNAME
4
X'08'
Symbolic name flag
$TWOCHSW
5
X'04'
Two channel switch flag
$CUSTSYM
6
X'02'
Customer assigned symbolic
name flag
X'OI'
Line connection required flag
$COMMCN
12
(C)
$PDEVADR
4
Primary device address
16
(10)
$PDEVDSC
4
Primary device descriptors
20
(14)
$CDS8T19
12
Primary device CDS bytes 8-19
32
(20)
$RMSKCNT
4
Routine mask count length
520
OS TeAM PLM
Offset
33
(21)
Name
Bytes
Description
$EXECFLG
4
Executive program flags
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
$CECCMIN
0
X'80'
Reply in to outstanding CECOM flag
$MULTOEV
1
X'40'
More than one device entry flag
$RTNSLCT
2
X'20'
Operator mode routine selection flag
$ERRCNT
3
X'10'
Operator specified error loop count
$LSTPOEV
4
X'08'
00 not assign more primary devices flag
$CLEANUP
5
X'04'
Section entered for cleanup flag
$CTRLMOO
6
X'02'
Control mode available flag
$QSCTMOD
7
X'01'
Quiescent mode available flag
34
(22)
$OLTSIZE
2
OLT region size
36
(24)
$OLTFLGS
1
OLT functional flags
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
$MANINTV
0
X'80'
Manual intervention routine flag
$CLEANRT
1
X'40'
OLT has cleanup routine flag
$RETAIN
2
X'20'
RETAIN is active flag
$CONTCB
3
Contingent connection broken flag
$RETCODE
4
X'10'
X'08' '
$TRACE
5
X'04'
$LASTSEC
6
X'02'
37
(25)
38
(26)
$TOTFLG1
Last section scheduled flag
1
Unused
1
TOTE 1st flag byte
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
$LINESHR
0
X'80'
Line can be shared flag
$TOATBLK
1
X'40'
TOTE message clocking flag
39
(27)
$TOTFLG2
1
TOTE 2nd flag byte
40
(28)
$R017024
1
Routine mask 17-24
41
(29)
$R025032
1
Routine mask 25-32
42
(2A) $R033040
1
Routine mask 33-40
43
(2B)
$R041048
1
Routine mask 41-48
44
(2C) $R049056
1
Routine mask 49-56
45
(20) $R057064
1
Routine mask 57-64
46
(2E)
$R065072
1
Routine mask 65-72
47
(2F)
$R073080
1
Routine mask 73-80
48
(30)
$R081088
1
Routine mask 81-88
49
(31)
$R089096
1
50
(32)
$R097104
1
toutine mask 89-96
outine mask 97 -104
51
(33)
$R105112
1
Routine mask 105-112
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
521
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
113~120
52
(34)
$RI13120
1
Routine mask
53
(35)
$R121128
1
Routine mask 121-128
54
(36)
$R129136
1
Routine mask 129-136
55
(37)
$R137144
1
Routine mask 137-144
56
(38)
$R145152
1
Routine mask 145-152
57
(39)
$R153160
1
Routine mask 153-160
58
(3A) $R161168
1
Routine mask 161-168
59
(3B)
$R169176
1
Routine mask 169-176
60
(3C)
$RI77184
1
Routine mask 177-184
61
(3d)
$R185192
1
Routine mask 185-192
62
(3E)
$R193200
1
Routine mask 193-200
63
(3F)
$R201208
1
Routine, mask 201-208
64
(40)
$R209216
1
Routine mask 209-216
65
(41)
$R217224
1
Routine mask 217-224
66
(42)
$R225232
1
Routine mask 225-232
67
(43)
$R233240
~
Routine mask 233-240
68
(44)
$R241248
1
Routine mask 241-248
69
(45)
$R249255
1
Routine mask 249-255
70
(46)
$RETMASK
1
Return code mask
71
(47)
1
Spare
72
(48)
8
Spare
80
(50)
$TABLE
4
Address of branch table
84
(54)
$PASS
4
Address of pass-on area
88
(58)
$EXT
4
Address of external data
92
(5C)
24
SCT expansion area
116
(74)
TOTSMGRT
4
Service manager return save area
120
(78)
TOTSAVI
72
OLT subtask 1st save area
192
(CD) TOTSAV2
72
OLT subtask 2nd save area
264
(l08) TOTSA V3
72
OLT subtask 3rd save area
336
(l50) TOTSAV4
72
OLT subtask 4th save area
408
(l98) TOTSAV5
72
OLT subtask 5th save area
480
(lEO) TOTSVEND
480
(lEO) TOTLNKPL
6
Service manager link parameter list
480
(lEO) TOTLNKNM
8
Link name
496
(IFO) TOTBKASN
2
Main-storage blocks assigned to this OLT
498
(lF2) TOTBKRQD
2
Main-storage blocks required by this OLT
500
(IF4) TOTMMSPC
4
OLT unused main-storage
504
(lF8) TOTCTENT
522
OS TCAMPLM
End of TOTE save area
Control terminal entry
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
504
(1F8) TOTCTUCB
2
C.T. VCB address
506
(1FA) TOTCTOFF
2
Offset to C.T. TNt entry
508
(1 FC) TOTCTRLN
1
C.T. relative line no.
509
(1 FD) TOTCTLCB
3
C.T. LCB address
512
(200) TOTCTTNT
4
C.T. terminal name table entry address (dummy entry)
516
(204) TOTCRTNT
4
C.T. terminal name table entry address (real entry)
520
(208) TOTCTTLN
2
Length of CT TTE area
522
(20A) TOTCTFLG
1
Control terminal flags
523
(20B) TOTCTNAM
9
Control terminal name in EBCDIC
532
(214) TOTCTDFL
4
Control terminal initial condition
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
TOTCTCRM
0
X'80'
Terminal device flag
TOTCTLIN
1
X'40'
Line address flag
TOTCTGP
3
X'10'
General Poll initially active on test line
TOTCTLST
4
X'08'
CT initially stopped
TOTCTHD
5
X'04'
CT initially held
TOTCTIAC
6
X'02'
CT invitation list entry initially active
536
(218) TOTCUTST
536
(218) TOTCUFLG
Control information for CUTEST macro
1
CUTEST flags
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
TOTCUDON
0
X'80'
CV test issued
TOTCUCUP
1
X'40'
CU test clean up required
537
(219) TOTCU#AD
1
CUTEST number of contiguous address
538
(21A) TOTCUCUU
2
CUTEST starting address
540
(21C) TOTCUSAV
4
CUTEST save area
544
(220) TOTCURSI
1
CUTEST reserved byte 1 code parameter
545
(221) TOTCURS2
1
CUTEST reserved byte 2 code parameter
546
(222) TOTCURS3
1
CUTEST reserved byte 3 code parameter
547
(223) TOTCURS4
1
CUTEST reserved byte 4 code parameter
548
(224)
644
(284) TOT APENT
644
(284) TOT APUCB
2
A.P. UCB address
646
(286) TOT APOFF
2
Offset to A.P. TNT entry
648
(288) TOTAPRLN
1
A.P. relative line no.
649
(289) TOTAPLCB
3
A.P. LCB address
652
(28C) TOT APINT
4
A.P. terminal name table entry address (dummy entry)
656
(290) TOTARINT
4
A.P. terminal name table entry address (real entry)
660
(294) TOT APTLN
2
Length of AP TTE area
95
Alternate printer entry
section 5: Data Area Layouts
523
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
662
(296) TOTAPFLG
1
Printer flags
663
(297) TOTAPDFL
1
Alternate printer initial condition
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
TOT APTER
0
X'80'
Terminal device flag
TOTAPLIN
1
X'40'
Line address flag
TOTAPGP
3
X'10'
General Poll initially active on test line
TOTAPLST
4
X'08'
AP initially stopped
TOTAPHD
5
X'04'
AP initially held
TOTAPIAC
6
X'02'
AP invitation list entry initially inactive
664
(298) TOTAPOCB
88
Local printer DCB
752
(2FO) TOTPDECB
20
Local printer OECB
772
(304)
4
Unused
776
(308) TOTOLTMQ
4
Subtask message queue
780
(30C) TOTOTECB
4
TOTE subtask ECB
784
(310) TOTRESSV
4
Pointer to mother task save area
788
(314) TOTTCBAD
4
Subtask TCB address
792
(318) TOTCMPCO
4
Subtask completion code
796
(3IC) TOTOLTPL
12
OLT input parameter list
796
(31C) TOT#TBLE
8
Branch table address
804
(328) TOTWTORP
808
(328) TOTINCNT
1
Reply byte count
809
(329) TOTINADR
3
Reply buffer address
812
(32C) TOTINECB
4
Reply ECB address
816
(330) TOTWTOPL
816
(330)
1
817
(331) TOTOTCNT
1
818
(332)
2
820
(334) TOTOTBUF
84
Output area
904
(388) TOTINBUF
80
Reply buffer
984
(308) TOTOLTID
2
TOTE OLT identification
986
(3DA) TOTRTCOD
1
Service module return code
987
(3DB)
1
Unused
988
(30C)
4
Unused
992
(3EO) TOTRQRLN
1
Request line relative line no.
993
(3El) TOTRQUCB
3
Address of request line UeB
996
(3E4) TOTPLNKQ
996
(3E4) TOTPLFWD
4
Queue forward pointer
1000 (3E8) TOTPLBKW
4
Queue backward pointer
524
OSTCAMPLM
WTOR parameter list for operator communication
WTO and WTOR parameter list for operator communication
Out message count
PLINK module queue
Offset
Name
100S (3FO) TOTWKSPC
Bytes
Description
12S
TOTE work area
1136 (470) TOTWKEND
End of TOTE work area
1136 (470)
20
Unused
1156 (4S4) TOTAVTPT
4
Address of A VT
1160 (4SS) TOTRESPL
4
Address of TOTE resident parameter list
1164 (4SC) TOTFLGOI
1
TOTE 1st flag byte
Name
Bits
Value
TOTTRREC
0
X'SO'
TOTPRSTP
2
X'20'
Primary test device stopped flag
TOTSCSTP
3
X'10'
Secondary test device stopped flag
TOTRQSTP
4
X'OS'
Requested terminal stoppeQ flag
TOTPRTAS
6
X'02'
Primary device TNT entry assigned
TOTSCTAS
7
X'OI'
Secondary device TNT entry assigned
1165 (4SD) TOTFLG02
1166 (4SE) TOTFLG03
1167 (4SF) TOTFLG04
Meaning
1
TOTE 2nd flag byte
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
TOTPTSRT
0
X'SO'
Primary line start request flag
TOTSCSRT
1
X'40'
Secondary line start request flag
TOTCHKSZ
4
X'OS'
Update subtask storage allocation flag
1
TOTE 3rd flag byte
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
TOTAPOER
0
X'SO'
Alternate printer option error flag
TOTTDFER
1
X'40'
Test device field error flag
TOTTSTER
2
X'20"
Test ID field error flag
TOTOPTER
3
X'10'
Optional field error flag
TOTIMNCP
4
X'OS'
Temporary no count flag
TOTTSINC
5
X'04'
Inclusive test ID entry flag
TOTTCREP
7
X'OI'
Get EXIO response by TCAM flag
1
TOTE 4th flag byte
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
TOTNUMDV
0
X'SO'
Numeric TRM entry flag
TOTDTCHD
1
X'40'
Subtask already detached flag
TOTCLOSE
2
X'20'
TCAM closedown progress flag
TOTCNFUP
3
X'10'
Configuration update flag
TOTCTSWT
4
X'OS'
Control terminal line switched flag
TOTRTSWT
5
X'04'
Request terminal line switched flag
TOTCNCLR
6
X'02'
Cancel request message flag
TOTTTSWT
7
X'OI'
Test terminal line switched flag
Section S: Data Area Layouts
S2S
Offset
Name
1168 (490) TOTFLG05
1169 (491) TOTFLG06
1170 (492) TOTFLG07
1171 (493) TOTFLG08
1172 (494) TOTFLG09
526
os TCAMPLM
Bytes
Description
1
TOTE 5th flag byte
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
TOTPRINT
0
X'80'
Access method print flag
TOTCECOM
1
X'40'
Access method CECOM flag
TOTREPLY
2
X'20'
Access method CECOM with reply flag
TOTNTAVL
3
X'lO'
Function not available flag
TOTDEVST
4
X'08'
Start test devices flag
TOTTMOUT
5
X'04'
Wait time-out flag
TOTEXIOF
6
X'02'
Access method EXIO flag
TOTNDMSG
7
X'OI'
Send cancelor terminate message flag
1
TOTE 6th flag byte
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
TOTOTERM
0
X'80'
Section terminate flag
TOTCBOPN
1
X'40'
Cancel before open
TOTNCMFG
3
X'lO'
Non-current mode flag
TOTABEND
4
X'08"
OLT has abended flag
TOTCANCL
5
X'04'
Cancel testing flag
TOTOTACT
6
X'02'
OLT active flag
TOTNPERR
7
X'OI'
No permanent error flag
1
TOTE 7th flag byte
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
TOTPRIEX
0
X'80'
Primary device for EXIO/WAITIO flag
TOTSECEX
1
X'40'
Secondary device for EXIO/WAITIO flag
TOTMSGMV
2
X'20'
TOTE message already moved
TOTMSCEC
4
X'08'
TOTE message source flag CECOM
TOTMSREP
5
X'04'
TOTE message source flag CECOM
TOTMSPRT
6
X'02'
TOTE message source flag CECOM
1
TOTE 8th flag byte
Bits
Meaning
0-3
DPRINT forms control flag
4-7
DPRINT level control flag
1
TOTE 9th flag byte
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
TOTAPCON
0
X'80'
Printer = system console flag
TOTAPOUT
1
X'40'
Printer = system printer flag
TOTCTCON
2
X'20'
Control terminal = system console flag
TOTAPTRM
3
X'lO'
Printer = terminal flag
TOTPRENB
4
X'08'
Primary test device enabled flag
Offset
Name
1173 (495) TOTFLGI0
Bytes
Description
TOTSCENB
5
X'04'
Secondary test device enabled flag
TOTPRECT
6
X'02'
No alternate printer flag
TOTMACFT
7
X'OI'
U nsupport macro function flags
1
TOTE 10th flag byte
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
TOTTERMS
0
X'80'
Test devices
TOTFSUCB
1
X'40'
First test device in TRM flag
TOTINCLT
2
X'20'
Inclusive entry flag
TOTTTDEB
3
X'10'
Free test DEB on terminate flag
TOTTNTRQ
4
X'08'
Dummy TNT entry request flag
TOTOLTED
5
X'04'
On-line test ended flag
TOTOLTWT
6
X'02'
On-line test waiting flag
TOTOLTRS
7
X'OI'
On-line test restart flag
1174 (496) TOTTTBEL
1
Terminal name table entry
1175 (497)
1
Unused
1176 (498) TOTEXT
56
External data buffer
1232 (4DO) TOTPASS
64
Passon data buffer
= terminal flag
1296 (510) TOTTRMBF
TRM buffer for TRM analysis
1296 (510) TOTPRIBK
Primary test device I/O control blocks
1296 (510) TOTPRECB
4
1300 (514) TOTPRENT
PrimaryECB
TOTE primary test device entry
1300 (514) TOTPRUCB
2
Primary device UCB address
1302 (516) TOTPROFF
2
Offset to primary TNT entry
1304 (518) TOTPRRLN
1
Primary device relative line no.
1305 (519) TOTPRLCB
3
Primary LCB address
1308 (SIC) TOTPRTNT
4
Primary terminal name table entry address (dummy entry)
1312 (520) TOTTNTPR
4
Primary terminal name table entry address (real entry)
1316 (524) TOTPRTLN
2
Length of primary TTE address
1318 (526) TOTPRFLG
1
Primary flags
1319 (527)
1
Unused
1320 (528) TOTPDTBF
4
Response buffer address
1324 (52C) TOTPDTCT
2
Response buffer size
1326 (52E) TOTPFLGS
1
Flags
1327 (52F)
5
Unused
1332 (534) TOTPTECB
4
Primary TECB address
1336 (538) TOTPRIOB
44
RrimaryIOB
1380 (564) TOTPRDCB
72
PrimaryDCB
1380 (564) TOTPRDEB
44
DEB address
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
527
Offset
Name
Bytes
1452 (SAC) TOTSCIBK
1452 (SAC) TOTSCECB
Description
Secondary test device 110 control blocks
4
1456 (5BO) TOTS CENT
Secondary ECB
TOTE secondary test device entry
1456 (5BO) TOTSCUCB
2
Secondary device UCB address
1458 (5B2) TOTSCOFF
2
Offset to secondary TNT entry
1460 (5B4) TOTSCRLN
1
Secondary device relative line no.
1461 (5BS) TOTSCLCB
3
Secondary LCB address
1464 (5B8) TOTSCTNT
4
Secondary terminal name table entry address (dummy entry)
1468 (5BC) TOTSRTNT
4
Secondary terminal name table entry address (real entry)
1472 (5CO) TOTSCTLN
2
Length of sec~ndary TTE address
1474 (5C2) TOTSCFLG
1
Secondary flags
1475 (5C3
1
Unused
1476 (5C4) TOTSDTBF
4
Response buffer address
1480 (5C8) TOTSDTCT
2
Response buffer size
1482 (5CA) TOTSFLGS
1
Flags
1483 (5CB)
5
Unused
1488 (5DO) TOTSTECB
4
Secondary TECB address
1492 (5D4) TOTSCIOB
44
Secondary lOB
1536 (600) TOTSCDCB
72
Secondary DCB address
1536 (600) TOTSCDEB
44
DEB address
1608 (648.) TOTTRMND
1608 (648) TOTCROLT
1616 (650) TOTOLTTB
End of TRM buffer
8
Current OLT I.D.
Name
Bits
Value
TOTFTTIM
0
X'80'
TOTCLRFG
0-7
X'OO'
30
OLT I.D. table
1646 (66E) TOTOLTTE
Meaning
End of table
1646 (66E)
50
Unused
1696 (SAO) TOTTDTBL
40
TOTE test device table
1696 (6AO) TOTLETGO
36
Last entry pointer
1736 (6C8) TOTTDEND
528
OS TeAM PLM
End of table
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
TOTTDTRM
0
X'80'
Terminal device flag
TOTTDLIN
1
X'40'
Line addfess flag
TOTTDGRB
2
X'20'
Test device grabbed flag
TOTTDSGP
3
X'10'
General poll initially active on test line
TOTTDLST
4
X'08'
Test device initially stopped
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
TOTTOTHO
5
X'04'
Test device initially held
TOTTOIAC
6
X'02'
Test device invitation list entry
initially inactive
X'01'
Test device let go flag
TOTTOLGO
1736 (6C8) TOTWECBA
4
Pointer to ECB for test device
1740 (6CC) TOTECBPT
4
Pointer ro subtask ECB
1744 (600) TOTTLCNT
2
Test loop count
1752 (606) TOTWAITI
8
WAITIO time interval
1760 (6EO) TOTGRABP
4
Current secondary device pointer
1764 (6E4) TOTAPNAM
8
Alternate printer name
1772 (6EC) TOTOLTEN
4
Entry point address of OLT
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
529
(This page left blank intentionally)
530
OS TeAM PLM
Operator Control Address Vector Table
The operator control address vector table (IEDQOPCD) is a fixed-length table
that serves as a general work area for the use of operator control. The table is
assembled at the end of the Resident Operator Control module. This table is used
by the Resident Operator Control module, by the operator control processing
modules, and by the checkpoint/restart modules. The table is never referred to
unless an operator control command is entered. Once such a command is entered,
the operator control address vector table (A VT) contains entry points for modules, two save areas, bit switches, pointers, and a checkpoint element.
The address of the operator control AVT is the AVTOCGET field of the address
vector table.
Because the operator control AVT is an attached module, storage is allocated for
the table at the time of execution of the INTRO macro. The table is initialized at
assembly time.
The Operator Control control module work area is a table of approximately 540
bytes that is attached to the end of the operator control A VT at a displacement of
X'D8'. This area is not discussed below.
The format of the operator control AVT is illustrated; descriptions of the fields
follow.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
531
IEDOOPCD
JOW)
OPCDOUBl
Doubleword Work Area
~-
-,....
8 (8)
OPCAVTPt
Address of TCAM AVT
12 (C)
OPCCOPCE
Address of Current Element (OPCE)
16 (10)
OPCDCBlK
Address of DCB, R LN; Address of Lookup Routone
20 (14)
OPCGTBlD
GETMAIN and BLDL L.st Areas
24 (18)
OPCTOFlK
Address to get TNT, Offset, TERM Entry
28 (lC)
Reserved
32 (20)
OPClCB
Address of LCB Setup Rout.ne
36 (24)
OPCTRMWA
Work Area for Term Entry Address
40 (28)
,I--
OPCSAVE
Operator Control Save Area
-I-
-r-
-,.-
68 (44)
OPCOCBAD
Address of Operator Control aCB
_.....72 (48)
_I-.
OPCRSAVE
Base and Return Save Area
_r'"'
-,-..
80 (50)
OPCWORK
Address of Res.dent Work Area
84 (54)
86 (56)
OPCWRKSZ
S.ze of Res.dent Work Area
88 (58)
-I-
I
87 (57)
OPCFlAG1
Flag Byte
OPCBFERB
Buffer Request E RB
OPCFlAG2
Flag Byte
.... ~
-r
J;04 (68)
OPCCKERB
Checkpoont Request E RB
.. r'"'
120 (78)
-~
OPCAOCTl
SVC 102 Parameter L.st
-r
132(84)
-J-
532
OS TeAM PLM
OPCWAIT
Operator Control Input Wa.t L.st
.
T
~
144 (90)
OPCXCTL
List Form of XCTL
152 (98)
OPCLONME
XCTL Module Name
160 (AO)
OPCWAITC
QCW for Checkpoint Wait Queue
164 (A4)
OPCWAITL
QCW for LCB Walt Queue
168 (A8)
OPCWAITN
QCW for BCH Response Walt Queue
172 (AC)
OPCWAITO
Output Queue QCW
176 (BO)
OPCWAITR
QCW for Resource Walt Queue
180 (B4)
OPCNEXT
Address of Current Element
184 (B8)
OPCGETBF
Address of Buffer Request Routine
188 (BC)
OPCFREBF
Address of Buffer Unit Free Routine
192 (CO)
196 (C2)
OPCBFREO
Units Need by Wait List
OPCCHA8
Halfword Set to Eight
196 (C4)
198 (C6)
OPCASBUF
Units Assigned to OP CTL
200 (C8)
OPCAVBUF
Units in OP CTL Free Pool
OPCBFIRS
Address of First Unit in Free Pool
204 (CC)
208 (DO)
OPCBFEND
Current Unit End
OPCSPEC
Flag
209 (011
OPCOOSW
Switch
210 (02)
OPCHNEND
Test for End of Buffer Unit
214 (06)
212 (04)
OPCHNEND
(cont.)
215 (07)
OPCSTCBS
Switch
OPCEND
Test Byte
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
533
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
OPCDOUBL
8
Doubleword work space for checking across units
8
(8)
OPCAVTPT
4
Address of TCAM A VT
12
(C)
OPCCOPCE
4
Address of Current Element
16
(10)
OPCDCBLK
4
Address of DCB, RLN, and address of Lookup routine
20
(14)
OPCGTBLD
4
GETMAIN and BLDL list areas
24
(18)
OPCTOFLK
4
Address to get TNT offset and terminal entry
28
(1C)
4
Reserved
32
(20)
OPCLCB
4
Address of LCB Setup routine
36
(24)
OPCTRMWA
4
Work area for picking up TNT address
40
(28)
OPCSAVE
28
Operator control register save area
68
(44)
OPCQCBAD
4
Address of operator control QCB
72
(48)
OPCRSAVE
8
Base and return save area (IGCOOI0D)
80
(50)
OPCWORK
4
Address of resident work area
84
(54)
OPCWRKSZ
2
Size of resident work area
86
(56)
OPCFLAGI
1
Flag byte for transient use
87
(57)
OPCFLAG2
1
Flag byte for transient use
88
(58)
OPCBFERB
16
Buffer request ERB
104 (68)
OPCCKERB
16
Checkpoint request ERB
120 (78)
OPCAQCTL
12
SVC 102 parameter list
132 (84)
OPCWAIT
12
Operator control input wait list
144 (90)
OPCXCTL
8
List form of XCTL macro used by transient routines
152 (98)
OPCLDNME
8
Module name for XCTL macro
160 (AO)
OPCWAITC
4
Queue control word (QCW) for checkpoint wait queue
164 (A4)
OPCWAITL
4
QCW for LCB wait queue
168 (A8)
OPCWAITN
4
QCW for branch response wait queue
172 (AC)
OPCWAITO
4
Ouptut queue QCW
176 (BO)
OPCWAITR
4
QCW for resource wait queue
180 (B4)
OPCNEXT
4
Address of current element
184 (B8)
OPCGETBF
4
Address of buffer request routine
188 (BC)
OPCFREBF
4
Address of buffer unit free routine
192 (CO)
OPCBFREQ
2
Number of units needed by wait list
194 (C2)
OPCHA8
2
Halfword set to eight
196 (C4)
OPCASBUF
2
Number of units assigned to operator control
198 (C6)
OPCAVBUF
2
Number of units in operator control freepool
200 (C8)
OPCBFIRS
4
Address of first unit in free pool
204 (CC)
OPCBFEND
4
Current end of unit (IGCOII0D)
208 (DO)
OPCSPEC
1
Flags used by IEDQCA
534
OS TeAM PLM
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
Name
Value
Meaning
OPCALTO
Bit
0
X'80'
Alternate destination specified
OPCPART
1
X'40'
Partial unit requested
OPCRSTRT
2
X'20'
Restart in progress
209 (01)
210 (02)
OPCOQSW
1
Output busy switch (FF)
OPCHNENO
4
Test under mask instruction executed for to find end of buffer unit
214 (06)
OPCSTCBS
1
STCB busy switch (FF)
215 (07)
OPENO
1
Test byte to detect end of unit
Stetton S: Data Area Layouts
S3!
(This page left blank intentionally)
536
OS TeAM PLM
Option Characteristics Table
The option characteristics table (IEDQOPTN) is a variable-length table that
contains one entry for each OPTION macro issued in the Message Control
Program (MCP). The relative position of an entry in the table directly corresponds to the relative position of an option offset in a terminal table entry. The
option offset is an index to the actual option table data for the option entry in the
option characteristics table. The option characteristics table allows TCAM
routines to use the assembled name for an OPTION macro to locate the option
table data for a specific station (terminal).
Each entry in the option characteristics table contains the length of the corresponding option table entry, the type of option field specified, and the userspecified name of the OPTION macro. The length of the table is variable and
consists of ten bytes for each OPTION macro issued plus one byte (X'FF') to
indicate the end of the table. Storage is allocated and the table is initialized at
assembly time. The AVT field AVTOPTPT contains the address of the option
table, and the second word of the option table contains the address of the option
characteristics table.
The format of an entry in the option characteristics table is illustrated below;
descriptions of the fields follow.
Offset
0
+2
+1
Length
Type
9
Name
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
537
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
length
1
The length of the corresponding option table entry minus one, which
is equal to the number of bytes of data specified by the TPROCESS
and TERMINAL macros plus any necessary alignment bytes
1
(1)
type
1
The type of option field, indicated by one of the following bit
configurations:
Hex Code
Type of
Constant
Machine Format
00 C
Character
8-bit code for each character
01 Z
Decimal
Zoned decimal format
40 P
Decimal
Packed decimal format
81 D
Floating-Point
Long floating-point format; usually a doubleword
80 E
Floating-Point
Short floating-point format; usually a fullword
DO Q
Address
Space reserved for a dummy section offset
C8 V
Address
Space reserved for external symbol addresses;
each address usually a fullword
C4 S
Address
Base register and displacement value; a halfword
C2 y
Address
Value of address; usually a halfword
Cl A
Address
Value of address; usually a fullword
FO F
Fixed-Point
Signed, fixed-point binary format; usually a
halfword
E6 H
Fixed-Point
Signed, fixed-point binary format; usually a
halfword
E4 X
Hexadecimal
4-bit code for each hexadecimal digit
E2 B
Binary
Binary format
2
538
(2)
name
OS TeAM PLM
8
The name of the option field-this is the actual name the user codes
in the name field of the OPTION macro
Option Table
The option table (IEDQOPT) is a variable-length table that contains the actual
data coded by the user in the TERMINAL and TPROCESS macros in the message
control program. At assembly time, this data is placed in the table with the the
necessary byte alignment in the order in which it is coded. An option data field,
which is not directly identifiable by the macro in which it is coded, can be referred
to only through the option offset fields of a terminal entry. If only the user-coded
name for a macro is known, TCAM uses the option characteristics table and the
terminal entry to refer to a specific data field in the option table. (See the discussion of the option characteristics table in this section.)
The user may specify an area to correspond to any entry in the terminal table for
use by the COUNTER, ERRORMSG, FORWARD, MSGLIMIT, INSERT,
PATH, REDIRECT , STARTMH, and other MH delimiter macro instructions
issued in a message handler. The fields are defined by OPTION macros, which
must be issued before the TERMINAL and TPROCESS macros that define the
terminal table. One-byte offsets to these fields are placed in the terminal entry
beginning at the TRMOPT label. The routine for the LOCOPT macro uses these
offsets to locate the option field.
An OPTION macro defines each field in the option table. The macro names the
option field and defines the type and length of the field. The OPTION macro
generates a CSECT to contain the actual option data and another CSECT to
contain the field name and characteristics.
Initial values for the option fields are specified by parameters of the TERMINAL
or TPROCESS macros.
Each option field requires one OPTION macro. The order of the fields within the
option table is determined by the order in which the OPTION macro instructions
are specified. The first option field is generated on a doubleword boundary. The
maximum size of the option fields for a given terminal is 254 bytes plus the length
of the last entry, including required boundary alignment.
For each OPTION specified, space for a one-byte offset is reserved in the offsets
field of the terminal table entry. When the TERMINAL or TPROCESS macro
that initializes the fields of the option table is issued, a two-byte offset to the
option table for this entry is generated. If initial data is supplied, the option field
is generated for the terminal or process entry; if a comma is coded, the option
field is not generated. If the field is generated, its offset is placed in the offset
field of the terminal entry; if the field is not generated, the offset field contains
X'FF' to indicate that there is no field. The X'FF' is generated only if defined
option fields follow this field.
Each single, group, or process entry in the terminal table contains a one-byte
offset in the offset field for each OPTION macro issued. The space needed for
the option table depends on the number of fields initialized by the TERMINAL or
TPROCESS macros, and on the size of the fields as specified by the OPTION
macros.
All OPTION names are kept in a table with their numeric values. This table
enables an option field named in an operator control message to be located.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
539
At assembly time the address of the option table is placed in the A VTOPTPT field
of the A VT. The first two words of the option table contain the address of the
end of the option table and the address of the option characteristics table, respectively. The option data immediately follows these two words. The general format
of the option table is illustrated below: descriptions of the fields follow.
IEOQOPT
0(0)
Address of the End of the Option Table
4 (4)
Address of the Option Characteristics Table
8 (8)
-'-
Option Data
-r
7+n
Length
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
4
The address of the first byte (7 +n) following the option table
4
(4)
4
The address of the first byte of the option characteristics table
(IEDQOPTN)
8
Option data
n
The actual data coded by the user with the necessary byte
alignment, in the order in which the data is coded
7+n
length
1
The length of the option data for the terminal or process entry that
has the longest option data
540
OS TeAM PLM
OS I/O Device Characteristics Table
The OS I/O device characteristics table is a variable-length table that contains
one 12-byte entry for each direct access device in the system. The table contains
such information as the number of cylinders, the number of tracks per cylinder,
the overhead for each intermediate record on the track, and the tolerance factor
for each intermediate record. The OS I/O device characteristics table is used by
the Checkpoint Disk Allocation routine (IGGOI949) to obtain data about the
specific direct access device used for the checkpoint data set. The table is also
used by the Disk Message Queue Open-Load 1 routine (IGGOI930) to determine the number of tracks per cylinder for the current data set being opened (to
determine whether the device is a 2311 or a 23 14).
The address of the OS I/O device characteristics table is in the CVTZDTAB field
of the CVT. The unit control block contains the index to the specific entry in the
table.
Storage is allocated for the OS I/O device characteristics table and it is initialized
at OS IPL time.
The format of one entry in the OS I/O device characteristics table is illustrated
below; descriptions of the fields follow.
IEDQDCTD
1 (1)
0(0)
2 (2)
DCTRACKS
Number of Tracks Per Cylinder
DCTCVL
Cylinder Count
Reserved
4 (4)
6 (6)
8 (8)
DCTKEV
Overhead
Offset
0
(0)
1
(1)
2
Name
7 (7)
DCTINTRO
Overhead
DCTE$VTE
Number of Bytes Per Track
10 (A)
9 (9)
DCTOLERN
Tolerance Factor
Reserved
Bytes
DCTLASTO
Overhead
Description
1
Reserved
DCTCYL
1
Number of cylinders
(2)
DCTRACKS
2
Number of tracks per cylinder
4
(4)
DCTBYTE
2
Number of bytes per track
6
(6)
DCTINTRO
1
Overhead for each intermediate record
7
(7)
DCTLASTO
1
Overhead for the last record on a track
8
(8)
DCTKEY
1
Overhead if keys are not used
9
(9)
DCTOLERN
1
Reserved
10
(A)
DCTOLERN
2
Tolerance factor for each intermediate record
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
541
(This page left blank intentionally)
542
OS TeAM PLM
Process Control Block
The process control block (IEDQPCB) is a fixed-length table that serves as a
named control block to permit inter-region communications between application
programs and the message control program. A PCB macro instruction in the MCP
defines a PCB. There must be one PCB, hence one PCB macro instruction, for
each active application program to be used with the MCP.
I
The process control block can be addressed by several means. The address of the
PCB is in the PEPCBAD field of the process entry work area, the LCBDCBPT
field of the application program LCB, the DEBPCBAD field of the data extent
block, and the QCBDCBAD field of the destination QCB.
Storage is allocated for the process control block at assembly time for the message
control program. The control block is initialized partially at assembly time for the
MCP and partially at the application program open time.
The fields PCBBUFIN and PCBBUFO take up one byte in main storage. PCBBUFIN represents the first four bits of the byte and indicates the initial buffer
request for PUT or WRITE. PCBBUFO represents the last four bits and indicates
the initial buffer request for a GET/READ operation.
The format of the process control block is illustrated below; descriptions of the
fields follow.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
543
IEDOPCB
J(O)
1
Reserved
I-
)(8)
....
-
PCBRTOCB
Message Retrieval aCB
20 (14)
PCBBUFIN
PUT /WR ITE Buffer Request
PCBBUFO
Max No. of Full aCB Buffers
21 (15)
24 (18)
25 (19)
I
.....
PCBMH
Address of the Message Handler
PCBLINK
Link Field
PCBUCNT
Use Count
28 (1C)
29 (1D)
PCBBUFMX
Read-Ahead Buffer Limit
Reserved
32 (20)
PCBLCBAD
Address of the Line Control Block
36 (24)
38 (26)
PCBTJID
TSO Job Identifier
PC8CKPT
Checkpoint Offset
40 (28)
PCBTC8AD
Address of the Task Control Block
44 (2C)
45 (2D)
PCBOFLG
Flag Bit
48 (30)
Reserved
49 (31)
Reserved
Reserved
53 (35)
52 (34)
56 (38)
57 (39)
PCBRSERH
Header Buffer Reserve
_......60 (3C)
544
PCBBFSZE
Buffer Size
58 (3A)
PCBRSERT
Text Buffer Reserve
59 (3B)
PCBORC
Open Return Code
PCBWRKA
Operator Control/Application Program Interface Work Area
-r88 (58)
54 (36)
PCBUNTCT
Unit Count
Reserved
PCBEND
End of the PCB
PCBSIZE
PCB Size in Bytes
OS TeAM PLM
Reserved
-
......
Offset
Name
0(0)
Bytes
Description
8
Reserved
8 (8)
PCBRTQCB
12
Message retrieval QCB
20(14)
PCBBUFIN
1
Initial buffer request for PUT or WRITE
20(14)
PCBBUFO
1
Maximum number of full buffers on the read-ahead QCB
21 (15)
PCBMH
3
Address of the Message Handler
24(18)
PCBUCNT
1
Use count
25 (19)
PCBLINK
3
Link field
28(1C)
PCBBUFMX
1
Read-ahead buffer limit
3
Reserved
29(10)
32(20)
PCBLCBAO
4
Address of the line control block
36(24)
PCBTJIO
2
TSO job identifier
38(26)
PCBCKPT
2
Checkpoint offset
40(28)
PCBTCBAO
4
Address of the task control block for the related application program
44(2C)
PCBOFLG
1
Flag byte; bit settings for this field are as follows:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
PCBRORIN
0
X'80'
Application program can be rolled out
PCBRORIF
X'7F'
0
Off
PCBTSON
PCBTSOF
1
X'40'
Mask to specify that an application program cannot
be rolled out
Application program is TSO
1 X'BF' Mask to specify that an application program is
Off
notTSO
X'20'
Environment checkpoint has been taken in the MCP
PCBCKPTN
2
PCBCKPTF
X'OF' Mask to specify that an environment checkpoint has
2
Off
not been taken in the MCP
PCBRETVN
3
PCBRETVF
3
Off
45 (20)
3
Reserved
48 (30)
1
Reserved
49(31)
3
Reserved
52(34)
1
Reserved
X'to'
Subsequent retrieval
Mask to specify no subsequent retrieval
53(35)
PCBUNTCT
1
Unit Count
54(36)
~CBBFSZE
2
Buffer size
56(38)
PCBRSERH
1
Header buffer reserve
57(39)
PCBRSERT
1
Text buffer reserve
58(3A)
PCBORC
1
Open return code
1
R~served
59(3B)
60(3C)
PCBWRKA
88(58)
PCBENO,
1
End of the PCB
88(58)
PCBSIZE
1
Size in bytes of the PCB
28
Operator Control/application program interface work area
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
545
(This page left blank intentionally)
546
OS TeAM PLM
Process Entry Work Area
The process entry work area (IEDQPEW A) is a fixed-length table in the message
control program. This work area provides a logical extension of the process entry
for the associated application program. The work area also provides storage for
the control blocks for the GET and PUT Schedulers. The function of the work
area varies depending upon the functions of the GET or PUT Scheduler.
The address of the process entry work area is in the TRMST AT field of a terminal
entry when that entry has been generated by a TPROCESS macro instruction.
The address is also in the PW APEW A field of the access method work area in the
associated application program.
When a DCB in an application program is being opened, the OPEN/CLOSE
subtask (IEDQEU) allocates main storage for and initializes the proC€!SS entry
work area.
The format of the process entry work area is illustrated below; descriptioos of the
fields follow.
Section 5: Dat;! Are;! Layouts
547
IEOQPEWA
J0(O)
....
-
PEWARES
Reserved
8 (8)
PEWAISZE
Count of Idles Reserved
.........12 (C)
_....
--
PEAQCTL
AQCTL Parameter List
........
24 (18)
PEWAECBA
Address of the Application Program ECB
29 (10)
28 (1C)
PEWASOWA
Work Area Data Length
32 (20)
PEUNCT
r- _ _ U~ts~~f~_
J
30 (1E)
PEBFCT
Buffer Limit
PEWAFLG
General Flag Byte
PEPCBAO
Address of Process Control Block
36 (24)
PERCQCB
Address of the QCB Associated with the ERB Below
40 (28)
Reserved
44 (2C)
PEWALCBA
Address of the LCB
48 (30)
Reserved
52 (34)
PECBUF
Address of First Empty Byte in Current Unit - for PUT
Address of the Chain of Read-Ahead Buffers Not Processed by MH - for GET
56 (38)
PEERB
Element Request Block
-~
76 (4C)
PEGQWKAR
Address of Work Area used by Queue Reset Executor
80 (50)
~6(60)
_....
108 (6C)
f-----------112(70)
... "-
-C548
OS TeAM PLM
PEWAELEM.
Special Element
I
PERAQCB
Read-Ahead QCB
EOMSAVE
Address of the Last EOM for GET _
-PEWAiic - Current Unit Address for PUT
PEPSSTCB
Put Scheduler STCB
PEGsSTcBGet Scheduler STCB
_
_
_
_
_
_
__ _
__
120 (78)
PEWADEB
Data Extent Block Address
124 (7C)
---
PEGFSTCB
Get FIFO STCB
-I-
-r
132 (84)
PEWAPROC
Address of the Process Entry
136 (88)
L
Offset
--
PESAVE
Register Save Area
-I..-
Name
Bytes
Description
J
0
(0)
PEWARES
8
Reserved
8
(8)
PEWAISZE
4
Count of idle (reserve) characters reserved
12
(C)
PEAQCTL
12
AQCTL parameter list
24
(18)
PEWAECBA
4
Address of the application program ECB
28
(1C)
PEWASOWA
2
Work area data length
30
(1E)
PEWAFLG
1
Gerieral flag byte; bit settings are:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
ERBBUSY
0
X'80'
ERB tposted to the disk I/O QCB
CFLG
1
X'40'
Closedown in progress
POSTAP
2
X'20'
Need to tpost the application program ERB
FIRSTR
5
X'04'
First-time retrieve flag
MHOK
6
X'02'
Buffer may be tposted to the message handler
RFLG
7
X'01'
Retrieve mode
For the GET Scheduler:
31
OF)
PEBFCT
1
Buffer limit-number of buffers that may be on the read-ahead
QCB at anyone time
32
(20)
PEUNCT
1
Number of units per buffer-fixed per process entry
33
(21)
PEPCBAD
3
Address of the process control block
36
(24)
PERCQCB
40
(28)
44
(2C)
48
(30)
52
(34)
56
76
Address of the QCB associated with the ERB below
4
Reserved
4
Address of the LCB
4
Reserved
PECBUF
4
For PUT Scheduler-address of the first empty byte in the current
unit; GET Scheduler-address of the chain of read-ahead buffers
not processed by the message handler
(38)
PEERB
24
Element request block
(4C)
PEGQWKAR
4
Address of work area used by Queue Reset Execution if
QBACK= YES coded on TPROCESS; otherwise zeros.
PEWALCBA
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
549
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
80
(50)
PEWAELEM
16
Special element
96
(60)
PERAQCB
12
Read-ahead QCB
108 (6C)
EOMSAVE
4
Address of the last EOM for GET
108 (6C)
PEWATIC
4
Current unit address for PUT
112 (70)
PEPSSTCB
8
PUT Scheduler STCB
112 (70)
PEGSSTCB
8
GET Scheduler STCB
120 (78)
PEWADEB
4
Address of the data extent block
124 (7C)
PEGFSTCB
8
GET FIFO STCB
132 (84)
PEWAPROC
4
Address of the process entry
136 (88)
PESAVE
56
Register save area
550
OS TeAM PLM
Queue Control Block
A queue control block (QCB) is used to regulate the sequential use of elements
among requesting tasks. Every queue, or item, that is waiting for service in the
system is associated with a OCB. There is a master destination QCB for every
destination message queue. There is another type of queue control block, called a
priority QCB, for each priority level applicable for each destination QCB. The
first priority QCB begins at a displacement of 40 (X'28') from the beginning of
the destination QCB.
Note: There is no priority QCB for a TSO dedicated line.
truncated at the displacement 40 (X'28').
The QCB is
A QCB has three primary fields: a pointer to the element chain, a link address,
and a pointer to the STCB chain. The element chain consists of any elements,
other than the requesting resource on the ready queue, that the subtask represented by the STCB chain might need to process. The link field is used to point to
another item when a QCB is on a higher queue. The STCB chain consists of
pointers to the routines that are associated with the QCB.
The address of the destination QCB is in the TRMDESTQ field of the terminal
table entry which is, in turn, pointed to by the termname table entry. The address
of the termname table is in the A VTRNMPT field of the address vector table.
The LCBSCBDA field of the line control block points to the station control block.
Within an SCB is a pointer (SCBDESTQ) to the queue control block.
Storage is allocated for the QCB at assembly time. The QCB is initialized partially at assembly time and partially at open time.
The formats of the master destination queue control block and the priority QCB
are shown below; descriptions of the fields follow the illustrations.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
551
Master Queue Control Block DSECT: IEDQQCB
1 (1)
0(0)
QCBDSFLG
Flag Byte
QCBELCHN
Element Chain
5 (5)
4 (4)
QCBLINK
Pointer to the Next STCB in a Chain
QCBPRI
Priority
8 (8)
QCBSTVTO
Index to the Entry in the
Subtask Vector Table
9 (9)
QCBSTCHN
STCB Chain
13 (D)
12 (C)
QCeSLINK
Pointer to the Next STCB in a Chain
QCBSTPRI
Priority of the STCB
18 (12)
19 (13)
QCBRETCT
TSO Retry Counters
QCBSTAT
f- - - aCBLKRLN - - Status of this QCB
Lock Relative Line Number
QCBINSRC
Chain of Source LCBs Currently Sending Initiate Mode Msgs
16 (10)
QCBEOLDT
Interrupt Time
20 (14)
21 (15)
QCBSCBOF
Offset to the Proper SCB
24 (18)
-
QCBINTVL;QCBEXTO
Interval for Poll Delay; Offset to EXT
28 (1C)
22(16) aCBTSOF2- Second TSO Flag Byte
26 (1A)
-P3i171 acBTS0i=1- First TSO Flag Byte
-
-
QCBMSGCT
Count of Messages in this Queue
QCBPREN
Address of Terminal Table Entry if QCB for a Process Entry
QCBPRLVL
Highest Priority
Level Message
-- - - --~-------l:--~--------- --- - --
QCBRELLN
Relative Line Number
QCBDCBAD
Address of the DCB
~------
32 (20)
36 (24)
SS2
- - QCBSAi"CT Sim ATTN Output Line Count
QCBFLAG
QCB Status Bits
OS TCAM PLM
-
29(10) -
-
--
---- - - - -QCBLKRRN
- -
-
Lock Relative Line Number
QCBCARCT
Carriage Position Count
33 (21)
30 (1E)
QCBTJID
TSO Job Identification
37 (25)
QCBQBACK
QBACK Message Chain
Priority Queue Control Block DSECT: IEDPQCB
40 (28)
43 (2B)
QCBDATFL
QCBDNHDR
Disk Record Number to Put the Next Header Received
44 (2C)
Data Flags Field
47 (2F)
OCBPFEFO
OCBDATSQ
Sequence Number
Record Number of Message Previous to Last Message Serviced
49 (311
QCBINTFF
Disk Record Number of the Forst Intercepted Msg - FEFO Order
Continued
52 (34)
55 (37)
QCBFFEFO
Disk Red. No. of Forst FEFO
Message or Core Red. No.
OCBPREVF
Record Number of Message Prior to the Message in QCBFFEFO
58 (3A)
Continued
61 (3D)
QCBCFHDR
Core Record No. of Forst Header Appearing
Continued
64 (40)
QCBPRIPO
Priority of thiS Priority
Level QCB
Offset
Name
65 (41)
Bytes
QCBLFEFO
Disk Red. No. of Last FEFO Msg
Core Red. No. If Core - Only Queue
In
thiS Queue
QCBCPVHD
Core Address of Last Address Placed on thiS Queue
Description
The following is for the master QCB:
0
(0)
QCBDSFLG
1
Flags that indicate a· specific destination QCB to the Dispatcher and
which message queues data set is to receive the messages for the
destination. Bit definitions are as follows:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
QCBFQCB
6
X'02'
Indicates a QCB
QCBDRQQ
5
X'04'
Indicates a concentrator data ready queue
QCBALTMH
4
X'08'
Indicates messages to alternate MH
QCBREUS
3
X'10'
Indicates reusable disk queuing
QCBNREUS
2
X'20'
Indicates nonreusable disk queuing
QCBDISK
2,3
X'30'
Disk queues are used
QCBCORE
1
X'40'
Flag for main-storage queues:
1,3
X'SO'
Indicates main-storage queues with backup on
reusable disk
1,2
X'60'
Indicates main-storage queues with backup on
nonreusable disk
0
X'08'
Indicates time-sharing queues
QCBTSQ
1
(1)
QCBELCHN
3
Element chain pointer-contains the address of the QCB to be
tposted when this QCB is removed from. the time delay queue.
4
(4)
QCBPRI
1
Priority
5
(5)
QCBLINK
3
Pointer to the next STCB in a chain
8
(8)
QCBSTVTO
1
Index to an entry in the subtask vector table
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
553
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
9
(9)
QCBSTCHN
3
STCB chain pointer
12
(C)
QCBSTPRI
1
Priority of the STCB
13
(D)
QCBSLINK
3
Pointer to the next STCB in a chain
16
(10)
QCBEOLDT
2
Interrupt time
18
(12)
QCBRETCT
1
TSO retry counters
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
QCBCR
2
X'20'
TSO Carriage Return request
QCBLF
3
X'10'
TSO Line Feed request
QCBNL
2,3
X'30'
TSO New Line request
QCBEND
4
X'08'
TIOC Edit Special output request
QCBIEND
5
X'04'
TIOC Edit Special output request or 3270
Format bit
18
(12)
QCBLKRLN
1
Lock relative line number
19
(13)
QCBSTAT
1
Status of this QCB; bit settings are:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
QCBEOM
0
X'80'
End of message sent
QCBTRMHO
1
X'40'
Terminal was held
QCBBUFRD
2
X'20'
Buffered terminal
QCBSEND
3
X'1O'
Sending to a buffered terminal
QCBRECEV
4
X'08'
Receiving from a buffered terminal
QCBSCHDL
5
X'04'
Put in the time delay queue when inactive
QCBCLOCK
6
X'02'
On=clock,Off=interval
QCBTIME
7
X'Ol'
Delay greater than 12 hours
20
(14)
QCBSCBOF
1
Offset to the proper SCB for this transmission; X'OO' unless this line
has buffered terminals
21
(15)
QCBINSRC
3
Chain of source LCBs currently sending initiate mode messages to
this destination queue
21
(15)
QCBSATCT
1
Simulated attention output line count (TSO)
22
(16)
QCBTSOF2
1
Second TSO flag byte; bit settings are:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
QCBINHBN
0
X'80'
Use inhibits with this terminal
QCBBUFQ
1
X'40'
TCAM buffer being held
QCBPOSTO
2
X'20'
QCB tposted to itself
QCBDSSMI
3
X'10'
Start MI character sent (TSO)
QCBSATCH
5
X'04'
Simulated attention by character
QCBSATTI
6
X'02'
Simulated attention by time
QCBSATLC
7
X'Ol'
Simulated attention by line
554
OS TeAM PLM
Offset
23
(17)
Name
Bytes
QCBTSOFI
I
Description
First TSO flag byte; bit settings are:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
QCBWRBRK
0
X'80'
Issue a write break
QCBTGET
I
X'40'
TGET request
QCBTPUT
2
X'20'
TPUT request
QCBNOBUF
3
X'to'
Insufficient buffers
QCBSATRD
4
X'08'
Simulated attention read request
QCBPARTO
5
X'04'
Partial output line
QCBDELAY
6
X'02'
QCB in time delay queue
QCBDISC
7
X'OI'
User to be logged off
24
(18)
QCBEXTO
2
Offset to the QCB extension
24
(18)
QCBINTVL
2
Interval for poll delay
26
(1A)
QCBMSGCT
2
Count of messages in this queue
28
(1C)
QCBPREN
4
Address of the terminal table entry if this is a QCB for a process
entry
28
(IC)
QCBPRLVL
I
Highest-priority message
29
(1D)
QCBLKRRN
3
Lock relative line number; link field for the QCB when it's on the
time delay queue
29
(1D)
QCBCARCT
I
Carriage position count
30
(1E)
QCBTJID
2
TSO job identification
32
(20)
QCBRELLN
I
Relative line number for the line this QCB represents
33
(21)
QCBDCBAD
3
Address of the DCB
34
(22)
QCBFLAG
1
QCB status bits; bit settings are:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
QCBTSSES
0
X'80'
TSO session in progress
QCBNOBRK
I
X'40'
No reverse break feature
QCBREAD
2
X'20'
Read has priority
QCBRSRV
3
X'to'
Reusability serviced
QCBTERMQ
4
X'08'
Queue by terminal
QCBSDFFO
5
X'04'
Currently sending a message
QCBPROC
6
X'02'
This QCB is for a process entry
QCBCKPT
7
X'OI'
Flag for checkpoint
3
Queue-back message chain
37
(25)
QCBQBACK
The following is for a priority QCB:
40
(28)
QCBDNHDR
3
Disk record number of the first unit of the first buffer of the next
message
43
(2B)
QCBDATFL
I
Data flags field of the last message removed from the FEFO queue
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
555
Offset
44
(2C)
Name
Bytes
Description
QCBPFEFO
3
If a terminal on this queue is held, the record number of the message
previous to the first message held, otherwise the record number of
the message previous to the last one marked serviced
47
(2F)
QCBDATSQ
2
Sequence number of the last message removed from the FEFO
queue
49
(31)
QCBINTFF
3
Disk record number of the first held message in FEFO order
52
(34)
QCBPREVF
3
Disk record number of the FEFO message before the message in
QCBFFEFO
55
(37)
QCBFFEFO
3
Disk record number of the first message to be completely received.
Main-storage record address if this is a main-storage-only queue
58
(3A)
QCBLFEFO
3
Disk record number of the last FEFO message received. Mainstorage record address if this is a main-storage-only queue
61
(3D)
QCBCFHDR
3
Main-storage record address of the first buffer of the first message
appearing in this queue
64
(40)
QCBPRIPQ
1
The priority of this priority level QCB. This is X'OO' if this is the
lowest priority level.
65
(41)
QCBCPVHD
3
Main-storage record ad<;lress of the last address placed on this queue
556
OS TeAM PLM
Queue Control Block Extension
A QCB extension contains the information necessary to execute the OUTMSG
subgroup for a terminal that is attached to a concentrator. There is one QCB
extension for each master destination QCB, plus on for each priority QCB if
priority level queuing is used (that is, QCONTROL=MSG,level).
The offset from the master QCB to the QCB extension is in the QCBEXTO field
of the master QCB.
The format of the QCB extension is illustrated below; descriptions of the fields
follow.
IEDaaCBE
0(0)
aCBEHDR
SCBSCHDR Saved
aCBECONC
Address of the Concentrator Terminal Entry
1 (1)
aCBEFLG
Flag Byte
4(4)
6 (6)
aCBEOSEa
SCBOSEQ Saved
aCBEDAMT
Amount of Data to Take from the aueue
aCBETCIN
TTCIN of the Last Message from the Queue
10 (A)
9 (9)
8 (8)
aCBENPLV
aCBELGTH
Entry Length
Number of Priority Levels
aCBEPRI
SCBPRI Saved
, 11 (B)
I
aCBEFEFO
SCBFEFO Saved
I
I
---------------~--------------~
aCBEMACR
I
I
SCBMACR Saved
: 12 (C)
aCBEFEFO (Cont.)
~---I
aCBEaTYP
---------.1---------------______T:!.P.:.._ - ----
aCBEMACR (Cont.)
13 (D)
aCBEDROB
aCBEEOB
SCBEOB Saved
:
19 (13)
116 (10)
I
I
I
I
20 (14)
14 (E)
15 (F)
aCBEDROB (Cont.)
aCBELRS
SCBOROB Saved
Length of the CTB Characters
aCBERS
Start of CTB Characters
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
557
Offset
0
(0)
Name
Bytes
Description
QCBEFLG
1
Flag byte-bit definitions are:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
QCBESTAT
0
X'80'
STATUS specified on QCONTROL
QCBECNT
1
X'40'
INTEGER specified
QCBEOPL
2
X'20'
Priority level QCB defined
QCBEHELD
3
X'10'
Temporary hold
QCBESRVC
4
X'08'
QCB is serviced
QCBEOMSG
5
X'04'
OUTMSG is pending
QCBEDATA
6
X'02'
Data is in the message
QCBEPEND
7
X'OI'
QACTION operation is pending
1
(1)
QCBEHDR
3
SCBSCHDR field saved
1
(1)
QCBECONC
3
Address of the conceritrator terminal entry
4
(4)
QCBEOSEQ
2
SCBOSEQ field saved
4
(4)
QCBEDAMT
2
Amount of data to take from the queue
6
(6)
QCBETCIN
2
TTCIN of the last message from the queue
8
(8)
QCBELGTH
1
Length of the entry
9
(9)
QCBENPLV
1
Numoer of priority levels
10
(A)
QCBEPRI
1
SCBPRI field saved
10
(A)
QCBEMACR
3
SCBMACR field saved
11
(B)
QCBEFEFO
3
SCBFEFO feild saved
13
(D)
QCBEEOB
2
SCBEOB field saved
14
(E)
QCBETYP
1
Type-bit definitions are:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
QCBEMM
7
X'OI'
Middle of the message
15
(F)
QCBEDROB
4
SCBDROB field saved
19
(13)
QCBELRS
1
Length of the CTB characters, a maximum of 8 characters
20
(14)
QCBERS
1
Start of the CTB
SS8
OS TeAM PLM
Resource Control Block
The resource control block (IEDQRECB) is a two-word prefix to an element that
allows the TCAM Dispatcher to determine the disposition of an element and to
determine the QCB to which an element will be tposted. Each element in the
TCAM system is represented by a resource control block (RCB). The first word
of the RCB is a pointer to the QCB with which the element is associated; the
second word is a link field which, when the element is on a chain, points to the
next item on the chain. The first word in the associated QCB may point to the
RCB.
Storage is allocated for the RCB at open time for the line group or for the application program. The RCB is initialized at open time and is modified when elements
are passed in the system.
There, are two types of permanent RCBs:
1.
2.
Buffer RCBs
Communication line RCBs
Buffers are areas of main storage used to contain message data and/or control
informa,tion. The first eight bytes of each buffer comprise an RCB. As with all
TCAM elements, the identity of a buffer depends solely upon the queue that its
representative RCB is chained to at a particular time. The buffer itself is always
physically identifiable as a fixed number of bytes of main storage. If the RCB
representing the buffer is c~ained into a destination QCB, the buffer is full; that
is, it contains a message segment to be transmitted to a destination. When the
same RCB is subsequently chained into the element chain of the buffer request
QCB, the element involved is a available buffer, even though there has been no
change in the physical storage location of the buffer.
A line control block (LCB) represents a communication line to the TCAM MCP.
There is an LCB for each line in the system. When a subtask has control of an
LCB, it has control of the line; therefore, the LCB itself is treated as the resource
element. The RCB is contained within the first two words of the LCB.
There are two special types of RCBs:
1.
Queue control block RCBs
When a queue control block (QCB) appears on the ready queue, it may represent
a special case in which the QCB is tposted to itself. The QCB acts as a special
element rather than as a system resource, in that the first subtask on the STCB
chain of the QCB gains control without an element to process. The subtask must
be self-contained and able to locate any data it needs for execution. If there are
no elements to process, the QCB has gained the system resourcemtime.
2.
Element request block RCBs
An element request block (ERB) on the ready queue can act as a request for a
resource or as an actual element itself.
Below is the format of a resource control block; descriptions of the fields follow
the illustration.
Section S: Data Area Layouts
SS9
IEOORECB
0(0)
1 (1)
RECBKEV
Key Field
4 (4)
RECBOCBA
aCB Address
5 (5)
RECBLINK
Link Field
RECBPRI
Priority
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
RECBKEY
1
Key field
1
(1)
RECBQCBA
3
Address of the QCB to which this RCB is tposted
4
(4)
RECBPRI
1
Priority of this RCB
5
(5)
RECBLINK
3
Address of the next RCB in the chain in which this RCB is currently
located
560
OS TeAM PLM
Special Characters Table
A special characters table (SCT) is a variable-length table that consists of entries
giving the special characters required for device I/O for a specific line group.
There is one SCT for each type of line group in the TCAM system. Each SCT
contains a list of the characters that the associated terminal or line group recognizes. SYSl.SVCLIB contains a special characters table for each line group in the
system. The various SCTs are initialized at SYSGEN time, and at open time the
TCAM Line Group Open routine uses information from the UCB and the terminal entry to load the appropriate special characters table.
An SCT is located by a three-byte address in the DCBSCTAD field of the DCB
for the line group. The address of the DCB for the line group is in the
LCBDCBPT field of the associated LCB.
An SCT is used to build channel programs. This table is also used by the error
recovery procedures to retry certain text errors, and by the message handling
routines to initiate on-line test procedures and to determine the message format
for line control insertion.
The first 28 bytes of an SCT comprise a fixed-length directory of one-byte
offsets, each of which, when added to the SCT pointer in the DCB, points to a
one-byte length field. This length field is followed by a special characters entry of
the length specified in the length field. There are as many entries in the directory
as there are different sets of special characters required by the line group. If a
function is not defined for the associated terminal or line group, the offset field in
the directory contains a X'OO' value.
The following is an example of an SCT entry.
o
Offset
IC
+28
20
..
~
22
00
32
•
."
~
34
36
~
00\\00
03
IF
IF
IF
01
16
OF
OF
,I
OF
01
76
01
76
01
40
,
"
Offset to EOT Sequence Offset to EOA Se quence Offset to Pad Cha raclers
Offset to Idle Characlers
Offset to Even A CK
Offset to Odd ACK
Offset to NAK
Functions not de fined for this table
Count and EOT Sequence
Count and EOA Sequence
Count and 15 Pad Characters
Count and Even ACK Sequence _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _...1
Count and Odd ACK Sequence
Count and NAK Sequence _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-..J
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
561
The following is a list of the specific types of characters that each of the offsets in
the first 28 bytes of a SCT represent.
Special Characters
Used By
0 (0)
EOT sequence
I/O Generator
(1)
EOA sequence
1/ 0 Generator
2 (2)
P AD characters
I/O Generator
3 (3)
Idle or reserve characters
I/O Generator
4 (4)
Even ACK
5 (5)
OddACK
6 (6)
NAK
7 (7)
ENQ (inquiry)
8 (8)
EOB/ETB (for BSC DLE ETB)
9 (9)
DLE ETX (BSC)
10 (A)
DLE STX (BSC transparent sequence)
1/ 0
1/ 0
1/ 0
1/ 0
1/ 0
1/ 0
1/ 0
11 (B)
DLE/STX/ENQ (BSC transparent temporary
text delay-TTD)
Line End Appendage
12 (C)
SOH (BSC start of header character)
Line End Appendage
13 (D)
On-line Test sequence
Line End Appendage
START MH Subtask
14 (E)
WACK (BSC)
Line End Appendage
15 (F)
R VI (BSC reverse interrupt)
Line End Appendage
16 (10)
DLE EOT (BSC dial sequence)
Line End Appendage
17 (11)
DLE ENQ (BSC-use in abort sequence)
ERP Modules
18 (12)
Blocking sequence
MSGFORM function
19 (13)
Subblock sequence
MSGFORM function
20 (14)
Ending sequence
MSGFORM function
21 (15)
EOT sequence
PCI Appendage
22 (16)
EOB sequence
PCI Appendage
23 (17)
ETX sequence
PCI Appendage
24 (18)
ENQ sequence
PCI Appendage
25 (19)
SOH % S sequence
Line End Appendage
26 (lA)
SOH % E sequence
Line End Appendage
27 (lB)
SOH %/CANCEL/ sequence (BSC On-Line
Test cancel sequence)
Line End Appendage
28 (IC)
SOH % C sequence
Line End Appendage
Offset
562
OS TeAM PLM
Generator
Generator
Generator
Generator
Generator
Generator
Generator
Station Control Block
There is at least one station control block (SCB) associated with each LCB in the
TCAM system. With buffered terminals there is one SCB per terminal on a line.
A buffered terminal receives a block or a part of an entire transmission at a time;
while that terminal is transmitting data to the output device, TCAM examines and
sends to other terminals on the same line. TCAM uses the SCB for a terminal to
keep track of one transmission from that buffered terminal on the line.
If the terminals on a line are not buffered, or if the line with which the SCB is
associated is a dial line, one terminal at a time completes its transmission. There is
no need to keep track of many transmissions in parallel, so one SCB is sufficient
for the entire line. In this case the address of the SCB is the LCBSCBA field of
the LCB.
The address of the SCB directory is in the LCBSCBDA field of the line control
block. The offset to the current SCB is in the LCBSCBO field of the LCB.
To obtain the address of any SCB associated with a QCB, TCAM first locates the
LCB. This is done by multiplying the relative line number (in QCBRELLN) by
the size of an LCB (DCBEIOBX) and adding the address of the pseudo-lOB
(DCBIOBAD). This gives TCAM the address of the lOB. At a displacement of
-X'20' from the beginning of the lOB is the beginning of the LCB. TCAM then
multiplies the SCB size (located in the A VTSCBSZ field of the address vector
table) by the offset in QCBSCBOF and adds that total to the address of the SCB
directory (LCBSCBDA). This sum then points to the desired station control
block.
Storage is allocated for a station control block at assembly time for leased lines
and at open time for dial lines. The SCB is initialized by STARTMH.
The format of the station control block is illustrated below; descriptions of the
fields follow.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
563
IEDQSCB
0(0)
1 (1)
SCBSTATE
Status BIts
4 (4)
SCBSNDCT
Message LImIt On Send S,de
SCBDESTQ
Pomter to the Destmatlon QCB
5 (5)
1-SCBRCVCT
Message LImIt On ReceIve SIde
8 (8)
SCBMACR
First/Next IN/OUTMSG Macro to be Executed
-- - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
ScBMBHEN
Address of the MultIple Header Buffer Entry
9 (9)
SCBBKFCT
~u!l!..O!..Mel..S8!I!!..!-omlIt!!.!o!..!!re&
SCBPRI
Pnonty Index to the QCB
10(A)- SCBEOBSZ- I
S,ze of LogIcal Blocks
12 (C)
SCBSALEV
S,mulated AttentIon Level ReQ
SCBQTYPE
16 (10)
SCBERR1
First Byte
13 (D)
18 (12)
SCBERR2
Second Byte
(11)
SCBERR3
Third Byte
1'9 (13)
SCBERR4
Fourth Byte
Accumulated Count Between Blocks;
Accumulated Count of Dlita Inserted
25 (19)
SCBMBSSA
MultIple Buffer Scan Save Area
32 (20)
33 (21)
36 (24)
37 (25)
SCBCCHOR
MaIO Storage Address of the Current Header
41 (29)
SCBSCSEG
Current Segment Bemg Read
SCBCPBNO
Number of Next SequentIal CPB
SCBOESTL
Length of Destmatlon Names
SCBITBSZ
Size of Logical Subblocks
1---
SCBCTBSV
CTBFORM Parameters Saved
44 (2C)
SCBOCHOR
DIsk Address Current Header
--- -- - - - -- -- - --SCBDNSEG
1--
10
----
SCBSCHOR
Current Header Bemg Sent
-- --- -
-- -- - - - ----
- -
SCBCLSEG
MaIO Storage Address of the Last Message Segment Placed
48 (30) SCBITBAC
Accumulated Count
Between ITBs
49 (31)
1----
SCBCTBFL
----
Disk Address of tha Next Segment to Write to the Disk
45(20)
SCBHBFNO
Number of Buffers
MultIple Header
--
Size of CTB
SCBEOBAC;SCBCTBAC
22 (16)
SCBMRFSD
MultIple Router First Secondary Destmatlon
40 (28)
-SCBCTBSZ
- -
SCBERRST
Error Word BIts
117
SCBBSCFM
MSGFORM DynamIc
B lock Changes
-
SCBMRFPL
Address of Forward Parameter LIst
20 (14)
24 (18)
_
--,
I
- -
----
- -
Concentrator F lag Byte
-
10
the Mam-5torage Queue
SCBFEFO
Saved FE Fa Pomter
-SCBOCSEG
- - -- - - - - - - - --
D,sk Address of the Current Segment
52 (34)
SCBOEOB
D,sk InformatIon On the Last EOB
56 (38)
60 (3C)
61 (3D)
SCBSTAT1
Status Byte
64 (40)
1---
SCBSEQ
Sequence Out Number
f.-- - -
--- - --SCBSCAN
Scan Pomter
Continued
----- -Contmued
564
58 (3A)
SCBSRCE
Message Buffer Source Saved
OS TeAM PLM
_
~69(45)
--- -
-
SCBXTRA
Address of AddItIonal Records Saved
- - - - - - -- - - - - -
SCBCORE
Address of the Record In the Core Queue Saved
66 (42)
- -- -
SCBSIZE
Message Buffer S,ze Saved
1--
SCBTQBCK
Text Segment Cham Saved
- -- -
------
-- - --
SCBNTXT
Address of the Next Text Segment Saved
SCBCRCO
Address of the Current Segment Saved
---
72 (481
75 (4B)
SCBNXCPB
Next CPB Number from Disk
SCBNHDR
Address of the Next Header Segmen,t Saved
---- -- - - -- -- -
-
- - - - ---- -
SCBCHDR
Address of the Current Header Segment Saved
------- - - - - - -- -Continued
80 (50)
SCBUNTCT
Count in Disk Record of
First Byte of Data
81 (51)
78 (4EI
SCBTCSEG Main Storage Address of
Current Segment
-
SCBEOB
Pointer to First EOB Saved
SCBTRANS
Current Translate Table Address
84 (54)
SCBRGSAV
Save Area for User MH RegIsters - if Specified on INTRO
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
565
Offset
0
(0)
Name
Bytes
Description
SCBSTATE
1
Status bits:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
SCBTRANP
0
X'80'
Message in transparent mode
SCBMGFMN
1
X'40'
MSGFORM requested
SCBMGFMF
SCBSEQIN
1 X'BF'
Off
1
X'40'
Mask to specify MSGFORM not requested
Sequence-in has been executed for the current
message
SCBLCKIF
2 X'DF'
Off
Mask to specify that a message is not being
received in lock mode
SCBMSGLN
4
Message lock mode
SCBMSGLF
4
X'F7'
Off
SCBCKPT
5
X'04'
Checkpoint requested
SCBPRER
6
X'02'
Previous EOB/ETB error
SCBCODE
7
X'OI'
Translation requested
X'08'
Mask to specify extended lock mode
1
(1)
SCBDESTQ
3
Address of the destination QCB
4
(4)
SCBSNDCT
1
MSGLIMIT on Send side
4
(4)
SCBRCVCT
1
MSGLIMIT on Receive side
5
(5)
SCBMACR
3
First or next INMSG or OUTMSG macro to be executed
5
(5)
SCBMBHEN
3
Address of the multiple-buffer-header entry
8
(8)
SCBPRI
1
Priority index to the QCB
9
(9)
SCB8KFCT
3
Count of message length for break
10
(A)
SCBEOBSZ
1
Size of logical blocks
10
(A)
SCBCTBSZ
2
Size of the concentrator terminal block (CTB)
12
(C)
SCBSALEV
1
Simulated attention level request (TSO)
12
(C)
SCBQTYPE
1
Queuing medium for this message:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
SCBCOREQ
1
X'40'
Main-storage queues
SCBREUS
2
X'20'
Reusable disk queues
SCBNREUS
3
X'IO'
Nonreusable disk queues
SCBCONC
4
X'08'
Concentrator SCB
5
X'04'
Reserved
SCBBFTM
6
X'02'
Buffered terminal SCB
SCBBFMM
7
X Ol'
Buffered terminal in middle of message
13
(D)
SCBMRFPL
16
(10)
SCBERRST
566
OS TCAM PLM
3
I
Address of the FORWARD parameter list
Error word bits
Offset
16
(10)
Name
Bytes
Description
SCBERRI
1
First byte:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
SCBHDRRN
0
X'80'
Incomplete header
SCBHDRRF
X'7F'
0
Off
SCBNOLOG
0
X'80'
Invalid Logon message (TSO)
SCBORIGN
1
X'40'
Invalid origin
SCBORIGF
17
18
(11)
(12)
SCBERR2
SCBERR3
1 X'BF'
Off
Mask to specify not an incomplete header
Mask to specify a valid origin
SCBHANG
1
X'40'
Logon requests hang-up message (TSO)
SCBNOTRM
2
X'20'
Not a TSO terminal (TSO)
SCBSEQHN
3
X'10'
Sequence high
SCBSEQHF
3 X'EF'
Off
SCBNOTSO
3
X'10'
TSO is not in the system (TSO)
SCBSEQLN
4
X'08'
Sequence low
SCBSEQLF
4
X'F7'
Off
Mask to specify that the sequence is not low
SCBNOVAC
4
X'08'
Too many TSO users (TSO)
SCBNOBFN
6
X'02'
Insufficient buffers
SCBCUTFN
7
X'OI'
CUTOFF error
SCBCUTFF
X'FE'
7
Off
SCBRVISL
7
X'OI'
Mask to specify that sequence is not high
mask to specify no CUTOFF error
RVI to selection on a buffered terminal terminal
1
Second byte:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
SCBCRMIN
0
X'80'
Main-storage minimum passed
SCBCRMAX
1
X'40'
Main-storage maximum passed
SCBCODER
2
X'20'
Error in dynamic translate (TSO)
SCBALN
3
X'10'
Automatic line numbering (TSO)
SCBOLTR
4
X'08'
TOTE not in the system
SCBABRTN
5
X'04'
Abort-BSC terminal
SCBFRWDN
6
X'02'
Terminal FORWARD error
SCBSOHE
7
X'OI'
SOH%E, C, or R message
1
Third byte:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
SCBLOSTN
0
X'80'
Message lost (overlaid)
SCBLOSTF
X'7F'
0
Off
Mask to specify message processed
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
567
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
SCBXPI
0
X'SO'
Attention: Send I (TSO)
SCBTMION
1
X'40'
10 from terminal invalid
SCBTMIDF
19
(13)
SCBERR4
1 X'BF'
Off
Mask to specify that the terminal identification
is valid
SCBXPO
1
X'40'
Attention: Send 0 (TSO)
SCBSATTN
3
X'10'
Simulated Attention received (TSO)
SCBUSERN
4
X'OS'
User error
SCBUSERF
X'F7'
4
Off
Mask to specify no user error
SCBFORMN
5
X'04'
Format error-BSC message
SCBATTN
6
X'02'
Hardware Attention
SCBXCEPN
7
X'OI'
Unit exception
SCBXCEPF
X'FE'
7
Off
Mask to specify no unit exception
1
Fourth byte:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
SCBSLCTN
0
X'SO'
Error during selection
SCBSLCTF
X'7F'
0
Off
SCBTXTTN
1
X'40'
Mask to specify no selection error
Error during text transfer
SCBTXTTF
1 X'BF'
Off
SCBCONNN
2
SCBCONNF
X'OF'
2
Off
SCBTRMLN
3
SCBTRMLF
X'EF'
3
Off
SCBCTLUN
5
SCBCTLUF
X'FB'
5
Off
SCBCHANN
6
SCBCHANF
X'FO'
6
Off
SCBUNOFN
7
X'OI'
Undefined error-should not occur
SCBUNOFF
X'FE'
7
Off
Mask to specify no undefined error
X'20'
X'10'
X'04'
X'02'
Mask to specify no text transfer error
Error in connect/disconnect
Mask to specify no connect/disconnect error
Terminal error
Mask to specify no terminal error
Error in the control unit
Mask to specify no control unit error
Error in channel
Mask to specify no error in channel
20
(14)
SCBMRFSO
2
Multiple routing first secondary destination
22
(16)
SCBEOBAC
2
Accumulated count between blocks
22
(16)
SCBCTBAC
2
Accumulated count of the data inserted
568
OS TeAM PLM
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
22
(16)
SCBDLPTR
2
Distribution list pointer
24
(18)
SCBBSCFM
1
MSGFORM dynamic block changes:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
SCBTRNSP
0
X'80'
Receiving transparent
SCBNONTR
1
X'40'
Receiving non-transparent
SCBRCVTX
2
X'20'
ETX received from BSC
SCBCNTEN
3
X'IO'
Switch for Scheduler to determine the next
operation on the line
SCBNOEOT
6
X'02'
BSC dial-no EOT before read
SCBMLMTN
7
X'OI'
MSGLIMIT has been exceeded
SCBMLMTF
7 X'FE'
Off
Mask to specify that MSGLIMIT is not exceeded
25
(19)
SCBMBSSA
7
Multiple buffer scan save area
32
(20)
SCBCPBNO
1
Number of the next sequential CPB to be read from disk
33
(21)
SCBDCHDR
3
Disk address of the current header
36
(24)
SCBDESTL
1
Length of destination names
37
(25)
SCBCCHDR
3
Main-storage address of the current header
40
(28)
SCBITBSZ
1
Size of logical sub blocks
40
(28)
SCBCTBSV
1
CTBFORM parameters saved
41
(29)
SCBSCSEG
3
Current segment being read
41
(29)
SCBDNSEG
3
Disk address of the next segment to write to the disk
44
(2C)
SCBHBFNO
1
Number of buffers in the multiple-buffer header
45
(2D)
SCBSCHDR
3
Current header being sent
45
(2D)
SCBCLSEG
3
Main-storage address of the last segment placed in the main-storage
queue
,48
(30)
SCBITBAC
1
Accumulated count between ITBs
48
(30)
SCBCTBFL
I
Concentrator flag byte
49
(31)
SCBFEFO
3
Saved FEFO pointer
49
(31)
SCBDCSEG
3
Disk address of the current segment
52
(34)
SCBDEOB
4
Disk information on the last EOB
Note: The section in bytes 54-79 is a copy of the last buffer prefix processed.
54
(38)
SCBSRCE
2
Message buffer source
58
(3A)
SCBSIZE
2
Message buffer size
60
(3C)
SCBSTATI
I
Status byte-concentrator support only:
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
SCBCBGN
0
X'80'
Concentrator message beginning
SCBCEND
1
X'40'
Concentrator message end
SCBNIDLE
2
X'20'
Buffers should not be put in the idles loop yet
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
569
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
SCBNOPST
3
X'lO'
Buffers should not be tposted
61 . (3D)
SCBXTRA
3
Address of additional records
61
(3D)
SCBCORE
3
Address of the record in main storage
64
(40)
SCBOSEQ
2
Sequence-out number
64
(40)
SCBSCAN
2
Scan pointer address
66
(42)
SCBTQBCK
3
Text segment queue-back chain
66
(42)
SCBNTXT
3
Address of the next text segment
69
(45)
SCBCRCD
3
Address of the current segment
72
(48)
SCBNHDR
3
Address of the next header segment
72
(48)
SCBCHDR
3
Address of the current header segment
75
(4B)
SCBNXCPB
1
Next CPB number from disk; if zero, no multiple routing
75
(4B)
SCBCCSEG
3
Main-storage address of the current segment
78
(4E)
SCBEOB
2
Pointer to the first EOB
80
(50)
SCBUNTCT
1
Count of the first byte of data in the disk record
81
(51)
SCBTRANS
3
Current translation table address
84
(54)
SCBRGSAV
4
Save area for user MH registers if specified on INTRO
570
OS TeAM PLM
Subtask Control Block
A subtask control block (IEDQSTCB) is a variable-length table that represents a
routine that performs the work of the TCAM system. The purpose of an STCB is
to cause a routine to De executed. The TCAM Dispatcher uses the STCB to
determine the entry point of a subtask that is waiting for work and uses the
activation key of the STCB to determine the type of STCB present. The address
of the STCB is in the third word of the QCB. Determination of the actual address
of the subtask varies according to the type of STCB. When the address is available, the TCAM Dispatcher exits to the routine itself.
For each attached task (Operator Control, On-Line Test, Checkpoint, and FE
Common Write) there is a special QCB that has an event control block (ECB) in
the second word. The TCAM Dispatcher posts the ECB when the attached task is
to vie for control of the system. An element that is to be passed to the attached
task is chained into the QCB element chain.
Storage is allocated for the STCB at various times depending upon the type of
QCB containing the STCB address. If the QCB is a destination QCB, storage is
allocated for the STCB at assembly time. If the QCB is in a line control block or
is a read-ahead QCB, storage is allocated for the STCB at open time for the line
group or for the application program DCB. If the QCB is in the AVT, storage is
allocated at assembly time. In cases where the QCB is a prefix to a module,
storage is allocated for the STCB at assembly time.
In the same manner, initialization of the STCB depends upon the related QCB. If
the QCB is a destination QCB, the STCB is initialized at assembly time but is
modified at open time for the DeB to which it is related. If the QCB is in the
LCB or is a read-ahead QCB, the STCB is initialized at open time. If the QCB is
in the A VT, the STCB is initialized at assembly time and at link-edit time. If the
QCB is a prefix to a module, the STCB is initialized at assembly time.
The following figure shows the formats and attributes of the different types of
STCBs.
Section S: Data Area Layouts
S71
Attributes:
rWQ~byte
srca
•
• acs hos only one SiCB
• STca is never chained to any other GlCS
MCPL
I
04
Glce locoted in the AVr Or ,;$Sembled in moin dotage
00
Subtosk entry point ~
"our-byte STCa
•
aCB is port of the subtask code
•
QCB and STCa dre combined - the STCa is the third wdrd of the QCe
• acs
Six~byte
SiCa
has only one STCB
•
STCS is never chained to any other QCa
•
SiCS is always the lost STCB in'the STCS chain of 0 QCa
•
STCa can appear in any position of the STCII chain of a
MCPL
0$
Priority
00
I
~~--~~----~~
~i9ht-byte (Full)
MOL
STCS
Priority
ace
Link address
C
$ubtask entry pOin~
Below is the format of a full (eight-byte) STCB; descriptions of the fields follow
the illustration.
IEDQSTCS
1(1)
0(0)
STCBVTO
Activation Key
4 (4)
STCBPRI
Priority
Offset
Reserved
5 (5)
STCBLINK
Link Field
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
STCBVTO
1
Activation key
1
(1)
STCBINDX
1
Index to Common Buffer data area
2
4
(2)
(4)
STCBTCIN
2
TTCIN of destination terminal
STCBPRI
1
Priority
5
(5)
STCBLINK
~
Link address-address of the next STCB in this STCB chain
S72
OSTCAMPLM
Terminal Table
The terminal table (IEDQTRM) is a variable-length table that contains blocks of
device-dependent information about each terminal in the TCAM system; each
such block is called a terminal entry. There are six types of terminal entries
(shown below), each of which is used for a different type or group of terminals
depending upon the configuration of the teleprocessing system.
The terminal table entries are assembled and initialized according to the specifications of the TERMINAL, TLIST, TPROCESS, TTABLE, LOGTYPE, and
OPTION macro instructions. The size, structure, and contents of the terminal
table are based on the information provided by the user in the above-listed
macros. Each entry in the terminal table begins on a fullword boundary. The
terminal entries are located through the address portion of the entries in the
termname table. ITABLE is specified once and defines the limits of the table.
One TERMINAL macro instruction is issued to create each single or group entry.
OPTION macro instructions and data supplied by the TERMINAL and TPROCESS operands caused storage to be allocated for any option fields to be included
in the optio!1 table for a terminal entry. The option fields can contain information
needed to perform various optional functions provided by TCAM or the user.
The initial contents of each option field are specified by the TERMINAL or
TPROCESS macro instruction that defines the entry. TLIST defines a distribution or cascade entry. TPROCESS creates an entry for an application program.
LOGTYPE creates an entry for logging messages.
If the user codes an OPTION macro, three fields in the terminal table entry are
initialized, and bit 6 in the TRMST ATE field is set to 1. The TRMOPNO field
contains the number of option fields specified for the entry. The option offsets
are positional in nature, and the number of offsets is equal to all the offsets up to
and including the last option specified by the user. The next field, TRMOPTBL,
contains the offset to the beginning of the option table data for this terminal
entry. The third field, TRMOPT, is the first of the actual option offsets to the
option table data, the beginning of which is pointed to by the TRMOPTBL field.
Each option offset is a one-byte index to the corresponding option table data.
There is an option offset for each possible option up to and including the last
option specified for this terminal entry. If a particular option within that span is
omitted, that option offset field is initialized to X'FF'.
The device-dependent fields of an entry in the terminal table are used to indicate
such information as the dial digits or addressing characters of the terminal. The
specific type of information in these fields is noted in the two bytes of the devicedependent field flags field (TRMDEVFL) of the terminal table. The actual
entries in the device-dependent fields consist of one byte, which contains the
length of the entry, followed by the actual information. The location of the
device-dependent field is indicated by the bit settings in the first byte of the
terminal table. If bit 6 (TRMOPTFN) in the status byte (TRMSTATE) is off, the
device-dependent field is located at + 17 (X' 11 ') in the table. If bit 6 is on,
indicating that there are option offset fields in the table, the device-dependent
field starts at location 20 (X'14') plus the value in the number of option offsets
field (TRMOPNO). Each option offset is one byte long, and the first option
offse~ is located at offset 20 in a terminal entry; the device-dependent field starts
immediately after the last option offset.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts 573
There is one terminal entry for each terminal in the system, and each terminal
table entry is referred to by a pointer from the termname table, and each terminal
entry beings on a fullword boundary.
Single Entry
A single entry in the terminal table defines a single terminal or component. A
single entry must be defined for each terminal or component that can enter only,
accept only, or both enter and accept messages (except for a terminal in a group
entry). If a terminal component is to be selected individually, the component
must have a separate single entry.
Bits 0 through 2 of byte 0 of the control information field are set to binary 000 to
indicate a single (or group) entry. If there is no option area for an entry, the
offset and count fields are omitted. The required selection sequence field contains
the selection characters for the terminal and, if it is a switched terminal, its
telephone number and the number of dial digits.
A single entry in the terminal table is defined by a TERMINAL macro.
Group Entry
A group entry represents a prespecified group of terminals on a line that has
special equipment to permit simultaneous transmission of a message to the group.
A single set of addressing characters is used to contact the group. Several combinations of prespecified terminals can be grouped for this purpose. Each group has
a group terminal name and a corresponding group entry in the terminal table. A
group entry in the terminal table has the same format as a single entry, except
that, since the entry is for output transmissions only, the input sequence counter
field is not used.
A group entry is defined by a TERMINAL macro.
Distribution Entry
A distribution entry contains a list of pointers to single, process, or group entries.
The pointers are grouped under the entry name. When a message contains a
distribution entry name as its destination code, TCAM sends the message by
separate transmissions to all destinations indicated by the list. Each terminal on
the list must have a corresponding single or group entry in the terminal table. The
TCAM MCP cannot receive messages through the distribution list-method.
The format of a distribution entry in the terminal table is the same as that for a
single entry, except that the setting of the status bits is binary 010, and the input
sequence number field (bytes 4 and 5) contains a count of the entries in the list.
Two-byte pointers to the single or group entries that make up the list follow this
count field.
For distribution and cascade entries, bytes 1 to 3 contain the address of a distribution or cascade destination QCB.
A distribution entry in the terminal table is defined by a TLIST macro.
Caseade Entry
A cascade entry is identical in appearance to a distribution entry, but is handled
differently. The message is queued for the available terminal that has the fewest
messages queued for it in the list. An available terminal is one that is currently
574
OS TeAM PLM
capable of accepting a message. The terminal must not be held. To be available,
a dial terminal must not be involved in a time delay. If more than one of the
available terminals have the same number of messages queued and that number is
the fewest number of messages queued, the message is sent to the first available
terminals on the list. If the message cannot be sent to any terminal at this time, it
is queued for the first terminal in the list. The TCAM MCP cannot receive
messages through a cascade list.
The format of a cascade entry is the same as that for a single entry, except that the
setting of the status bits is binary 010 and the input sequence number field
contains a count of the entries in the list. Two-byte pointers to the single or group
entries that make up the list follow this count field.
A cascade entry in the terminal table is defined by a TLIST macro.
Process Entry
A process entry in the terminal table represents a queue of messages for an
application program. There must be a process entry for each queue to which an
application program can issue a GET or READ macro and at least one for all the
PUT or WRITE macros from the same application program. The format for a
process entry in the terminal table is the same as that for a single entry, except
that the setting of the status bits is binary 001. Also, for a GET/READ operation, bytes 1 to 3 contain the address of the destination QCB.
A process entry is defined by a TPROCESS macro.
Logtype Entry
A !ogtype entry in the terminal table represents a queue of messages for a logging
medium. The setting of the status bits for a log entry is binary 011.
A logtype entry is defined by a LOGTYPE macro.
Line Entry
A line entry in the terminal table defines a switched line that is used for input
operations. A line entry contains the device characteristics for stations that call in
on a switched line before supplying identification and for stations that call in and
never supply identification data.
The format of a line entry is the same as for a single or group entry except that the
setting of the status bits is binary 100.
A line entry is defined by the UTERM operand on a TERMINAL macro.
The formats of the various types of terminal entries are illustrated below; descriptions of the fields follow.
Section S: Data Area Layouts
S7S
(This paae left blank intentionally)
576
OS TeAM PLM
TERMINAL TABLE
ENTRY TYPE
Offset
Single
and
Line
o
Status
byte
4
Input
sequence
number
Destination
aCB address
TRMSTATE TRMDESTO
6
8
Output
sequence
number
Alternate
destination
offset
10 (A)
Device
dependent
field
flags
12 (C)
Number
start
I/Os
14 (E)
Number
temporary
errors
TRMINSEO TRMOUTSO TRMALTD TRMDEVFL TRMSIO TRMTEMPR
15 (F)
16 (10)
17 (11)
18 (12)
20 (14)
Intensive
mode
recording
indicator
OCT
index
Number
option
offsets
Start of
option
offsets
TRMSENSE
TRMCHCIN
TRMOPNO TRMOPTBL
Option
Table
offset
20 + n
Start of
device
dependent
fields
TRMOPT
Offset
Group
o
Status
byte
Destination
aCB address
TRMSTATE
TRMDESTO
8
6
4
Unused
X·OOOO·
Output
sequence
number
10 (A)
Alternate
Device
desti nation dependent
offset
field
flags
12 (C)
14 (E)
Number
start
I/Os
Number
temporary
errors
TRMOUTSO TRMALTD TRMDEVFL TRMSIO TRMTEMPR
15 (F)
16 (10)
17 (11)
Number
option
offsets
18 (12)
20 (14)
Option
Table
offset
Start of
option
offsets
Intensive
mode
recording
indicator
OCT
index
TRMSENSE
TRMCHCIN TRMOPNO TRMOPTBL
20 + n
Start of
device
dependent
field!>
TRMOPT
Offset
Distribution
o
4
6
Status
byte
Distribution
List aCB
address
Number
entries
in the
list
Offset to
the first
entry in
the list
TRMSTATE
TRMDESTO
TLISTCNT
TLISTEN
Offset
Cascade
o
Status
byte
TRMSTATE
6
4
Cascade
list aCB
address
TRMDESTG
Number
entries
in the
list
Offset to
the first
entry in
the list
TLlSTCNT
TLISTEN
Offset
Process
o
Status
byte
4
Process
aCB address
TRMSTATE TRMDESTO
Input
sequence
number
6
8
Output
sequence
number
Alternate
desti nation
offset
101A)
Device
dependent
field
flags
TRMINSEQ TRMGUTSO TRMALTD TRMDEVFL
12 (C)
16 (10)
17 (11)
20 (14)
18 (12)
Start of
option
offsets
Option
Table
offset
Process
Entry
Work Area
address
Work unit
record
delimiter
character
TRMSTAT
TRMCHCIN TRMOPNO TRMOPTBL
Number
Option
offsets
TRMOPT
Offset
Logtype
o
4
Status
byte
Destination
aCB address
TRMSTATE
TRMDESTO
10 (A)
8
6
Unused
Unused
Unused
X·OOOO
X·OOOO·
X·OOOO·
Device
dependent
field
flags
12 (C)
Unused
x·oooo·
14 (E)
Unused
x·oo·
15 (F)
Unused
x·oo·
16 (10)
Unused
x·oo·
17 (11)
Unused
X·OO·
18 (12)
Buffer
size (2 bytes)
TRMDEVFL
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
577
In.fln fOldout page 571 at end of book.
IEDQTRM
0(0)
1 (1)
TRMSTATE
Status Byte
TRMDESTQ
Destination aCB Address
4(4)
f-- -
-
- ------ TRMINSEQ
Input Sequence Number
TRMALNCT
Automatic Line Number Count
---
- -- - -- - - -- --
'6(6)
I
TRMOUTSQ
Output Sequence Number
I
TLiSTEN
First TLiST Entry Address
I
TLSTCNT
TLiST Count of Entries
I
10 (A)
8 (8)
TRMALTD
Alternate Destination Termname Table Offset
TRMDEVFL
Device Dependent Field Flags
TRMSTAT
Error Statistics
TRMSIO
Start I/O Count
17 (11)
12 (C)
16 (10)
TRMCHCIN
OCT Index
14 (E)
15 (F)
TRMTEMPR
Temporary Error Count
TRMSENSE
Intensive Mode
Recording Indicator
18 (12)
TRMOPTBL
Option Table Offset
TRMOPNO
Option Field Count
20 (14)
-I-.
T
Offset
0
_L-
TRMOPT
Start of Option Offsets
(0)
Name
Bytes
Description
TRMSTATE
I
Status byte; bit definitions are:
Name
Bit
Value
0-2
T
Meaning
Type of entry:
B'OOO'
Terminal, single, or group
B'OOI'
Process
B'OlO'
Cascade or Distribution list
B'IOO'
Line
B'lOl'
Log
3
Reserved
TRMACPTN
4
X'08'
Terminal can accept an entry for processing
TRMHELDN
5
X'04'
Terminal is held or a process entry is
SYNC=YES
TRMOPTEN
6
X'02'
Option fields are used
TRMSCNYN
7
X'OI'
Secondary operator control terminal
spe~ified
I
(1)
TRMDESTQ
3
Address of the destination QCB for the entry or of the distribution
or cascade entry QCB.
4
(4)
TRMINSEQ
2
Input sequence number
4
(4)
TLISTCNT
2
Count of entries in a TLIST
6
(6)
TRMOUTSQ
2
Output sequence number
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
579
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
6
(6)
TLISTEN
2
First entry in a TLIST
8
(8)
TRMALTD
2
Termname table offset of the alternate destination
10
(A)
TRMDEVFL
2
Device-dependent field flags to indicate which fields are present
Name
Bit
Value
Meaning
0
X'8000'
BUFSIZE specified
1
X'4000'
Dial digits present
2
X'2000'
Addressing characterspresent
3
X'tOOO'
BLOCK specified
4
X'0800'
SUBBLOCK specified
5
X'0400'
Transparent block length specified
6
X'0200'
BFDELAY specified
7
X'0100'
Display device
TRMCONC
8
X'0080'
Concentrator or a terminal attached to a
concentrator
TRMLMD
9
X'0040'
LMD= YES specified
10
X'0020'
RETRY specified
11-15
Reserved
12
(C)
TRMSTAT
12
(C)
TRMSIO
2
Number of START I/O instructions
14
(E)
TRMTEMPR
1
Number of temporary errors
15
(F)
TRMSENSE
1
Intensive mode recording indicator
16
(10)
TRMCHCIN
1
Index to the device characteristics table for this entry
17
(11)
TRMOPNO
1
Number of option fields for this entry
18
(12)
TRMOPTBL
2
Offset to the option table for this entry
20
(14)
TRMOPT
1
Start of option offsets
580
OS TeAM PLM
Error statistics
Termname Table
The termname table has an entry that contains the name and terminal entry
address for each terminal, terminal component, application program, list of
terminals, and logging media in the TCAM system. These entries are generated at
assembly time from the TERMINAL macros in the order in which the macros are
coded. At MCP initialization time the entries are sorted into collating sequence to
permit binary searches for locating terminal names and for finding terminaldependent information.
The beginning of the termname table contains code (the Termname Table CodeIEDQTNT) that is used to convert the relative position field in the invitation list
to the address of the corresponding entry in the terminal table. The code can be
executed as a subroutine by other TCAM modules. Following the code there are
two bytes of control information for the Binary Search routine. The next fields in
the termname table contain the number of bytes in the name of an entry, the
address of the middle entry in the table, and the total number of entries in the
table .. Each entry consists of the terminal name and the three-byte address of the
terminal table entry for that terminal. The length of the field for the terminal
name is determined by the longest terminal name; each terminal name field is as
long aS,the longest name (the names are padded with blanks on the right, if
needed).
The address of the termname table is in the A VTRNMPT field of the AVT.
However, the individual termname table entries are referred to by the relative
position offsets that precede the control data in each invitation list. When a
TCAM module needs to find a specific entry in the terminal table, the module
activates the termname table code, which translates the relative position offset in
the invitation list to the address of the corresponding terminal table entry.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
581
IEOOTNTD
0(0)
TNTCODE
Enabled Termname Table Code
-""
--
-r'"
38 (26)
TNTSRCHX
Search Extent
40 (28)
41 (29)
TNTENLEN
Length of a Name
TNTMIDEN
Middle Entry Address
46 (2E)
44 (2C)
TNTLEN
Count of Table Entries
......
_....
TNTDCODE
Disabled Termname Table Code (36 Bytes)
--
82 (52)
TNTFIRST
Start of Table Entries
T
T
Format of a Termname Table Entry:
Terminal
Table Address
I
I
Name
..
Maximum of 8 Bytes
Offset
-
3Bytes~
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
TNTCODE
38
Enabled termname table code (IEDQTNT) to convert the relative
offset to a terminal table address
38
(26)
TNTSRCHX
2
Binary search extent-used by the Binary Search routine (IEDQA1)
40
(28)
TNTENLEN
1
Length in bytes of the name field of an entry
41
(29)
TNTMIDEN
3
Address of the middle entry in the termname table-used by the
Binary Search routine (IEDQAl)
44
(2C)
TNTLEN
2
Total number of entries in the termname table
46
(2E)
TNTDCODE
36
Disabled termname table code
82
(52)
TNTFIRST
582
OS TCAM PLM
The beginning of the termname-table entries
Test Event COIInl Block (TTECB)
The test event control block (TTECB) is used by modules IEDQWS and
IEDQW44 in reporting the results of an I/O operation back to the OLT. This
block contains the CSWs, condition codes, I/O addresses, and sense information
passed by TOTE; it is of variable length.
Sectien 5: Data Area Layouts
583
TTECB
TECBFDCT
TECIFLO.
Flegs
8 (8)
TECaSNLN
TICI'DLN
Number of event Fields
4(4)
2 (2)
1 (1)
0(0)
Lengtl'1 of Senae Fitld
Length of Event Pielc/,
6 (&)
TI~aSNCT
$(6)
TlCISNOe
NO. of Sen••• OccL,lrrlld
No. of Stn .. Pitld,
TECIFD01
1st Event Field
As many additional identical fields as specified in
TECIFDOT
S84
OS .TCAM PUI
7 (7)
TIECBIVOC
No. of events Occurred
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
0
(0)
TECBFDCT
1
Number of event fields
1
(1)
TECBFDLN
1
Length of event fields
2
4
(2)
(4)
TECBSNLN
2
Length of sense field
TECBFLGS
1
Flags
5
(5)
TECBSNCT
1
Number of sense fields
6
7
(6)
(7)
(8)
TECBSNOC
1
Number of senses occurred
TECBEVOC
1
Number of events occurred
TECBFDOI
4
1st event field
8
Section S: Data Area Layouts S8S
(This page left blank intentionally)
586
OS TeAM PLM
TOTE Resource Control Block
The TOTE resource control block (RESPL) is used in communication between
TOTE's resident module (IEDQW A) and the resource management module
(IEDQWB) for the initialization of an on-line test. RESPL contains the addresses
of the first and the last OLTCB in the active queue, the last TOTE termname
table entry, the current storage blocks, TOTE's extended area used for dummy
TTEs or QCBs, the end-of-task exit routine, the TOTE service manager routine,
and the queue handlers routine. It is assembled as part of the resident module,
IEDQWA.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
587
RESPL
0(0)
RESTECBS
Parm List for TOTE WAIT
4 (4)
5 (5)
8 (8)
RESTECB1
Subtask Request ECB
12 (C)
RESOBOCB
OLTCB Queue Control Block
f- ......-
--- -
~
-
-
-
- - - -
-
-
-
-
--- ---
-
RESOBFWD
OLTCB Queue Forward Pointer
16 (10)
RESOBBKW
OL TCB Queue Backward Pointer
20 (14)
RESTTLST
Last TOTE TNT Entry Address
24 (18)
26 (1A)
RESBKAVL
Current Free Storage Blocks
RESBKTOT
Total TOTE Storage Blocks
28 (1C)
RESEFOCB
Extended Area Free Queue Control Block
32 (20)
33 (21)
RESTNTCT
No. of TNT Entries
RESDMTTE
Pointer to TOTE Extended Area for TTEs and QCBs
·36 (24)
RESETXRA
End of Task Exit Routine Address
40 (28)
RESSMGRA
Service Manager Entry Address
45 (20)
44 (2C)
RESIOLTS
Max. Simult. OLTs
46 (2E)
RESWBFNC
IEOQWB Function Request Code
48 (30)
47 (2F)
RESFLGS
TOTE Resident Flags
Unused
RESTRMO
TOTE TRM Queue Control Block
52 (34)
.53 (35)
RESTNTPT
Address of Start of TOTE TNT Entries
Unused
56 (38)
-- -
- -- - -
60 (3C)
-
-
-
-
RESOHTBL
Queue Handler
-- -- -
-
- - -
RESREMFR
Address to Remove Element From Front Queue Handler
RESREMEL
Address to Remove Specified Element Queue Handler
588
OS TeAM PLM
,-.-
-
-
-
-
RESPL
64 (40)
RESAIl)Il)ND
Address to Add Element to End Queue Hendler
68 (44)
RESADDAF
Address to Add Element After Another Specified Element Queue Handler
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
589
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
RESTECBS
4
Parm list for TOTE WAIT
0
(0)
4
(4)
1
5
(5)
3
8
(8)
RESTECBl
12
(C)
RESOBQCB
12
(C)
RESOBFWD
4
OLTCB queue forward pointer
16
(10)
RESOBBKW
4
OLTCB queue backward pointer
20
(14)
RESTTLST
4
Last TOTE TNT entry address
24
(18)
RESBKTOT
2
Total storage blocks for TOTE
26
(tA)
RESBKAVL
2
Current free storage blocks
28
(tC)
RESEFQCB
4
Extended area free queue control block
32
(20)
RESTNTCT
1
Total number of TNT entries
33
(22)
RFSDMTTE
3
Pointer to TOTE extended area for TIEs and QCBs
36
(24)
RESETXRA
4
End of task exit routine address
40
(28)
RESSMGRA
4
Service manager entry address
44
(2C)
RES#OLTS
1
Maximum simultaneous OLTs
45
(2D)
RESWBFNC
1
IEDQWB function request code
46
(2E)
RESFLAGS
1
TOTE resident flags
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
RESINIT
0
X'80'
TOTE initialized flag
4
Subtask request ECB
OLTCB queue control block
47
(2F)
48
(30)
52
(34)
53
(35)
RESTNTPT
S6 (38)
RESQHTBL
56
(38)
RESREMFR
4
Address to remove element from front queue handler
60
(3C)
RESREMEL
4
Address to remove specified element queue handler
64
(40)
RESADDND
4
Address to add element to end queue handler
68
(44)
RESADDAF
4
Address to add element after another specified element queue
handler
590
RESTRMQ
OS TeAM PLM
1
Unused
4
TOTE TRM queue control block
1
Unused
3
Address of start of TOTE TNT entries
Queue handlers
TSO TSINPUT Control Block
The TSO TSINPUT control block is generated as a queue control block (QCB)
for the time-sharing subtask and as an extension of the address vector table
(A VT) for time-sharing support.
The DSECT names of the TSINPUT fields are shown in the following layout. A
more detailed description of the fields and the data they contain follows the data
area layout.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
591
TSINPUT
1 (1)
0(0)
TSIELCHN
aCB Element Chain
TSIFLAG
4 (4)
TSIPRI
Priority
8 (8)
5 (5)
TSLINK
Pointer to Next aCB in Chain
TSINPUT
Address of IEDAYI (TSINPUT)
12 (C)
TSISTAE
Address of IEDAYT (STAE)
16 (10)
TSIEDIT
Address of IEDAYE (Edit Routine)
20 (14)
TSIHANG
Address of IEDAYH (Hangup Routine)
24 (18)
TSISIMAT
Address of IEDAYS (Simultaneous Attention)
28 (1C)
TSISCHED
Address of I EDA YZ
32 (20)
36 (24)
40 (28)
44 (2C)
48 (30)
592
OS TeAM PLM
TSIBUFQ
Chain of Held TCAM Buffers
TSITSBQ
Chain lof TSBS Holding TCAM Buffers
TSIABEND
ECB Posted When TSC Abends
TSIMSGEN
Address of IEDAYM (MSGEN Routine)
TSIHALT
Address of IEDAYF (Halt I/O)
aCB For Asynchronous Time
Delay aCB Removal Routine
52 (34)
---
- --- - -
56 (38)
TSIDVaCB
aCB is Always Posted to Itself
---
- -
- -
--
-
....-
-
TSIDVaFG
Flag Byte
- - -
-
-
----
57 (39)
TSIDVPRI
Priority
TSIDVLINK
Pointer to Next Element
60 (3C)
TSIDYDLY
Address of IEDAYY
64 (40)
TSIABLST
r- - 64 (40)
- - - - - 65- (41)- -
TSIABACT
AaCTL Action Code
-
- - - - -- -
-
- -
- -
-
----
TSIABWDI
First Word of Parm List
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
593
QCB for TS
Input Abend Interface
68 (44)
TSIABQCB
--- - - -
I- -
72 (4S)
TSIABPTV
Special Element Priority
- - - -
-
-
- - - - - -
-----:-----
TSIABWD2
Second Word of Parm List
73 (49)
TSIABLNK
Special Element Link Field
76 (4C)
TSIABVCN
STCB Address
SO (50)
84 (54)
TSIDEST
Address of TCAM Destination Scheduler
TSICPBI
Address of TCAM CPB Initialization Routine
88 (5S)
TSICPBC
Address of TCAM CPB Cleanup Routine
92 (5CI
TSIATTEN
Address of IEDAYA (Attention Routine)
96(60)
TSITSDST
Address ot TSO Destination Scheduler
100 (64)
TSI3270
Address of IEDA YB (3270)
,,
594
OS TeAM PLM
Offset
0
(0)
Name
Bytes
Description
TSIFLAG
1
Flag byte
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
TSIQCB
6
X'02'
Flag indicating a OCR
TSIPOST
4
X'08'
OCB posted to itself
1
(1)
TSIELCHN
3
OCB element chain
4
(4)
TSIPRI
1
Priority
5
(5)
TSILINK
3
Pointer to next OCB in chain
8
(8)
TSINPUT
4
Address of IEDAYI (TSINPUT)
12
(C)
TSISTAE
4
Address of IEDAYT (STAE)
16
(10)
TSIEDIT
4
Address of IEDA YE (Edit Rtn)
20
(14)
TSIHANG
4
Address of IEDAYH (Hangup)
24
(18)
TSISIMAT
4
Address of IEDA YS (Simult. attn)
28
(1C)
TSISCHED
4
Address of IEDAYZ (Scheduler)
32
(20)
TSIBUFQ
4
Chain of held TCAM buffers
36
(24)
TSITSBO
4
Chain of TSBS holding TCAM buffers
40
(28)
TSIABEND
4
ECB posted when TSC abends
44
(2C)
TSIMSGEN
4
Address of IEDA YM (MSGEN Rtn)
48
(30)
TSIHALT
4
Address of IEDAYF (Halt I/O)
52
(34)
TSIDYOCB
4
OCB is always posted to itself
52
(34)
TSIDYQFG
4
Flag byte
Name
Bits
Value
Meaning
TSIDYOB
6
X'02'
Flag indicating a OCB
TSIDYPOS
4
X'08'
QCB posted to itself
56
(38)
TSIDYPRI
1
Priority
57
(39)
TSIDYLNK
3
Pointer to next element
60
(3C)
TSIDYDLY
4
Address of IEDA YY
64
(40)
TSIABLST
64
(40)
TSIABACT
1
AQCTL action code
65
(41)
TSIABWDI
3
First word of parameter list
68
(44)
TSIABQCB
68
(44)
TSIABWD2
4
Second word of parameter list
72
(48)
TSIABPTY
1
Special element priority
73
(49)
TSIABLNK
3
Special element link field
76
(4C)
TSIABVCN
4
STCB address
80
(50)
TSIDEST
4
Address of TCAM destination scheduler
84
(54)
TSICPBI
4
Address of TCAM CPB initialization routine
88
(58)
TSICPBC
4
Address of TCAM CPB cleanup routine
Section 5: Data Area lafouts
595
Offset
Name
Bytes
Description
92
(SC)
TSIATTEN
4
Address of IEDA YA attention routine
96
(60)
TSITTSDST
4
Address of TSO destination scheduler
TSI3270
4
Address of IEDAYB (3270)
100 (64)
596
OS TeAM PLM
Section 6: Diagnostic Aids
seD Error Word Usage by Module
SCBERRl (Byte 0)
Bit
Bit Indication (On/Off)
Module Action
o
Is/is not an incomplete header
1
2
3
4
S
6
7
Is/is not an invalid origin
TSO is not/is in system
Is/is not high sequence
Is/is not low sequence
Message is not/is sent/received
Are not/are sufficient buffers
Is/is not a cutoff error
RVI to a selection device for
BSC buffered terminals
Checked by IEDQAT and IEDQA4. Checked by
IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro instructions. Set
by IEDQA4. Checked by IGCD910D.
Checked the same as bit O. Set by IEDQAM.
Checked the same as bit o.
Checked the same as bit O. Set by IEDQAH.
Checked the same as bit O. Set by IEDQAH.
Checked the same as bit o.
Checked the same as bit o. Set by IEDQAK.
Checked the same as bit o.
Set by Line End Appendage.
Checked by the user-coded macros.
SCBERRl (Byte l)
Bit
Bit Indication (On/Off)
Module Action
0
Main storage minimum
is/is not exceeded
1
Main storage maximum
is/is not exceeded
2
Error is/is not in a dynamic
translation operation
Is/is not automatic line
numbering
TOTE is not/is in the system
or a TOTE request is not
honored
BSC abort sequences are/are not
received
Forward terminal error
Set by IEDQBD from A VTSYSER.
Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro
instructions. Checked by IGCD910D.
Set by IEDQBD from A VTSYSER.
Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro
instructions. Checked by IGCD910D.
Set and checked the same as bit 1.
3
4
S
6
7
Message is/is not SOH% E, C,
orR
Set and checked the same as bit 1.
Set by IEDQAA.
Checked by the error macros.
Set by Line End Appendage.
Checked by the error macros.
Set by IEDQA4 and IEDQAS. Checked by the INMSG
macro.
Set by IGE0904H.
Checked by the error macros.
SCBERR3 (Byte 1)
Bit
Bit Indication (On/Off)
Module Action
o
Message is lost/processed
1
TerminalID is invalid/valid
Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro
instructions. Checked by IGCD910D. Set by IEDQFA
and IEDQFQ for a lost message.
Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro
instructions. Checked by IGCD910D.
905
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
597
Bit
Bit Indication (On/Off)
Module Action
2
Terminal is inoperative/ operative
Simulated attention is/is not
received
User error has/has not
occurred
Is/is not format error in
BSC message
Is/is not hardware attention
Is/is not unit exception
Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message
macro instructions. Checked by IGCD91OD.
Checked the same as bit 2.
3
4
5
6
7
Checked the same as bit 2.
Checked the same as bit 2.
Checked the same as bit 2. Set by IGG019RO.
Checked the same as bit 2. Set by IGE0504G and
IGE0204G.
SCBERR4 (Byte 3)
Bit
Bit Indication (On/Off)
Module Action
o
Is/is not selection error
1
Is/is not error during
text transfer
2
Is/is not error in
connect/ disconnect
3
Is/is not terminal/line error
Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro
instructions. Checked by IGCD910D. Set by
IGG019RQ.
Checked by IEDQAA.
Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro
instructions. Checked by IGCD910D. Set by
IGE0004H, IGE0104G, IGE0104H, IGE0204H,
IGE0504G, and IGG019RO.
Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message
macro instructions. Checked by IGCD91OD. Set by
IGE0304G.
Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro
instructions. Checked by IGCD910D. Set by
IGE0504G.
4
5
Reserved
Is/is not error in controL
unit
6
Is/is not channel error
7
Is/is not undefined error
598
OS TeAM PLM
Checked the same as bit 3.
Set by IGE0104G, IGEOI04H, IGE0204G, and
IGE0004G.
Checked the same as bit 3. Set by IGE0104G,
IGE0804G, and IGE0804H.
Checked the same as bit 3. Set by IGE0504G and
IGE0504H.
LCB Status Byte Usage by Module
LCBSTATI
Bit
Bit Indication (On/Off)
Module Action
o
Recall being/not being
performed
Checked, turned off, and reset by IEDQBD.
Checked by IEDQFA and IGCD91OD. Cleared by
IEDQAA, IEDQAS, and IEDQAT.
1
Line is/is not in control mode
Set by IGGO 19R1. Checked and reset by IEDQKA,
IEDQKB, IEDQKC, lEDQKD, and IEDQKE. Checked
by IGCD910D. Cleared by IEDQAA.
2
Operator control is not/is
immediate
Set by IEDQHK.
Checked and cleared by IEDQAA. Checked by
IGCD91OD, IGG019Rl, IGG019R3, IGG019R4,
IGG019Ql, IGG019Q6, and IGG019Q7.
3
Is/is not initiate mode
Reset by IEDQBD. Checked by IEDQF A, IEDQHM,
and IGCD910D. Checked and cleared by IEDQAA.
4
Is/is not continue/reset
operation
Set by IEDQCU. Checked by IGCD91OD.
Cleared by IEDQF A and IEDQAA.
5
Line is/is not free
Checked by IGCD91OD, IGCZOlOD, IEDQHK, and
IEDQNK. Cleared by IEDQAA.
6
Line is/is not receiving
Set by IGCV310D. Checked by IEDQGA, IGCZOlOD,
IEDQNK, IEDQAS, IEDQFA, and IGCD910D. Cleared
byIEDQAA.
7
Line is/is not sending
Set by IGG019R4, IGG019Q6 and IGG019Q7.
Checked by IEDQAS, IEDQAG, IEDQAN, IEDQAW,
IEDQA4, IEDQBD, IGCZOlOD, IGCD910D, IEDQFA,
IEDQNK, IEDQHM, IEDQGA, and IGG019RN.
Checked and cleared by IEDQAA.
Notes: If both bits 6 and 7 are off, the line is inoperative. When a stop line function is being performed,
IEDQHK sets LCBSTATl equal to roo'. Also, IEDQAA and IGC0710D set LCBSTATlto X'OO' when
TOTE asks for control; IGCV31OD, IGCVllOD, and IGCV210D test for this condition.
LCBSTAT2
Bit
°
907
Bit Indication (On/Off)
I/O trace is/is not active
for this line
Module Action
Set and checked by IGCM61OD.
Checked by IGCD91OD, IGG019RO, IGG019Q2,
IGG019Q3, IGG019Q4, and IGG019Q5.
Section 5: Data Area Layouts
599
Bit
Bit Indication (On/Off)
Module Action
1
Is/is not MSGGEN/start-up
message
Turned off by IEDQBD.
Checked by IGCD91OD, IEDQKA, IEDQKB, IEDQKC,
IEDQKD, IEDQKE, IGG019RO, IGG019Q2,
IGG019Q3, IGG019Q4 and IGG019Q5
2
EOT from a buffered terminal
without/with EOM
Checked by IGCD91OD.
3
Send priority switch is/is not
set by the Send Scheduler
Checked by IGCD91OD.
4
Negative response to polling
is/is not received
Checked by IGCD91OD, IGG019Rl, IGG019R4,
IGGO 19Q6 and IGGO 19Q7. Set by IEDQHK,
IGG019RO, IGG019Q2, IGG019Q3, IGG019Q3,
IGG019Q4, and IGG019Q5. Reset by IEDQKA,
IEDQKB, IEDQKC, IEDQKD, and IEDQKE
5
Line is/is not BSC
Checked by IGG019RN,IGG019RO, IGG019Q2,
IGG019Q3, IGG019Q4, IGG019Q5, IGG019Q6,
IGG019Q7, IGG019R4, IGCD91OD, and IEDQKA.
6
Is/is not a dial LCB
Checked by IEDQAG, IGCD91OD, IGCV210D,
IGCV410D, IGCM41OD, IEDQHK, IEDQKA,
IGG019Rl, and IGG019R4.
7
Do / do not owe a terminal
a response
Set by IGG019RO, IGG019Q2; IGG019Q3, IGG019Q4
and IGG019Q5. Checked by IEDQAK, IGCD910D,
IEDQKA, IEDQKB, IEDQKC, IEDQKD, and IEDQKE.
Checked and cleared by IEDQA4.
600
OS TCAM PLM
Table of Message Origins
This table lists each of the messages generated by the TCAM executable modules.
The originating module names and the message routing codes are included by each
message.
Routing Codes:
...
This routing code indicates that the message must be routed back to the
console that initiated the request.
1 MASTER CONSOLE.
This routing code is for messages that must be sent to the master console
because some action is required by the master console operator, or because
the message contains information considered critical to the continued operation of the system.
2 MASTER CONSOLE INFORMATIONAL.
This routing code is for informational messages to the master console operator. Informational messages usually require no action from the operator. If
they do, that action should be at the operator's discretion.
8 TELEPROCESSING CONTROL.
This routing code is for messages relating to teleprocessing.
10 SYSTEM ERROR/MAINTENANCE.
This routing code is used for any message that indicates a system error or an
incorrectable I/O error, or any message associated with system maintenance.
11 PROGRAMMER INFORMATION.
This routing code is for messages of interest to the programmer. The message
is sent to an operator console and not to the system output devlce.
Origin
Routing
Code
IEDOOlI TCAM JOB jobname, stepname,
procstepname ADDRESS OF AVT address
IEDQOB
2,11
IED002A SPECIFY TCAM PARAMETERS
IEDQOB
1
IED003A INVALID KEYWORD keyword
IEDQOB
1
IED004A REQUIRED PARAMETER MISSING.
SPECIFY xxx
IEDQOB
1
IED005A MSUNITS (M) SPECIFICATION NOT
PERMITTED. CONTINUE RESPONSE
IEDQOB
1
IED006A INVALID OPERAND ON KEYWORD.
RESPECIFY keyword
IEDQOB
1
IED007I termname IS AN ILLEGAL DESTINATION
IEDQOA
11
Message
Section 6: Diagnostic Aids
601
Message
Origin
Routing
Code
IED0081 TCAM OPEN ERROR xxx=y IN DCB zzz
descriptor
IGG01930
IGG01931
11
IED0091 CHECKPOINT DISK ALLOCATION
ERROR-DATA SET NOT OPENED
IGG01942
11
IEDOlOI CHECKPOINT-INSUFFICIENT
IEDQNR
IGG01941
IEDQND
11
IEDOIH SYSTEM INTERVAL CANNOT BE
ALTERED
IGCM410D
•
IED0121 TSO SESSION ON LINE xxx COMMAND
REJECTED
IGCVllOD
•
IED0131 STOP REQUEST FOR SELF-VARY COMMAND
COMMAND REJECTED
IGCV110D
•
IED0141 TCAM ALREADY IN SYSTEM
IEDQOB
2,11
IEDOIS1 TCAM AP OPEN ERROR 043-x yyy zzz
IGG01933
2,8,11
IED0161 STATION name NOT FOUND
IGCDOlOD
IGCMOlOD
IGCVOI0D
IGCHOlOD
IGCROI0D
•
IGCDOI0D
IGCMOlOD
IGCVOI0D
•
IGCDOIOD
IGCMOlOD
IGCVOI0D
IGCHOI0D
IGCROIOD
•
nnname ALREADY STARTED
IED0191 grpname,rln
}
address
IGCV310D
IGCV410D
•
nnname STARTED
IED020I grpname,rln
}
address
IGCV310D
IGCV410D
•
IED02H AUTO POLL STARTED FOR grpname,rln
address
IGCM210D
•
COREtNVIRON }
INCIDENT
CKREQname
DATASET NOT OPEN
INCIDENT RECORD IGNORED
IED0171 LINE
1
ddnname,rln!NoT OPEN
address
IED0181 command field COMMAND INVALID
r
r
602
OS TeAM PLM
Origin
Routing
Code
IED0221 AUTO POLL ALREADY STARTED
FOR grpname,rln!
address
IGCM210D
...
IED0231 TRACE STARTED FOR grpname,rln !
address
IGCM610D
...
IED0241 TRACE ALREADY STARTED FOR
grpname,rln !
addresl)
IGCM610D
...
IED0251 {'"nnname
grpname,rln}ALREADY STOPPED
address
IGCVIlOD
IGCV210D
...
IGCVII0D
IGCV210D
...
IGCM210D
...
IED0281 AUTO POLL ALREADY STOPPED
FOR grpname,rln !
address
IGCM201D
...
IED0291 TRACE STOPPED FOR grpname,rln!
address
IGCM610D
...
IED030I TRACE ALREADY STOPPED
FOR grpname,rln !
address
IGCM610D
...
IED031I statname QUEUE SIZE = integer,
QUEUETYP=type, STATUS=status, ...
IGCD210D
...
IED0321 grpname,rln! LNSTAT = status, ...
address
ERR=error, ...
IGCD910D
IED033I statname ST~TUS-st"r"" "
INTENSE= sense count
NO
IN-SEQ=integer,OUT-SEQ = integer
IGCD510D
...
IED0341 statname HAS NO opfldname OPTION
IGCM810D
IGCD810D
...
IED0351 statname OPTION opfldname=data
IGCD810D
...
IED0361 grpname,rln ACTIVE=lstatname ... !
address
NONE
IGCD310D
...
Message
I
I
I
{'"nnname }
IED0261 grpname,rln STOPPED
address
I
IED0271 AUTO POLL STOPPED FOR grpname,rln!
address
I
I
I
I
I
!
.~
Section 6: Diagnostic Aids
603
Origin
Routing
Code
IGCD310D
•
IGCD610D
•
IED039I NO STATIONS INTERCEPTED
IGCD410D
•
IED040I INTERCEPTED STATIONS=statname, ...
IGCD410D
•
IED041I PRIMARY -=~statname ~
SYSCON
IGCM710D
IGCDllOD
•
IED042I ~ statname ~ ALREADY PRIMARY
SYSCON
IGCM710D
•
IED043I SECONDARY =statname
IGCDIIOD
•
IED044I statname NOT ELIGmLE FOR PRIMARY
IGCM710D
•
IED045I SYSTEM INTERVAL ALREADY ACTIVE
IGCM410D
•
IED046I LINE FOR statname IS OUTPUT ONLY
STATION
IGCV410D
•
IED0471 SYSTEM INTERVAL IS data
IGCM410D
IED048I POLLING DELAY FOR statname
IS data
IGCM410D
•
•
IED049I OLT CONTROLS LINE line COMMAND
REJECTED
IGCV310D
•
IED050I statname OPTION opfield MODIFIED
IGCM810D
•
IED051I statname SET FOR HOLD,
SEQ-OUT=integer
IGCHOIOD
•
IED052I statname ALREADY SET FOR HOLD
IGCHOIOD
•
IED053I statname ALREADY RELEASED
IGCROIOD
IED054I statname RELEASED,SEQ-OUT=integer
IGCROIOD
•
•
IED055I I/O TRACE CANNOT BE ALTERED
IGCM610D
•
IEDQ56I termname opfldname DATA FORMAT
INVALID
IGCM810D
•
IED057I address NOT CAPABLE OF AUTO POLL
IGCM210D
•
IGCM510D
•
Message
I
IED037I grpname,rln!INACTIVE=lstatname ...!
address
NONE
IED038I statname IS ON LINE
IED058!
604
fgrpname,rln}
r
dname
grpname,rln
}
address
SENSECOUNT -COlll\t,
address
statname
SETTING = sense
OS TCAMPLM
Origin
Routing
Code
IGCD710D
...
IED060I statname CANNOT BE HELD
IGCHOIOD
...
IED0611 POLLING DELAY FOR statname
CANNOT BE ALTERED
IGCM410D
...
IED062I statname OPTION opfldname CANNOT
ACCEPT SPECIFIED DATA
IGCM810D
...
IED0631 CLOSEDOWN IN PROGRESS
COMMAND REJECTED
IGCOOIOD
...
IED0641 LINE addr CONTROL UNIT NOT
OPERATIONAL
IGE0204G
8
IED0651 INITIALIZATION ERROR return code
IEDQOA
2,11
IED0671 TCAM INITIALIZATION BEGUN
IEDQXA
2,11
IED0681 UNABLE TO OPEN IEDQDATA
IEDQXA
11
IED0691 INVALID KEYLEN FOR IEDQDATA
IEDQXA
11
IED070I IEDQDATA DOES NOT SPECIFY CONTIG
SPACE IN CYLINDERS
IEDQXA
11
IED0711 UNEQUAL PRIMARY AND SECONDARY
EXTENTSONIEDQDATA
IEDQXA
11
IED0721 I/O ERROR ON IEDQDATA
IEDQXA
2,10,11
IED074I TCAM INITIALIZATION COMPLETE
IEDQXA
2,11
IED0751 END OF EXTENT. RECORD COUNT
IS number, TIME IS time SEC
IEDQXA
11
IED0761 TCAM NON-REUSABLE DISK THRESHOLD
CLOSEDOWN
IGG019RC
2,11
IED077 I termname opfldname DATA CHARACTER
INVALID
IGCM810D
...
IED0781 DLQ TERM ERROR
IEDQOA
11
IED0791 ENDING STATUS NOT RECEIVED FROM
LINE address-LINE UNAVAILABLE
IGG01948
8
IED080I START OF TCAM SYSTEM DELAY
IEDQHI
2
IED0811 END OF TCAM SYSTEM DELAY
IEDQHI
2
IED0821 CHECKPOINT DISK ERROR-DATA
SET NOT OPENED
IGG01942
11
Message
IED059I
~grpname'rln~IST STATUS = status
address
Section 6: Diagnostic Aids
60S
Origin
Routing
Code
IED083I CHECKPOINT DISK ERROR-RECOVERY
FROM PREVIOUS RECORD
IGG01942
11
IED084I CHECKPOINT DISK ERROR-RECOVERED
IEDQNQ
11
IED085I CHECKPOINT DISK ERROR1CKREQ
fRECORDIGNORED
INCIDENT
IEDQND
IGG01944
11
IED086I CHECKPOINT DISK ERROR-ENVIRONMENT
CKREQ,name
IEDQNP
11
IED0871 CHECKPOINT DISK ERROR-CONTROL
RECORD
IGG012041
IEDQNQ
11
IED088I termname ON DIAL LINE-CANNOT BE
VARIED
IGCV210D
IGCV410D
*
IED090I statname IS NOT SINGLE ENTRY
IGCV210D
IGCV410D
IGCD610D
*
IED091I LINE FOR statname NOT OPEN
IGCD210D
IGCD610D
IGCV210D
IGCV410D
*
IED092I BISYNC ERROR-LINE xxx
CANNOT BE STARTED
IGCV310D
IED093I SET SYSTEM INTERVAL COMMAND
ACCEPTED
IGCM410D
*
IED094I CORE REQUESTED FOR ON-LINE
TEST NOT A VAILABLE
IEDQND
11
IED095I MODIFY OLT REJECTED-OLT NOT
ACTIVE
IGCMAI0D
8,11
IEDQNA2
2,11
IED097I TCAM IS CLOSED DOWN
IEDQNA2
2,11,*
IED098I DCB OPEN FOR MESSAGE PROCESSING
PROGRAM-jobname
IGCZOI0D
2,11
IED099I ROUTINE LOADED
IGCM910D
8
lED 1001 ROUTINE DEACTIVATED
IGCM910D
8
lED 10 11 RESTART IN PROGRESS
IGCM910D
8
lED 1021 INVALID OPERAND
IGCM910D
8
Message
{CHECKPOINT
IED096I OPERATOR CONTRO
COMWRITE
606
OS TeAM PLM
4
~O
LONGER ACTIVE
Origin
Routing
Code
lED 1031 ROUTINE IS ACTIVE
IGCM910D
8
lED 1041 ROUTINE NOT ACTIVE
IGCM910D
8
IED10SI RETURN CODE=xxxx
IGCM910D
8
IED106I MULTIPLE REQUEST
IGCM910D
8
IED107I COMWRITE NOT ACTIVE
IGCM910D
8
IED109I ROUTINE NOT DELETED
IGCM910D
8
IED127I OLT REQUEST REJECTED, CONTROL
TERMINAL UNIDENTIFIED
IEDQWC
10
IED128I ALTERNATE PRINTER REQUESTED BY OLT
ALREADY IN USE
IEDQWC
10
IED130I OLT REQUEST REJECTED, CONTROL
TERMINAL NOT OPEN
IEDQWC
10
IED132I CAN OLT USE FOR NON-CONCURRENT
MODE LINES xxX,XXX,xxX,XXX, ...
(up to 11 lines)
IEDQWC1
IEDQWJ2
10
IED133I C. T. REQUESTED BY OLT ASSIGNED TO
ANOTHEROLT
IEDQWC
10
IED13SI ALREADY CONFIGURED; REQUEST CHANGE
FUNCTION TO MODIFY
IEDQWIA
10
IED13SI MODIFICATION/DELETION NOT
PERMITTED FOR THIS DEVICE
IEDQWID
10
IED13SI UNSUPPORTED DEVICE TYPE
IEDQWID
IEDQWIE
10
IED13SI INVALID LINE ADDRESS
IEDQWIA
IEDQWID
IEDQWISU
10
IED13SI NAME NOT FOUND IN TCAM TERMINAL
TABLE
IEDQWIA
IEDQWID
IEDQWIE
10
IED13SI OLD ENTRY DELETED FROM CDS
IEDQWIA
IEDQWID
10
IED13S1 NEW ENTRY ADDED TO CDS
IEDQWIA
10
IED13SI CONFIGURATOR STARTED
IEDQWI
10
IED13SI CONFIGURATOR COMPLETED
IEDQWI,
IEDQWIA,
10
Message
Section 6: Diagnostic Aids
607
Message
Origin
Routing
Code
IEDQWID,
IEDQWIE,
IED135I LINE NOT OPENED
IEDQWI9
10
. IEDQWJl
10
IED135I ENTER ONE OPTION OR NONE
IEDQWJl
10
IED135I EPN-WHERE N IS LEVEL OF PRINTED
OUTPUT WANTED
IEDQWJl
10
IED135I CM, NCM, NEP, AP, NAP, EXT=DATANNN IS A 4 DIGIT DECIMAL NUMBER
IEDQWJl
10
IED135I VALID OPTIONS ARE TLNNNN, NTL,
ELNNNN, NEL, CP, NCP, NMI, MI
IEDQWJl
10
IED135I DEFAULT OPTIONS ARE CP, NTL, NEL,
CM, NAP, NMI, AND EP
IEDQWJl
10
IED135I ON LINE TESTING ENDED
IEDQWE
10
IED135I START OR STOP LINE FAILED-ABORT
IEDQWD
10
IED135I -CONTROL TERMINAL ID IS
IEDQWC
10
IED135I xxxxxxxx NOT OPENED
IEDQWCl
IEDQWC2
10
IED135I S xxxxy UNIT zzz
IEDQWE
10
IED135I *T xxxxy UNIT zzz
T xxxxy UNIT zzz
IEDQWE
10
IED135I MACRO FUNCTION NOT SUPPORTED
IEDQWM2
10
IED135I MACRO LEVEL NOT SUPPORTED
IEDQWM2
10
IED135I ON LINE TESTING CANCELED
IEDQWE
10
IED135I TRM REJECTED-270X NOT CONNECTED
TO PROPER CPU
IEDQWD
10
IED135I TEST DEVICE DOES NOT BELONG TO
TCAM
IEDQWE
10
IED135I REENTER TRM LATER-RESOURCE IN
UNSHAREABLESTATE
IEDQWD
10
IED135I TRM REJECTED-I/O ERROR LOADING
CONFIGURATION DATA
IEDQWD
10
IED135I TRM REJECTED-NO CONFIGURATION DATA
IEDQWD
10
IED135I OPTION ENTRY INVALID
nn-
608
OS TeAM PLM
Origin
Routing
Code
IED135I INVALID ENTRY FOR ADDITIONAL
TESTS-VALID ENTRIES ARE
IEDQWJ1
10
IED135I TRM BUFFER TOO SMALL FOR LAST
ENTRY
IEDQWJ
IEDQWJ1
IEDQWJ2
10
IED135I ERROR IN TEST LOOP OR ERROR LOOP
NUMBER
IEDQWC1,
IEDQWJ1
10
IED135I 1060 CANNOT.BE CONTROL TERMINAL
FOR PROMPT OR CONFIG
IEDQWJ
10
IED135I DIAGMSG DD CARD MISSING FROM JCL
IEDQWJ
10
IED135I DIAGMSG OPEN FAILED
IEDQWD
10
IED135I OPERATOR WILL ONLY ALLOW
CONCURRENT MODE-TRM REJECTED
IEDQWJ2
10
IED135I ERROR IN OPTION FIELD
IEDQWJ
10
IEDl35I ERROR IN TEST FIELD
IEDQWJ
10
IED135I ERROR IN TEST DEVICE FIELD
IEDQWJ
10
IED135I TRM PROMPTER RUNNING
IEDQWJ
10
IED135I PROMPTING NOT ALLOWED ON 1060,
REENTERTRM
IEDQWJ
10
IED135I DIAL TEST TERMINAL NOT ALLOWED
WITH LEASED ONES
IEDQWJ
10
IEDl35I INVALID RESPONSE
IEDQWI,
IEDQWIA,
IEDQWID,
IEDQWIE
IEDQWI9
IEDQWJ
IEDQWJ1
IEDQWJ2
10
IED135I INVALID TEST DEVICE ENTRY
IEDQWJ
10
IED135I ALREADY HAVE 9 TEST DEVICES-TEST
DEVICE PROMPTING FINISHED
IEDQWJ
10
IED135I INVALID ROUTINE ENTRY
IEDQWJ
10
IEDl35I INVALID TEST NAME
IEDQWJ
10
IEDl35I TRM REJECTED-CONFIGURATION DATA
SET CANNOT BE OPENED
IEDQWD
10
Message
Section 6: Diagnostic Aids
609
Origin
Routing
Code
IED135I ON LINE TESTING ACTIVE
IEDQWC
10
IED135I OL T MODULE xxxxxxxx CANNOT BE
LOADED
IEDQWE
10
IED135I CLASS NOT TP, OR SUPPORTED
GRAPHIC-ABORT
IEDQWD
10
lED 1351 NOT ENOUGH CORE FOR SECTION
IEDQWE
10
IED136D DO YOU WISH TO CONTINUE? (YES OR
NO)
IEDQWIA,
IEDQWID,
IEDQWIE
10
IED136D ARE THERE OTHER ENTRIES TO DELETE?
(YES OR NO)
IEDQWID
10
lED 136D ARE THERE OTHER ENTRIES TO
EXHIBIT? (YES OR NO)
IEDQWIE
10
IED136D ENTER TYPE OF TERMINAL
IEDQWI9
10
lED 1360 ARE THERE OTHER ENTRIES TO ADD?
(YES OR NO)
IEDQWIA
10
lED 1360 ARE THERE OTHER ENTRIES TO CHANGE?
(YES OR NO)
IEDQWIA
10
IED136D ENTER FUNCTION: ADD, CHANGE,
DELETE, EXHIBIT, OR NONE
IEDQWI
10
IED136D ENTER A LINE ADDR. OR A SYMBOLIC
TERMINAL NAME
IEDQWIA,
IEDQWID,
IEDQWIE
10
lED 1360 ENTER LINE ADDRESS (FORMAT CCU)
IEDQWI9
10
IED136D ENTER ONE OPTION OR NONE
IEDQWll
10
IED136D SYSOUT-SYSCON-SYMBOLIC NAME
IEDQWJ2
10
IED136I ENTER ALTERNATE PRINTER LOCATION.
VALID ENTRIES ARE
IEDQWJ2
10
IED136D DO YOU WANT TO CONTINUE PROMPTING?
(YES OR NO)
IEDQWJ
IEDQWll
IEDQWJ2
10
IED136D YOU CAN REENTER (R), CANCEL (C),
OR USE TRM AS IS (GO)
IEDQWJ
IEDQWll
IEDQWJ2
10
IED136D ENTER NEXT MESSAGE SEGMENT
IEDQWH
10
Message
xxxxxxxx
610
OS TeAM PLM
Origin
Routing
Code
IED135D ARE THERE ANY MORE TEST DEVICES?
ANSWER YES OR NO
IEDQWJ
10
IED136D ENTER SYMBOLIC NAME OF TERMINAL
OR CCU OF TCU TO BE TESTED
IEDQWJ
10
IED136D DO YOU WANT TO BE PROMPTED?
ANSWER YES OR NO
IEDQWJ
10
IED136D INVALID RESPONSE, PLEASE ENTER YES
OR NO
IEDQWJ
IEDQWl1
IEDQWJ2
10
IED136D ENTER ALPHA CHARACTERS SEPARATED
BY COMMAS FOR OTHER SELECTIONS
IEDQWJ
10
IED136D DO YOU WANT OTHER TEST SECTIONS
RUN ON THIS DEVICE? ANSWER YES
OR NO
IEDQWJ
10
IED136D ENTER ROUTINE NUMBER-EXAMPLE 1,
4-6,9
IEDQWJ
10
IED136D DO YOU WANT TO SELECT ROUTINES IN
THIS TEST? ANSWER YES OR NO
IEDQWJ
10
IED136D ENTER TEST TO BE RUN-FORMAT
NNNNB/ ANNNNB-EXAMPLE 2700A/T2700A
IEDQWJ
10
IED136D INVALID EP LEVEL-ENTER 1,2 OR 3
IEDQWJ
10
IED138I ERROR SORTING DEVICE ID TABLE,xxxx
IEDQOA
11
IED139I PRINTING STOPPED
IGG019RC
2
IED140I TCAM DISK ERROR
aa, bbbbbbbb, cccccccc cccccccc,
ddd, ee, ffffff
IGG019RC
2
IED143I gpstatname GENERAL POLL STARTED
IGC0190D
•
IED144I gpstatname GENERAL POLL STOPPED
IGC0910D
•
IED145I gpstatname GENERAL POLL ALREADY
STARTED
IGC0910D
•
IED146I gpstatname GENERAL POLL ALREADY
STOPPED
IGC0910D
•
IEDI47I gpstatname COMMAND INVALID FOR
GENERAL POLL
IGC0910D
•
IED148D IS C.D. FOR xxx CONNECTED TO THIS
SYSTEM?
IEDQWD
10
Message
Section 6: Diagnostic Aids
611
Origin
Routing
Code
IED1481 OLT ABEND xxxyyy
IEDQWB
10
IED1491 TOTE BUSY
IEDQWA
10
lED 150D TCAM REUSABLE Q WRAPPED-REPLY 'D'
TO DUMP ENTIRE MSG DATA SET OR
'C' TO CANCEL
IEDQXC
1
IED1511 cuu tttt yy ERS z
cuu xx tttt THRESHLD
cuu xx tttt yy eeee zzzz yy eeee zzzz yy eeee zzzz
yy eeee zzzz
IGE0904H
2
IED152I CHECKPOINT BLKSIZE TOO SMALL-300
WAS USED
IGG01949
11
IED153I CHECKPOINT BLKSIZE TOO BIG-3520
WAS USED
IGG01949
11
IED154I TOTE CANNOT RETURN DEVICE xxx TO
ORIGINAL STATUS
IEDQWE
10
IED156I statname ON CONCENTRATOR-CANNOT
BE VARIED
IGCV210D
IGCV410D
11
IED157I TCAM SYSTEM DELAY ACTIVE-HALT
COMMAND REJECTED
IGCVOI0D
11
Message
cuu ww tttt eeeeeee zzzz eeeeeee zzzz
eeeeeee zzzz
612
OS TeAM PLM
Register Usage Conventions in TCAM
Although each module in TeAM uses registers as necessary to perform its functions, some conventions are used in various groups of modules. For specific
register usage by module refer to the microfiche of the module. The general
register usage by module type follows.
Save Area Management
In TeAM, save area management occurs when a subroutine returns to the routine
that called it. A save area "belongs" to a routine when that routine sets register
13 to point to a save area in the AVT. A subroutine of the routine can then store
the registers of the routine in the specified save area. If a routine does not call a
subroutine, it does not have a save area since it does not modify the contents of
register 13.
TeAM maintains four 18-word save areas and one 10-word save area in the AVT
After the standard entry linkage to a routine that uses save area management,
certain words of the save area contain specific addresses:
• The second word of the save area points to the address of the save area for the
calling routine.
• The third word of the save area for the calling routine has the address of the
save area for the called routine.
• Register 13 has the address of the save area for the called routine.
During the standard exit lirikage of a routine that uses save area management, the
save area address for the calling routine is restored from the second word of the
save area for the called routine. The registers of the calling routine are also
restored from this area, and the calling routine can regain control.
S"bro"tine Linkage
TeAM uses standard subroutine linkage and requires saving and restoring registers through the SAVE and RETURN macros. These macros are coded in the
following manner:
SAVE (14,12),,*
RETURN (14,12),T
Appendages
Register
1
2
8
9
13
14
15
Use
Request element address
lOB address
lOS register
lOS register
Save area address
Return address
Entry point
Section 6: Diagnostic Aids
613
Application Progl'ilm Routines
Register
o
1
13
14
15
Use
Termname table entry address
Application program work area
Save area address
Return address
Entry point; return code
Checkpoint Routines
Register
2
3
4
9
12
14
15
Use
Checkpoint work area address
Address of the request element
this module is to process
Disk record address
AVT address
IEDQNF base register
Return address
Entry point; offset to the next
module to gain control
Error Recovery Procedure Routines
Register
1
2
4
11
13
14
15
Use
Request element address
LCB address
DCB address
AVTaddress
Linkage for the next load
module
XCTL register
Base register
Measage Handling Routines
Register
1
3
4
6
9
12
13
14
15
Use
Parameter list register
SCB address
LCB address
Current buffer address
AVT address
Base register
Save area address
Return register
Entry point and return code
OJIM/Close Routines
Register
2
3
4
5
6
614
OS TCNM PLM
Use
DCB address
TIOT address; TCB base register
DCB work area address
DCB parameter list address
Where-to-go table address
7
8
9
11
12
Current entry in the DCB
parameter list
Current entry in the where-to-go
table (the second word in the
entry is the address of the open
work area)
AVT address
DEB address
Base register
Operator Control Routines
Register
1
4
5
6
12
13
14
15
Use
Operator Control AVT address; appropriate
response message
AVT address
Termname table entry address
Terminal table entry address
Base.register
Save area address
Return register
Entry point and return code
Queuing Routines
Register
1
3
4
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
Use
Parameter list address
SCB address
LCB address
Current buffer address
QCB address
DCB address
TCAM Dispatcher address
Base register
AVT address
Return address
Entry point
Scheduler Routines
Register
1
3
4
7
11
13
15
Use
LCB or buffer address
STCB address
LCB address
QCB address
TCAM Dispatcher address
Save area address
Entry point
Section 6: Diagnostic Aids
615
(This page left blank intentionally)
616
OS TeAM PLM
TeAM Service Aids
The Service Aids Programs are an optional TCAM facility. They provide the
Customer Engineer and customer programming personnel with the ability to save
portions or all of the following TCAM tables and buffers:
• Subtask Control Block Trace Table
• Line II 0 Trace Table
• Message Buffers (main storage and secondary storage)
These areas are stored, using programs from the Service Aids, on either tape or
direct access devices. The areas may be edited and printed in formatted form for
use as a debugging tool. For detailed information on these areas see chapter 4,
TCAM Diagnostic Aids, of the OS TCAM User's Guide (GC30-2025).
Service Aids Flow
Operator
Control
•
DEBUG =
,r
SERVICE
AID
ROUTER
.~
INIT OPERATION
STCB TRACE DUMP
I
I
:
DISPATCHER
-
I/O TRACE DUMP
I
I
I
...
-
I
LINE I/o TRACE
..-
BUFFER DUMP
STARTMH
II
.
~
IEDQAA
IEDQFW
O----------Processing
__ -- -"
COMWRITE
-~\}..----
Section 6: Diagnostic Aids
617
IEDQFE10 Subrask Control Block Trace Table Dump Flow
IEDQC6
FEROUTER
Operator Control
Modify DEBUG =
Check COMWRITE
active (AVTQWFL2)
Get Maduel Name
Check if already
active (CDE CHAIN)
Load rout ine
BALR 14,15
Handle OP
Msgs
cn
SUBTASK DUMP
Set up module is
loaded OP cn msg
Chk for load
or Delete
RETURN to OP CTL
SET flag in
AVTAFE10
BR 14
POST MCP EDB
IGG019RO
WRITE
_._OS
• Set up table
ident
DISPATCHER
RETURN
Dispatch RCB
Chk far table
filled
WRITE table entry
• build COMWRITE
RCB
TEST IEDQFE10
active (AVTAFE10)
build data area
porm for COMWRITE
BR to routine
1. Dispent
2. Bypass
Issue SVC 102
to POST ECB
POST COMWRITE
ECB Complete
VIA SVC 102
BR 14
WAIT on MCP ECB
~"'-OS _ _~ COMWRITE
Get Blocksize
WRITE Record
WAIT on
I/o done
WAIT on ECB
TCAM DISPATCHER
618
OSTCAMPLM
r·...---·
~
-
OS
IEDQFE20 I/O Trace Dump Flow
IEDQC6
Operator
Control
Modify
DEBUG
IEDQFE20
LINE
FEROUTER
=
1/0 TRC DMP
Chk COMWRITE
active (AVTCWFL2)
Chk for load
or delete
Get module name
Set AVTAFE20
EP = SET
Chk if active
(CDE CHAIN)
BR 14
Load routine
Split Trace Table
BALR 14,15
1/0 OP INST
First Time Only
to fall through
Finish
msg handle
Set OP cn msg
"RTN LOADED"
Get COMWRITE ECB
BR 14
POST ECB
Succeeding Entries
BR
POST MCP
WAIT
IGGOl9
lOS
MCP
LINE
Handle
interrupt
Dispatch RCB's
I/o TRACE
WRITE table
Process msg
EOT (CE,DE)
EOT an last
BUFFER
Test end of
table
LINE END
APPENDAGE BR
Test AVTAFE20
AVTREADYenpty
BALR 14,15
OS
OS
~IEDQ~
•
COMWRITE
BR lOS
r
•
OS
Section 6: Diagnostic Aids
619
IEDQFE30 Buffer Trace Dump Flow
IEDQC6
Operator
Control
Modify
DEBUG=
FEROUTER
Process Command
Load routine
LINK
BALR 14, 15
Get Op Ctl RTN
RETURN
BFRDUMP
Chk for load
or delete
Set AVTAFE30
EP = ENTRY
MCP
_ _.os . ._-~I
IEDQFE30
DISPATCHER
• Process RCB
IEDQAA
BR
Line being traced
Move 96 bytes into
buffer
STARTMH
5 full buffers
Test AVTAFE30
Build COMWRITE RCB
BR
Build data parm list
Handle buffer
TPOST COMWRITE ECB
VIA SVC 102
COMWRITE
BR
AVTREADYempty
WAIT MCP ECB
OS
620
OS TeAM PLM
Appendix A: List of TeAM Modules by Library
This appendix identifies the modules that constitute TCAM. The modules are
organized in alphabetical order by name within the libraries in which they reside.
For those modules that represent macro instruction implementing routines, the
mnemonic operation code for the macro is included in parentheses.
All resident TCAM modules are in SYSl.TELCMLIB. Transient modules reside
in SYS 1.LINKLIB, and all Open, Close, Get, and Put modules are in
SYS1.SVCLffi. The system nucleus modules are in SYS1.NUCLEUS. The
TCAM module IEDQTNT is not stored in a library; rather, it is assembled as part
of the termname table. TCAM macros are in SYS 1.MACLffi.
SYSl.LINKLIB
IEDQCA
Resident Operator Control Module
IEDQEC
Put Scheduler
IEDQET
Operator Control! Application Program Interface
Routine
IEDQEW
Get Scheduler
IEDQEZ
Get Sch~duler FIFO Routine
IEDQEl
TCOPY Service Routine
IEDQE2
QCOPY Service Routine
IEDQE3
TCHNG Service Routine
IEDQE4
ICOPY Service Routine
IEDQE6
Password Scramble Routine
IEDQE7
Retrieve Scheduler
IEDQGQ
Queue Reset Executed
IEDQHI
System Delay Routine
IEDQNA2
Nonresident Closedown Completion Routine
IEDQNB
Application Program/Checkpoint Interface Routine
IEDQND
Ready Routine (READY)
IEDQNF
Checkpoint Executor
IEDQNG
Build Incident Record for MH Routine
IEDQNH
Build Incident Record for TCHNG Routine
IEDQNJ
Incident Checkpoint for Operator Control Routine
IEDQNK
Environment Checkpoint Routine
IEDQNM
Build CKREQ Disk Record Routine
IEDQNO
Checkpoint Queue Manager
IEDQNP
Checkpoint Disk I/O Routine
IEDQNQ
Checkpoint Notification and Disposition Routine
IEDQNR
Checkpoint-No Available Core Routine
IEDQNS
Checkpoint-No InCident Records Routine
Appendix A: List of TeAM Modules by Library
621
622
OS TeAM PLM
IEDQNX
Operator Awareness Message Router
IEDQOA
GETMAIN, Termname Table Sort, and Attach Routine
IEDQOB
WTOR Interpreter Routine
IEDQOTOI
TCAM ABEND Routine
IEDQWA
TOTE Resident Module
IEDQWAB
DTIME Service Module
IEDQWAJ
CUTEST Service Module
IEDQWB
Resource Management Module
IEDQWBI
TRM Analysis Buffer Analyzer
IEDQWC
Test Request Message Analysis Module 1
IEDQWCl
Test Request Message Analysis Module 2
IEDQWC2
Test Request Message Analysis Module 3
IEDQWD
TOTE Dispatcher Module
IEDQWE
TOTE Test Control Module
IEDQWF
OLT Test Control Module 2
IEDQWH
Numeric Test Request Message Handler
IEDQWI
TOTE Configurator Scheduler
IEDQWIA
Configurator and Scheduler
IEDQWID
Configurator Delete/Change Scheduler
IEDQWIE
Configuration Exhibit Module
IEDQWI5U
Configurator Submodule
IEDQWI7
Configurator Submodule
IEDQWI8
Configurator Submodule
IEDQWI9
Configurator Submodule
IEDQWJ
Test Request Message Prompter Module 1
IEDQWH
Test Request Message Prompter Module 2
IEDQWJ2
Test Request Message Prompter Module 3
IEDQWK
TOTE Message Module
IEDQWL
TOTE Message Submodule 1
IEDQWLI
TOTE Message Submodule 2
IEDQWL2
TOTE Message Submodule 3
IEDQWL3
TOTE Message Submodule 4
IEDQWM2
Trace Function Module
IEDQWN
EXIO Service Module (alias IEDQW35)
IEDQWO
Access Manager
IEDQWP
DPRINT Service Module 1 (alias IEDQW39)
IEDQWPI
DPRINT Service Module 2
IEDQWP2
DPRINT Service Module 3
IEDQWQ
CECOM Service Module (alias IEDQW37)
IEDQWR
PLINK Service Module (alias IEDQW28)
IEDQWS
Wait I/O Service Module (alias IEDQW36)
IEDQWV
TOTE GRAB/LETGO Service Module (alias IEDQW21,
IEDQWAC)
IEDQWX
TOTE Convert Service Module (alias IEDQW41)
IEDQWY
GETCONFIG Service 'Module (alias IEDQW16)
IEDQW24
READD Service Module
IEDQW42
MORECORE/FREECORE Service Module
(alias IEDQW43)
IEDQW44
DIO Service Module
IEDQW47
Routine Service Module
IEDQ31
Enabling Module
IEDQXA
Disk Message Queue lnitializer
ATTEN
Activates the TSO /TCAM Attention Processing Routine
CANCELMG
Cancels messages
CARRIAGE
Processes characters that move the carriage
CHECKPT
Takes an incident checkpoint record of the option fields
CHNGP
No-Op (QTAM/TCAM)
CHNGT
No-Op (QTAM/TCAM)
CKREQ
Checkpoints the MCP
CLOSEMC
Closes down the telecommunications system (QTAM/TCAM)
CODE
Translates the data in the buffer currently being handled
COMMBUF
Moves current buffer into a data area
COPYP
No-Op (QTAM/TCAM)
COPYQ
No-Op (QTAM/TCAM)
COPYT
No-Op (QTAM/TCAM)
COUNTER
Maintains a count of complete messages or of message segments received from or sent to a terminal
CTBFORM
Provides for data insertion in the CTB
CUTOFF
Specifies the maximum allowable incoming message length
DATETIME
Inserts the date and time in an incoming or outgoing message
header
ERRORMSG
Sends an error message when an error occurs
FORWARD
Queues messages for specified destinations
HANGUP
Checks for I/O errors
HOLD
Suspends transmission to a terminal
ICHNG
Modifies an invitation'list
ICOPY
Examines the contents of an invitation list
IEDQCHAR
Internal assembly macro to check character strings
SYS1.MACLIB
Appendix A: List of TeAM Modules by Library
623
624
OS TeAM PLM
IEDQCHI
Internal assembly macro to determine device characteristics
IEDQCKO
Internal assembly macro to perform validity checking on
terminal operands
IEDQFEA
Internal assembly macro for TSO
IEDQGCH
Internal assembly macro to generate device-dependent fields
for a terminal entry
IEDQMASK
Internal assembly macro to analyze mask operands
IEDQSCAN
Internal assembly macro to search for a character string
IEDQTO
Internal assembly macro to generate the option fields specified
by a TERMINAL macro
IEDQTQ
Internal assembly macro to generate QCBs
IEDQTT
Internal assembly macro to generate a termname table entry
IEDQVCON
Internal assembly macro to provide proper branching addresses
for all the macros
INBLOCK
Identifies a subgroup that handles incoming logical messages
INBUF
Identifies a subgroup that handles incoming message buffers
INEND
Identifies the end of the MH incoming group
INHDR
Identifies the beginning of an inheader subgroup
INITIATE
Sends message segments immediately to their destination
INMSG
Identifies the beginning of an MH inmessage subgroup
INTRO
Creates the A VT
INVLIST
Generates the invitation list for a line
INVLISTI
Internal assembly macro to generate an invitation list
INVLIST2
Internal assembly macro to generate an invitation list
INVLIST3
Internal assembly macro to generate an invitation list
INVLIST4
Internal assembly macro to generate an invitation list
INVLIST5
Internal assembly macro to generate an invitation list
INVLIST6
Internal assembly macro to generate an invitation list
LINEGRP
TSO MCP generation macro
LISTTA
TSO MCP generation macro
LOCK
Locks one terminal on a line to an application program
LOCOPT
Locates a field in the option table
LOG
Logs complete messages or message segments
LOGON
Connects a terminal user to TSO or TCAM
LOG TYPE
Initializes for using the TCAM logging facility
MCOUNT
Provides the count of complete messages for an application
program
MCPCLOSE
Initiates closedown of the telecommunications system
MHGET
Makes data in current buffer available to user routine
MHPUT
Moves data from user work area into current buffer
MRELEASE
Releases messages queued for a destination
MSGEDIT
Inserts and/or removes specified characters at specific locations in a message
MSGFORM
Inserts line control characters in outgoing messages
MSGGEN
Generates an unqueued message
MSGLIMIT
Limits the number of messages during a single transmission
sequence
MSGTYPE
Controls the path of a header through an MH
OPTION
Defines the option table
ORIGIN
Checks the validity of the origin field in a message header
OUTBUF
Identifies a subgroup that handles outgoing message buffers
OUTEND
Identifies the end of any MH outgoing group
OUTHDR
Identifies the beginning of an outheader subgroup
OUTMSG
Identifies the beginning of an MH outmessage subgroup
PATH
Dynamically varies the path of a message through an MH
PCB
Generates a process control block (PCB) in an MCP to
interface with an application program
PRIORITY
Specifies prio~ty handling for messages
QACTION
Provides a user exit to analyze status information given by a
concentrator or a station attached to a concentrator
QCOPY
Examines the contents of a QCB
QRESET
Resets QCBFFEFO pointer backward to desired output
sequence number and re-sends messages from reset point
forward
QSTART
Differentiates between a QT AM and a TCAM application
program (QT AM/TCAM)
READY
Initializes and activates the MCP
REDIRECT
Queues a message for an additional destination
RELEASEM
Releases messages queued for a destination (QTAM/TCAM)
RETRIEVE
Retrieves a message for reprocessing (QTAM/TCAM)
RETRY
Tries to initiate contact with a switched station
RTAUTOPT
Resumes automatic prompting (after a null line) (TSO)
SCREEN
Modifies the Write operations for display terminals
SEQUENCE
Checks the input sequence number of an incoming message
SETEOF
Indicates an EOF message
SETEOM
Determines the handling of data that follows an EOM control
character
SETSCAN
Moves the scan pointer forward or backward or returns the
address of the last character of a specific character string
SGIEC3TP
Moves BTAM, QT AM, and TCAM modules into
SYSl.SVCLIB at system generation time
SGIEC5TP
Moves BTAM, QTAM, and TCAM modules into
SYSl.LINKLIB, SYSl.SVCLIB, and SYSl.TELCMLIB at
system generation time
Appendix A: List of TeAM Modules by Library
625
626
OS TeAM PLM
SGIEC2PT
Generates UCBs at system generation time
SGIEC519
Moves the proper macros into SYS 1.MACLIB at system
generation time
SIMATTN
Handles a simulated attention string or code (TSO)
SLOWPOLL
Suspends further polling on a line when an error occurs
SPAUTOPT
Stops automatic prompting (TSO)
STARTLN
Activates a line or line group (QTAM/TCAM)
STARTMH
Establishes addressability for an MH routine
STATTN
Sets up a simulated attention string or code, time or lines
(TSO)
STAUTOCP
Starts automatic character prompting (TSO)
STAUTOLN
Starts automatic line numbering (TSO)
STBREAK
Allows the user to specify the presence of the reverse brea\c
feature (TSO)
STCC
Allows the user to specify line and character deletion characters (TSO)
STCLEAR
Specifies the character string used to clear the 2260 screen
(TSO)
STCOM
Specifies whether to allow other TSO stations to send the user
messages (TSO)
STOPLN
Deactivates a line or line group (QTAM/TCAM)
STSIZE
Specifies the length of a line or the length of and the numoer of
lines for a 2260 (TSO)
STTIMEOU
Specifies whether a 1050 has the time-out suppression feature
(TSO)
TCHNG
Places specified data in a terminal table entry
TCLEARQ
Allows the user to clear the TSO input or output queue (TSO)
TCOPY
Examines the contents of a terminal table entry
TERMINAL
Creates a single or group entry in the terminal table
TERRSET
Sets a bit in the error record
TGET
Transfers a line of input from a TSO terminal to the user's data
area (TSO)
TGOTO
Provides communication between message handlers for
processing logical messages within a concentrated message
TLIST
Defines a cascade-list or distribution-list entry in the terminal
table
TPDATE
Specifies whether RECDELs (record delimiters) should be
deleted from application program input
TPEDIT
Edits MDI control characters for IBM 50 Magnetic Data
Inscriber
TPROCESS
Interfaces between the MCP and an application program
TPUT
Transfers a line of output from the user's data area to a TSO
terminal (1'SO)
~or
TRANLIST
Generates a control table
routine (IEDQA3)
TSINPUT
Generates a QCB for the TSO subtask and creates an extension of the AVT for TSO support
TSOMCP
TSO MCP generation macro
TSOMR
TSO MCP generation macro
TTABLE
Defines the terminal table
TYPETABL
Sets up branch table for MSGTYPE macro
UNLOCK
Removes a terminal from extended lock mode
IEDQATTN
Attention Routine
IEDQEB
AQCTL SVC 102 Routine
IGC0010D
Operator Control Control Module-Load 0
IGCOII0D
Operator Control Control Module-Load 1
IGC0310D
Operator Control Message Module-Load 1
IGC0410D
Operator. Control Message Module-Load 2
IGC0510D
Operator Control Message Module-Load 3
IGC0610D
Incident Checkpoint Request Interface
IGC0710D
Output Writer and On-Line Test Interface Routine
IGC0810D
Operator Control Message Module-4
IGC0910D
Operator Control Message Module-5
IGCDOI0D
Scan/Map/Dispatch Display Function Routine
IGCDllOD
Copy Operator Control Terminal Routine
IGCD210D
Copy QCB Information Routine
IGCD310D
Copy Invitation List Entry Routine
IGCD410D
Copy Held Terminals Routine
IGCD510D
Copy Terminal Information Routine
IGCD610D
Copy Line Information Routine
IGCD710D
Copy Invitation List Status Routine
IGCD810D
Display Options Routine
IGCD910D
Copy LCB Information Routine
IGCROIOD
Stop Terminal Transmission Routine
IGCIOI0D
ICRNG Deactivate Routine
IGCI1lOD
ICRNG Move/Activate Routine
IGCMAI0D
Scan/Map/Dispatch Modify Function Routine-l
IGCMOI0D
Scan/Map/Dispatch Modify Function Routine-2
IGCM110D
Modify Successful Message Routine
IGCM210D
Modify Poll Routine
use by the Dynamic Translation
SYS1.NUCLEUS
SYS1.SVCLIB
Appendix A: List of TeAM Modules by Library
627
628
OS TeAM PLM
IGCM410D
Change Interval Type Routine
IGCM510D
Modify Intense Routine
IGCM610D
Alter Trace Status Routine
IGCM710D
Change Control Terminal Routine
IGCM810D
Modify Options Routine
IGCM910D
Debug Service Aid Router
IGCROIOD
Resume Terminal Transmission Routine
IGCVOlOD
Scan/Map /Dispatch Vary Function Routine
IGCVIIOD
Stop Line Routine
IGCV210D
Stop Terminal Routine
IGCV310D
Start Line Routine
IGCV410D
Start Terminal Routine
IGCV510D
Stop General Poll Routine
IGCV610D
Start General Poll Routine
IGCZOIOD
MCP Closedown Processing Routine-l
IGCZllOD
MCP Closedown Processing Routine-2
IGC1303D
TCAM Command Scheduler-SVC 34 (alias of IED1303D)
IGE0004G
Start/Stop ERP Control Module
IGE0104G
Read/Write Unit Check (Except Time-Out) ERP Module
IGE0204G
Non-operational Control Unit, Unit Exception, and Unit
Check with Time-Out Module
IGE0304G
Unit Check for Non-read, Non-write, and Non-poll CCWs
ERPModuie
IGE0404G
Auto Poll and Read Response to Poll Unit Check and Unit
Exception ERP Module
IGE0504G
Error Post and Second Level CCW Return Module
IGE0604G
Unit Check and Unit Exception on Read/Write CCWs for
Audio and 2260 Local Devices ERP Module
IGE0804G
Start/Stop Channel Check Module
IGE0904G
Closedown Terminal Statistics Recording Module
IGE0004H
BSC ERP Control Module
IGEOI04H
BSC Read/Write Equipment Check, Lost Data, Intervention
Required, and Unit Exception ERP Module
IGE0204H
BSC Read/Write Data Check, Overrun, and Command Reject
ERPModuie
IGE0404H
BSC Second Level CCW Return Module
IGE0504H
BSC Error Post Module
IGE0804H
BSC Channel Check ERP Module
IGE0904H
TPER Recorder Module
IGG019AO
TOTE's Start I/O Appendage
IGG019AP
TOTE Channel End and Abnormal End Appendage
IGG019QO
Line II0 Interrupt Trace Routine
IGG019Q1
Local Receive Scheduler
IGG019Q2
Line End Appendage for BSC Lines
IGG019Q3
Line End Appendage for Start/Stop Lines
IGG019Q4
Line End Appendage for Leased and Start/Stop Lines and No
TSO
IGG019Q5
Line End Appendage for a QT AM Compatible System
IGG019Q6
Send Scheduler for Leased Lines and No TSO
IGG019Q7
Send Scheduler with No TSO
IGG019Q8
Checkpoint Continuation Restart Subroutine
IGG019Q9
Concentrator Send Scheduler
IGG019RA
Checkpoint Disk End Appendage
IGG019RB
TCAM Dispatcher
IGG019RC
EXCPDriver
IGG019RD
Buffered Terminal Scheduler
IGG019RE
COMMBUF Send Scheduler
IGG019RF
EXCP Drive for a Single CPB
IGG019RG
GET/READ Routine
IGG019RH
Get Compatible Routine
IGG019RI
PUT /WRITE Routine
IGG019RJ
Put Compatible Routine
IGG019RK
Disk End Appendage for a Single CPB
IGG019RL
Check Routine (CHECK)
IGG019RM
Point Routine (POINT)
IGG019RN
PCI Appendage
IGG019RO
TCAM Dispatcher with Subtask Trace
IGG019RP
Reusability-Copy Subtask
IGG019RQ
Post Pending Routine
IGG019RR
IBM 1030, 1050, 1060,2740,2741 Special Characters Table
IGG019RS
IBM 2260 Remote Special Characters Table
IGG019RT
AT & T 115A or Western Union 83B3 Special Characters
Table
IGG019RU
AT & T TWX, with Odd Parity Special Characters Table
IGG019RV
IBM 2260 Local Special Characters Table
IGG019RW
World Trade Teletype Adapter (WTTA) Special Characters
Table
IGG019RX
AT & T TWX, with Even Parity Special Characters Table
IGG019RY
Audio Special Characters Table
IGG019RO
Line End Appendage
IGG019R1
Dial Receive Scheduler
Appendix A. List of TeAM Modules by Library
629
IGG019R2
Disk End Appendage
IGG019R3
Leased Receive Scheduler
IGG019R4
Send Scheduler
IGG019R5
Attention Handler
IGG019R6
Start-up Message Routine
IGG019R7
BSC EBCDIC Code Special Characters Table
IGG019R8
BSC USASCII Code Special Characters Table
IGG019R9
BSC 6-bit Code Special Characters Table
IGG01930
Disk Message Queues Open-l
IGG01931
Disk Message Queues Open-2
IGG01933
Open Error Handler
IGG01934
Disk Message Queues Open-3
IGG01935
Line Group Open-l
IGG01936
Line Group Open-2
IGG01937
Line Group Open-3
IGG01938
Line Group Open-4
IGG01939
Line Group Open-5
IGG0194B
Application Program Open Error Interface Routine
IGG01940
Line Group Open-6
IGG01941
Checkpoint Open Routine
IGG01942
Checkpoint Disk Initialization Routine
IGG01943
Checkpoint/Restart from Environment Record Routine
IGG01944
Checkpoint/Restart from Incident and CKREQ Records
Routine
IGG01945
Checkpoint Continuation Restart Routine
IGG01946
GET /PUT and READ/WRITE Open Executor-l
IGG01947
GET /PUT and READ/WRITE Open Executor-2
IGG01948
Line Group Open-7
IGG01949
Checkpoint Disk Allocation Routine
IGG02030
Disk Message Queues Close Routine
IGG02035
Line Group Close Routine-l
IGG02036
Line Group Close Routine-2
IGG02041
Checkpoint Close Routine
IGG02046
GET/PUT and READ/WRITE Close Executor-l
IGG02047
GET /PUT and READ/WRITE Close Executor-2
IEDAYA
TSO Attention Routine
IEDAYB
TSO TIOC 3270 Edit Routine
IEDAYC
TSO Carriage Subroutine
SYSl.TELCMLIB
630
OS TeAM PLM
IEDAYD
Time Sharing Destination Scheduler
IEDAYE
TSO TIOC Edit Routine
IEDAYF
TSO IOHALT Routine
IEDAYH
TCAM/TSO Hang-up Routine
IEDAYI
TSINPUT Routine
IEDAYL
TSO Logon Routine
IEDAYM
TSO Message Generation Routine
IEDAYO
TSOUTPUT Routine
IEDAYR
STARTMH Subtask for TCAM-TSO Mixed
IEDAYS
TSO Simulated Attention Routine
IEDAU
TSO Abend Interface Routine
IEDAYX
TSO INMSG/OUTMSG Linker Routine
IEDAYY
TSO Asynchronous Time Delay Removal Routine
IEDAYZ
Time Sharing Scheduler
IEDQAA
STARTMH Subtask (STARTMH)
IEDQAB
STARTMH Continuation
IEDQAC
Date and Time Provision Routine (DATETIME)
IEDQAD
Output Sequence Number Provision Routine (SEQUENCE)
IEDQAE
Locate Option Field Address Routine (LOCOPT)
IEDQAF
Insert Data Routine
IEDQAG
Message Limit Routine (MSGLIMIT)
IEDQAH
Input Sequence Number Insertion Routine (SEQUENCE)
IEDQAI
Skip Forward and Scan Routine (SETSCAN)
IEDQAJ
Skip to Character Set Routine (SETSCAN)
IEDQAK
Line Control Insertion Routine
IEDQAL
Compare at Offset Routine
IEDQAM
Origin Routine (ORIGIN)
IEDQAN
Multiple Insert/Remove Routine (MSGEDIT)
IEDQAO
Unit Request Interface Routine
IEDQAP
Remove at Offset Routine (MSGEDIT)
IEDQAQ
Operator Control Interface Routine
IEDQAR
Cancel Message Routine
IEDQAS
Hold/Release Terminal Routine
IEDQAT
Create an Error Message Routine (ERRORMSG)
IEDQAU
Cutoff Message Transmission Routine and Subtask
(CUTOFF)
IEDQAV
Look-up Terminal Entry Routine
IEDQAW
Translate Buffer Routine (CODE)
IEDQAX
Buffer Scan Routine
IEDQAY
Screen Routine (SCREEN)
Appendix A. List of TeAM Modules by Library
631
632
OS TeAM PLM
IEDQAZ
Redirect a Message Routine (REDIRECT)
IEDQAO
Skip Backward Routine (SETSCAN)
IEDQAl
Binary Search Routine
IEDQA2
Insert at Offset Routine (MSGEDIT)
IEDQA3
Dynamic Translation Routine
IEDQA4
Incoming/Outgoing Message Delimiter Routine
IEDQA5
Forward Routine (FORWARD)
IEDQA6
Line Control Initialization Routine (MSGFORM)
IEDQA7
Counter Routine (COUNTER)
IEDQA8
Multiple Insert at Offset Routine (MSGEDIT)
IEDQA9
Re-dial Routine (RETRY)
IEDQBA
Multiple Routing Subtask
IEDQBB
Checkpoint Request Routine
IEDQBC
Distribution List Subtask
IEDQBD
Buffer Disposition Subtask
IEDQBE
Lock Routine
IEDQBF
Unlock Routine
IEDQBG
Cascade List Subtask
IEDQBH
Concentrator Buffer Disposition Subtask
IEDQBL
Message Generation Routine (MSGGEN)
IEDQBM
Origin Routine for a System with Concentrated Message
Handling Support
IEDQBN
Data Attach Routine
IEDQBO
SETEOM Routine (SETEOM)
IEDQBP
TGOTO Routine (TGOTO)
IEDQBR
Count Module for SETEOM
IEDQBQ
QACTION Routine (QACTION)
IEDQBT
EOB/ETB Handling Subtask
IEDQBU
CANCELBK Subtask (CANCELMG with LEVEL=BLK)
IEDQBV
COMMBUF Routine
IEDQBX
Log Segment Routine
IEDQBY
Log Message Routine
IEDQBZ
Log Scheduler
IEDQBl
MCOUNT Routine (MCOUNT)
IEDQB2
TPDATE Routine
IEDQB3
DATETIME Insertion Routine for a Processing Program
IEDQB4
Slow Poll Routine
IEDQES
Retrieve Service Routine
IEDQEU
Open/ Close Subtask
IEDQE6
Password Scrambler Routine
IEDQE8
Binary Search Routine
IEDQFA
CPB Initialization Module
IEDQFA1
CPB Initialization-Main-Storage-Only Queuing
IEDQFA2
CPB Initialization-Disk-Only Queuing
IEDQFE
TCAM Service Aids Routine
IEDQFE10
STCB Trace Utility Routine
IEDQFE20
Buffer Trace Utility Routine
IEDQFE30
Line Trace Utility Routine
IEDQGA
Buffer Management Module
IEDQGH
CTBFORM Routine (CTBFORM)
IEDQGP
MHGET /MHPUT Routine
IEDQGR
QRESET Service Routine
IEDQGT
Transparent Transmission CCW Building Routine
IEDQHG
Time Delay Subtask
IEDQHK
Stop Line I/O Subtask
IEDQHM
Destination Scheduler
IEDQHM1
Destination Scheduler-Main-Storage-Only Queuing
IEDQHM2
Destination Scheduler-Disk-Only Queuing
IEDQKA
Activate-I/O Generator Subtask
IEDQKB
Activate-I/O Generator Subtask for BSC Lines
IEDQKC
Activate-I/O Generator Subtask for Start/Stop Lines
IEDQKD
Activate-I/O Generator Subtask for Leased and Start/Stop
Lines and No TSO
IEDQKE
Activate-I/O Generator Subtask for a QTAM Compatible
System
IEDQNA
Resident Closedown Completion Routine
IEDQUI
User Interface Routine
IEDQ10
IBM 1030 Translate Table
IEDQ11
IBM 1050 Translate Table
IEDQ12
IBM 1050 Folded Translate Table
IEDQ13
IBM 1060 Translate Table
IEDQ14
IBM 2260 Translate Table
IEDQ15
Alias for IEDQ14
IEDQ16
IBM 2740 Translate Table
IEDQ17
IBM 2740 Folded Translate Table
IEDQ18
World Trade Teletype Adapter (WTTA), ITA2 Translate
Table
IEDQ19
World Trade Teletype Adapter (WTTA), ZSC3 Translate
Table
IEDQ20
AT & T 115A or Western Union 83B3 Translate Table
IEDQ21
AT & T TWX, with Parity Translate Table
fo~
a Processing Program
Appendix A. List of TeAM Modules by Library
633
634
OS TeAM PLM
IEDQ22
AT & T TWX, without Parity Translate Table
IEDQ23
IBM 2780, 6-bit Code Translate Table
IEDQ24
USASCII Code Translate Table
IEDQ25
Dummy Table (EBCDIC to EBCDIC)
IEDQ26
IBM 2741, BCD Code Translate Table
IEDQ27
IBM 2741, EBCD Code Translate Table
IEDQ28
IBM 2741, Correspondence Code Translate Table
Appendix B. TCAM Queues and QCBs
TeAM Queues
Checkpoint disk 1/ o queue-Checkpoint disk records wait for this queue to be
written to disk. The records are queued in FIFO order. The first word of the
record is the link field. Each time an environment checkpoint record is put on the
checkpoint disk I/O queue, the IEDQNO routine scans the queue. If there are
any incident checkpoint disk records on the queue, the IEDQNO routine removes
them and frees them. Since the information in the "incident checkpoint record is
included in each environment record, it is not necessary to write both records to
disk. The Checkpoint Executor routine (IEDQNF) looks at the queue when a
record is put on the queue, and gives control to the Checkpoint Disk I/O routine
(IEDQNP).
Communication queue-This is a queue of command input blocks in FIFO order,
chained by the first word in each CIB. The communication queue is used to queue
command input blocks containing operator control commands from the console.
An SVC 34 from the Command Scheduler places the CIBs on the queue, and the
SVC 34 routine removes them. The second word of the queue is the communication ECB.
Copy buffer queue-When a message is to be copied from one queue medium to
another, the first buffer of the message is tposted to COPY, which places the
buffer on the copy buffer queue, pointed to by the A VTCOPY field. This field
also points to the copy QCB whose first two words are used as a FIFO queue of
buffers. Each message stays on the copy buffer queue until a CPB is available to
be used to copy the message. One CPB is used per message as CPBs become
available, the use of this queue ensures that messages will be copied in the order
that the copy operation was requested. Buffers are chained by their second word.
A zero is in the second word of the last buffer.
CPR free pool queue-The AVTFCPB field contains the address of the first of a
chain of available CPBs. They are chained by CPBNEXT, with a zero in the last
CPB. This is not a FIFO queue (as are other CPB queues) but a LIFO (last-infirst-out) queue. If the user specifies too many CPBs (INTRO CPB=integer), the
CPBs at the end of this free pool chain will never have been used. The user
should look at a TCAM dump for unused CPBs and specify a smaller number next
time to save main storage.
Disabled ready queue -The disabled ready queue is a FIFO queue that contains
elements passed from an application program's disabled appendages and attached
tasks for processing by the MCP. The TeAM Dispatcher merges the contents of
this queue into the enabled ready queue.
Disk end queue-There are two disk end queues. The address of the first is at
A VTDKAPQ. This queue is used to pass CPBs from the Disk End Appendage to
the CPB Cleanup routine. The address of the second queue is at A VTDKENQ.
This queue is used as an alternate in the disabled/enabled interface to pass CPBs
from the Disk End Appendage to the CPB Cleanup routine. If the A VTBPLKN
bit is on, the Disk End Appendage cannot put a CPB in the disk end queue
pointed to by A VTDKAPQ, but must place it in the queue pointed to by
AVTDKENQ.
Appendix B. TCAM Queues and QCBs
635
Enabled ready queue-see ready queue.
EXCP queue-This is a chain of CPBs for the one cylinder, in one extent of a disk
message queues data set, that is currently ready for I/O execution. CPBs are
ordered on this chain by FIFO order. CPB Initialization waits on this queue for
I/O to complete so it can build a new CPB and do another EXCP.
EXCP driver input queue-This is a chain of CPBs that the EXCP Driver
processes until it is empty. Only Read or Write CCW op codes and the buffer unit
address are in the channel program. The disk address is an absolute disk address
in the same form as when taken from the CPBRADDR or CPBNADDR field. An
indication of reusability or nonreusability is in the CPBFLAG. The EXCP Driver
removes the CPBs in FIFO order, places each one on the new queue by cylinder,
and then completes the channel program. No EXCP is issued until the input
queue is emptied. A doubleword queue pointer is in the AVTINCPQ field.
FEFO queue-first-ended-first-out-A FEFO message queue is ordered so that
the message that ends first will be sent out first, regardless of the order in which
the messages were received.
FIFO queue-A FIFO queue is any queue of elements managed on a first-infirst-out basis. When an element is placed on the queue, it is placed in the order in
which it was received, and the first element on the queue is the first to be removed.
Hold queue-A hold queue is a FEFO-ordered queue that is a part of the priority
level QCB for each destination QCB. If a terminal is intercepted (held), its
messages are placed in this queue while messages for other terminals on this
destination QCB are sent.
New queue -The new queue is Ii queue on the lOB chain of CPBs being built by
the EXCP Driver. The CPBs are sorted on this queue by absolute cylinder
number and are in FIFO order for any cylinder group. The CPBs are placed on
the queue one at a time from the input queue by the EXCP Driver. They are
removed by cylinder group and are placed on the retry queue.
No-buffer queue-This is a FIFO-ordered queue of CPBs for read operations
when no buffers are in the buffer unit pool. This is an internal queue used by
IEDQFA and IEDQFQ. The elements are linked by the CPBNEXT field.
No-CPB queue-This is queue of buffers and ERBs waiting for CPBs. The queue
is located in the A VT and serves as a place to keep elements until CPBs are built
for them.
Operator control queue -This is FIFO queue of buffers, dummy CIBs from
application programs and TOTE, stopped LCBs, and dummy ERBs with their
associated buffers. The second word of the queue is the operator control ECB.
The queue is used as a communication link between the TCAM MCP and Operator Control. All commands other than those from the console are placed on this
queue, as well as elements (LCBs, ERBs) requested by Operator Control.
Ready queue -This is a priority-FIFO ordered queue of TCAM elements that are
to be processed by the TCAM subtasks.
636
OS TeAM PLM
Retry queue-This is a chain of CPBs for one cylinder in an extent of the disk
message queues data set. These CPBs are next in line for I/O execution after the
CPBs on the EXCP queue are processed. When the Disk End Appendage receives control after the CPBs on the EXCP queue are finished, it requests lOS to
do a retry after moving the CPBs on this queue to the EXCP queue. This last
move avoids an extra EXCP and permits the channel to begin work on the new
disk channel program faster.
System delay queue -This is a chain of LCBs pointed to by the seventh word of
the system delay OCB, which is pointed to by A VTHI. The System Delay subtask
(IEDOHI) waits on the queue until all the LCBs are on the queue and then begins
the system delay interval. When a system delay is requested, the Leased Receive
Scheduler and the Buffered Terminal Scheduler tpost LCBs to the system delay
queue, rather than continue I/O on the lines. When the count of LCBs is the
same as the number of LCBs received by the System Delay subtask, a time request
(the system delay OCB) is posted to the Time Delay subtask (IEDOHG). After
the interval is complete, each LCB is removed and tposted to itself to resume line
activity.
Time delay queue-This is a relative-time-of-interrupt ordered chain of elements
that are requesting a system STIMER interrupt. The elements are chained by the
eighth word in the element. The time delay OCB is always the last element in the
queue. The purpose of this queue is to inform the routine tposting the element
when a specified time has elapsed.
TCA.M QCBs
Buffer disposition QCB -The address of the Buffer Disposition subtask
(IEDOBD) is the first address in the list pointed to by the AVTMSGS field of the
AVT. The buffer disposition OCB comprises the first three words of the routine.
The Incoming/Outgoing Message Delimiter routine (IEDOA4) tposts the last
segment of the incoming message to the QCB, and the Line End Appendage
routine (IGG019RO) tposts the last segment of the outgoing message to the OCB
to execute the INMSG and OUTMSG macro instructions. The Line End Appendage routine tposts the LCB to the OCB when the routine reaches the end of the
polling list to clean up the line.
Buffer request QCB -The buffer request OCB address is located in the
AVTBFREB field in the AVT. The Receive Schedulers (IGG019Rl and
IGG019R3) tpost to the OCB ERBs requesting buffers for receiving operations.
Buffer units are chained from the first word of the OCB to form the buffer unit
pool.
Buffer return QCB -The buffer return OCB address is located in the
AVTBFRTB field in the AVT. Routines that are no longer using buffers tpost
them to the OCB to be returned to the buffer pool.
Checkpoint QCB -The checkpoint OCB address is located in the AVTCKPTB
field in the AVT. This is a special type of OCB for attached tasks, and the OCB is
also the STCB. An ECB is in the second word of the OCB. The Checkpoint
Executor (IEDONF) waits on the ECB. The TCAM Dispatcher posts the ECB
when it puts a request element on the chain. The checkpoint OCB is never
tposted to itself. However, when a checkpoint request element is tposted to the
OCB, the Checkpoint Executor is given control.
Appendix B. TCAM Queues and QCBs
637
Closedown completion element QCB -the QCB address is located in the
AVTCLOSB field in the AVT. The MCP Closedown Processing routine
(IEDQCO), and the Checkpoint Notification and Disposition routine (IEDQNQ)
tpost the QCB to itself to give control to the Resident Closedown Completion
routine (IEDQNA). The QCB is used as an element with the lowest priority of
any element in the system. It is the only element ever tposted to the QCB.
Copy QCB -The address of the copy QCB is in the AVTCOPY field of the
address vector table. The TCAM Dispatcher activates the Copy subtask when a
buffer has been tposted to this QCB to have a message copied from one queuing
medium to another.
CPB Cleanup QCB-The address of the CPB cleanup QCB is located in the
AVTCPBCB field in the AVT. The Disk End Appendage (IGGO 19R2), upon
completion of an I/O operation, chains the completed CPBs on the AVTDKAPQ
queue and tposts the QCB to itself to activate the CPB Cleanup routine
(IEDQFQ) in CPB Initialization (IEDQFA).
Cutoff QCB -The cutoff QCB is located within the Cutoff routine (IEDQAU).
The Cutoff routine places the address of the QCB in the first word of the LCB.
Line End Appendage (IGG019RO) tposts the LCB being cut off to the QCB
when a channel program check occurs or when the Read Skip or Write Break
sequence initiated by the Cutoff routine is complete.
Delete from time delay QCB -The address of the delete from time delay QCB is
in the AVTCPRMB field of the AVT. Attached tasks tpost a special four-word
element to this QCB. The element defines another element and requests the Time
Delay subtask (entry point IEDQHG03) to search the time delay queue for a
particular element. If the Time Delay subtask finds the element on the time delay
queue, it removes that element. After this process, the subtask tposts the fourword element back to the requester to indicate the completion of the request.
Destination QCB -A pointer to a specific destination QCB is in each terminal
entry. This pointer does not change, but, as messages are received or sent, the
SCB points to the destination QCB involved. For dial or buffered terminals, the
Time Delay subtask (IEDQHG) tposts the QCB to itself at the end of a time
delay. Routines tpost full buffers to be queued to the destination QCB. The
Destination Scheduler (IEDQHM) is always the last subtask represented on the
STCB chain of a destination QCB. A destination QCB is made up of a master
QCB, which contains the send scheduler STCB for this QCB and other information pertinent to the entire QCB; and one or more priority level QCBs, which
contain all the queuing pointers for messages for that particular priority level.
Disk 110 QCB -The disk 110 QCB address is located in the AVTDSIOB field
in the AVT. Buffers requesting writing on disk or servicing·of a bit are tposted to
the disk I/O QCB for processing by CPB Initialization. The schedulers tpost to
this QCB ERBs requesting full buffers to send.
Log destination QCB -There is a pointer to a log destination QCB in every
logtype terminal table entry. When a log message is specified, a LOGTYPE
macro must be specified in the terminal table to generate a terminal entry, an
LCB, and an SCB. The Log Message routine (IEDQBY) tposts a duplicate
header to the log destination QCB after the complete message is received or sent.
638
OS TeAM PLM
Master QCB-This is the basic format of a ~estination QCB. This QCB contains
ten words of destination-specific data.
Multiple routing QCB-The address of the multiple routing QCB is in the list of
VCONs pointed to by the AVTMSGS field in the AVT. The FORWARD
parameter list has the index to it. Elements chained on the QCB are either
IEDQFA recalled buffers or the IEDQFA ERB for the line.
On-line test QCB -The address of the on-line test QCB is in the AVTOLTQB
field of the AVT. Test request messages (messages requesting TOTE to run an
on-line test through TCAM) are tposted to this QCB.
Operator control QCB -The address of the operator control QCB is located in
the A VTOPCOB field in the AVT. This is a special QCB for attached tasks, and
the second word of the QCB is an ECB. When the Dispatcher receives an element for this QCB at the top of the ready queue, the ECB is posted complete.
The Translation Test routine (IEDQA3) tposts buffers containing operator
commands to the QCB. The Application Program/Operator Control Interface
routine (IEDQNB) tposts dummy CIBs from application programs to the QCB.
The Buffer Management module-Buffer Request routine (IEDQGA) tposts
dummy ERBs containing requested buffers to the QCB. The Stop Line I/O
subtask (IEDQHK) tposts stopped LCBs to the operator control QCB.
PCB QCB -The PCB QCB is located in words 2 through 4 of the PCB. This
QCB is used in support of the QTAM-compatible RETRIEVE macro. The
Dispatcher dispatches the Retrieve Scheduler (IEDQE7) from this QCB. The
element chain contains retrieved buffers.
Priority QCB -Priority QCBs follow the master QCB and are logically a part of
the master destination QCB. IEDQHM queues messages on one of the priority
QCBs that is associated with the master destination QCB to which the message
was tposted. The Send Scheduler (IGG019R4) sends messages queued on the
highest-priority QCB first.
Put process QCB -The address of the put process QCB is in a process entry in
the terminal table. This QCB provides compatability and symmetry so that all
terminal entries will look alike to TCAM modules.
QCB for IEDQBD02-The QCB is located within the IEDQBD02 Buffer
Disposition subtask (IEDQBD02 entry point). The subtask (IEDQBD) tposts the
LCB to this QCB when an INMSG/OUTMSG subgroup has been executed.
Read-ahead QCB -The address of the read-ahead QCB is in the DEBQCBAD
field of the application program data extent block, the location of which is within
the process entry work area PERAQCB. The element chain contains buffers
processed by the application program output message handler, but not processed
by the GET/READ logic. The Dispatcher uses this QCB to dispatch the Get
Scheduler (IEDQEW).
Recall QCB -The address of this QCB is in the LCBRCQCB field of the LCB.
This is a pointer to the QCB of the subtask wishing control to be passed to it with
a recalled buffer. The ERB is tposted to the QCB indicated in LCBRCQCB.
RE US QCB -The address of the REUS QCB is in the AVTIA field of the
address vector table. The QCB is located at an offset of 4 from the beginning of
Appendix B. TCAM Queues and QCBs
639
the IGG019RP module. The Destination Scheduler (IEDQHM) tposts the REUS
QCB to itself when the adjusted value in A VTRADDR is greater than four times
that of A VTLODPT to activate Reusability to service a zone.
STARTMH QCB-The address of the STARTMH QCB is in the DCBMH field
of the DCB for the line group. Buffers are tposted to this QCB by Line End
Appendage and PCI Appendage on input when they are filled. On output, the
buffers are tposted to the QCB by Line End Appendage after a positive response
to addressing. When buffers are tposted to the QCB, IEDQAA receives control
unless EOB checking is requested, in which case IEDQBT receives control.
QCB for the Stop Line I/O subtask -The address of this QCB is in the
AVTHK field in the AVT. The Stop Line routine (IEDQCK) tposts stop line
requests to this QCB. The various schedulers tpost LCBs to it.
System delay QCB -The system delay QCB is located in the first three words of
the System Delay subtask (IEDQHI). The address of the subtask is in the AVTHI
field of the A VT. The System Delay subtask tposts the QCB to the Time Delay
subtask (IEDQHG) to start a wait. At the end of the wait, the Time Delay
subtask tposts the QCB to itself to activate the System Delay subtask.
Time delay QCB .....-The time delay QCB is the last element on the time delay
queue. The AQCTL SVC 102 routine (IEDQEB) tposts the QCB to itself as a
result of the STIMER exit routine. This QCB is used by the STIMER exit routine
to activate the Time Delay subtask (IEDQHG).
TSINPUT QCB -The address of this QCB is in the A VTTSOPT field of the
A VT. The QCB is tposted to the TSINPUT routine (IEDA YI) to remove the
system WAIT and unlock the keyboard.
640
OS TeAM PLM
Appendix C. List of Relative Priorities in TCAM
TCAM routines apply relative priorities to elements through the use of the
TPRIOR macro. The names and values presented in this table are established by
this internal macro.
Name
Value
Use
Routines Using
PRIINTRQ E4
to request full buffers
from Disk 1/0
Send Scheduler
Receive Scheduler
Get Scheduler
Put Scheduler
Create an Error Message
routine
PRIFSPCI
E8
to request empty buffers PCI Appendage (on first
from buffer request QCB; PClonly)
to request full buffers
Multiple Routing
subtask
from Disk II 0
PRISBPCI
EO
to request empty buffers PCI Appendage (all
from buffer request QCB; PCls except the
to request full buffers
first)
from Disk 1/0
PRIDSKRQ EC
to request an empty unit
by chaining the ERB on
the buffer return QCB
CPB Cleanup
PRIACTIV E4
in tposting ERB to the
activate QCB to request
building an initial
contact program and
EXCP for the line
CPB Cleanup
Buffer Request
Buffer Return
PRIDKEOB EO
to enable EOB to recall; CPB Cleanup
to tpost to EOB Handling CPB Initialization
after an EOB error; must
be lower priority than
PRIMHBFR
PRlRECAL EO
to request from Disk II 0
a copy of the header
All routines requesting
recalled headers
Multiple Routing subtask
PRIRCQCB EO
to return the ERB to any
routine specified in
LCBRCQCB
CPB Cleanup (after
recall)
Create an Error Message
routine
PRIAPERB DO
to request full buffers
Application Program
PRIEDISP
EO
to tpost ERB to itself
Buffer Disposition
on send operations when
an error occurs before
EOM; must be lower
priority than PRIMHBFR
Appendix C. List of Relative Priorities in TCAM
641
Name
642
OS TeAM PLM
Value
Use
Routines Using
PRIMHBFR E4
to have a buffer processed by MH
PCI Appendage
CPB Cleanup
Line End Appendage
(receive-last buffer
only)
PRIUREQ
to request an empty
unit for insert
function in MH; must
be higher than
PRIMHBFR
Unit Request
PRIAPBFR DC
to tpost a buffer to
an application program
Incoming/ Outgoing Message
Delimiter routine
PRILNEND E4
to have Buffer Disposition finish processing macros and
clean up the line
Line End Appendage
(send-last buffer
only)
PRIRCBFR EO
to return a duplicate
header to a specified
routine
CPB Cleanup
Destination Scheduler
PRIBFRTB E4
to return a buffer or
unit to the buffer unit
pool
Incoming/Outgoing Message
Delimiter routine
PCI Appendage
CPB Cleanup
Destination Scheduler
MUltiple Routing subtask
PRIDSKBF EC
to give a unit to
CPB Cleanup
Buffer Return
PRICOPY
to have a message
copied to a different
data set
Destination Scheduler
PRIDESTQ E4
to put a buffer on a
message queue
Incoming/Outgoing Message
Delimiter routine
Multiple Routing subtask
Create an Error Message
routine
PRIDKWRT E4
to have a full buffer
written on disk
Destination Scheduler
PRIDKSRV EC
to have a message
flagged serviced
Buffer Cleanup
PRIDKCNC EO
to have a message
canceled in the
message queue
Cancel Message
PRIDKINT EO
to have a message
intercepted
Hold/Release Terminal
routine
E8
EO
Name
Value
Use
Routines Using
PRICKPLN EC
to tpost the LCB to
Checkpoint requesting
a checkpoint
Buffer Disposition
PRIMULTR EO
to tpost the LCB to ..
the Multiple Router
routine to continue
Buffer Disposition
TLIST
PRIOPCTL DC
to tpost an operator
control buffer
Message Handling routine
Operator Control
Interface routine
PRIDSPLB E4
to tpost last buffer
Incoming/ Outgoing
of message to buffer
Message Delimiter
disposition QCB; must be routine
lower than any PCI tpost
of an ERB
PRIONLT
to request On-Line
Test
STARTMH sub task
PRILAEND E4
to start error processing
Line End Appendage
PRIMHUNTE8
to tpost a unit to
MH; must be greater
than PRIMHBFR
Unit Request
PRIRELSE EO
to release a subtask
from Time Delay or
Operator Control
Operator Control
Hold/Release Terminal
PRIRLCB
EB
to return the LCB
Buffer Disposition
PRILCB
E7
to tpost the LCB for
cleanup
Line End Appendage
PRICPBCL E8
to Post CPB Cleanup
complete
Disk End Appendage
PRICKPT
to request a complete
checkpoint
Reusability-Copy subtask
MCPCLOSE "
Time Delay subtask
PRILNFRE E8
to free a line; must get
to Destination Scheduler
before line is free
Buffer Disposition
Put Scheduler
Send Scheduler
PRICLSDN 10
to request closedown;
must be lowest
priority
PRIAPCKP DC
to request an incident
checkpoint
Application Program
PRIOPCKP DC
to request an incident
checkpoint
Operator Control
PRILNCL
to clean up buffers and
to free a line;
to tpost a line to
Buffer Disposition
Line End Appendage
DC
DC
EC
INEND
OUTEND
Appendix C. List of Relative Priorities in TeAM
643
Use
Routines Using
PRILOGLB EO
to tpost the Log LCB
to itself
LOG Scheduler
PRISSOLT
DC
tposted to Operator
Control to request
Startline/Stopline
to return an element
from the time delay
queue
On-Line Test
Time Delay
PRIATTN
DC
to tpost the attention
element for local
devices
Attention Handler
PRISYSDL DC
to initiate system delay
Operator Control
PRISYSDT D8
to tpost the system delay
QCB to Time Delay
System Delay
PRILCBDL 20
to indicate to
System Delay sub task
Environment Checkpoint Environment Checkpoint
that an LCB is
on the time delay queue
PRIREUSX E8
to tpost the REUS QCB
to itself to activate
Reusability servicing
of a zone of reusable
disk
Reusability-Copy
to tpost a buffer to disk
Reusability-Copy
Name
PRIFEFO
Value
EE
1/0 to cause a FEFO
pointer to be written
to take a message off the
FEFO chain
PRILCBAT E9
644
OS TeAM PLM
to tpost the LCB to the
Line End Appendage
Stop Line I/O subtask for
attention interrupt
determination
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
The format of the TCAM channel command word (CCW) is as follows:
Offset 0
7 8
31
Ig~;emand I
32
I
3637
Flags
Data Address
3940
I I
000
47 48
Reserved
I
63
Count
The TCAM channel programs are generated by the I/O Generator module
(IEDQKA). Channel programs are listed by operation types within communication line types. The description of each channel program begins with a representation of. the model channel program according to the followingcategories:
1. Operation-The command code with a brief description of the information that
is being transferred.
2. Address-The data address that is set in the CCW before execution:
Buffer refers to the buffer CCW address.
Table refers to the appropriate location in the special characters table.
List refers to the applicable invitation or addressing list entry.
LeB refers to the line control block.
Entry refers to addressing characters, dial digits, etc., in a terminal entry.
Idles refers to an idles loop that is used to process data.
3. Flags-The flags that are set in the generated CCW are: chain command (CC),
chain data (CD), and suppress length indication (SLI).
4. Count-The data count that is set in the generated CCW before execution.
A TP Op code differentiates among the types of CCWs on which interrupts can
occur. In TCAM, the Activate-I/O Generator subtask builds a string of TP Op
codes for any given channel program in the LCB. There is one TP Op code for
each CCW. These codes are retrieved and used by Line End Appendage. A TP
Op code with an even-numbered value represents a text or non-text CCW for
which an interrupt is anticipated. A TP Op code with an odd-number value
represents a CCW for which no interrupt is anticipated. The following is a list of
the TCAM TP Op codes:
Name
Value
Description
TPWREOT
X'OI'
Write EOT for selection
TPOPEN
X'02'
Open TP Op Code
TPWRPOLL
X'03'
Write Polling Characters
TPRDRESP
X'04'
Read Response to Polling
TPWRPAD
X'OS'
Write pad characters
TPENABLE
X'06'
Enable on Dial Line
TPWRAD
X'07'
Write Addressing Sequence
TPRDRSPD
X'08'
Read Response to Addressing
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
645
Name
Value
Description
TPWREOA
X'09'
Write EOA Sequence
TPRDRPEB
X'OA' Read Response to EOB/ETB
TPWRCPU
X'OB'
TPRDENQ
X'OC' ReadENQ
TPWRENQ
X'OD' Write ENQ
TPRSPENQ
X'OE'
Read Response to ENQ
TPWRDLET
X'OF'
Write DLE EOT
TPRDID
X'10'
Read ID (TSO)
TPNULL
X'll'
Non-Read/Write CCWs for
which no Interrupt is
anticipated
TPBREAK
X'12'
Write BREAK (TSO)
TPENQAD
X'13'
Write ENQ after Selection Response
TPRDLC
X'14'
Read LCOUT
TPWRACK
X'15'
Write Response Prior to Text
TPWRAKNK
X'16'
Write Response
TPWRTONE
X'I7'
Write Tone (WTTA BSC)
TPRDIDNQ
X'18'
BSC Read ID ENQ
TPRDIDAK
X'IA' BSC Read ID ACK
TPRESET
X'IC' Abort for Send/Receive
TPTWXID
X'IE'
Read TWXID
TPBUFEOT
X'20'
Buffered Terminal Reset after Block
TPCLOSE
X'22'
Close SDR Recording
TPRSPAD
X'24'
Write Reset after Selection
TPRDSKIP
X'51'
Read Skip Loop
TPWRIDLE
X'53'
Write Idles Loop
TPDLESTX
X'57'
Write DLE STX
TPDLEETX
X'59'
Write DLE ETB (ETX)
TPENQRSP
X'5B'
Write ENQ in Response to Text
TPTEXT
X'FF' Text CCW
Write CPUID
The first two CCWs in Read Initial channel programs are the following:
Operation
A Read
TIC
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Skip
label A
CC,SLI
51
1
These CCWs are executed whenever a buffer is not available. The initial contact
CCWs are constructed in the channel program area plus 16 (third CCW).
646
OS TeAM PLM
When an Idle character is defined for a device, the first two CCWs in Write Initial
channel programs are the following:
Operation
A Write
TIC
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Idles
label A
CC,SLJ
53
3
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR THE AT&T 83B3 SELECTIVE CALLING
STATION LINES
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC
Table
List
CC,SLJ
CC,SLJ
01
03
Buffer
Buffer
CD,SLJ
04
2
The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC
Table
T entry
CC,SLJ
CC,SLI
01
07
LCB
Table
Idles
CD
08
09
3
2
9
The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken on the Read Response,
after which buffers are tposted to the outgoing MH. Restart is made at the Write
EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop and from there writes
data.
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
647
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR WESTERN UNION PLAN I15A OUTSTATION
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC
Table
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
07
03
Buffer
Buffer
CD,SLI
04
3
2
2
The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC
Table
T entry
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
07
3
LCB
Table
Idles
CD
08
09
9
4
2
The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken on the Read Response,
after which buffers are tposted to the outgoing MH. Restart is made at the Write
EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop and from there writes
data.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR mM 1030 LINES
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC
Table
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
03
3
Buffer
Buffer
CD,SLI
04
2
1
The Read, Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
648
OS TeAM PLM
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
Write positive (ACK)Table
or negative (NAK)
response
TP Code Count
16
1
The Read Continue channel program sends a positive or negative response to the
previous message block to indicate a response from TCAM.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC
Table
T entry
CC,SLI
'CC,SLI
01
07
3
2
LCB
Table
Idles
CD
08
09
9
1
The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken on the Read Response,
after which buffers are tposted to the outgoing MH. Restart is made at the Write
EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop and from there writes
data.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Read Response
TIC
LCB
Buffer
CC,SLI
OA
9
The Write Continue channel program reads the response to the last message
block. If the response is positive, chaining takes place to the next Write Text
command.
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
649
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 1050 LEASED LINES
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC
Table
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
03
2
Buffer
Buffer
CD,SLI
04
2
3
The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End A.ppendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to IDS for execution of the CCWs.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write positive or
Table
negative response
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
16
1
The Read Continue channel program writes the appropriate response to a block of
data and then chains to read data.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC
Table
T entry
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
07
3
LCB
Table
Idles
CD
08
09
9
1
2
The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken on the Read Response,
after which buffers are tposted to the outgoing MH. Restart is made at the Write
EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop and from there writes
data.
650
OS TeAM PLM
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Read Response
TIC
LCB
Buffer
CC,SLI
OA
9
The Write Continue channel program reads the response to the last message
block. If the response is positive, chaining takes place to the next Write Text
command.
Write Conversational Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOA
TIC
Table
Idles
CD,SLI
09
1
The Write Conversational channel program writes end-of-address and then chains
to write data.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 1050 DIAL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Disable
Enable
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
List
characters
Read Response
Buffer
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
SLI
CD
CC,SLI
11
06
01
03
1
1
3
2
CD,SLI
04
2
The Read Initial channel program disables and then enables the line adapter so
that a remote terminal may dial the CPU. An interrupt is taken on the enable so
that TCAM can set internal switches. Fifteen pad characters are sent by the
CPU, followed by an EOT sequence; this places the terminal in control mode.
Two polling characters are sent and then a Read Response that specifies a data
count of two, with wrong length indication not suppressed, while the length of the
response character is one byte. The effect of this technique is as follows:
1. Positive response: The response character and the first byte of the message are
read under control of the Read Response CCW. This reduces the data count to
zero and causes data chaining to take place. The second and subsequent bytes
of the message are read under control of the address and count fields of the
Read Data CCW. Execution continues in the channel with an interrupt occurring only at receipt of an EOB or EOT.
2. Negative response: This response causes channel end and device end with unit
exception and wrong length record indicated.
The Read Initial channel program then transfers-in-channel to the address in the
buffer CCW to read data.
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
651
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write positive (ACK)Table
or negative (NAK)
response
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
16
1
The Read Continue channel program sends a positive or negative response to the
previous message block and continues reading data.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Disable
Dial
Write pad characters
Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response to
address
WriteEOA
TIC
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Tentry
Table
Table
T entry
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CC,SLI
11
11
1
X
05
01
07
3
2
LCB
SLI
08
9
Table
Idles
CD,SLI
09
1
15
The Write Initial channel program disables the line and then dials a terminal.
When the remote terminal answers, the CPU sends the pad characters and the
EOT sequence, which places the terminal in control mode. The address characters
select the component, which responds to the addressing. End-of-address terminates addressing, and then the Write Initial channel program transfers-in-channel
to the Idles loop and from there to write data. The X count value depends on the
number of dial digits specified in the terminal entry.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Read Response
TIC
LCB
Buffer
CC,SLI
OA
9
The Write Continue channel program reads the response to the last message
block. If the response is positive, chaining takes place to the next Write Text
command.
Write Conversational Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
WriteEOA
TIC
Table
Idles
CD,SLI
09
1
The Write Conversational channel program writes End-of-Address character and
then transfers-in-channel to a Write Idles loop to write data.
652
OS TeAM PLM
CHANNEL PROGRAM FOR IBM 1050 W / ATTENTION FEATURE FOR TSO
MONITOR
Monitor After a Read or Write
Operation
Address
Flags
Write EOT sequence
Read Response
Write EOA
Prepare
Table
LCB
Table
LCB
CC,SLI
10
CC,SLI,SKP 10
CC,SLI
10
10
TP Code Count
3
1
1
1
This channel program resets the 1050 with the EOT sequence and reads the
generated response. The terminal is then put in receive mode and the keyboard is
locked. The TCU is then prepared to receive an attention request from the 1050.
This request is generated by pressing the Attention Key at the 1050.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 1060 TERMINALS
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC
Table
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
03
3
2
Buffer
Buffer
CD,SLI
04
2
The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write positive (ACK)Table
or negative (NAK)
response
Flags
TP Code Count
SLI
16
1
The Read Continue channel program sends a positive or negative response to the
previous message block and continues reading data to the previous block.
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
653
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC
Table
T entry
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
07
3
2
LCB
Table
Idles
CD
08
09
9
1
The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken on the Read Response,
after which buffers are tposted to the outgoing MH. Restart is made at the Write
EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop and from there writes
data.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Read Response
TIC
LCB
Buffer
CC,SLI
OA
9
The Write Continue channel program reads the response to the last message
block. If the response is positive, chaining takes place to the next Write Text
command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 2741 LEASED
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT
sequence
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC
Table
CC,SLI
07
3
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
11
11
1
1
04
2
LCB
Buffer
Buffer
The Read Initial channel program sends a write EOT sequence and then prepares
the control unit to receive a message from a terminal. The Sense operation
informs the CPU of the status of the terminal through the Read Response. The
Read Initial channel program then transfers-in-channel to read data.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write EOA sequence Table
Write idle
Table
characters
TIC
Idles
654
OS TeAM PLM
Flags
TP Code Count
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
09
05
1
15
The Write Initial channel program sends an EOA sequence to set up the terminal
and writes 15 idle characters on the line. The program then transfers-in-channel
to a write command.
CHANNEL PROGRAM FOR IBM 2741 DIAL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
Disable
Enable
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC
LCB
LCB
LCB
LCB
Buffer
Buffer
CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
TP Code Count
11
06
11
11
04
1
1
1
1
2
The Read Initial channel program disables and then enables the line to receive a
call. TCAM takes an interrupt on the Enable to set internal switches. The
Prepare command conditions the control unit to receive a message. Read Response reads the response from the terminal and then chains to read data by
transferring-in-channel.
Note: The Write Initial channel program for 2741 Dial is the same as for
2741 Leased. TCAM, however, does not dial a 2741; the user calls to
establish the connection.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 2741 LEASED AND DIAL FOR TSO
MONITOR
Monitor After a Read
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
WriteEOA
Prepare
Table
LCB
CC,SLI
10
10
1
1
This monitor channel program first restores the keyboard of the terminal by
sending an EOA. The TCU is then prepared to receive the EOT generated at the
terminal when the Attention Key is pressed.
Monitor Mter Write
Operation
Address
Prepare
LCB
Flags
TP Code Count
10
1
This monitor channel program prepares the TeD to receive the EOT from the
terminal. Since the terminal keyboard was locked because it was in receive mode,
only a Break (Attention Key) can be sent from the terminal.
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
6SS
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 2740 COMMUNICATION LINES IBM
2740 BASIC CHANNEL PROGRAM
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC
Table
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
07
3
11
11
1
1
04
2
LCB
Buffer
Buffer
The Read Initial channel program sends a write EOT sequence and then prepares
the control unit to receive a message from a terminal. The Sense operation
informs the CPU of the status of the terminal through the Read Response. The
Read Initial program then transfers-in-channel to read data.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write EOA sequence
Write idle
characters
TIC
Table
Table
Table
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
01
09
05
3
1
15
Idles
The Write Initial channel program sends an EOT and EOA sequence for preparing
. the terminal. It then writes 15 idle characters and transfers-in-channel to a Write
command.
IBM 2740 WITH CHECKING
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC
Table
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
01
3
11
11
1
1
04
2
LCB
Buffer
Buffer
The Read Initial channel program sends a Write EOT sequence, then prepares the
control unit to receive a message from a terminal. The Sense operation informs
the CPU of the status of the terminal through the Read Response. The Read
Initial program then transfers-in-channel to read data.
656
OS TeAM PLM
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write circle Y or
circle N
TIC
Table
CC,SLI
16
1
Buffer
The Read Continue channel program is initiated after a Read Initial operation.
The program writes the response character and then transfers-in-channel to read
data.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write EOA sequence
Write idle
cl\aracters
TIC
Table
Table
Table
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
09
1
05
15
01
3
Idles
The Write Initial channel program sends an EOT and EOA sequence for preparing
the terminal. It then writes.15 idle characters and transfers-in-channel to a Write
command.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Read Response
TIC
LCB
Buffer
CC,SLI
OA
9
The Write Continue channel program reads the response after a Write Initial
operation and then transfers-in-channel to a Write Text command in the buffer.
Write Conversational Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
WriteEOA
TIC
Table
Idles
CD,SLI
09
1
The Write Conversational channel program writes End-of-Address character and
then transfers-in-channel to a Write Idles loop to write data.
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
657
IBM 2740 WITH DIAL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Disable
Enable
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC
Address
LCB
Buffer
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
11
06
11
11
04
1
1
1
1
2
The Read Initial channel program disables and then enables the line to receive a
call. TCAM takes an interrupt on the Enable to set internal switches. The
Prepare command conditions the control unit to receive a message. Read Response reads the response from the terminal and then chains to read data.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Disable
Dial
Write pad characters
Write EOT sequence
Write EOA plus idles
TIC
T entry
Table
Table
Table
Idles
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
11
11
OS
01
09
1
X
15
3
16
The Write Initial channel program disables the line and then dials the specified
terminal. The channel program sends 15 pad characters before the EOT sequence. An EOA character plus 15 idle characters are sent and then the program
transfers-in-channel to write text. The X count value depends on the number of
dial characters specified in the terminal entry.
IBM 2740 WITH DIAL AND CHECKING
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Disable
Enable
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC
Address
LCB
Buffer
Buffer
Flags
i'P Code Count
CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
11
06
11
11
04
1
1
1
1
2
The Read Initial channel program disables and then enables the line to receive a
call. The Prepare command conditions the control unit to receive a message.
Read Response reads the terminal's response and then chains to read data.
658
OS TeAM PLM
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Disable
Dial
Write pad characters
Write EOT sequence
Write EOA plus idles
TIC
T entry
Table
Table
Table
Idles
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
11
1
11
05
01
09
X
15
3
16
The Write Initial channel program disables the line and then dials the specified
terminal. The channel program sends 15 pad characters before the EOT sequence. An EOA character plus 15 idle characters are sent and then the program
transfers-in-channel to write text. X represents the number of dial digits for the
terminal.
IBM 2740 WITH DIAL AND TRANSMIT CONTROL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Disable
Enable
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
List
characters
Read Response
Buffer
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
SLI
CD
CC,SLI
06
01
03
1
1
3
2
CD,SLI
04
2
11
The Read Initial channel program disables and then enables the line adapter so
that a remote terminal may dial the CPU. After the Enable, TCAM waits for an
interrupt from the terminal, after which the channel program resumes. Fifteen
pad characters are sent by the CPU, followed by an EOT sequence; this places the
terminal in control mode. Two polling characters are sent and then a Read
Response that specifies a data count of two. The effect of this technique is as
follows:
1. Positive response: The response character and the first byte of the message are
read under control of the Read Response CCW. This reduces the data count to
zero and causes data chaining to take place. The second and subsequent bytes
of the message are read under control of the address and count fields of the
Read Data CCW. Execution continues in the channel with an interrupt occurring only at receipt of an EOB or EOT.
2. Negative response: This response causes channel end and device end with unit
exception and wrong length record indicated.
The Read Initial channel program then transfers-in-channel to the address in the
buffer CCW to read data.
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
659
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Disable
Dial
Write pad characters
Write EOT sequence
Write EOA plus idles
TIC
T entry
Table
Table
Table
Idles
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
11
11
05
01
09
1
X
15
3
16
The Write Initial channel program disables the line and then dials the specified
terminal. The channel program sends 15 pad characters before the EOT sequence. An EOA character plus 15 idle characters are sent and then the program
transfers-in-channel to write text. X represents the number of dial digits for the
terminal.
IBM 2740 WIm DIAL, TRANSMIT CONTROL, AND CHECKING
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Disable
Enable
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
List
characters
Read Response
Buffer
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
SLI
CD
CC,SLI
11
06
01
03
1
1
3
2
CD,SLI
04
2
The Read Initial channel program disables and then enables the line adapter so
that a remote terminal may dial the CPU. After the,Enable, TCAM waits for an
interrupt from the terminal, after which the channel program resumes. Fifteen
pad characters are sent by the CPU, followed by an EOT sequence; this places the
terminal in control mode. Two polling characters are sent and then a Read
Response that specifies a data count of two. The effect of this technique is as
follows:
1. Positive response: The response character and the first byte of the message are
read under control of the Read Response CCW. This reduces the data count to
zero and causes data chaining to take place. The second and subsequent bytes
of the message are read under control of the address and count fields of the
Read Data CCW. Execution continues in the channel with an interrupt occurring only at receipt of an EOB or EOT.
2. Negative response: This response causes channel end and device end with unit
exception and wrong length record indicated.
The Read Initial channel program then transfers-in-channel to the address in the
buffer CCW to read data.
660
OS TeAM PLM
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Disable
Dial
Write pad characters
Write EOT sequence
Write EOA plus idles
TIC
T entry
Table
Table
Table
Idles
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
11
1
11
05
01
09
X
15
3
16
The Write Initial channel program disables the line and then dials the specified
terminal. The channel program sends 15 pad characters before the EOT sequence. An EOA character plus 15 idle characters are sent and then the program
transfers-ip-channel to write text. X represents the number of dial digits for the
terminal.
IBM 2740 (DIAL WITH A CONNECTION)
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC
Table
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
01
11
11
04
LCB
Buffer
Buffer
3
1
1
2
The Read Initial channel program sends a write EOT sequence, then prepares the
control unit to receive a message from a terminal. The Sense operation informs
the CPU of the status of the terminal through the Read Response. The Read
Initial program then transfers-in-channel to read data.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write EOA sequence
Write idle
characters
TIC
Table
Table
Table
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
01
09
05
3
1
15
Idles
The Write Initial channel program sends an EOT and EOA sequence for preparing
the terminal. It then writes 15 idle characters and transfers-in-channel to a Write
command.
Appendix D; TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
661
mM 2740 WITH CHECKING (DIAL WITH A CONNECTION)
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC
Table
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
11
11
11
LCB
Buffer
Buffer
04
3
1
1
2
The Read Initial channel program sends a Write EOT sequence, then prepares the
control unit to receive a message from a terminal. The Sense operation informs
the CPU of the status of the terminal through the Read Response. The Read
Initial program then transfers-in-channel to read data.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write EOA sequence
Write idle
characters
TIC
Table
Table
Table
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
01
09
3
05
15
1
Idles
The Write Initial channel program sends an EOT and EOA sequence for preparing
the terminal. It then writes 15 idle characters and transfers-in-channel to a Write
command.
mM 2740 WITH STATION CONTROL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC
Table
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
03
3
Buffer
Buffer
CD,SLI
04
2
2
The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
662
OS TeAM PLM
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC
Table
T entry
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
07
3
LCB
Table
Idles
CD
08
09
9
1
2
The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken on the Read Response,
after which buffers are tposted to the outgoing MH. Restart is made at the write
EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop and from. there writes
data.
IBM 2740 WITH STATION CONTROL AND CHECKING
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC
Table
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
03
3
Buffer
Buffer
CD,SLI
04
2
2
The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC
Table
T entry
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
07
3
LCB
Table
Idles
CD
08
09
9
1
2
The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken on the Read Response,
after which buffers are tposted to the outgoing MH. Restart is made at the Write
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
663
EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop and from there writes
data.
IBM 2740 WITH TRANSMIT CONTROL (DIAL WITH A CONNECTION)
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC
Table
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
03
2
Buffer
Buffer
CD,SLI
04
2
3
The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Write' Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write EOA sequence
Write idle
characters
TIC
Table
Table
Table
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
01
09
OS
3
1
15
Idles
The Write Initial channel program sends an EOT and EOA sequence for preparing
the terminal. It then writes 15 idle characters and transfers-in-channel to a Write
command.
IBM 2740 WITH TRANSMIT CONTROL AND CHECKING (DIAL WITH A
CONNECTION)
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC
Table
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
03
2
Buffer
Buffer
CD,SLI
04
2
3
The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
664
OS TeAM PLM
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write EOT sequence Table
Write EOA sequence Table
TIC
Idles
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
CD
01
09
3
The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode. The program
then issues the write EOA sequence, transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop, and
from there ·writes data.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR WORLD TRADE TELEGRAPH
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC
LCB
Buffer
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
11
11
04
1
1
2
The Read Initial channel program prepares the control unit to receive a message
from a terminal. The Sense operation informs the CPU of the status of the
terminal through the Read Response. The Read Initial program then transfers-inchannel to a Read Text command in the buffer.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write letters shift
Write mark
characters
Write
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC
Table
Table
Table
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
01
17
05
3
1
19
WRU
LCB
Table
Idles
CC,SLI
07
08
09
1
24
1
The Write Initial channel program writes an EOT sequence, sends ietters shih to
ensure that the terminal motor is on, sends 19 mark characters to condition the
line, and writes a WRU on the line, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken
on the Read Response, after which the buffers are tposted to outgoing MH.
Restart is at the Write EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop
and writes data.
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
665
IBM 2260 REMOTE CHANNEL PROGRAMS
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC
Table
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
03
3
3
Buffer
Buffer
CD,SLI
04
2
The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write positive (ACK)Table
or negative (NAK)
response
Buffer
TIC
Flags
TP Code
Count
CC,SLI
16
1
The Read Continue channel program sends a positive or negative response to the
previous message block and continues reading data.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write EOT sequence Table
Write address
T entry
Read Response
LCB
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
07
08
3
2
9
The Write Initial channel program writes an EOT sequence followed by an
address. After the Read Response, the buffers are tposted to MH and data is
transferred to the line by EXCP.
Write Continue Channel Program
666
OS TCAM PLM
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Read Response
TIC
LCB
Buffer
CC,SLI
OA
9
The Write Continue channel program reads the response to the last message
block. If the response is positive, chaining takes place to the next Write Text
command.
IBM 2260 LOCAL CHANNEL PROGRAMS
In local mode the channel programs simply read data or write data.
IBM 3270 LOCAL CHANNEL PROGRAMS
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Select,
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
11
1
The Select operation causes transfer of the data in the device buffer to the control
unit buffer. The channel program then transfers-in-channel to the first text CCW,
which is next to be executed.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Select
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
11
1
Erase All Unprotected Channel Program
Operation
Address
EAU
Flags
TP Code Count
None
26
1
This operation erases all the unprotected fields on the display device. No data is
transmitted on an EAU channel program.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 3670 BROADCAST TERMINAL
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
WriteEOT
Write Addressing
Characters
TIC
Table
T Entry
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
07
03
Idles
The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT. The program then sends unique Addressing Characters, which cause the
data to go to all broadcast terminals on the line. The channel program then
transfers-in-channel to the idles loop to write data.
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
667
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 7770 (DIAL)
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Disable
Enable
Write CPU ID (if ID T entry
is specified)
Read Response
Buffer
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI
06
f
OB
X
CD,SLI
04
2
11
1
The Read Initial channel program disables and then enables the line. The CPU ID
is written if this is specified, and then the program chains to a Read Response.
The X count value is the length of the CPU ID specified in the invitation list.
Write Initial Channel Program
This program simply writes data to the 7770.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR TTY MODELS 33 AND 35 TWX LINES
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Disable
Enable
Write CPUID
Read Response
TIC
Address
T entry
Buffer
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
11
06
OB
04
1
1
X
2
The Read Initial channel program disables the line and sets the enable latch within
the line adapter. This permits the terminal to dial the CPU. The Write CPU ID
command writes the CPU identification, which is assigned by the invitation list for
the line. A Read Response command is then issued, followed by a TIC to a Read
Text in the buffer. X is the length of the CPU ID specified in the invitation list.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Disable
Dial
ReadID
T entry
LCB
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
SLI
11
11
IE
1
X
Y
The Write Initial channel program disables and then dials the specified terminal.
If the identification received is valid, the program restarts on the Idles loop and
writes data. If the ID is invalid, the channel program is terminated. X represents
the number of dial digits for the terminal and Y represents the length of the CPU
ID specified in the invitation list.
668
OS TeAM PLM
CHANNEL PROGRAM FOR TWX FOR TSO MONITOR
Monitor After a Read or Write
Operation
Address
Write X-On,X-Off
TIC
Constant CC,SLI
Flags
TP Code Count
10
4
*-8
This monitor channel program writes X-On,X-Off characters until the break key
is pressed. The X-On,X-Off characters provide an audible indication that the
CPU is active and ready to receive data.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS EMPLOYING THE AUTO POLL FEATURE
The devices that use this feature are
IBM 1030
IBM 1050 (nonswitched)
IBM 1060
IBM 2740 (with station control)
IBM 2740 (with station control and checking)
BSC Multipoint
Operation
Address
Write EOT sequence Table
Poll
List
TIC
label A
TIC
label B
A Poll
List
TIC
label A
BRead
Buffer
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
11
X
CC,SLI
11
Z
CD,SLI
04
2
Y
This feature employs the Read Initial type of channel program. First, a write EOT
sequence command is sent, followed by a poll of the addresses in the invitation
list. If no positive responses are returned, the program transfers-in-channel to poll
another list. If there are positive responses, the Read Initial program transfers-inchannel to a Read Response command, and from there chains to a Read Text in
the buffer. X represents the number of EOTs that depend on the type of terminal
(1 for BSC, 3 for all others), Y represents the position in the invitation list, and Z
is the length in bytes of the invitation list.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM BSC MULTIPOINT LINES
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code
Count
Write EOT sequence Table
CC,SLI
01
3
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC
List
CC,SLI
03
2
Buffer
Buffer
CD,SLI
04
2
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
669
The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an ETB or ETX is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write ACK or NAK Table
response
Buffer
TIC
Flags
TP Code
Count
CC,SLI
16
2
The Read Continue channel programs writes the appropriate response to a block
of data and then chains to read data.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write EOT sequence Table
Write addressing
T entry
characters
Read Response
LCB
Flags
TP Code
Count
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
01
07
3
08
9
The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, reads the response (ACK-l), and then begins transmission of data.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code
Count
Read Response
TIC
LCB
Buffer
CC,SLI
OA
9
The Write Continue channel program reads the response to the last message
block. If the response is positive, chaining takes place to the next Write Text
command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR BSC DEVICES (BINARY SYNCHRONOUS
COMMUNICATION)
The devices supported under BSC channel programs are:
IBM 2770
mM2780
mM 2790 Data Communications System
mM 3780 Data Communications System
mM 1130 Computing System
mM System/360, all models 20 and higher
670
OS TeAM PLM
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 to S/360 POINT-TO-POINT
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Prepare
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC
LCB
Table
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
11
OC
15
CC,SLI
1
11
2
The Read Initial channel program prepares the control unit to receive an inquiry
signal, which is read by the Read command. The program then writes an ACK-O
and transfers-in-channel to a Read command in the buffer.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Countt
CC,SLI
16
2
The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write Inquiry
Read Response
Table
LCB
CC,SLI
SLI
OD
08
1
2
The Write Initial channel program writes an inquiry, reads the response (ACK-O),
and then begins transmission of data.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
Read Response
LCB
SLI
TP Code Count
9
The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 TO 1130 POINT-TO-POINT
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Prepare
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC
LCB
Table
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
11
OC
15
CC,SLI
1
11
2
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
671
The Read Initial channel program prepares the control unit to receive an inquiry
signal, which is read by the Read command. The program then writes an ACK-O
and transfers-in-channel to a Read command in the buffer.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
16
2
The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK ot: NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write Inquiry
Read Response
Table
LCB
CC,SLI
SLI
08
1
2
The Write Initial channel program writes an inquiry, reads the response (ACK-O),
and then begins transmission of data.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Read Response
LCB
SLI
OA
9
The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 TO 2770 POINT-TO-POINT
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Prepare
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC
LCB
Table
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
11
OC
15
CC,SLI
1
11
2
The Read Initial channel program prepares the control unit to receive an inquiry
signal, which is read by the Read command. The program then writes an ACK-O
and transfers-in-channel to a Read c('mmand in the buffer.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer
672
OS TCAM PLM
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
16
2
The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write Inquiry
Read Response
Write Escape
sequence (STX,
ESC or DC,ETB)
Read Response
Table
LCB
T entry
CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI
OD
OE
07
1
2
X
LCB
SLI
08
2
The Write Initial channel program writes an inquiry, reads the response to that
inquiry (ACK-O), writes an escape sequence, reads the response (ACK-l), and
then begins transmission of data. X represents the length of the addressing
sequence specified in the terminal entry.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
Read Response
LCB
SLI
TP Code Count
9
The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 TO 2780 POINT - TO-POINT
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Prepare
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC
LCB
Table
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
11
OC
15
CC,SLI
1
11
2
The Read Initial channel program prepares the control unit to receive an inquiry
signal, which is read by the Read command. The program then writes an ACK-O
and transfers-in-channel to a Read command in the buffer.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
16
2
The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
673
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write Inquiry
Table
Read Response
LCB
Write Escape
T entry
sequence STX,ESC
or DC,ETB
Read Response
LCB
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI
OD
OE
07
2
X
SLI
08
2
1
The Write Initial channel program writes an inquiry, reads the response (ACK-O),
writes the escape sequence, reads the response to the escape sequence (ACK-l),
and then begins transmission of data. X represents the length of the addressing
sequence specified in the terminal entry.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
Read Response
LCB
SLI
TP Code Count
9
The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 TO 3735 DIAL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Disable
Enable
Read ID Inquiry
Write ID (if ID is
specified)
Write ACK-O
TIC
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
LCB
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
SLI
CD,SLI
06
18
1
1
16
OB
X
CC,sLl
15
2
Table
Buffer
11
The Read Initial channel program disables the line and enables the control unit.
The program then reads the inquiry (and writes the CPU ID, if specified). It then
writes an ACK-O and chains to a Read Text command in the buffer. X is the
length of the CPU ID.
Read Initial Channel Program with Connection EstabHsbed
Operation
Address
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC
LCB
Table
Buffet
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
OC
IS.
17
2
The Read Initial channel program reads the inquiry, writes an ACK-O, and then
chains to a Read Data command.
674
OS TeAM PLM
Read Initial Channel Program-CPU Initiates Contact
Operation
Disable
Dial digits
Write CPU ID (if
ID is specified)
Write Inquiry
Read ID ACK-O
Write EaT
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
T entry
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
11
11
OB
CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI
aD
lA
Table
LCB
Table
LCB
Table
Buffer
CC,SLI
1
X
Y
OC
1
17
1
17
15
2
01
This Read Initial channel program disables the line and dials the station. The
program writes the CPU ID, if specified, and writes an ENQ character. The
response is checked. The channel program then writes an EaT character and
reads the inquiry from the station. The Read Initial Channel program then writes
an ACK-O and continues to read data from the station.
Read Initial Channel Program-CPU' Yields the Right to Transmit
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EaT
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC
Table
LCB
Table
Buffer
CC,SLI
01
1
OC
17
2
CC,SLI
15
The Read Initial channel program writes an EaT character and then reads the
inquiry from the station. The Read Initial channel program then writes an ACK-O
and continues to read data from the station.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
16
2
The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Read Response
LCB
SLI
OA
9
The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
675
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 to S/360 DIAL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Disable
Enable
Read ID Inquiry
Write ID (if ID is
specified)
Write ACK-O
TIC
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
LCB
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
SLI
CD,SLI
11
06
18
OB
1
1
16
X
CC,SLI
15
2
Table
Buffer
The Read Initial channel program disables the line and enables the control unit.
The program then reads the inquiry (and writes the CPU ID, if specified). It then
writes an ACK-O and chains to a Read Text command in the buffer. X represents
the length in bytes of the user-specified ID in the invitation list.
Read Initial Channel Program with Connection Established
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC
LCB
Table
Buffer
CC,SLI
OC
15
17
The Read Initial channel program reads the inquiry, writes an ACK-O, and then
chains to a Read Data command.
Read Initial Channel Program-CPU Yields the Right to Transmit
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC
Table
LCB
Table
Buffer
CC,SLI
01
OC
15
CC,SLI
1
17
2
The Read Initial channel program writes an EOT character and then reads the
inquiry from the station. The Read Initial channel program then writes an ACK-O
and continues to Read Data from the station.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
16
2
The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
676
as TeAM PLM
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Disable
Dial
Write CPU ID (if ID
is specified)
Write Inquiry
Read ID ACK-O
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
T entry
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
11
11
OB
X
y
Table
LCB
CC,SLI
SLI
OD
lA
1
17
1
The Write Initial channel program disables the line and dials the station. The
program writes the CPU ID, if specified, and writes an ENQ character. The
response is read and the ID is checked. The buffers are tposted to MH, and the
chann~l program restarts at a Write command. X represents the number of dial
digits for a terminal, and Y is the length of the CPU ID.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Read Response
LCB
SLI
OA
9
The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 TO 1130 DIAL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Disable
Enable
Read ID Inquiry
Write ID (if ID is
specified)
Write ACK-O
TIC
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
LCB
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
SLI
CD,SLI
06
18
1
1
16
OB
X
CC,SLI
15
2
Table
Buffer
11
The Read Initial channel program disables the line and enables the control unit.
The program then reads the inquiry (and writes the CPU ID, if specified). It then
writes an ACK-O and chains to a Read Text command in the buffer. X is the
length of the CPU ID.
Read Initial Channel Program with Connection Established
Operation
Address
Flags
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC
LCB
Table
Buffer
CC,SLI
TP Code Count
OC
17
15
2
The Read Initial channel program reads the inquiry, writes an ACK-O, and then
chains to a Read Data command.
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
677
Read Initial Channel Program-CPU Yields the Right to Transmit
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC
Table
LCB
Table
Buffer
CC,SLI
01
CC,SLI
OC
1
17
15
2
The Read Initial channel program writes an EOT character and then reads the
inquiry from the station. The Read Initial channel program then writes an ACK-O
and continues to read data from the station.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
16
2
The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Read Response
LCB
SLI
OA
9
The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 TO IBM 2770 DIAL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Disable
Enable
Read ID Inquiry
Write ID (if ID is
specified)
Write ACK-O
TIC
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
LCB
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
SLI
CD,SLI
06
18
CC,SLI
15
Table
Buffer
11
1
1
16
X
2
The Read Initial channel program disables the line and enables the control unit.
The program thtm reads the inquiry (and writes the CPU ID, if specified). It then
writes an ACK-O and chains to a Read Text command in the buffer. X is the
length of the CPU ID.
678
OS TeAM PLM
Read Initial Channel Program with Connection Established
Operation
Address
Flags
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC
LCB
Table
Buffer
CC,SLI
TP Code Count
OC
17
15
The Read Initial channel program reads the inquiry, writes an ACK-O, and then
chains to a Read Data command.
Read Initial Channel Program-CPU Yields the Right to Transmit
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC
Table
LCB
Table
Buffer
CC,SLI
01
CC,SLI
OC
1
17
15
2
The Read Initial channel program writes an EOT character and then reads the
inquiry from the station. The Read Initial channel program then writes an ACK-O
and continues to read data from the station.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,SLI
16
2
The R,ead Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Disable
Dial digits
Write CPU ID (if ID
is specified)
Write InquiryRead ID ACK-O
Write Escape
sequence
Read ACK-l
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
T entry
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
11
11
OB
Y
Table
LCB
T entry
CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI
OD
lA
1
17
07
Z
08
9
LCB
1
X
The Write Initial channel program disables the line and dials the station. The
program writes the CPU ID, if specified, and writes an ENQ character. The
response is checked. The buffers are tposted to MH, and the channel program
restarts at the Write Escape sequence. The ACK-l is read by the program and
then the program chains to a Write command. X represents the number of dial
digits for a terminal, Y is the length of the CPU ID, and Z is a device-dependent
variable.
Appendix 0: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
679
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Flags
Read Response
LCB
SLI
TP Code Count
9
The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 TO IBM 2780 DIAL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Disable
Enable
Read ID Inquiry
Write ID (if ID is
specified)
Write ACK-O
TIC
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
LCB
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
SLI
CD,SLI
06
18
CC,SLI
15
Table
Buffer
11
1
1
16
X
2
The Read Initial channel program disables the line and enables the control unit.
The program then reads the inquiry (and writes the CPU ID, if specified). It then
writes an ACK-O and chains to a Read Text command in the buffer. X is the
length of the CPU ID.
Read Initial Channel Program with Connection Established
Operation
Address
Flags
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC
LCB
Table
Buffer
CC,SLI
TP Code Count
OC
17
15
2
The Read Initial channel program reads the inquiry, writes an ACK-O, and then
chains to a Read Data command.
Read Initial Channel Program-CPU Yields the Right to Transmit
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write EOT
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC
Table
LCB
Table
Buffer
CC,SLI
01
CC,SLI
OC
1
17
15
2
The Read Initial channel program writes an EOT character and then reads the
inquiry from the station. The Read Initial channel program then writes an ACK-O
and continues to read data from the station.
680
OS TeAM PLM
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation
Address
Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer
Flags
TP Code Count
CC,sLI
16
2
The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Disable
Dial digits
Write CPU ID (if ID
is specified)
Write Inquiry
Read ID ACK-O
Write Escape
sequence
Read ACK-l
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
T entry
List
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
11
11
OB
1
X
y
Table
LCB
T entry
CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI
OD
lA
07
1
9
Z
LCB
08
The Write Initial channel program disables the line and dials the station. The
program writes the CPU ID, if specified, and writes an ENQ character. The
response is checked. The buffers are tposted to MH, and the channel program
restarts at the Write Escape sequence. The ACK-l is read by the program and
then the program chains to a Write command. X represents the number of dial
digits for the terminal; Y represents the length of the CPU ID specified in the
invitation list; and Z represents the length of the addressing sequence in the
terminal entry.
SPECIAL CHANNEL PROGRAMS
In BSC on a Read Continue operation, when a temporary time delay (TTD)
sequence (STX ENQ) is received the channel program is as follows:
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write NAK
TIC
Table
Buffer
CC,SLI
16
2
When, in response to a text request, TCAM receives two RVIs in succession, a
WACK character (except for buffered terminals), or an invalid response, TCAM
generates the following channel program to correct the problem.
Operation
Address
Flags
TP Code Count
Write ENQ
Read Response
Table
LCB
CC,SLI
5B
OA
1
9
For two RVIs or an invalid response, TCAM retries this channel program seven
times. For a WACK character, TCAM performs no retry operation.
Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
681
(This page left blank intentionally)
682
OS TeAM PLM
Glossary
The following is a listing of the communications terms used in
this manual. For a complete listing of all communications
terms, refer to the manual IBM Data Processing Techniques-A
Data Processing Glossary, Order No. GC20-1699.
used as work areas in TCAM. The size of TCAM buffers is
designated by the user. (See also hardware buffer.)
buffer prefix: a control area contained within each TCAM
~nJ I/O d~vice&.
buffer. The prefix for the buffer containing the first segment of
a message is 30 bytes long, while the prefix for each buffer
containing a subsequent segment of the message is 23 bytes
long. The user must allow room for the buffer prefix when he
specifies his buffer size. TCAM fills the prefix area with buffer
control information.
accC'!>s method (ACSMETH) work area: a storage space in
,In application program. This work area contains data neces'i(ll) for the interface between the application program and the
M.:s~age Control Program.
buffer unit: the basic building block from which TCAM buffers are constructed. All units in a particular TCAM system are
the same size; this size is specified by the KEYLEN= operand
of the INTRO macro.
application program: a user-provided program that processes
the text portions of messages. Application programs runasynchronously with the Message Control Program and are usually
located in another partition or region of main storage. TCAM
application programs are optional; there may be many or none,
depending on the needs of the user.
buffer unit pool: all the buffer units in a particular TCAM
system together constitute the buffer unit pool for that system.
The number of units in the pool is equal to the sum of theintegers specified by the LNUNITS= and MSUNITS= operands of
the INTRO macro.
access method: a combination of an access technique (either
queued or basic) and a given data set organization (for instance,
sequential, partitioned, indexed sequential, or direct) that
.lii •.lw, I he III 01;;' ,.HlIlller to transfer data between main storage
control unit or a station to automatically initiate a call over a
switched line. A dialing operation that originates at the central
computer must use the Auto Call machine feature.
buffered terminal: a terminal having a hardware buffer. As
used in this book, a buffered terminal is an IBM 2740 Model 2
Station or IBM 2770 station whose TERMINAL macro specifies
BFDELA Y = integer. When the BFDELA Y= operand of
TERMINAL is coded, messages are sent to the station segmentby-segment; after a segment is sent, the Message Control Program pauses before sending the next segment to allow the
station's buffer to empty. During this pause, the MCP may send
segments to other stations on the line.
Auto PoD: A machine feature of a transmission control unit
calling: a procedure that establishes a connection over a
Auto Answer: a machine feature that allows either a transmission control unit or a station to respond automatically to a call
that it receives over a switched line:
Auto Call: a machine feature that allows either a transmission
that permits it to handle negative responses to polling without
interrupting the central processing unit. At the end of the
invitation list, polling is resumed automatically at the beginning
of the list.
binary synchronous communications (BSC): data transmission in which character synchronization is controlled by
timing signals generated by the device that originates a message
(and the device that obtains the message recognizes the sync
pattern at the beginning of the transmission-the devices are
locked in step with one another); contrast with start-stop
transmission.
switched line; a series of electrical signals, corresponding to the
telephone number of the station or computer with which contact is to be made, are sent down the line; these pulses or notes
cause automatic switching equipment belonging to the common
carrier to establish the connection, if the party being called is
free to accept the call.
cascade entry: an entry in the terminal table associated with a
cascade list.
cascade list: a list of pointers to single, group, or process
entries. A message is queued for the valid entry in the list with
the fewest messages queued for it.
block: that portion of a message terminated by an EOB or
channel program block (CPB): a TCAM control block used
ETB line-control character or, if this is the last block in the
message, by an ETX or EOT line-control character. When
end-of-block checking is specified in the STARTMH macro,
messages are checked for certain types of transmission and
user-specified logical errors on a block-by-block basis.
in the transfer of the data between buffer units and message
queues maintained on disk. The CPB= operand of the INTRO
macro specifies the number of CPBs to be provided in a TCAM
system.
BSC: see binary synchronous communications.
checkpoint data set: an optional TCAM data set that con-
buffer: an area in main storage into which a message segment
tains the checkpoint records used to reconstruct the MCP environment after closedown or system failure, when the TCAM
checkpoint/restart facility is utilized.
is read, or from which a message segment is written. Buffers
are temporary data-holding areas that are used to compensate
for the difference between the rate at which ~ata can be entered
from or accepted by a station and the rate at which it can be
processed by the central processing unit; buffers also may be
checkpoint records: records, located in the checkpoint data
set, that are used to reconstruct the MCP environment upon
restart following closedown or system failure. There are four
Glossary
683
types of checkpoint records: environment records, incident
records, checkpoint request records, and a control record.
control unit, or station; among such operations are polling and
addressing, message delimiting and blocking, transmissionerror checking, and carriage return.
checkpoint request record: a checkpoint record taken as a
result of execution of a CKREQ macro issued in an application
program. The record contains the status of a single destination
queue for the application program. The latest checkpoint request record for a message queue is used during restart to cause
sending from that queue to the application program to begin
with the message that follows the last message sent to the program from that queue at the time the checkpoint request record
was taken, rather than with the message following the last
message marked serviced.
checkpoint/restart: a TCAM facility that records the status
of ,the teleprocessing network at designated intervals or following certain events. Following system failure or closedown, the
checkpoint/restart facility uses the records it has taken to restore the Message Control Program environment as nearly as
possible to its status before the failure or closedown.
cold start: start-up of a TCAM Message Control Program
following either a flush closedown, a quick closed own, or a
system failure. A cold start ignores the previous environment
(that is, the MCP is started as if this were the initial start-up),
and is the only type of restart possible when no
checkpoint/restart facility is used.
control record: a record, included in a checkpoint data set,
that keeps track of the correct environment, incident, and
checkpoint request records to use for reconstructing the Message Control Program environment during restart.
CPB: see channel program block.
CTB: see concentrator terminal block.
data control block (DCB): an area of main storage that
serves as a logical connector between the problem program and
a data set. The data control block also can be used to provide
control information for any transfer of data. A data control
block must be created for each TCAM data set except a message queues data set residing in main storage; a DCB macro
instruction is used to create a data control block.
Data set:
communication parameter list: the interface between
I. a named, organized collection of logically related records
(program data set). The information is not restricted to a
specific type, purpose, or storage medium. Among the data
sets specifically related to TCAM are the line group data
sets, the message queues data sets, the checkpoint data set,
the message log data set, and the input and output data sets
for a TCAM-compatible application program.
2. a device containing the electrical circuitry necessary to
connect data processing equipment to a communication
channel; also called a subset, Data-Phone*,
modulator/demodulator, or modem.
TCAM Operator Control and the Master Scheduler for commands entered from the system console.
dead-letter queue: the destination queue for the station or
command input buffer (CIB): a communication parameter
list that is used by Operator Control to process a command. It
describes the command sent from the console and contains the
command code, the console identification, and the data in the
command.
concentrator data ready queue (DRQ): a TCAM control
application program named by the DLQ= operand of the INTRO macro instruction. If an invalid destination is detected in
a message header by a FORWARD macro instruction, and if no
user-exit is specified in the FORWARD macro, that message is
sent to the dead-letter queue.
block that controls message concentration for output to a concentrator.
delimiter macro instruction: a TCAM macro instruction that
concentrator device ID table (DVCID): a TCAM work
classifies and identifies sequences of functional macro instructions and directs control to the appropriate sequence of functional macro instructions.
concentrator: a remote device that groups blocks of messages
into a single physical message for transmission.
area that defines a concentrator and each terminal attached to
it.
descriptor code: under Multiple Console Support, indicates
concentrator terminal buffer (CTB): a main-storage area
used to contain the physical message transmitted to or from a
concentrator.
the means of message presentation and message deletion on
display devices.
destination: the place to which a message being handled by a
continuation restart: a restart of the TCAM Message Control
Program following termination of the Message Control Program because of system failure; the TCAM checkpoint/restart
facility is used to restore the MCP environment as nearly as
possible to its condition before failure.
control characters: characters transmitted over a line that are
not message data, but which cause certain control operations to
be performed ~hen encountered by the computer, transmission
*Trademark of the American Telephone & Telegraph Co.
684
OS TeAM PLM
TCAM Message Handler is to be sent. A destination may be
either a station defined by a TERMINAL macro, a group of
stations defined by a TLIST macro, or an application program
defined by a TPROCESS macro. One or more destinations
may be specified in fields of the message header that are
checked by a FORWARD macro, or a single destination may be
specified for all messages handled by a particular inheader
subgroup by means of the DEST= operand of a FORWARD
macro issued in that subgroup.
destination field: a field in a message header containing the
name of a station or application program to which a message is
directed.
enabled module: a module that can be interrupted at any time
by an appendage or external event. When the interruption
occurs, the enabled module waits for the appendage to complete its processing and then continues.
destination offset: a two-byte index to the termname table
entry of a destination or station.
enabling the line: a process whereby TCAM causes the com-
destination queue: a queue on which messages bound for a
puter to condition either the transmission control unit or the
audio response unit to respond to incoming calls on a switched
line. See disabling the line.
particular destination are placed after being processed by the
incoming group of a Message Handler. A separate destination
queue is created for each station defined by a TERMINAL
macro specifying queuing by terminal, one for each line whose
stations are defined by TERMINAL macros specifying queuing
by line, and one for each application-program process entry
(defined by a TPROCESS macro) to which the application
program may direct GET or READ macros. Destination
queues are maintained in message queues data sets that may be
located either on disk or in main storage. Queuing messages by
destination permits overlap of line usage in I/O operations. See
also process queue.
device characteristics table (DCT): a collection of entries
that describes the characteristics of the terminals (or devices) in
the system.
end-of-address (EOA) character:
1. a control character or characters transmitted on a line to
indicate the end of non-text characters (for example, addressing characters).
2. a TCAM character that must be placed in a message if the
system is to accommodate routing of that message to several
destinations; the character must immediately follow the last
destination code in the message header; and must also be
specified by the EOA= operand of the FORWARD macro
for the message.
environment record: a record of the total teleprocessing
dial Hne: see switched line.
environment at a single point in time. The environment record
resides in the checkpoint data set; at restart time, an environment record is updated by the contents of incident records that
were taken after the environment record was taken, and the
updated environment record is then used to reconstruct the
Message Control Program environment as it existed before
MCP c1osedown or system failure.
disabled module: a module that cannot be interrupted during
EOA: see end-of-address character.
device ID table: see concentrator device ID table.
dial: see calling.
its execution. It must execute from beginning to end once it has
gained control
disabling the line: a process whereby TCAM causes the computer to condition either the transmission control unit or the
audio response unit to ignore incoming calls on a switched line.
Once this is accomplished, the line is available for TCAM to
send queued messages to a station on that line. See enabling
the line.
distribution entry: an entry in the terminal table associated
error record: five bytes assigned to each message being processed by a Message Handler; these bytes indicate physical or
logical errors that have occurred during transmission on the line
or during subsequent processing or queuing of the message, and
are checked by error-handling macros in the inmessage and
outmessage subgroups of a Message Handler.
error recovery procedures (ERP): a set of internal TCAM
routines th~t attempt to recover from transmission errors.
with a distribution list. A distribution entry is created by a
TLIST macro.
exchange: a communications switching center.
distribution list: a list of single, group, cascade, or process
event control block (ECB): the communication medium
entries; when a message is directed to the distribution entry
associated with this list, TCAM sends the message to each
destination named in the list.
between the various components of the control program, as well
as between processing programs and the control program. An
ECB is the subject of WAIT and POST macro instructions.
DRQ: see concentrator data ready queue.
FEFO (first-ended first-out): a queuing scheme whereby
DVCID: see concentrator device ID table.
dynamic buffer aDocation: the assignment of buffers to a
line on an as-needed basis, after a message has started coming
in over the line. Dynamic allocation occurs following programcontrolled interruptions, and is specified by the PCI= operand
of the line group DCB macro. See also static buffer allocation.
messages on a destination queue are sent to the destination on a
first-ended first-out basis within priority groups. That is, higherpriority messages are sent before lower-priority messages; when
two messages on a queue have equal priority, the one whose
final segment arrived at the queue earliest is sent first.
FIFO (first-in first-out): a queuing scheme whereby equalpriority messages on the same destination queue are sent in the
order that their first segments arrived at the queue.
element: an individual part of a system resource; for example,
a buffer.
flush c1osedown: a closed own of the TCAM Message Control
element request block (ERB): a control area that is used to
Program during which incoming message traffic is suspended
and queued outgoing messages are sent to their destinations
before c1osedown is completed; this form of termination is
make requests for buffers for a line group.
Glossary
685
known as a flush closedown because unsent messages are
flushed from the message queues. See also quick closedown.
functional macro instructions: TCAM macros that perform
Handler. The SEQUENCE macro checks the sequence number
for each message; if the number is not one more than that assigned to the previous message received from that origin, a bit
is turned on in the message error record.
the specific operations required for messages directed to the
Message Handler. See also delimiter macro instructions.
inquiry processing: a TCAM application in which the Mes-
group entry: an entry in the terminal table associated with a
group of terminals having the group-addressing machine feature.
header: that portion of a message containing control information for the message; a header might,contain one or more destination fields, the name of the originating station, an input
sequence number, a character string indicating the type of
message, a priority level for the message, etc. The message
header is operated on by macros in the inheader and outheader
subgroups of the Message Handler.
header buffer: a buffer containing a header segment.
header segment: a message segment containing all or part of
sage Control Program receives a message from a station, then
routes it to an application program that processes the data in
the message and generates a reply: the reply is routed by the
Message Control Program to the inquiring station. Response
time often may be shortened by specifying the lock mode (by a
LOCK macro in the Message Handler) and by locating the
message queues data set containing the queues for the application program in main storage.
intercepted station: a station to which no messages may be
sent. A station is intercepted by issuing a HOLD macro instruction in the out message subgroup of a Message Handler: the
suspension is either for a specified time interval or until either
an operator command or an application program macro instruction is issued to release messages held for the intercepted
station.
the message header.
invalid destination: a specified destination that does not
held terminal: a terminal that cannot accept messages because
correspond to a valid terminal table entry.
of the effect of a HOLD macro.
invitation: the process in which the computer contacts a staidentification characters (ID characters): characters sent
by a BSC station on a switched line to identify the station. ID
characters can also be assigned to the computer (by the
CPUID= operand of the INVLIST macro); in this case, the
computer and the station can exchange ID seqJ.Iences. TWX
stations also use ID characters.
idle: describes a line that is not currently available for transmission of data because IDLE was coded in the OPEN macro
for the line group data set containing the line. Such a line may
be activate,d by a ST ARTLINE operator command.
incident record: a checkpoint record residing in the checkpoint data set on a DASD. An incident record logs a change in
station status or in the contents of an option field that occurred
since the last environment record was taken. Incident records
are used to update the information contained in environment
records at restart time after a closedown or system failure.
tion in order to allow the station to transmit a message if it has
one ready.
invitation delay: a period of time (specified by the INTVL=
operand of the line group DCB macro), during which outgoing
messages are sent to nonswitched polled stations for which
receiving has priority over sending (because CPRI=R is coded
in the line group DCB macro). This delay is observed for all
such stations on a line when the end of the invitation list for
that line is reached. The delay in polling is observed for such
stations whether or not the computer has any messages to send
them. If no invitation delay is specified for such stations, no
messages can be sent to them.
invitation list: a series of sets of polling characters or identification sequences associated with the stations on a line; the
order in which sets of polling characters are specified (in the
INVLIST macro for the line) determines the order in which
polled stations are invited to enter messages on the line.
incoming group: that portion of a Message Handler designed
to handle messages arriving for handling by the Message Control Program. See also outgoing group.
line control block (LCD): an area of main storage containing control information for operations on a line; one LCB is
maintained by TCAM for each line in the system.
incoming message: a message being transmitted from a station to the computer.
input data set: a logical data set for a TCAM-compatible
application program. The input data set contains all messages
or records being sent to the application program from a single
process queue. Though it is not located in a physical medium,
the input data set requires a DD statement and a DCB macro
for its definition and must be activated and deactivated by
OPEN and CLOSE macros. See also output data set.
line control characters: characters that control transmission
of data over a line; for example, line control characters delimit
messages, cause transmission-error checking to be performed,
indicate whether a station has data to send or is ready to receive
data.
line group: a set of one or more communication lines of the
same type, over which stations with similar characteristics can
communicate with the computer.
input sequence number: a means of ensuring that messages
line group data set: a Message Control Program data set
are received from a source in the correct order. The user may
place a sequence number in the header of each message entered
by a station or application program, and may code a
SEQUENCE macro in the incoming group of his Message
consisting of all the lines in a line group; the messages that are
transmitted on these lines constitute the data in this data set. A
line group data set is defined by a line group DCB macro instruction, and by a DD statement for each line in the line group.
686
as TCAM PLM
line group DCB: a data control block created by a line group
DCB macro instruction; information in the data control block
defines the line group to TCAM.
lock mode: a TCAM facility, invoked in a Message Handler
by the LOCK macro, whereby a station entering an inquiry
message for an application program is held on the line by the
Message Control Program until a response has been returned to
it by the application program. Use of the lock mode decreases
response time because there are no interruptions on the line
before a response is returned. If LOCK is executed and
CONV=YES is coded in the STARTMH macro, tete-a-tete
interaction (defined in this Glossary) is in effect for the station.
A station may be placed in lock mode either for the duration of
a single inquiry and response ( message lock mode) or for the
duration of several inquiry-response cycles ( extended lock
mode). The type of lock mode is specified in the LOCK macro.
log: a collection of messages or message segments placed on a
secondary storage device for accounting or data collection
purposes. The TCAM logging facility is invoked by a functional macro instruction issued in a Message Handler.
log data set: a data set consisting of the messages or message
segments recorded on a secondary storage medium by the
TCAM logging facility. A log data set is defined by means of a
BSAM DCB macro instruction that is issued with the DCB
macro instructions defining the line group data sets, the message queues data sets, and the checkpoint data set.
logtype entry: an entry in the terminal table associated with a
queue on which complete messages reside while awaiting transfer to the logging medium (a logtype entry is not needed if
message segments only are to be logged). A logtype entry is
created by a LOGTYPE macro.
main-storage queuing: a situation in which TCAM message
queues are maintained in main storage.
MCP: see Message Control Program.
MCPL: a subtask control block (STCB) entry code field that
identifies the type of STCB and therefore, the method necessary to activate the corresponding sub task.
message: a unit of data received from or sent to a station that
is terminated by an EOT or ETX control character or, if the
CONV= operand of the STARTMH macro is coded
CONV=YES, by an EOB or ETX control character. A TCAM
message is often divided into a header portion, which contains
control information, and a text portion, which contains the part
of the message of concern to the party ultimately receiving it.
Message Control Program (MCP): a set of user-defined
TCAM routines that identify the teleprocessing network to the
System/360 Operating System, establish the line control required for the various kinds of stations and modes of connection, and control the handling and routing of messages to fit the
user's requirements.
Message Handler (MH): a sequence of user-specified
TCAM macro instructions in the Message Control Program that
examine and process control information in message headers,
and perform functions necessary to prepare message segments
for forwarding to their destinations. One Message Handler
must be assigned to each line group by the MH= operand of the
line group DCB macro, and one must be assigned to each
TCAM-compatible application program by the MH= operand
of the PCB macro. The incoming group of an MH handles
messages received from either an originating station or an
application program; the outgoing group of an MH handles
messages prior to their being sent to a destination station or
application program.
message header: the part of a message containing control
information, such as the destination code (as distinct from the
text of the message).
message log data set: a set of messages or message segments
that are maintained on secondary storage for accounting or
other purposes.
message priority: refers to the order in which messages in a
destination queue are transmitted to the destination, relative to
each other. Higher-priority messages are forwarded before
lower-priority messages. Up to 255 different priority levels may
be assigned to a single destination (by the LEVEL= operand of
the TERMIN AL or TPROCESS macro). The priority for each
message sent to the destination may be specified in the message
header or assigned by a PRIORITY macro; in either case, a
PRIORITY macro should be coded in the inheader subgroup
handling the message.
message queue: see destination queue.
message queues data set: a TCAM data set that contains one
or more destination queues. A message queues data set contains messages that have been processed by the incoming group
of a Message Handler and are waiting for TCAM to dequeue
them, route them through an outgoing group of a Message
Handler, and send them to their destinations. Up to three
message queues data sets (one in main storage, one on reusable
disk, one on nonreusable disk) may be specified for a TCAM
Message Control Program.
message retrieval function: allows the user to retrieve a
previously sent message by specifying a combination of the
message destination and the input (or output) sequence number
of the message. The sequence number is assigned by the
SEQUENCE macro.
message segment: the portion of a message contained in a
single buffer.
message switching: a telecommunications application in
which a message is received from a remote station, stored until
a suitable outgoing line is available, and then transmittted to its
destination station. TCAM message switching can be handled
entirely by the Message Control Program.
MH: See Message Handler.
multiple-buffer header: a message header that occupies
more than one buffer.
multiple routing: the method of sending a message where
more than one destination is specified in the header of the
message.
multipoint line: a nonswitched line that connects several
remote stations to the computer.
Glossary
687
network control: the management of a series of points inter-
outgoing group: that section <;>f a Message Handler that ma-
connected by communications channels.
nipulates outgoing messages after they have been removed from
their destination queues. The outgoing group has three types of
subgroups-the outheader subgroup, which executes on outgoing header segments; the outbuffer subgroup, which executes on
each outgoing segment; and the outmessage subgroup, which
does not execute until after the message has been sent to its
destination, if possible. See also incoming group.
new queue: a chain of CPBs for all cylinders in an extent of a
disk message queues data set other than the cylinder currently
ready for I/O and the cylinder just after it.
next-buffer location: the value of address (disk relative
record number) to be used for the first unit of the next buffer of
the message that is currently being placed on the related message queue.
next-message location: the value of address (disk relative
record number) to be used for the first unit of the first buffer of
the next message received for the related message queue.
output data set: a logical data set for a TCAM-compatible
application program. The output data set contains the messages or "records returned from the application program to the
Message Control Program by a process entry in the terminal
table. An output data set is defined by a DO statement and a
DCB macro, and must be activated and deactivated by OPEN
and CLOSE macros. See also input data set.
no-buffer queue: the chain of CPBs for Read operatiQns
when no buffers are in the buffer pool.
output sequence number: a number placed in the header of a
record of a disk record message queues data set may be used
only once.
message by TCAM that determines the order in which messages
were sent to a destination by the computer. When specified in
an outheader subgroup, the SEQUENCE macro causes an
output sequence number to be placed in the header of each
outgoing message; this sequence number is one greater than the
sequence number for the last message sent to this destination.
See also input sequence number.
nonswitched line: a communication line that links stations for
path switch: an option field setting used as a switch to indicate
a continuous period, or for regularly recurring periods; also
known as a private, leased, or dedicated line.
the order of or the conditional execution of MH macros.
no-CPB queue: the chain of elements that are to be processed by CPB initialization.
nonreusable disk queueing: the situation in which each.
point-to-point line: a communication line that connects a
non-transparent mode: a mode of binary synchronous transmission in which all control characters are treated as control
characters (that is, not treated as text). See transparent mode.
single remote station to the computer. It may be either
switched or nons witched.
polling: a non-contention line management method whereby
on-line test (OLT): an optional TCAM facility that permits
either a system console operator or a remote-station operator to
test transmission control units and remote stations to find out if
they work properly.
the computer invites remote stations on multipoint nonswitched
lines and remote terminals on point-to-point lines to enter
messages. The computer contacts stations in the order specified
by the invitation list; each station contacted is invited to enter
messages.
operator command: a command entered either at an operator
control station or at the system console to examine or alter the
status of the telecommunications network during execution.
Operator Control address vector table: an MCP area that
polling characters: a set of identifying characters peculiar to
either a station or a component of that station; a response to
these characters indicates to the computer whether the station
has a message to enter.
contains parameters for the Operator Control module.
prefix: see buffer prefix.
operator control station: a station eligible to enter operator
commands. An application program and the system console
may also serve as operator control stations. Operator control
stations are designated as such by the PRIMARY = operand of
the INTRa macro and by the SECTERM= operand of the
TERMINAL and TPROCESS macros. See also primary operator control station.
primary operator control station: an operator control station that receives, in addition to the responses to commands
entered by it, the operator awareness message is sent whenever
an I/O error occurs and TCAM's error-recovery procedures are
unsuccessful in correcting it. The primary operator control
station is designated by the PRIMARY= operand of the INTRa
macro.
option field: a storage area containing data relating to a particular station, component, line, or application program. Certain Message Handler routines that need source- or destinationrelated data to perform their functions have access to data in an
option field. User-written routines also have access to data in
an option field. Option fields are defined by OPTION macros
and initialized for each station, line, component, or application
program by the OPDAT A= operand of the TERMINAL or
TPROCESS macro.
priority: see message priority and transmission priority.
problem program mode: operating under the control of the
message control or application program, rather than under the
control of the as supervisor.
process control block (PCB): an MCP storage area for data
that is necessary for communication between the Mep and an
application program.
option table: a collection of information provided by the user
in OPTION macro instructions.
688
OS TeAM PLM
process queue: a destination queue for an application pro-
gram (see destination queue). A process queue is defined by a
TPROCESS macro.
purge I/O: an SVC issued at close time to remove all traffic
from teleprocessing lines.
QeB: see queue control block.
QeB extension: A TCAM control area that contains the
information necessary to execute the OUTMSG subgroup for a
terminal attached to a concentrator.
queue: a set of items consisting of:
generation time by a UNITNAME macro, the lines in the group
are assigned relative line numbers according to the order in
which their hardware addresses are specified in the UNIT=
operand of UNITNAME. The line whose address is specified
first is relative line number one, that address specified second is
relative line number two, etc. If a line group is defined at MCP
execution time by concatenated DD statements, the order in
which the DD statements for the lines in the line group are
arranged determines the relative line numbers for the lines.
The line whose DD statement appears first is relative line number one, the statement that appears second is relative line number two, etc.
resident module: a module that resides in main storage of the
TCAM system at all times.
1. a queue control block (an area in main storage containing
control information for the queue), and
2. one or more ordered arrangements of items (the items may
be messages, main-storage addresses, etc.).
resource: any system facility that is required by a job or task;
queue-back chain: a time-sequential record of the sending
resource control block (ReB): an eight-byte prefix to an
and receiving message traffic for the terminal or terminals of a
specific destination QCB.
element.
queue control block (QeB): a storage area used to associate
for example, main storage, I/O devices, data sets, buffer pool.
restart: to restructure the execution of a routine or system,
using the data recorded at a checkpoint.
elements with appropriate subtasks.
retry: an error recovery procedure in which the current block
quick closedown: a closed own of the TCAM Message Control
of data (from the last EOB or ETB) is re-sent a prescribed
number of times, or until accepted or entered correctly.
Program that involves stopping message traffic on each line as
soon as any messages being sent or received at the time the
request for closedown is received are transmitted.
retry queue: a chain of one CPB for the cylinder on which to
read-ahead queue: an area of main storage from which an
have I/O in an extent of a disk message queues data set after
the CPBs on the EXCP queue are processed.
application program obtains work units in advance of their
being requested by the application.
reusable disk queuing: a situation in which messages are
ready queue: a chain of elements that represent the work to
queued to a wrapped message queues data set; that is, serviced
messages are overlaid by new messages entering the system.
be performed in the TCAM system.
rollout/rollin (RORI): an optional feature of the MVT conrecaU: a method of retrieving a particular message or a part of
a message in order to reprocess it 'or to redirect it.
recalled buffer: a buffer retrieved from the message queue to
be reprocessed. This buffer may be a header or a text buffer.
trol program configuration that enables an additional region (or
regions) of main storage to be temporarily reassigned from one
job step to another.
routing code: under Multiple Console Support, indicates the
consoles to which the messages should be sent.
record: a logical unit of data, the length of which is defined by
the user through the use of operands of the input or output DCB
macro and delimiting characters in the message.
secondary destination: any of the destinations specified for a
reentrant module: a module that can be executed by more
segment: the portion of a TCAM message contained in a
than one task concurrently; that is, a task may be executing a
reentrant module before the previous task has finished executing it.
single buffer.
message except the first destination.
selection: the process whereby the computer contacts a remote station to send it a message.
refreshable module: a module that cannot be modified by
itself or by any other module during exeuction; that is, a refreshable module can be replaced by a new copy during execution br a recovery management routine without changing either
the sequence or the results of processing.
sending: the process in which the central computer places a
region control task (ReT): a TSO task that determines
sequence number: see input sequence number and output
which task is to occupy a particular TSO region. There is one
RCT for each region. The RCT is activated by the TSIP SVC.
sequence number.
message on a line for transmission to a station (the station
accepts the message). Sending and receiving are functions of
the central computer.
serially reusable module: a module that can be executed by
relative line number: a number assigned by the user to a
communications line of a line group at system generation time
or MCP execution time. If a line group is defined at system
only one task at a time. The module reinitializes itself and
restores any instructions or any data in the module that were
altered during the execution.
Glossary
689
single entry: an entry in the terminal table associated with a
TCAM/TSO buffer: a buffer residing in the TCAM region
single station or station component; one such entry must be
created (by a TERMINAL macro) for each station in the
TCAM system not defined by a group entry.
in which the PRFTSBUF bit in the buffer prefix is on, indicating that the buffer contains a TSO message.
telecommunications: any transmission or reception of sigsource offset: the index value into the term name table for the
source terminal.
special characters table (SCT): a collection of entries that
contain the special characters required for device I/O for each
terminal (or device) in the system.
start-stop transmission: data transmission in which each
nals, writing, sounds, or intelligence of any nature, by wire,
radio, or other electromagnetic media.
teleprocessing: the pr,ocessing by a computer of data entered
at a remote station.
terminal: a point in a system at which data can enter, leave, or
enter and leave. A terminal can' also be a control unit to which
one or more input/output devices can be attached.
character being transmitted is preceded by a special "control
'signal indicating the beginning of the sequence of data bits
representing the character, and is followed by another control
signal indicating the end of the data-bit sequence (character
recognition by the device that obtains the data depends on the
presence of these control signals for each character); contrast
with binary synchronous communications.
Terminal On-Line Test Executive (TOTE): the facility
static buffer allocation: the assignment to a line, before
for on-line testing available with TCAM used to test various
terminal configurations in the user on-line environment.
transmission over that line, of all buffers to be used to contain
the transmitted data. When PCI=N or PCI=R is coded in the
line group DCB macro, the number of buffers specified by the
BUFIN= or BUFOUT= operand of the line group DCB macro
instruction is assigned to a line before incoming or outgoing
transmission begins on that line. Once transmission has started, no more buffers are available to handle the data involved in
the transmission.
station: either a remote terminal, or a remote computer used
as a terminal.
terminal I/O coordinator (TIOC): the interface between
the TSO subsystem and the version of TCAM that supports
TSO.
terminal status block (TSB): a control block containing the
status of a terminal for each user. The control block resides in
main storage with the user job and is rolled in or out with the
user job. The TSB indicates what features are associated with
the terminal.
terminal table: an ordered collection of information consisting of a control field for the table and blocks of information on
each line, station, component, or application program from
which a message can originate or to which a message can be
sent.
station control block (SCB): a logical extension of the QCB
for each station. The SCB contains information used by TCAM
to control buffering.
termname table: a table that contains the name of all the
subblock: that portion of a'BSC message terminated by an
tete-a-tete: a mode of message handling in which a station
operating in lock mode is polled by the computer. The station
responds with a message that ends with a character permitting
selection to continue. The computer sends a response message,
from an application program, that the station interprets as a
positive response.
ITB line control character.
supervisor mode: operating under the control of the system
supervisor.
switched line: a communication line on which the connection
between the computer and a remote station is established by
dialing. Also known as a dial line.
system interval: a user-specified time interval during which
terminals in the system in collating sequence.
text: that part of the message of concern to the party ultimately receiving the message (that is, the message exclusive of the
header, or control, information).
polling and addressing are suspended on multipoint lines to
polled stations. The system interval is specified by the
INTV AL= operand of the INTRO macro, and may be changed
during TCAM initialization, by a SYSINTVL operator command. The INTERVAL operator command tells TCAM to
begin the system interval. The system interval is used to minimize unproductive polling, to minimize CPU meter time, and to
synchronize polling on the polled lines in the system. See also
invitation delay.
text segment: a portion of a message that contains no part of
task control block (TCB): the consolidation of control
time sharing input QCB (TSID): an area of main storage
information related to a task.
that contains the addresses of the time sharing routines.
task I/O table (TIOT): a control block constructed by job
time sharing job control block (TJB): an area of main
storage that contains information about a time sharing user and
the status of his job. There is one TJB for each user.
management to provide I/O support routines (OPEN, CLOSE,
EOV) with pointers to JFCBs and allocated devices.
690
OS TeAM PLM
the message header.
time delay: a halt of a specific operation for a pre-specified
amount of time.
time sharing: a method of using a computing system that
allows a number of users to execute programs concurrently and
to interact with them during execution.
Time Sharing Option (TSO): an optional configuration of
the Operating System providing conversational time sharing
from remote terminals.
tpost: the technique in TCAM by which an element is passed
from one queue to another. The TCAM routines specify the
element and the queues, and the TCAM Dispatcher actually
performs the action.
transient module: a module that resides in a system library on
some type of storage device until it is called into the TCAM
system for a limited length of time during the execution of a
problem program.
element to process by having the STCB for that subtask placed
in the STCB chain of the QCB to which the needed element will
be tposted.
unit: see buffer unit.
warm start: a restart of the TCAM Message Control Program
following either a quick or a flush closedown. The TCAM
checkpoint/restart facility is used to restore the MCP environment as nearly as possible to its condition before failure.
work unit: the amount of data transferred from the Message
ic medium between two points in a telecommunications network.
Control Program to an application program by a single GET or
READ macro, or transferred from an application program to
the MCP by a single PUT or WRITE macro. The work unit
may be a message or a record (or, for QT AM-compatible application programs, a segment).
transmission control unit (TCU): a control unit that serves
write-to-operator (WTO): an optional user-coded service
as an interface between communication lines and a computer
for logical operations. The transmission control units supported by TCAM are the 2701 Data Adapter Unit Modell, the 2702
Transmission Control Modell, and the 2703 Transmission
Control Modell.
whereby a message may be written to the system console operator informing him of errors and unusual system conditions that
may need correcting.
transmission: the transfer of coded data by an electromagnet-
write-to-operator with reply (WTOR): an optional usercoded service whereby a message may be written to the system
console operator informing him of errors and unusual conditions that may need correcting. The operator must key in a
response to this message.
transmission priority: refers to the order in which sending
and receiving. occur, relative to each other, for a particular
station. Transmission priority is specified on a line-group basis
by the CPl= operand of the line group DCB macro. The three
transmission priorities possible in TCAM are send priority,
equal priority, and receive priority. The exact meaning of each
priority depends upon the line configuration and type of station. See also message priority.
zero-length buffer: a buffer that has a zero in the PRFSIZE
field of the buffer prefix. This type of buffer is sent by the Line
End Appendage to the Message Handler to indicate that there is
an error on the line.
transparent mode: a mode of binary synchronous transmis-
zone: that portion of disk records that reside in an algebraic
sion in which all data, including normally restricted data-link
control characters, is transmitted only as specific bit patterns.
Control characters that are intended to be effective are preceded by a OLE character.
quarter of the Reusable Disk Message Queue data set.
twait: the TCAM technique in which a subtask waits for.an
zone boundary: any of four disk records, one at each of the
following positions in the Reusable Disk Message Queue data
set: the first record, the records 1/4, 1/2, and 3/4 through the
entire data set.
Glossary
691
(This page left blank intentionally)
692
OS TeAM PLM
Index
abnormal closedown ( see TCAM abnormal close routine)
access manager
library 622
microfiche directory 160
access method ?83
access method work area (ACSMETH)
definition 683
description 423
DSECT 424-427
microfiche directory 185
activate-I/O generator subtask
flowchart 336-337
library 633
microfiche directory 151
activate-I/O generator subtask for a QT AM-compatible system
flowchart 336-337
library 633
microfiche directory lSI
activate-I/O generator subtask for BSC lines
flowchart 336-337
library 633
microfiche directory lSI
activate-I/O generator subtask for leased and start/stop lines
and no TSO
flowchart 336-337
library 633
microfiche directory lSI
activate-I/O generator subtask for start/stop lines
flowchart 336-337
library 633
microfiche directory lSI
activate or move invitation list entry routine
microfiche directory 166
additional records 24
address vector table (A VT)
description 401
DSECT 402-422
microfiche directory 184
application program
assembly 6
closedown 130-13 I
data flow from the MCP 102-105
data flow to the MCP 106-107
definition 683
execution 6-7
initialization 62-65
interface with the MCP ready queue 17
interface with operator control 108-109
linkage edit 6
macros 6
MCP control block linkages 399
network control facilities 110-111
termination functions 130-131
application program/checkpoint interface routine
library 621
microfiche directory 152
application program data flow
from the MCP 102-105
to the MCP 106-107
application program incident checkpoint request 117, 121
application program initialization routines 62-65
application program network control 130-131
application program open error interface routine
library 630
microfiche directory 180
application program processing options 8
AQCTL SVC 102 routine
functions 71, 145
general use 17
library 628
microfiche directory 145
assembling and linkage editing an application program 6
assembling amtlinkage editing an MCP 5
A TTEN macro expansion linkage 187
attention handler
library 630
microfiche directory 179
attention routine
library 628
microfiche directory 139
Auto Answer 683
Auto Call 683
Auto Poll 683
Auto Poll and read response to poll unit check and
unit exception ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 171
AVT ( see address vector table)
basic TCAM concepts 13-36
binary search routine
library 632
microfiche directory 140
binary search routine for processing programs
library 633
microfiche directory 148
binary synchronous communications (BSC) 683
block 683
BSC ( see binary synchronous communications)
BSC channel check ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 172
BSC ERP control module
library 628
microfiche directory 170
BSC error post module
library 628
microfiche directory 171
BSC READ/WRITE data check, overrun, and command reject
ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 170
BSC READ/WRITE equipment check, lost data, intervention
required, and unit exception ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 170
BSC second level CCW return module
library 628
microfiche directory 171
buffer
definition 18, 683
header 18
prefix 18,429-432
size for a line group 18
text 18
unit 18
( see also buffer prefix)
buffer control areas
unit control area 19
buffer prefix 19, 429-432
buffer disposition QCB 637
buffer disposition sub task
library 632
microfiche directory 142
buffer management in an MCP
allocation 20
deallocation 20-21
requesting blJfff"r~ 20
buffer management module
library 633
microfiche directory 149
buffer prefix
definition 683
description 429, 18
DSECT 431-432
linkage to TCAM control blocks 397
microfiche directory 184
buffer request QCB 637
buffer request routine ( see buffer management module)
Index
693
buffer return QCB 637
buffer return routine ( see buffer management module)
buffer scan routine
library 621
microfiche directory 140
buffer unit 18, 683
buffer unit pool
defining the size of 18
definition 683
buffered terminal 683
buffered terminal scheduler
library 629
microfiche directory 175
build CKREQ disk record routine
library 621
microfiche directory 154
build incident record for MH routine
library 621
microfiche directory 153
build incident record for TCHNG routine
library 621
microfiche directory 153
calling 683
CANCELBK routine
library 632
microfiche directory 143
cancel message routine
library 631
microfiche directory 139
CANCELMG macrQ expansion linkage 188
CANCELMG parameter list 188
CARRIAGE macro expansion linkage 189
cascade entry 683
cascade list 683
cascade list subtask
library 632
microfiche directory 142
CECOM service module
library 622
microfiche directory 160
change/delete scheduler
microfiche directory 158
channel command word (CCW) 184
channel end and abnormal end appendage
library 628
microfiche directory 172
channel program block (CPB)
definition 683
description 433
DSECT 433-436
microfiche directory 184
channel programs 645-681
AT & T 83B3 selective calling station lines 647
auto poll feature 669-670
BSC devices 670
IBM BSC multipoint 669-670
IBM 1030 648-649
IBM 1050 dial 651-652
IBM 1050 leased 650-651
IBM 1050, attention feature for TSO monitor 653-654
IBM 1060 653-654
IBM 2260 local 667
IBM 2260 remote 666-667
IBM 2740 basic 656
IBM 2740 checking 656-657
IBM 2740 checking and dial with a connection 662
IBM 2740 dial 658
IBM 2740 dial and checking 658-659
IBM 2740 dial and transmit control 659-660
IBM 2740 dial and transmit control and checking 660-661
IBM 2740 dial with a connection 661
IBM 2740 station control 662-663
IBM 2740 station control and checking 663-664
IBM 2740 transmit control (dial with a connection) 664
IBM 2740 transmit control and checking (dial with a
connection) 664-665
IBM 2741 dial 655
IBM 2741 leased 654
IBM 2741 leased and dial for TSO monitor 655
694
OS TeAM PLM
IBM 3270 local 667
IBM 3670 broadcast 667
IBM 7770 dial 668
special 681
S/360 to S/360 dial 676-677
S/360 to S/360 point to point 671
S/360 to 1I30 dial 677-678
S/360 to 1130 point to point 671-672
S/360 to 2770 dial 678-680
S/360 to 2770 point to point 672-673
S/360 to 2780 dial 680-681
S/360 to 2780 point to point 673-674
S/360 to 3735 dial 674-675
TTY models 33 and 35 TWX 668
TWX for TSO monitor 669
Western Union plan 115A outstation 648
World Trade Telegraph 665
CHECK macro expansion linkage 189
check routine
library 629
microfiche directory 177
checkpoint 1I2-121
checkpoint, CKREQ record
DSECT 445
initializing space for 50-51
checkpoint close routine
library 630
microfiche directory 183
checkpoint continuation restart routine
library 630
microfiche directory 181
checkpoint continuation restart subroutine
library 629
microfiche directory 174
checkpoint, control record
definition 684
description 437
DSECT 437-439
initializing space for 50-51
checkpoint data set
c1osedown 128-129
definition 683
opening 50-51
checkpoint descriptions, incident 115, 123
checkpoint disk allocation routine
library 630
microfiche directory 182
checkpoint disk end appendage
library 630
microfiche directory 174
checkpoint disk initialization routine
library 630
microfiche directory 181
checkpoint disk I/O queue 635
checkpoint disk I/O routine
library 621
microfiche directory 154
checkpoint disk records
CKREQ record 445-446
control record 437-439
environment record 439-442
incident records 442-444
checkpoint elements 447-448
checkpoint, environment 114, 120
checkpoint, environment record
building 114, 120
definition 685
description 439-442
DSECT 440-442
initializing space for 50-51
microfiche directory 184
checkpoint executor
library 621
microfiche directory 153
checkpoint, incident
application program request 117, 120
MH request 1I5,120
operator control request 1I6, 120
checkpoint, incident record
definition 686
DSECT 442-443
initializaing space for 50-51
microfiche directory 184
checkpoint-no available core rout ine
library 621
microfiche directory 154
checkpoint-no incident records routine
library 622
microfiche directory 154
checkpoint notification and disposition routine
library 621
microfiche di rectory 154
checkpoint open routine
functional overview 50-51
library 630
microfiche directory 180
checkpoint/operator control interface 116, 120
checkpoint QCB 637
checkpoint queue manager routine
library 621
microfiche directory 154
checkpoint records 683-684
( see also checkpoint, control record; checkpoint,
environment record; checkpoint, incident record;
and checkpoint, CKREQ record)
checkpoint request element 119, 184
checkpoint request record 684
checkpoint request routine
library 632
microfiche directory 141
checkpoint/ restart 684
checkpoint/restart from environment record routine
library 630
microfiche directory 181
checkpoint/restart from incident and CKREQ records routine
library 630
microfiche directory 181
checkpoint/restart option 8-9
checkpoint/restart overview 112-121
checkpoint work area
description 449
DSECT 450-454
microfiche directory 184
CHECKPT macro expansion linkage 189
CHECKPT parameter list 189
CIB ( see command input buffer)
CKREQ checkpoint record ( see checkpoint, CKREQ record)
CKREQ macro expansion linkage 190
CLOSE macro expansion linkage 191
close routines 126-131
application program close routines 130-131
message queues close routines 126-129
c1osedown completion 126-127
closedown completion element QCB 638
c1osedown completion routines ( see resident c1osedown
completion routine and nonresident c1osedown completion
routine)
c1osedown of the TCAM system 126-129
closedown terminal statistics recording module
library 628
microfiche directory 172
CLOSEMC macro expansion linkage 192
code, linkage from the STCB to 16
CODE macro expansion linkage 192
CODE parameter list 192
cold start 684
command input buffer (CIB)
definition 684
description 455
DSECT 455-456
microfiche directory 184
COMMBUF routine
library 623
macro linkage 193
microfiche directory 143
COMMBUF send scheduler
microfiche directory 175
common buffer data area prefix 185,461
common buffer master QCB 185,463-464
communication parameter list 684
communications queue 635
compare at offset routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
concentrator 684
concentrator buffer disposition subtask
library 632
microfiche directory 142
concentrator data ready queue
definition 684
description 457
DSECT 457-459
microfiche directory 184
concentrator device ID table
definition 684
descriptIOn 465
DSECT 465-466
microfiche directory 184
concentrator message handling support
incoming 82, 85
concentrator send scheduler
library 629
microfiche directory 174
concentrator terminal buffer (CTB) 684
concepts, basic TCAM 13-36
configuration data set (CDS) 12
configuration exhibit module
library 622
microfiche directory 158
configurator and scheduler
library 622
microfiche directory 158
configurator submodules
library 622
microfiche directory 158
continuation restart 684
control areas for TCAM ( see data area layouts)
control blocks ( see data area layouts)
control block linkage 395,397,399
control characters 684
control record ( see checkpoint, control record)
copy buffer queue 635
.
copy QCB 638
COUNTER macro expansion linkage 193
COUNTER parameter list 193
counter routine
library 632
microfiche directory 141
CPB ( see channel program block)
CPB cleanup ( see CPB initialization routine)
CPB cleanup QCB 638
CPB free pool queue 635
CPB initialization routine
flowchart 250-273
library 633
microfiche directory 148
CPB initialization-disk-only queuing
flowchart 289-310
library 633
microfiche directory 148
CPB initialization-main-storage-only queuing
flowchart 274-288
library 633
microfiche directory 148
create an error message routine and subtask
library 631
microfiche directory 139
cross-partition data movement 17
cross-reference table option 10
CSECT name module listing ( see microfiche directory)
CTB ( see concentrator terminal buffer)
CTBFORM macro expansion linkage 193
CTBFORM parameter list 193
CTBFORM routine
library 633
microfiche directory 149
CU TEST service module
library 622
microfiche directory 156
CUTOFF macro expansion linkage 194
cutoff message transmission routine and subtask
library 631
microfiche directory 139
Index
695
CUTOFF parameter list
cutoff QCB 638
194
data area layouts
access method work area 423-427
address vector table 401-422
buffer prefix 429-432
channel program block 433-436
checkpoint disk records 437-446
checkpoint elements 447-448
checkpoint work area 449-454
command input buffer 455-456
common buffer data area prefix 461
common buffer master QCB 463-464
concentrator data ready queue 457-459
concentrator device ID table 465-466
data control block 467-475
data event control block 477
data extent block 479-481
data extent block for application programs 483-484
device characteristics table 485
disk data area 487-488
element request block 489
input/output control block 495-501
invitation list 491-493
line control block 503-510
on-line test control block 511-529
operator control address vector table 531-535
option characteristics table 537-538
option table 539-540
OS I/O device characteristics table 531
process control block 543-545
process entry work area 547-550
queue control block 551-556
queue control block extension 557-578
resource control block 559-560
special characters table 561-562
station control block 563-570
subtask control block 571-572
terminal table 473-580
termname table 581-582
test event control block 583-585
TOTE Resource Control Block 587-590
TSO TSINPUT Control Block 591-596
data attach routine
library 632
microfiche directory 143
data control block (DCB) 467-475,684
data event control block (DECB) 477
data extent block (DEB) 479-481
description 479
DSECT 480-81
microfiche directory 184
data extent block for application programs
description 483
DSECT 483-484
microfiche directory 184
data flow
application program to MCP 106-107
MCP to application program 102-105
data movement, cross-partition 17
data ready queue ( see concentrator data ready queue)
data set 684
data set closedown 126-129
date and time provision routine
library 631
microfiche directory 137
DATETIME insertion routine for processing programs
library 632
microfiche directory 144
DATETIME macro expansion linkage 194
DATETIME parameter list 194
DCB ( see data control block)
DCT ( see device characteristics table)
deactivate invitation list entry routine
microfiche directory 166
dead-letter queue 684
DEB ( see data extent block)
debug service aid router
library 628
696
OS TeAM PLM
microfiche directory 167
DECB ( see data event control block)
definition of the TCAM system 42-65
delete from time delay QCB 638
delimiter macro instruction 684
descriptor code 684
destination 684
destination field 685
destination offset 685
destination QCB 22, 638
destination QCB for main storage queuing with
disk backup 36
destination queue 685
destination scheduler
flowchart 311-320
library 633
microfiche directory 150
destination scheduler-disk-only queuing
flowchart 329-335
library 633
microfiche directory 150
destination scheduler-main-storage-only queuing
flowchart 321-328
library 633
microfiche directory 150
device characteristics table (DCT) 485, 685
device ID table ( see concentrator device ID table)
diagnostic aids 597-620
dial receive scheduler
library 629
microfiche directory 178
DIO service module
library 623
microfiche directory 161
disabled module 685
disabled ready queue 15, 635
disabling the line 685
disk data record area
description 487
DSECT 487-488
microfiche directory 184
disk end appendage
library 630
microfiche directory 178
disk end appendage for a single CPB
library 629
microfiche directory 177
disk end queue 635
disk I/O QCB 638
disk message queue initializer
library 623
microfiche directory 161
disk message queues close routine
library 630
microfiche directory 182
disk message queues open routine-load 1
library 630
microfiche directory 179
disk message queues open routine-load 2
library 630
microfiche directory 179
disk message queues open routine-load 3
library 630
microfiche directory 179
disk queuing
nonreusable 22-34, 90-91
reusable 34-35
dispatcher
relationship of OS to TCAM 7
TCAM 13
( see also TCAM dispatcher)
,dispatching functions of the TCAM dispatcher 68-70
DISPLAY control terminal routine
microfiche directory 164
DISPLAY intercepted terminals
microfiche directory 164
DISPLAY invitation list entries
microfiche directory 165
DISPLAY line address routine
microfiche directory 165
DISPLAY line information routine
microfiche directory 165
DISPLAY option fields routine
library 627
microfiche directory 165
DISPLA Y queue status routine
microfiche directory 164
DISPLAY scan/map/dispatch routine
library 627
microfiche directory 164
DISPLAY terminal information routine
microfiche directory 164
distribution entry 685
distribution list 685
distribution list subtask
library 632
microfiche directory 142
DPRINT service module
library 622
microfiche directory 160
DTIME se(vice module
library 622
microfiche directory 156
dummy last element 16
duplicate-header message that spans queue-type
duplicate-header messages 31, 36
dynamic buffer allocation 685
dynamic translation routine
library 632
microfiche directory 140
EXIO service module
library 622
microfiche directory 160
extended work area macro 185
FEFO 685
FEFO queue 31, 636
FIFO 685
FIFO queue 31, 636
first-buffer prefix 18
flowcharts 250-394
flush closedown 126, 685-686
FO R WARD macro expansion linkage 196-197
FO R WARD parameter list 196-197
FORWARD processing 88-89
forward routine
functions 141,88-89
library 632
microfiche directory 141
functional charts ( see method of operation)
functional macro instructions 686
36
ECB ( see event control block)
element 13, 685
element request block (ERB)
definition 685
description 489
use 20
elements of the TCAM dispatcher 13
enabled module 685
enabled ready queue 16, 636
enabling a line 685
end-of-address character 685
environment checkpoint 114, 119-120
environment checkpoint record ( see checkpoint,
environment record)
environment checkpoint routine
library 621
microfiche directory 153
EOA ( see end-of-address-character)
EOB/ETB handling subtask
library 632
microfiche directory 143
ERB ( see element request block)
ERP ( see error recovery procedures)
ERRORMSG macro expansion linkage 195
ERRORMSG parameter list 195
error post and second level CCW return module
library 628
microfiche directory 171
error record 685
error recovery procedures (ERP) 685
error recovery procedures linkage
BSC 247-248
option 9
start/stop 245-246
error word usage 597-598
event control block (ECB)
definition 685
OS posting 17,62-65,72-73
exchange 685
EXCPdriver
library 629
microfiche directory 175
EXCP driver for a single CPB
library 629
microfiche directory 175
EXCP driver input queue 636
EXCP queue 636
executable modules microfiche directory 134-183
execution of an application program 6-7
execution of an MCP 5-6
general poll 11
generation ( see system generation)
get compatible routine
library 629
microfiche directory 176
GET macro expansion linkage 197-198
GETCONFIG service module
library 623
microfiche directory 161
GETMAIN, termname table sort, and attach routine
library 622
microfiche directory 155
GET /PUT and READ/WRITE close executor-load 1
library 630
microfiche directory 183
GET/PUT and READ/WRITE close executor-load 2
library 630
microfiche director~ 183
GET/PUT and READ/WRITE open executor-load 1
library 630
microfiche director~ 181
GET/PUT and READ/WRITE open executor-load 2
library 630
microfiche directory 182
GET/READ routine
library 629
microfiche directory 176
get scheduler
library 621
microfiche directory 146
get scheduler FIFO routine
library 621
microfiche directory 146
glossary 633-691
group entry 686
HANGUP macro expansIon linkage 198
header 686
header buffer 686
header segment 686
held terminal 686
hold function of an MH 34
HOLD macro expansion linkage 199
HOLD parameter list 199
hold queue 34, 636
hold/release terminal routine
library 631
microfiche directory 139
HOLD terminal transmission routine
microfiche directory 166
ICHNG macro expansion linkage 199
ICOPY macro expansion linkage 199
ICOPY service routine
library 632
Index
697
microfiche directory 147
identification characters 686
idle 686
INBUF macro expansion linkage 199
INBUF parameter list 199
incident checkpoint
application program request 117,120-121
MH request 115,120-121
operator control request 116, 120-121
incident checkpoint for operator control routine
library 621
microfiche directory 153
incident checkpoint record ( see checkpoint, incident record)
incident checkpoint routines
( see incident checkpoint for MH routine; incident checkpoint
for operator control routine; and incident checkpoint for
TCHNG routine)
incoming buffer flow 92-95
incoming group 686
incoming message 686
incoming/ outgoing message delimiter routine
library 632
microfiche directory 141
INEND parameter list 200
INHDR macro expansion linkage 200
INHDR parameter list 200
initializing an application program
initializing an MCP ( see message control program)
initializing the TCAM system ( see system/network definition)
INITIATE macro expansion linkage 200
INITIATE parameter list 200
INMSG macro expansion ,linkage 201
INMSG parameter list 201
input data set 686
input/output block (lOB) 184
input/output control block 495-501
input sequence number 686
input sequence number insertion routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
inquiry processing 686
insert at offset routine
library 632
microfiche directory 140
insert data routine
library 631
microfiche directory 137
intercepted station 686
INTRO execution 44-45, 47
INTR0 macro expansion linkage 201
introduction 3
invalid destination 686
invitation 686
invitation delay 686
invitation list 491-493, 686
IOBLOCKS ( see input/output control block)
LCB ( see line control block)
LCB status byte usage 599-600
leased receive scheduler
library 630
microfiche directory 178
line control block (LCB)
definition 686
description 503
DSECT 504-510
extension 510
microfiche directory 184
line control characters 686
line control initialization routine
library 632
microfiche directory 141
line control insertion routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
line end appendage
flowchart 374-394
library 629
microfiche directory 178
line end appendage for a QT AM-compatible system
698
OS TCAM PLM
flowchart 366-373
library 629
microfiche directory 173
line end appendage for BSC lines
flowchart 338-348
library 629
microfiche directory 173
line end appendage for leased and start/stop lines and no TSO
flowchart 360-365
library 629
microfiche directory 173
line end appendage for start/stop lines
flowchart 351-359
library 629
microfiche directory 173
line group
closedown 128-129
definition 686
opening 52-57
line group close routine-load 1
library 630
microfiche directory 182
line group close routine-load 2
library 630
microfiche directory 182
line group data set 686
line group DCB 687
line group open routine-load 1
functional overview 52-57
library 630
microfiche directory 179
line group open routine-load 2
library 630
microfiche directory 179
line group open routine-load 3
library 630
microfiche directory 179
line group open routine-load 4
library 630
microfiche directory 180
line group open routine-load 5
library 630
microfiche directory 180
line group open routine-load 6
library 630
microfiche directory 180
line group open routine-load 7
library 630
microfiche directory 182
line I/O intertupt trace routine
library 629
microfiche directory 173
line management in an MCP
receive operation 78-79
send operation 92-93, 95
line queuing options 8
linkages among storage areas in the MCP and an
application program 399
linkages between macro expansions and modules 187-240
linkages from a TCAM buffer prefix 397
local receive scheduler
library 629
microfiche directory 173
locate option field address routine
library 631
microfiche directory 137
LOCK macro expansion linkage 202
lock mode 687
LOCK parameter list 202
lock routine
library 632
microfiche directory 142
LOCOPT macro expansion linkage 202
LOCOPT parameter list 202
log 687
log data set 687
log destination QCB 638
LOG macro expansion linkage 202-203
log message routine
library 632
microfiche directory 144
LOG parameter list 202-203
log scheduler routine
library 632
microfiche directory 144
log segment routine
library 632
microfiche directory 144
logging option 8
LOGON macro expansion linkage
logtype entry 687
look-up terminal entry routine
library 631
microfiche directory 140
203
macro definition 3
macro expansions-linkage to modules
( see macro linkage charts)
macro linkage charts
ATTEN 187
CANCELMG 188
CARRIAGE 189
CHECK 189
CHECKPT 189
CKREQ 190
CLOSE 191
CLOSEMC 192
CODE 192
COMMBUF 193
COUNTER 193
CTBFORM 193
CUTOFF 194
DATETIME 194
DCB 194
ERRORMSG 195
FORWARD 196-197
GET 198
HANGUP 198
HOLD 199
ICHNG 199
ICOPY 199
INBUF 166
INEND 200
INHDR 200
INITIATE 200
INMSG 201
INTRO 201
INVLIST 201
LOCK 202
LOCOPT 202
LOG 202-203
LOGON 203
LOGTYPE 203
MCOUNT 203
MCPCLOSE 204
MHGET 204
MHPUT 204
MRELEASE 205
MSGEDIT 206-210
MSGFORM 211-212
MSGGEN 212-213
MSGLIMIT 213
MSGTYPE 213
OPEN 215-218
OPTION 218
ORIGIN 219
OUTBUF 219
OUTEND 220
OUTHDR 220
OUTMSG 221-222
PATH 223
PCB 223
POINT 223
PRIORITY 224
PUT 224-225
QACTION 225
QCOPY 225
QSTART 226
READ 226
READY 227
REDIRECT 228
RELEASEM 229
RETRIEVE 230
RETRY 230
SCREEN 231
SEQUENCE 232
SETEOF 233
SETEOM 234-235
SETSCAN 235-236
SIMATTN 236
SLOWPOLL 237
STARTLN 237
STARTMH 237
STOPLN 238
TCHNG 238
TCOPY 238
TERMINAL 238
TERRSET 238
TGOTO 239
TLIST 239
TPROCESS 239
TRANLIST 239
TSINPUT 239
TTABLE 240
TYPETABL 240
UNLOCK 240
WRITE 240
macro parameter lists ( see macro linkage charts)
main-storage message queues data set
disk backup 35-36
location assignment 35
when units run out 36
( see also message queues data set)
main-storage queuing 35,687
main-storage queuing with disk backup 35-36
main storage requirements for TCAM 3
master QCB 551-556,639
MCOUNT macro expansion linkage 203
MCOUNT routine
library 632
microfiche directory 144
MCP ( see message control program)
MCP close and closedown completion 126-129
MCP closedown processing routine
library 628
microfiche directory 169
MCP message handling ( see message handling in an MCP)
MCP queue management ( see queue management in an MCP)
MCPCLOSE macro expansion linkage 204
MCPCLOSE scan/map/dispatch routine
microfiche directory 169
MCPL field 687
message 687
message control program (MCP)
assembly 5
closedown 126-129
data flow from an application program 105-107
data flow to an application program 102-105
definition 687
execution 5-6
initialization 44-47
linkage edit 5
termination 126-129
message, duplicate-header 31, 36
message flow
application program to MCP 105-107
incoming to an MCP 82-87
MCP to application program 102-105
outgoing from an MCP 98-101
message generation routine
library 632
microfiche directory 142
message handler 687
message handling in an MCP
buffer management 18-21
incoming buffer flow 82-87
outgoing buffer flow 98-101
queue management 22-36
message handling routines-functions of
incoming group of an MH 82-87
outgoing group of an MH 98-101
ST ARTMH 82-85,98-99
Index
699
message header 687
message limit routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
message log data set 687
message origins table 601-612
message priority 687
message processing 82-107
message queue 687
message queues data set
definition 22, 687
opening 48-49
( see also main-storage message queues data set)
message queues open routines 48-49
message queuing options 8
main storage queuing 35
nonreusable disk queuing 22-34
reusable disk queuing 34-35
message retrieval 687
message segment 18,687
message switching 687
method of operation 38
method of operation symbols 38
MH ( see message handler)
MH macro expansion parameter lists 187-240
MH vcon table 85,99
MHGET routine
library 624
macro linkage 204
microfiche directory 149
MHPUT routine
library 624
macro linkage 204
microfiche directory 149
microfiche directory
executable modules 133-183
nonexecutable modules 184-186
mixed environment 11
MODIFY control terminal routine
microfiche directory 167
MODIFY function message module
microfiche directory 166
modify intense routine
library 628
microfiche directory 167
MODIFY interval routine
microfiche directory 166
modify options routine
library 628
microfiche directory 167
modify poll routine
library 627
microfiche directory 166
MODIFY scan/map/dispatch modules
microfiche directory 166
MODIFY trace status routine
microfiche directory 167
module list by library 621-634
MORECORE/FREECORE service module
library 623
microfiche directory 161
MRELEASE macro expansion linkage 205
MRELEASE parameter list 205
MSGEDIT macro expansion linkage 206-210
MSGEDIT parameter list 206-210
MSGFORM m~cro expansion linkage 211-212
MSGFORM parameter list 211-212
MSGGEN macro expansion linkage 212-213
MSGGEN parameter list 212-213
MSGLIMIT macro expansion linkage 213
MSGLIMIT parameter list 213
MSGTYPE macro expansion linkage 213-214
MSGTYPE parameter list 213-214
multiple-buffer header 687
multiple insert at offset routine
library 632
microfiche directory 141
multiple insert/remove routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
multiple routing 687
700
OS TCAM PLM
multiple routing QCB 639
multiple routing subtask
library 632
microfiche directory 141
multipoint line 687
multiprocessing environment 10
network control 110-111, 688
network control routines for an application program 110-111
new queue 636, 688
next-buffer location 22, 688
next-message location 22, 688
no-buffer queue 636, 688
no-CPB queue 636, 688
non-operational control unit, unit exception, and unit check
with time-out ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 170
nonresident closedown completion routine
library 621
microfiche directory 152
nonreusable disk queuing 22-34,90-91,688
nonswitched line 688
non-transparent mode 688
numeric test request message handler
library 622
microfiche directory 157
OLT test control modules
library 622
microfiche directory 157
on-line test 688
on-line test control block
description 511
DSECT 512-529
on-line test QCB 639
open/close subtask
library 632
microfiche directory 146
open error handler
library 630
microfiche directory 179
OPEN macro expansion linkage 215-218
open routines functions 44-47
opening the checkpoint data set 50-53
opening the line group 52-5.5
opening the message queues data set 48-49
operation codes 645-646
operator awareness message router
library 622
microfiche directory 154
operator command 688
operator control 108-109
library 621,627-628
microfiche directory 145.-169
operator control address vector table
definition 688
description 531
DSECT 532-535
microfiche directory 184
operator control/application program interface 108-109
operator control/application program interface routine
library 621
microfiche directory 146
operator control/checkpoint interface 116, 120
operator control commands linkage
DISPLAY 241
HALT 242
HOLD 242
MODIFY 242-243
RELEASE 243
VARY 244
operator control data areas
command input buffer 455-456
operator control AVT 531-535
operator control element 185'
operator control error message generators
microfiche directory 162-163
operator control incident checkpoint interface routine
microfiche directory 163
operator control incident checkpoint request 116, 120
operator control input handler
microfiche directory 162
operator control interface routine
library 631
microfiche directory 139
operator control interface with network control
facilities 108-109
operator control options 7
operator control output message writer
microfiche directory 163
operator control QCB 639
operator control queue 636
operator control station 688
operator control VARY, HOLD, RELEASE message module
microfiche directory 163
operator control work area 184
OPTION macro expansion linkage 218
option characteristics table 537-538
option field 688
options, selected TCAM ( see selected options)
option table 539-540, 688
organization and use of the TCAM PLM
organization of the TCAM program 4
ORIGIN macro expansion linkage 219
ORIGIN parameter list 219
origin routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
origin routine for a system with concentrated message
handling support
library 632
microfiche directory 142
OS dispatcher relationship to TCAM 7
OS I/O device characteristics table 541
OS synchronized restart 122-123
OUTBUF macro expansion linkage 219
OUTBUF parameter list 219
OUTEND parameter list 220
outgoing buffer flow 98-101
outgoing group 688
OUTHDR macro expansion linkage 220
OUTHDR parameter list 220
OUTMSG macro expansion linkage 221-222
OUTMSG parameter list 221-222
output data set 688
output sequence number 688
output sequence number provision routine
library 631
microfiche directory 137
overview charts ( see method of operation)
parameter lists for message handling macro expansions
( see macro linkage charts)
password scramble routine
library 216
microfiche directory 148
PATH macro expansion linkage 223
PATH parameter list 223
path switch 688
PCB ( see process control block)
PCB QCB 639
PCI appendage
library 629
microfiche directory 177
physical organization ( see system structure)
PLINK service module
library 623
microfiche directory 160
POINT macro expansion linkage 223
point routine
library 629
microfiche directory 177
point-to-point line 688
polling 688
polling characters 688
post pending routine
library 629
.microfiche directory 178
prefix, buffer ( see buffer prefix)
primary operator control station 688
priorities, list of in TCAM 641-644
PRIORITY macro expansion linkage 186
PRIORITY parameter list 224
priority QCB 551,553,555-556
problem program mode 688
process control block (PCB)
definition 688
description 543
DSECT 544-545
microfiche directory 184
process entry work area
description 547
DSECT 548-550
microfiche directory 184
process queue 688-689
processing a message 76-113
program organization 133-394
purge I/O 689
purpose of the TCAM PLM 1
PUT macro expansion linkage 224-225
put compatible routine
library 629
microfiche directory 176
put process QCB 639
put scheduler
library 621
microfiche directory 145
PUT/WRITE routine
library 629
microfiche directory 176
QACTION macro expansion linkage 225
QACTION parameter list 225
QACTION routine
library 632
microfiche directory 143
QCB ( see queue control block)
QCB extension ( see queue control block extension)
QCB for IEDQBD02 639
QCOPY macro expansion linkage 225
QCOPY service routine
library 632
microfiche directory 147
QRESET macro
library 625
QRESET service routine
library 633
microfiche directory 149
QSTART macro expansion linkage 226
queue 689
queue-back chain 29,35,689
queue control block (QCB) 13
definition 689
description 551
DSECT 552-556
microfiche directory 184
queue control block extension
definition 689
description 557
DSECT 557-558
microfiche directory 184
queue management in an MCP
main-storage queuing 35
main-storage queuing with disk backup 35-36
nonreusable disk queuing 22-34
reusable disk queuing 34-35,90-91
special queuing considerations 36
queue reset executor
library 621
microfiche directory 149
queues and QCBs list 635-640
queues of the TCAM dispatcher 13-14
queuing considerations 36
queuing functions of the TCAM dispatcher 71
quick closedown 126-127,689
Index
701
RCB ( see resource control block)
read-ahead QCB 639
definition 689
functions 102-103
READD service module
library 623
microfiche directory 161
read initial channel programs 646-647
READ macro expansion linkage 226
READ/WRITE unit check ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 170
READY macro
functions 60-61
macro expansion linkage 227
ready queue
application program interface with 17
definition 15,636,689
disabled 15
enabled 16
update of 16,68-70
ready routine
library 621
microfiche directory 153
recall 689
recall QCB 639
recalled buffer 689
receive operation 78-79
record 689
re-dial routine
library 632
microfiche directory 141
REDIRECT macro expansion linkage 228
REDIRECT parameter list 228
redirect a message routine
library 632
microfiche directory 140
reentrant module 689
refreshable module 689
region control task (RCT) 689
register usage conventions in TCAM 613-615
relative line number (rIn) 689
relative priorities in TCAM 641-644
RELEASEM macro expansion linkage 229
RELEASEM parameter list 229
remove at offset routine
library 631
microfiche directory 139
resident module 689
resident closedown completion routine
library 633
microfiche directory 152
resident module generation 3
resident operator control module
library 621
microfiche directory 145
resource 13,689
resource control block (RCB)
definition 689, 13
description 559
DSECT 560
microfiche directory 184
resource management module
library 622
microfiche directory 156
restart
definition 689
checkpoint/restart overview 112-123
restart functions 122-123
resume terminal transmission
microfiche directory 167
RETRIEVE macro expansion linkage 230
retrieve scheduler
library 621
microfiche directory 148
retrieve service routine
library 632
microfiche directory 146
retry 689
RETRY macro expansion linkage 230
RETRY parameter list 230
702
OS TCAM PLM
retry queue 689
REUS QCB 639-640
reusability-copy subtask
library 629
log data set update 34
microfiche directory 177
reusable disk queuing 34-35
reusable disk queuing 34-35, 689
rollout 72-75
,
rollout/rollin (RORI) 689
routine service module
library 623
microfiche directory 161
routing codes 601,689
save area management 613
SCB ( see station control block)
SCB error word usage 597, 598
SCREEN macro expansion linkage 23 1
SCREEN parameter list 231
l>creen routine
library 631
microfiche directory 140
SCT ( see special characters table)
secondary destination 689
secondary storage requirements for TCAM 3
segment 689
selected options
application program processing 7-8
checkpoint/restart 8-9
cross-reference table 10
error recovery procedures 9
line queuing 8
logging 8
message queuing 8
operator control 7
subtask trace 9-10
TCAM as a startable procedure 9
TCAM in a multiprocessing environment 10
time sharing 10-11
selection 689
send operation 92-95
send scheduler
library 630
microfiche directory 178
send scheduler for leased lines and no TSO
library 629
microfiche directory 174
send scheduler with no TSO
library 629
microfiche directory 174
sending 689
SEQUENCE macro expansion linkage 232
sequence number 689
SEQUENCE parameter list 232
serially reusable module 689
SETEOF macro expansion linkage 233
SETEOF parameter list 233
SETEOM macro expansion linkage 234-235
SETEOM parameter list 234-235
SETEOM routine
library 632
microfiche directory 143
SETSCAN macro expansion linkage 235-236
SETSCAN parameter list 235-236
SIMATTN macro expansion linkage 236
single entry 690
skip backward routine
library 632
microfiche directory 140
skip forward and scan routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
skip to character set routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
SLOWPOLL macro expansion 237
SLOWPOLL parameter list 237
SLOWPOLL routine
library 626
macro linkage 237
microfiche directory 145
source offset 690
special characters table (SCT)
definition 690
description 561
DSECT 562
library 629
microfiche directory entries 185-186
special queuing considerations 36
start general poll routine
microfiche directory 169
start I/O appendage
microfiche directory 172
start line routine
library 628
microfiche directory 168
ST ARTLN macro expansion linkage 237
STARTMH continuation subtask
library 631
microfiche directory 137
ST ARTMH functions
receive operation 80-81
send operation 96-97
ST ARTMH macro expansion linkage 237
STARTMH QCB 640
ST ARTMH subtask
library 631
microfiche directory 137
STARTMH subtask for TCAM-TSO mixed
library 631
microfiche directory 136
start/stop channel check ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 172
start/stop ERP control module
library 628
microfiche directory 170
start-stop transmission 690
start terminal routine
microfiche directory 168
start-up message routine
library 630
microfiche directory 179
static buffer allocation 690
station 690
station control block (SCB)
definition 690
description 563
DSECT 564-570
microfiche directory 184
status byte, LCB 599-600
STCB ( see subtask control block)
STCB formats 572
stop general poll routine
microfiche directory 169
stop line I/O subtask
library 633
microfiche directory 150
stop line I/O subtask QCB 633
stop line routine
library 628
microfiche directory 168
STOPLN macro expansion linkage 238
stop terminal routine
microfiche directory 168
subblock 690
subroutine linkage 613
subsequent-buffer prefix 18
subtask control block (STCB) 13
description 571
DSECT 572
microfiche directory 185
subtask, linkage fram STCB to code 16
subtask trace option 9-10
supervisor mode 690
support module generation 5
swapping 72-75
switched line 690
symbols for method of operation charts 38
SVC 34 ( see TCAM command scheduler-SVC
SVC 102 72-75
system control functions
AQCTL SVC 102 routine 72-75
TCAM Dispatcher 13-17, 68-72
system delay QCB 640
system delay queue 637
system delay subtask
library 621
microfiche directory 150
system generation
system nucleus modules 5
TCAM macro definitions 3
TCAM resident modules 3
TCAM support modules 5
TCAM transient modules 5
system interval 690
system/network closedown 124-131
system/network definition 44-65
system nucleus module generation 5
system requirements 3
system service routine ( see disk message queue initializer)
system structure 3,4
application program 6-7
message control program 5-6
physical organization 3, 4
relationship of OS dispatcher to TCAM 7
system generation 3
SYSl.LINKLIB 5,621-623
SYS1.MACLIB 3,623-627
SYS1.NUCLEUS 5,627
SYS1.SVCLIB 5,627-630
SYS 1. TELCMLIB 3, 63 1-634
34)
table of message origins 601-611
table of register usage conventions 613-615
task control 7
task control block (TCB) 185,690
task I/O table 690
TCAM abnormal close routine
library 628
microfiche directory 155
TCAM as a startable procedure 9
TCAM channel programs and TP op codes 645-681
TCAM command scheduler-SVC 34
library 628
microfiche directory 162
TCAM control block linkages 395
TCAM control block linkages from a buffer prefix 397
TCAM dispatcher
basic concept of 13-17
dispatching functions 68-70
elements 13
library 629
microfiche directory 175, 184
queues 13
queuing functions 71
ready queue 15-16
relationship to OS 7
subtasks 13
tpost principle 17
twait principle 17
TCAM dispatcher with subtask trace
library 629
microfiche directory 177
TCAM flowcharts 250-394
TCAM in a multiprocessing environment 10
TCAM linkages between macro expansions and
modules 187-240
TCAM module list by library 621;634
TCAM options ( see selected options)
TCAM queues and QCBs 635-640
TCAM relationship with OS dispatcher 7
TCAM relative priorities 641-644
TCAM service aids 617-620
TCAM system closedown 124-131
TCAM system control 68-75
TCAM system definition 44-65
TCAM system generation ( see system generation)
TCAM system structure ( see system structure)
TCAM/TOTE channel end and abnormal end appendages for
Index
703
graphic devices
library 628
microfiche directory 172
TCAM/TOTE start I/O appendage for graphic devices
library 628
microfiche directory 172
TCAM/TSO buffer 690
TCB ( see task control block)
TCHNG macro expansion linkage 238
TCHNG service routine
library 632
microfiche directory 147
TCOPY macro expansion linkage 238
TCOPY service routine
library 632
microfiche directory 147
telecommunications 690
teleprocessing 690
teleprocessing on-line test execution ( see TOTE)
terminal 690
terminal input scanner
microfiche directory 162
terminalI/O coordinator (TIOC) 690
TERMINAL macro expansion linkage 238
terminal status block (TSB) 690
terminal table
cascade entry 574-575,577
data area layout 579-580
description 573-575
distribution entry 574, 577
group entry 574, 577
line entry 575, 577
logtype entry 575, 577
microfiche directory 185
process entry 575, 577
single entry 574, 577
termination functions-application program 130-131
termination functions-MCP 106-107
termname table
definition 690
description 581
DSECT 582
microfiche directory 185
termname table code
microfiche directory 155
TERRSET macro expansion linkage 238
test event control block
description 583
DSECT 584-585
test request message 'analysis modules
library 622
microfiche directory 156-157
test request message prompter modules
library 622
microfiche directory 159
tete-a-tete 690
text 690
text segment 690
TGOTO macro expansion linkage 239
TGOTO parameter list 239
TGOTO routine
library 632
microfiche directory 143
time delay 690
time delay QCB 640
time delay queue 637
time delay subtask
library 633
microfiche directory 150
time sharing 690
time sharing destination scheduler
library 631
microfiche directory 134
time sharing input QCB (TSID) 690
time sharing job control block (TJB) 690
time sharing option (TSO) 10-11,691
time sharing queue control block 185
time sharing scheduler
library 631
microfiche directory 137
TLIST macro expansion linkage 239
704
OS TeAM PLM
TOTE
functions 11
requirements 12
TOTE configurator scheduler
library 622
microfiche directory 157
TOTE convert service module
library 623
microfiche directory 161
TOTE dispatcher module
library 622
microfiche directory 157
TOTE GRAB/LETGO service module
library 623
microfiche directory 161
TOTE message module
library 622
microfiche directory 159
TOTE message submodules
library 622
microfiche.directory 159-160
TOTE resident module
library 622
microfiche directory 156
TOTE resource control block
description 587
DSECT 588-590
TOTE test control module
library 622
microfiche directory 157
TP operation codes '645-646
TPDATE routine
library 632'
microfiche directory 144
TPER recorder module
library 628
microfiche directory 172
tpost principle 17, 691
TPROCESS macro expansion linkage 239
trace function module
library 622
microfiche directory 160
TRANLIST macro expansion linkage 239
transient module 691
transient module generation 5
translate buffer routine
library 631
microfiche directory 140
translation tables
library 633-634
microfiche directory 185
transmission 691
transmission control unit (TCU) 691
transmission priority 691
transparent mode 691
transparent transmission CCW building routine
library 632
microfiche directory 149
TSINPUT macro expansion linkage 239
TSINPUT QCB 640
TSINPUT routine
library 631
microfiche directory 135
TSO abend interface routine
library 631
microfiche directory 136
TSO asynchronous time delay removal routine
library 631
microfiche directory 137
TSO attention routine
library 630
microfiche directory 134
TSO carriage subroutine
library 630
microfiche directory 134
TSO hangup routine
library 631
microfiche directory 135
TSO INMSG/OUTMSG linker
library 631
microfiche directory 136
TSO IOHALT routine
library 631
microfiche directory 135
TSO/TCAM logon routine
library 631
microfiche directory 135
TSO message generation routine
library 631
microfiche directory 136
TSO option 10-11
TSO simulated attention routine
library 631
microfiche directory 136
TSO/TCAM
logon routine 135
TSO TIOC edit routine
library 631
microfiche directory 134
TSO TIOC 3270 edit routine
library 630
microfiche directory 134
TSOUTPUT routine
library 631
microfiche directory 136
TT ABLE macro expansion linkage 240
twait principle 17,691
TTECB ( see test event control block)
TYPET ABL macro expansion linkage 240
TYPET ABL routine
macro linkage 240
unit 18
unit check and unit exception on read/write CCWs for
audio and 2260 local devices ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 171
unit check for non-read, non-write, non-poll CCWs ERP
module
library 628
microfiche directory 170
unit control area
definition 18
uSes 19,35
unit request interface routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
UNLOCK macro expansion linkage
UNLOCK parameter list 240
unlock routine
library 632
microfiche directory 142
use of TCAM PLM I
user interface routine
library 633
microfiche directory ISS
240
VARY scart/map/dispatch module
microfiche directory 168
wait I/O service routine
library 623
microfiche directory 161
warm start 691
work area macro 184
work unit 691
wrapped message queues data set 34
WRITE macro expansion linkage 240
write-to-operator (WTO) 691
write-to-operator with reply (WTOR) 691
WTOR interpreter routine
library 622
microfiche directory ISS
zero-length buffer 691
zone 691
Zone boundary 691
zone mid-point 35
Index
70S
GY30·2029·3
International Bualn... Machin.. Corporation
Data Proceulng Division
1133 W...ch....r Avenu., Whn. Plalna, N.w York 10804
(U.S.A. only)
IBM World Trad. Corporation
821 United Natlona Plaza, New York, New York 10017
(International)
•
READER'S COMMENT FORM
Order No. GY30-2029-3
OS/MFT and OS/MVT
TeAM Logic
•
•
How did you use this publication?
o
o
As a reference source
As a classroom text
As .............. .
o
• Based on your own experience, rate this publication ...
As a reference source:
Very
Good
Good
Fair
Poor
Very
Poor
Very
Good
Good
Fair
Poor
Very
Poor
As a text:
• What is your occupation? .................................................. .
• We would appreciate your other comments; please give specific page and line references
where appropriate. If you wish a reply, be sure to include your name and address .
•
• Thank you for your cooperation. No postage necessary if mailed in the U.S.A.
li Y;JO-2029-3
YOUR COMMENTS, PLEASE . . .
(")
.~
S
Your answers to the questions on the back of this form, together with your comments,
help us produce better publications for your use. Each reply is carefully reviewed by the
persons responsible for writing and publishing this material. All comments and suggestions become the property of IBM.
~
0
:l
(Q
C
:l
'"
Please note: Requests for copies of publications and for assistance in using your IBM
system should be directed to your IBM representative or to the IBM sales office serving
your locality.
I
I
I
I
Fold
Fold
I
__ -...I
FIRST CLASS
PERMIT NO. 569
RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK
NORTH CAROLINA
BUSINESS
REPLY
MAIL
NO POSTAGE STAMP NECESSARY IF MAILED IN U. S. A.
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY •••
~
c
(
I BM Corporation
P. O. Box 12275
Research Triangle Park
North Carolina 27709
f
~
I
I
Attention: Publications Center, Dept. E01
I
- ---I
Fold
Fold
(
~
r
c
If
('
-
=
Ci
c
-
C
c.
?
c
(,
c
~
c
r.
Ci
~
International Business Machines Corporation
Data Processing Division
1133 Westchester Avenue. White Plains, New York 10604
(U.S.A. only)
IBM World Trade Corporation
821 United Nations Plaza, New York, New York 10017
(International)
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37 Create Date : 2011:09:29 09:25:58-08:00 Modify Date : 2011:09:29 16:53:12-07:00 Metadata Date : 2011:09:29 16:53:12-07:00 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.45 Paper Capture Plug-in Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:b0ad2cd2-e808-4fd0-bcde-1595547b2781 Instance ID : uuid:806bd701-1bdf-436a-89c6-11aaf4f92ebf Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseNone Page Count : 723EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools